As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2025.
Registration No. 333-286524
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| Delaware | 6331 | 33-2925846 | ||
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(IRS Employer Identification No.) |
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
(813) 880-7000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Robert Ritchie
Chief Executive Officer
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
(813) 880-7000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
| Matthew L. Fry Logan J. Weissler Haynes and Boone, LLP 2801 N. Harwood Street, Suite 2300 Dallas, Texas 75201 (214) 651-5000 |
Dwight S. Yoo Ryan J. Dzierniejko Michael P. Reed Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Manhattan West New York, New York 10001 (212) 735-3000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |||
| Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☐ | |||
| Emerging growth company | ☒ | |||||
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 29, 2025.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
6,875,000 Shares
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Common Stock
This is American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.’s initial public offering of its common stock (“Common Stock”). We are offering 6,250,000 shares of our Common Stock, and the Selling Stockholders (as defined below) identified in this prospectus are offering 625,000 shares of Common Stock, for an aggregate of 6,875,000 shares of Common Stock being sold by us and the Selling Stockholders in this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Common Stock. We expect that the initial public offering price of our Common Stock will be between $15.00 and $17.00 per share. We have applied to list our Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “AII.”
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Common Stock.
We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Risk Factors” and “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission or regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
| Per Share | Total | |||||||
| Initial public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Underwriting discount and commissions(1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholders |
$ | $ | ||||||
| (1) | See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. |
Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC and certain non-management members of the Company (the “Selling Stockholders”) have granted the underwriters the option, for a period of 30 days, to purchase up to 1,031,250 additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Common Stock against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2025.
| (* in alphabetical order) | ||||
| Keefe, Bruyette & Woods* | Piper Sandler* |
William Blair | ||
| A Stifel Company | ||||
| Citizens Capital Markets | Raymond James | |||
| Oppenheimer & Co. | ||||
Prospectus dated , 2025
A Letter from Robert Ritchie, Founder and Chief Executive Officer
The Power of Trust, Resilience, and Vision
Dear Prospective Investors,
When I founded American Integrity in 2006, it wasn’t just about creating a business—it was about fulfilling a mission. In the aftermath of the devastating 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons, Floridians faced uncertainty as national insurers pulled back. Families were left vulnerable, and the need for a stable, reliable partner became clear.
Starting American Integrity during such a turbulent time might have seemed like an uphill battle, but we were determined to establish an insurance company that would be there for Floridians when they needed it most. We were looking to the future and had strong conviction around the opportunity this turbulence created. We saw where the market needed to go: disciplined underwriting, innovative risk management, and an unwavering commitment to customer service. This vision has guided us every step of the way.
Who We Are
Headquartered in Tampa, Florida, we are a dynamic and thriving insurance group dedicated to safeguarding homes and communities across the Sunshine State. Through our subsidiary, American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida, Inc., we specialize in providing personalized residential property insurance solutions for single-family homeowners and condominium owners.
We have been a stable and disciplined provider of residential insurance coverage in Florida for more than 19 years. Our management team founded our company in 2006 to capitalize on the dislocation in Florida’s residential property insurance market caused by the devastating 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons. At a time when national insurers were retreating, we stepped forward, building a strong foundation to support homeowners in their time of need.
Today, we are proud to be recognized as the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida, as measured by direct premiums written as of December 31, 2024, based on data from the FLOIR. Beyond Florida, we have thoughtfully expanded our footprint to include Georgia and South Carolina, reinforcing our commitment to growth and excellence in the southeastern United States.
Building Strength Through Resilience
From the very beginning, our focus was on addressing Florida’s unique challenges. The result is a company that not only provides financial stability but also serves as a lifeline for families during their most challenging moments. At the heart of our operations lies a steadfast commitment to protecting the homes and dreams of our policyholders. Whether it’s crafting tailored insurance solutions or offering peace of mind in the face of natural disasters, we are proud to stand as a leading specialist residential property insurer in Florida, shaping the future of our industry with resilience, integrity, and unwavering dedication.
Our Guiding Principles
At American Integrity, our six corporate values form the foundation of everything we do:
| • | Integrity: We earn trust by consistently doing the right thing. Integrity is our moral compass, guiding us through every decision, big or small. |
| • | Commitment: We stand by our policyholders, agents, and employees with unwavering dedication, especially during life’s most challenging moments. |
| • | Teamwork: Collaboration is at the heart of our success. We achieve our goals together, leveraging diverse perspectives and shared expertise to find innovative solutions. |
| • | Humility: We approach every challenge with an open mind, listening, learning, and continuously improving. |
| • | Passion: We are passionate about protecting the homes and dreams of our policyholders. This fuels our drive to innovate and excel in every aspect of our business. |
| • | Fun: We believe in creating an environment where people thrive, finding joy in their work while making a positive impact on others. |
These values not only guide our operations but also shape the culture that makes American Integrity a great place to work and a trusted partner in the industry.
Looking to the Future
The challenges of our industry are significant, from climate change to evolving regulations and economic pressures. Yet, we remain steadfast in our mission to adapt and thrive. With a foundation of trust, a culture of innovation, and a team of dedicated professionals who embody our six corporate values, we’re uniquely positioned to meet the needs of our policyholders today and for generations to come.
Our vision is one of continuous growth and adaptability. With plans for further expansion, investments in technology, and continued focus on employee well-being, we’re building a company that will stand the test of time.
None of this would be possible without the incredible team at American Integrity, the support of our partners, and the trust of our policyholders. Together, we are building more than a company—we’re creating a legacy of protection, resilience, and peace of mind.
Thank you for taking the opportunity to learn about our vision and for your consideration of joining us on this journey. The future is bright, and we couldn’t be more excited to share it with you.
Sincerely,
Robert Ritchie
Founder and Chief Executive Officer
American Integrity Insurance Group
| 1 | ||||
| 25 | ||||
| 52 | ||||
| 53 | ||||
| 54 | ||||
| 55 | ||||
| 56 | ||||
| 58 | ||||
| MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
60 | |||
| 82 | ||||
| 89 | ||||
| 120 | ||||
| 125 | ||||
| 134 | ||||
| SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, MANAGEMENT AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS |
136 | |||
| 138 | ||||
| CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS FOR ERISA AND OTHER U.S. BENEFIT PLANS |
145 | |||
| 147 | ||||
| 149 | ||||
| 153 | ||||
| 163 | ||||
| 163 | ||||
| 163 | ||||
| 165 | ||||
| F-1 |
Neither we, the Selling Stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We, the Selling Stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We, the Selling Stockholders and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of Common Stock and seeking offers to buy shares of Common Stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the Common Stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside of the United States: None of we, the Selling Stockholders or any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
Through and including , 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
i
COMMONLY USED DEFINED TERMS
As used in this prospectus, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, the terms listed below have the following meanings:
| • | “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” “AII,” “American Integrity” and similar references refer: (i) following the consummation of the Corporate Contribution, to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and, unless otherwise stated, all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and (ii) prior to the completion of the Corporate Contribution, to AIIG LLC and, unless otherwise stated, all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. |
| • | “AICS” means American Integrity Claims Services, LLC, a Texas limited liability company. |
| • | “AIICFL” means American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida, Inc., a Florida corporation. |
| • | “AIIG LLC” means American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC, a Texas limited liability company. |
| • | “AIMGA” means American Integrity MGA, LLC, a Texas limited liability company. |
| • | “Bylaws” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. to be in effect upon consummation of this offering. |
| • | “Charter” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. to be in effect upon consummation of this offering. |
| • | “Citizens” means Citizens Property Insurance Corporation of Florida, a Florida corporation. Citizens was created by the Florida legislature in 2002 as a not-for-profit, tax-exempt, government entity to provide property insurance to eligible Florida property owners unable to find insurance coverage through the private market. |
| • | “Corporate Contribution” refers to all of the transactions related to the contribution of the Existing Owners’ equity interests in AIIG LLC to the Company in exchange for shares of the Company’s Common Stock. |
| • | “Existing Owners” refers collectively to the owners of units of AIIG LLC prior to the consummation of the Corporate Contribution. |
| • | “FLOIR” means the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation. |
| • | “NCQSR” refers to Non-Catastrophe Quota Share Reinsurance, our existing quota share arrangements with third-party reinsurers to provide capital relief for certain losses as described in “Business—Our Strengths—Retain more of the profitable premium we underwrite.” |
| • | “NYSE” refers to the New York Stock Exchange. |
| • | “PIF” refers to policies in-force, which represents the number of active insurance policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period referenced. |
| • | “Restricted Stock Grant” means those grants of 645,612 shares of restricted stock (based on an offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) to certain employees and consultants of the Company in connection with this offering. |
| • | “Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement” means the net issuance of 427,333 shares of Common Stock in connection with the Restricted Stock Grants made upon the consummation of this offering (based on an offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) after giving effect to the withholding of 218,279 shares of Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (as further described herein). |
| • | “Sowell MSA” means that certain management services agreement by and between James Sowell Company, L.P. and AIIG LLC. |
ii
| • | “Take-out” refers to a depopulation from Citizens where we selectively assume policies from Citizens as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Comparability Between Periods—Citizens “Take-out” Program.” |
| • | “Voluntary Market” refers to the insurance market in which the Company underwrites and sells policies to policyholders it may freely choose or reject without the assistance of residual market mechanisms. |
iii
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Prior to effectiveness of this registration statement, the Existing Owners of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC intend to contribute all of their equity interests in such entity to the Company in exchange for shares of Common Stock, as described in the section titled “Corporate Contribution.” As a result of such contribution, the Existing Owners of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC will become holders of shares of Common Stock of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. Shares of Common Stock of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. are being offered by this prospectus. Except as otherwise disclosed, the consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus do not give effect to the Corporate Contribution. We do not expect that the Corporate Contribution will have a material effect on the results of our operations.
Unless otherwise indicated, information presented in this prospectus assumes (i) the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Stock is not exercised, (ii) the initial public offering price of the shares of our Common Stock will be $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), (iii) the Corporate Contribution shall have occured and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation (our “Charter”) and the amended and restated bylaws (our “Bylaws”), each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering. See “Description of Capital Stock” for a description of our Charter and Bylaws.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
AIIG LLC is the accounting predecessor of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. for financial reporting purposes. American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. will be the audited financial reporting entity following this offering. Accordingly, this prospectus contains the following historical financial statements:
| • | American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. Other than the inception balance sheet, dated as of January 24, 2025, the historical financial information of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. has not been included in this prospectus as it is a newly incorporated entity and has had no business transactions or activities prior to the Corporate Contribution, besides our initial capitalization. |
| • | AIIG LLC. The historical financial information included in this prospectus is that of AIIG LLC. Financial information for AIIG LLC and its subsidiaries prior to the year ended December 31, 2023 is derived from audited financial statements that were audited by our prior auditors, Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A., and not by our independent registered public accounting firm. See “Experts” and “Change in Independent Auditor.” Such information includes the historical net income data prior to 2023, the financial data for periods prior to 2023 on which compound annual growth rates are calculated and similar disclosure. |
Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.
iv
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources, and management estimates.
Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and other third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data, and our experience in, and knowledge of, such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES
We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply, a relationship with us or an endorsement or sponsorship by or of us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
This prospectus contains “non-GAAP financial measures” that are financial measures that either exclude or include amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Specifically, we make use of the following non-GAAP financial measures: (i) underwriting income (loss), (ii) adjusted net income (loss), (iii) adjusted return on equity, (iv) underlying loss and loss adjustments expense ratio and (v) ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio.
Underwriting income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as income (loss) before income taxes, excluding net investment income, net realized gains and losses on investments, interest expense, other income and, following the consummation of this offering, will exclude expenses related stock-based compensation. Adjusted net income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income excluding net realized gains or losses on investments, and following the consummation of this offering, will include expenses related to stock-based compensation, net of tax impact. Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income divided by the average of beginning and ending members’ equity during the applicable period. Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP measure, expressed as a percentage, and defined as the ratio of loss and LAE, net, less current year net catastrophe losses and net prior year reserve development divided by net premiums earned plus policy fees. Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure, expressed as a percentage, defined as ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums earned divided by gross premiums earned. We present the non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP.
Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures, in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, as an integral part of managing our business and to, among other things: (i) monitor and evaluate the performance of
v
our business operations and financial performance; (ii) facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations; (iii) facilitate external comparisons of the results of our overall business to the historical operating performance of other companies that may have different capital structures and debt levels and different go-to-market models; (iv) review and assess the operating performance of our management team; (v) analyze and evaluate financial and strategic planning decisions regarding future operating investments; and (vi) plan for and prepare future annual operating budgets and determine appropriate levels of operating investments. The non-GAAP financial measures are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to the corresponding GAAP measures of financial performance, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company. For a discussion of the use of the non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
vi
This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Common Stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Company,” “American Integrity,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to AIIG LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Corporate Contribution and to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. following the Corporate Contribution. For the definitions of certain terms used in this prospectus and not defined herein, see “Commonly Used Defined Terms.”
Who We Are
We are a profitable and growing insurance group headquartered in Tampa, Florida. Through our insurance carrier subsidiary, American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida, Inc. (“AIICFL”), we provide personal residential property insurance for single-family homeowners and condominium owners as well as coverage for vacant dwellings and investment properties, predominantly in Florida. 98.6% of our direct premiums written (“DPW”) for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 97.6% of our policies in-force as of December 31, 2024 were in Florida. We are the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida based on DPW for policies in-force as of December 31, 2024 according to data compiled by the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (“FLOIR”), making us a leading specialty residential property insurer in the state.
We have been a stable, disciplined provider of residential insurance coverage in Florida for more than 19 years. Our management team founded our company in 2006 to capitalize on dislocation in the Florida residential property insurance market following the 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons, in which a number of severe hurricanes resulted in record insured property losses and caused a number of national insurance companies to retreat from writing residential property insurance in the state.
Florida has a large and growing population with a growing residential property insurance market. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, Florida was the third most populous state in the United States with 23.4 million
1
residents as of July 1, 2024, and recorded the second fastest population growth rate and second greatest nominal increase in population of all states in the U.S. from 2023 to 2024. Population growth supports growth in the property insurance market, which creates opportunity for insurance carriers with the specialized expertise to profitably underwrite property insurance in the Florida market. Florida is a complex property insurance market with a distinct regulatory environment and risk profile due to its geographic location, population centers concentrated along the coast, and elevated threat of property damage from catastrophic weather events including hurricanes, requiring a tailored approach to providing insurance coverage. We believe that consistently delivering underwriting profits in this market requires a high level of focus and specialization, including localized knowledge, market-specific expertise, granular and analytical underwriting and claims management, extensive historical data, effective use of technology, and a deep understanding of Florida’s regulatory environment – all of which we believe we have developed over our 19-year history writing residential property insurance in Florida. We believe this expertise is transferable and repeatable in other Southeastern coastal states. Through active monitoring of local market conditions and prudent risk selection and capital allocation, we seek to be a stable and reliable insurance market for our policyholders and distribution partners, and to consistently deliver best-in-class profitability and value creation for our stockholders.
As of December 31, 2024, we had 356,108 policies in-force. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we produced gross premiums written (“GPW”) of $767.7 million and $641.0 million, respectively, net premiums written of $194.4 million and $138.0 million, respectively, net income of $39.7 million and $37.8 million, respectively, and adjusted net income of $39.6 million and $37.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2024, we had total members’ equity of $162.4 million. For a reconciliation of underwriting income and adjusted net income to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Our history of profitability and prudent exposure management is matched by our commitment to innovation. We have built a technology-forward platform that we believe augments the expertise of our underwriting and claims teams, enhances our access to risk and claims data, accelerates and improves our underwriting and claims decision making, and improves our distribution partner and policyholder interface. Our use of advanced technology solutions covers the insurance process end-to-end, from risk selection and underwriting to streamlined quoting, policy management and claims handling. Our technology and data capture are critical to our ability to monitor our underwriting results at a granular level, timely modify our underwriting criteria and pricing to respond to changing market conditions, and effectively navigate Florida’s historically volatile property insurance market cycles.
We believe the current Florida residential property insurance market presents substantial attractive opportunities for carriers with specialized underwriting and claims expertise, established distribution relationships, advanced technology, and entrepreneurial leadership. Despite historical market-related disruptions and challenges caused by increasing hurricane catastrophe activity and other severe weather events, a general tort environment related to property insurance that led to increased litigation, and reduced insurance capacity as a result of multiple large national insurance carrier exits, we believe the legislative reforms in Florida enacted in late 2022, in addition to Assignment of Benefits (“AOB”) reform, which began in 2019, are proving effective at combating historically rampant property insurance legal system abuse and claims fraud, paving the way for a more stable and resilient property insurance market and greater opportunities for us to profitably underwrite residential property insurance in Florida.
Our Business
We seek to leverage our experience, proprietary technology, underwriting expertise and robust claims management capabilities to provide a stable and reliable residential property insurance market for our distribution partners and policyholders, and offer competitive residential property insurance coverages that are appropriately priced for the risk
2
we are taking. All of our insurance policies are written on an admitted basis, meaning our rates and policy forms have been approved by the insurance department of each state in which we sell our policies and our policies are backed by state guaranty funds. Since our founding, we have sought to develop strong relationships with our regulators, which we believe help us better navigate and adapt to changing market conditions and maintain our targeted profitability levels.
We employ a vertically integrated operating model whereby we control or manage substantially all aspects of insurance underwriting, actuarial analysis, pricing, distribution, and claims processing and adjudication. While some Florida residential property insurance companies have built their business in large part by assuming policies written by state-owned insurers such as Citizens Property Insurance Corporation of Florida (“Citizens”) and rely on these assumptions to generate new business, we primarily distribute our products through the “Voluntary Market,” meaning we directly underwrite and sell residential property insurance coverage to single family homeowners and condominium owners. We offer our insurance coverages through multiple distribution channels in the Voluntary Market including independent insurance agents, new construction home builder agents, and national insurance carriers that have restricted their writing of residential homeowners insurance policies in Florida and refer business to us.
In addition to our Voluntary Market business, we also selectively and opportunistically assume polices from Citizens when we believe there is an opportunity to assume policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. From 2014 through 2023, we did not assume polices from Citizens. The Florida legislative reforms in 2022 removed one-way attorneys’ fees, tightened bad faith standards and eliminated excessive AOB, which have led to a decrease in the frequency of non-catastrophe claims in the state. As the legislative reforms impacting the Florida residential property insurance market have taken hold and created what we believe to be a more favorable operating environment for insurance carriers writing in the state, coupled with Citizens raising its rates to be more comparable to the Voluntary Market and our pricing requirements, we have recently capitalized on opportunities to selectively assume policies from Citizens that we believe to be attractive. While we will continue to primarily be a Voluntary Market underwriter and we believe other carriers may choose to re-enter or expand their business in Florida in light of potential attractive take-out opportunities and generally improving market conditions on the back of the legislative reforms in 2022, we believe selectively assuming policies from Citizens in the current market environment can be an attractive opportunity to augment our growth and profitability. As of December 31, 2024, 79% of our in-force polices were from the Voluntary Market and 21% were assumed from Citizens.
3
We utilize proprietary technology, our deep knowledge of the Florida residential property insurance market, our specialized underwriting expertise and a sophisticated risk management strategy to differentiate ourselves in the market, profitably underwrite attractive property insurance risks and prudently grow our business. We have thoughtfully constructed our portfolio of insurance policies with (i) geographically diverse property exposures within Florida to manage our exposure to catastrophic hurricane and severe weather events impacting particular locations and (ii) risks for which we believe the pricing and terms adequately reflect the catastrophe and attritional non-catastrophe loss potential and present us with the opportunity to earn an attractive underwriting profit. As of December 31, 2024, the geographic distribution of our policies in-force, net in-force premium and total insured values in Florida were as follows:
Writings by Florida County
| As of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||
| ($ in millions) County |
PIF(1) | % of Total FL PIF(1) |
Net In-Force Premium |
% of Total FL Net In-Force Premium |
TIV | % of Total FL TIV | ||||||||||||
|
Lee |
26,379 | 8% | $78 | 9% | $14,883 | 8% | ||||||||||||
|
Polk |
22,995 | 7% | $44 | 5% | $11,482 | 6% | ||||||||||||
|
Orange |
22,863 | 7% | $54 | 6% | $12,662 | 7% | ||||||||||||
|
Duval |
20,598 | 6% | $38 | 4% | $10,696 | 6% | ||||||||||||
|
Hillsborough |
19,454 | 6% | $50 | 6% | $11,646 | 6% | ||||||||||||
|
Pasco |
17,327 | 5% | $38 | 4% | $10,956 | 6% | ||||||||||||
|
Palm Beach |
16,218 | 5% | $69 | 8% | $7,176 | 4% | ||||||||||||
|
Osceola |
16,185 | 5% | $35 | 4% | $8,274 | 4% | ||||||||||||
|
Marion |
14,644 | 4% | $24 | 3% | $7,204 | 4% | ||||||||||||
|
Brevard |
12,588 | 4% | $32 | 4% | $6,564 | 3% | ||||||||||||
|
Volusia |
12,543 | 4% | $28 | 3% | $6,586 | 4% | ||||||||||||
|
Other |
145,715 | 42% | $376 | 43% | $79,894 | 42% | ||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Total |
347,509 | 100% | $866 | 100% | $188,023 | 100% | ||||||||||||
| (1) | Consists solely of policies in-force in Florida, including 68,844 policies assumed from Citizens in 2024. |
Our business is supported by a comprehensive exposure and risk management framework—the cornerstone of which is our robust reinsurance program—that we believe increases the consistency and predictability of our earnings and protects our capital against hurricane and other severe weather-related events. We purchase excess of loss, quota share, per risk and facultative reinsurance from highly rated third-party reinsurers. We have strong relationships with third-party reinsurers, which we believe are a result of our industry experience and reputation for selective and disciplined underwriting. We have historically purchased reinsurance in-line with, and occasionally in excess of, what regulators and rating agencies require and in amounts that we believe are conservative in an effort to minimize the volatility of our earnings and protect our capital.
We closely manage all aspects of our claims adjustment process and strive to adjudicate and settle all non-catastrophe claims with our in-house claims professionals. In the case of catastrophic events, we supplement our internal claims handling resources by contracting with six large national claims adjusting firms to assist our adjusters with the increased volume of claims and ensure timely responses to our policyholders.
4
We believe our history of profitability operating in the complex, nuanced and historically volatile Florida property insurance market, as illustrated by our GAAP net income from 2008 to 2024 as set forth below, is the result of our specialized risk selection, pricing strategies and claims management capabilities:
($ millions)
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include:
Florida residential property insurance market expertise
Since our founding in 2006, we have principally focused on serving the Florida residential property insurance market. Florida represents over 98.6% of our DPW for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 97.6% of our policies in-force as of December 31, 2024. Throughout our 19-year history, we have maintained a consistent market presence with independent agents and policyholders in Florida, prudently adjusting our underwriting criteria (whether that be based on sub-geographies, home age, or types of home construction, among other factors) and pricing to consistently generate attractive underwriting margins and profits across multiple property and casualty insurance (“P&C”) cycles and Florida property insurance cycles. According to the FLOIR, we are the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida based on DPW for policies in-force as of December 31, 2024. We believe we have developed a deep understanding of the risks inherent with underwriting residential property insurance in Florida, cultivated strong relationships with distribution partners, reinsurance partners and regulators, and accumulated robust, proprietary underwriting, claims and loss data over our 19-year history to inform our risk selection and pricing.
As market conditions evolve, we use our market knowledge and experience to adjust our underwriting appetite to increase exposure to risks and market opportunities we believe are most attractive within the Florida market and reduce exposure where we believe competition is irrational or where we are not receiving appropriate premium for the risk we are assuming. We believe our established, multi-channel distribution relationships in the Florida market are a differentiator in a market where a number of our peers principally, or in some cases almost
5
exclusively, have relied on assuming policies from Citizens to generate new business as opposed to writing business in the Voluntary Market. We believe our distribution relationships position us to maintain and increase our market share as the residential property market in Florida continues to grow and as the improved regulatory and litigation environment provides attractive new market opportunities. We also believe our expertise from operating in Florida is transferable to other southeastern coastal states.
Disciplined, analytical and tech-enabled underwriting
We believe our underwriting processes and systems support a dynamic underwriting model and exposure management framework that have allowed us to produce attractive financial results in the complex Florida residential property insurance market, as evidenced by our long-term track record of profitability and increasing stockholder’s equity through retained earnings.
We utilize proprietary historical and third-party data to underwrite risks to the rate, terms and conditions that we believe are appropriate. Our granular, risk-level data down to the census block (the smallest geographic unit used by the U.S. Census Bureau for tabulation of 100-percent data) allow for fast, accurate rate determinations and real-time quoting, including catastrophe loss estimates, to quote individual premium rates on high value homes. In addition to this granularity, our systems and processes support rapid regulatory approval and internal rate implementation during our quarterly rate adequacy assessments, enabling us to adjust pricing to protect margins. This has been particularly important in recent years in the face of inflation, the litigation crisis in the Florida property insurance market, and increasing property reinsurance costs.
We believe our investment in technology sets us apart from our competitors and positions us to identify emerging loss trends and to quickly and effectively adapt to changing market conditions. As an example, through enhancements to our data warehouse, we captured and were able to analyze data that identified a “roof crisis” in Central Florida in 2018, in which “roofing scams” significantly increased as contractors sought to file fraudulent damage claims in order to receive insurance payouts. We responded quickly to limit our writings and non-renew policies we believed to be at an elevated risk of loss. By shrinking our business in Central Florida from approximately 60,000 policies in-force at December 31, 2019 to approximately 35,000 at December 31, 2022, we were able to minimize the negative impact of these losses.
Our proprietary technology platform integrates policy issuance, document management, ratemaking, underwriting, billing and data collection into a single system. The system is configurable by our internal technology team, which allows for rapid modifications, and seamlessly integrates APIs from third-party data sources, including BuildFax, LexisNexis, Verisk, and Cape Analytics. We believe that our technology footprint, data fidelity and data capture and analysis capabilities are critical to our ability to consistently generate attractive risk-adjusted underwriting margins in the market we serve.
Fully integrated in-house claims management to rapidly identify and respond to emerging trends
We have a robust in-house claims management function that is responsible for all aspects of our claims adjudication process. All non-catastrophe claims in Florida are handled entirely by our in-house claims team. We believe handling claims in-house allows us to better coordinate between claims and underwriting departments, collect more granular claims data, quickly respond to claims, deliver a consistent agent and insured experience, better control loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), and implement claims strategies and pursue rate, form, and underwriting actions we believe to be appropriate. We believe our data-driven approach to claims has allowed us to profitably navigate historical loss trends unique to the Florida market, such as losses related to sinkholes, AOBs, roof claims and cast-iron pipe claims. In the case of claims outside of Florida or a catastrophic event in Florida, we supplement internal claims resources by contracting with six large national claims adjusting firms to assist our adjusters with the increased volume of claims to ensure timely responses to our policyholders
6
and to manage claim costs. When we contract with claims adjusting firms, our in-house claims department oversees and manages the work performed by these firms to ensure claims are being handled to our standards. We believe that our people, systems and organizational structure around our claims management has been a key contributor to our underwriting performance.
Deep relationships with independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents
We employ a multi-channel distribution strategy in the Voluntary Market to distribute our insurance policies through various channels, including independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers, and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents. Independent insurance agents represent our largest distribution channel, as measured by GPW production for the year ended December 31, 2024. We have methodically developed our independent agent distribution partnerships in an effort to align the interests of our distribution partners with our desire to write profitable business. We appoint only those independent insurance agents that we believe can consistently produce targeted volumes of quality business for us, and we seek to maintain excellent relationships with this group of agents by being a consistent market for Florida homeowners risks that meet our underwriting appetite, presenting clear underwriting criteria and pricing, paying competitive commissions, ensuring rapid speed to quote, offering consistently high-quality service and expertise, and maintaining financial stability. We carefully allocate capacity to our independent agents to ensure they benefit from our franchise value and do not experience a cannibalizing level of competition from other independent agents with an American Integrity appointment. In return, we expect our agents to work with us to develop business plans and incentive programs that align with our underwriting goals. This has allowed us to be a reliable, consistent partner to our agents over time and aligns their incentives with our business objectives. Independent agents have the ability to write business with other insurance carriers, and we compete for their services with other carriers based on a variety of factors including quality of service, responsiveness to policy submissions and claims, tenure and reputation in the market, financial strength, as well as the products, pricing and commissions that we offer. We believe the strength of our independent insurance agent relationships are a differentiating factor in the Florida market, where we believe a number of carriers have relied – in some cases exclusively – on assuming policies from Citizens as their primary source of new business and have made limited investment in independent agent distribution or other distribution channels. We believe our distribution relationships position us for more predictable policy and premium growth, stronger policy retention rates, and superior underwriting results across P&C insurance and Florida property market cycles.
We have developed partnerships with national insurance carriers who restrict their writing of residential homeowners policies in Florida, including Allstate, American Family, Farmers, Liberty Mutual, The Hartford (AARP), Progressive and USAA, to offer residential property insurance to their customers who are also seeking Florida residential property insurance coverage. We recently added partnerships with affiliates of Horace Mann Educators Corporation and South Carolina Farm Bureau Insurance. We handle all underwriting, pricing and claims management of these policies, and all policies are offered on our policy forms and are solely adjudicated by us. We believe these relationships provide attractive new business growth opportunities incremental to our writings through the independent agency channel. The national carriers benefit from our partnership due to their enhanced ability to service their existing policyholders in need of homeowners insurance in Florida, creating strong and strategic alignment.
We also have developed strong relationships with retail insurance agents affiliated with homebuilders to increase our access to the new home construction market, which has seen substantial growth in Florida in recent years. These new homes are required to comply with the latest building codes and standards, allowing us to generally offer more competitive risk-adjusted rates while maintaining our targeted profitability in our book of business. We have completed technology integrations with new construction builder agencies in order to better integrate into their business and serve their needs. We believe this distribution channel will continue to grow as a result of continued strong population growth within Florida, a lack of available existing home supply, and the resulting
7
increase in new home building. Many of our homebuilder partnerships operate in additional Southeastern coastal states and we will look to leverage these relationships as we selectively expand our geographic footprint.
Sophisticated risk transfer program with high-quality third-party reinsurers
We purchase third-party reinsurance to help manage our exposure to catastrophic weather events. Our relationships with our reinsurers, all of whom have a financial strength rating of “A-” or better by A.M. Best or for which we hold collateral equal to 100% of the reinsurance limit or recoverable, have been developed over time as a result of our extensive experience and reputation for selective underwriting in the Florida market. Our financial strength, underwriting results and the long-term relationships between our organization and our reinsurance partners have resulted in consistent reinsurance capacity across P&C insurance and Florida property insurance cycles. We regularly assess and adjust our reinsurance structure as we see necessary to optimize the effectiveness of our reinsurance program. We currently utilize quota share, facultative, property per-risk and excess of loss reinsurance to provide significant levels of balance sheet and earnings protection, and to support the size of our in-force premium and insured exposure relative to our capital base.
Strong balance sheet and capital position
We have supported the capital needs of our business and grown our members’ equity to $162.4 million at December 31, 2024 through consistent profitability and the accumulation of retained earnings. We have achieved this without raising outside equity capital beyond our initial capitalization of an aggregate of $10.3 million in 2006 and 2007, while also paying $64.9 million in aggregate profit distributions to our equity owners from our inception through December 31, 2024.
We have a conservative investment portfolio managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, LP that is focused on highly-rated, short-duration investment grade fixed income securities, a strong reinsurance program and conservatively booked reserves. In addition, we have only $1.0 million of debt on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2024.
Our strong capitalization is a critical component to our relationships with our policyholders, distribution partners, and reinsurance partners who value our financial strength and the stability of our balance sheet. We endeavor to maintain and continue to enhance our strong capital position through the accumulation of retained earnings, our utilization of third-party reinsurance, and our conservative investment strategy and reserving strategy.
Experienced, entrepreneurial and financially aligned management team with a track record of success in the Florida homeowners insurance market
We have a deep and experienced management team with expertise spanning underwriting, claims, technology and insurance operations that we believe has been integral to our past performance and will help drive our long-term success. Our management team has remained largely consistent since our founding in 2006, with an average of more than 10 years with the Company, and has deep expertise in the Florida property insurance market. Our team is led by industry veteran Robert Ritchie, who has served as Chief Executive Officer since our founding in 2006, along with our Chairman, David Clark. Jon Ritchie, our President, has been with AIIG LLC since 2009, and Ben Lurie, our Chief Financial Officer, has served in a variety of different roles, including Director, Vice President and Secretary, with AIIG LLC since 2017. Many of our employees and members of our senior
management team have worked together to build our Company from a start-up to one of the largest personal residential insurance writers in Florida. Our management team members have a significant equity ownership interest in our business aligning their financial interests with stockholders. After giving effect to this offering, management will own over 18.6% of the Company’s Common Stock.
8
Our Strategies
We believe that we will be able to continue to successfully leverage our strengths to execute the following business strategies:
Capitalize on historic recent regulatory reform in Florida by profitably growing new business
We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of favorable trends in our existing primary market of Florida to grow the amount of new premiums we write and generate additional revenue. We believe the significant regulatory reform bills passed in December 2022 by the Florida legislature are significantly improving the property insurance underwriting environment in the state, allowing us to pursue additional new business opportunities that in the past did not meet our underwriting and profitability criteria. We have started – and expect to continue – to judiciously broaden our risk appetite as a result of these reforms, including underwriting older properties where we believe the pricing and terms adequately reflect the risk we are assuming and broadening our presence in certain counties where we have significantly limited our writings in the past due to the historical litigation environment. We expect to achieve this growth primarily with our existing distribution partners with whom we have built strong relationships to access business that we believe is desirable and profitable. We expect to continue to deepen our penetration of the Florida market by leveraging and growing these strong distribution relationships and employing sophisticated technology to select and underwrite risks that meet our underwriting and profitability criteria. In addition, as recent regulatory reforms continue to create a pathway to a more stable Florida property insurance market, we are seeing opportunities to further accelerate our growth by assuming policies from Citizens that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. For example, in 2024, we assumed 68,844 policies from Citizens. We will continue to be thoughtful and opportunistic in our pursuit of market opportunities and growth in Florida, without compromising on our commitment to, and unwavering focus on, profitability.
Consistently deliver profitability across P&C market cycles
We are a disciplined, underwriting-driven company with an unwavering focus on profitability. Despite many years of costly catastrophe events and periods of elevated attritional losses for the P&C industry as a whole, and particularly the Florida property insurance market where we principally operate, we have produced a positive return on equity in every year since our inception except two: 2018 and 2020. We have always sought to effectively manage the P&C insurance cycle and Florida property cycle since our inception to consistently deliver best-in-class underwriting results and profitability. We utilize the data we collect and analyze from our operations, combined with our view of the current P&C market and residential property insurance cycle dynamics, to adjust rates, forms, and various other underwriting criteria to optimize our new business writings.
We believe we identified and addressed Florida-wide residential insurance litigation trends earlier than many of our competitors, which has contributed to multiple years of strong underwriting outperformance compared to the broader Florida residential property insurance industry. While the industry experienced over $6.9 billion in underwriting losses between 2017 and 2024, and nearly a dozen insurance companies focusing on the Florida residential property market failed during that time period, we were profitable in every year except two, generated cumulative net income of $121.2 million, and maintained a strong, stable balance sheet with no decreases in statutory surplus. We believe these results are a testament to our disciplined approach and primary focus on stability and profitability, with a secondary focus on growth.
Retain more of the profitable premium we underwrite
In addition to our comprehensive catastrophe reinsurance program, we have historically purchased quota share reinsurance covering all business we write. Under our current Non-Catastrophe Quota Share Reinsurance
9
(“NCQSR”) arrangements, we cede 40% of our GPW, net of premium ceded under our catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance agreements but prior to other reinsurance agreements. Our NCQSR arrangements were established to allow us to increase our GPW at a time when we believed other forms of capital were less attractive. Over time, the benefit we received from the quota share has diminished as reinsurance costs have increased industry-wide, non-catastrophe weather losses we have incurred have declined, and interest rates have increased magnifying the lost net investment income on premium we cede under the quota share. We may reduce our use of quota share reinsurance in the future and retain more of the premium we currently write on a net basis. Any decision to retain more premium would be based on various factors including P&C market conditions, our capital position, the cost of reinsurance and interest rates, among others. Under our current quota share reinsurance agreement, we are able to reduce the amount of business we cede, or eliminate the quota share entirely, at no cost. We believe retaining additional premium we already underwrite can be an attractive and profitable use of capital given our extensive existing knowledge of this business and its historical underwriting performance.
Continue to purchase conservative third-party catastrophe reinsurance coverage
We intend to continue to purchase an appropriate level of catastrophe reinsurance as we seek to reduce the volatility of our earnings and protect our balance sheet from the impact of potential weather-related catastrophe events. Our current catastrophe reinsurance program is indicative of the type of conservative catastrophe protection that we believe to be appropriate. Using multiple FLOIR-approved models and as a result of management’s internal practices and the requirements of rating agencies, we have historically sought to buy to a 1-in-130 year probable maximum loss (“PML”) level, meaning we buy the amount of reinsurance necessary to protect us in the event of the occurrence of a storm of a severity expected to occur only once in a 130-year period.
Over our 19-year history, we have developed strong relationships with reinsurers rated “A-” or better by A.M. Best. We have been rewarded by our reinsurers for our disciplined underwriting and consistent profitability with consistent capacity, including in reinsurance markets in which it has been challenging for many of our peers to obtain adequate reinsurance coverage. We view our reinsurers as long-term partners and seek to maintain positive relations with them to ensure we have adequate reinsurance capacity in future years. Historically, we have prioritized the consistency and sustainability of our earnings over the long term above maximizing earnings in any particular year when constructing our reinsurance program, and we intend to maintain this strategy going forward.
Continue to invest in and leverage data and technology that we believe enhance our decision making, increase our profitability, and strengthen our competitive advantages
Our integrated technology infrastructure and data capture capabilities allow us to efficiently manage various processes across our platform, improve real-time visibility into market trends, lower costs, and realize operating leverage as we scale. Our platform is purpose-built to cohesively integrate each of our technology solutions with one another, creating a proprietary full-stack insurance platform that allows us to balance and integrate the complete insurance process from underwriting and quoting through claims management and adjudication.
We intend to continue to develop our technology platform and capture additional data that we believe will allow us to continue to identify, price, and write the risks that meet our underwriting and risk management criteria. This entails utilizing real-time proprietary and third-party data integrations in both the ratemaking and front-end underwriting process to make efficient, data-driven underwriting and management decisions. We believe our advanced technology is a differentiator in the markets where we operate and positions us well for profitable growth.
Deepen distribution relationships to increase Voluntary Market writings
We intend to continue to execute on our multi-channel distribution strategy partnering with independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents. We have built our
10
business and technology with the critical importance of our distribution partners in mind, and we believe that creating strong alignment with our distribution partners drives better growth, profitability, and a stronger operating model.
As an insurer committed to the independent agency distribution model, we seek to offer meaningful insurance capacity within the confines of our underwriting guidelines to a select group of agents. In each market we serve, we seek to align ourselves with selected agents that provide us a meaningful portion of their overall business. This allows us to manage these distribution relationships based on key corporate priorities and performance indicators, including volume of new business writings, loss ratio, and policy retention. We believe that working with our agency partners to achieve these goals is critical to our growth and continued underwriting success. At the same time, we recognize that it is important to have a balanced source of distribution. We expect to continue to selectively expand our distribution relationships to new independent agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated agents.
We believe our strong distribution relationships in the Voluntary Market have provided us access to superior risks and enable us to produce more sustainable growth across P&C insurance market cycles.
Selectively assume policies from Citizens
Citizens is the largest homeowners insurer in the state of Florida as measured by premium in-force and acts as the state-owned insurer of last resort. It is incentivized by the state to transfer policies from its books to the private market in order to reduce systemic risk to the insurance market. See “Business—Citizens Depopulations” for more information. Over the 10 years leading up to 2024, we did not believe that there were opportunities to assume policies from Citizens, also referred to as “depopulations” or “take-outs,” that met our underwriting and profitability criteria. The last take-out we pursued prior to 2024 was in 2014. We believe the combination of Citizens raising its rates, an improved level of underwriting data disclosed by Citizens on its in-force portfolio, and the legislative reforms passed in 2022 and 2023 have significantly changed the Citizens depopulation economics based on our experience and understanding of the Florida market, and created opportunities for us to assume policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. We are selective when we pursue policy assumptions from Citizens, and each policy we consider assuming from Citizens is run through our rigorous underwriting and profitability criteria, including assessing the county and location of the underlying risk, to determine its attractiveness, a process which is similar to our underwriting in the Voluntary Market. While we measure the attractiveness of “take-out” opportunities based on our long-term profitability expectations of the policies we assume, take-outs can generate significant near-term earnings as (i) the cost of policy acquisition is lower than in the Voluntary Market as we do not pay upfront agent commissions on policies assumed from Citizens, as compared to writing business in the Voluntary Market where we also have to pay commissions (generally 12%) to our distribution partners upfront, and (ii) we are not required to purchase reinsurance on the policies we assume until our reinsurance program renews on the subsequent June 1st. Generally, we are able to price take-out policies above the price we would offer in the Voluntary Market. Because the policies we assume from Citizens go through our underwriting processes, we expect them to have a similar risk-return profile to the policies that we write in the Voluntary Market. We participated in four take-out opportunities in 2024, assuming 68,844 policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria, and we believe provide an attractive opportunity in light of recent legislative reforms. As of December 31, 2024, 21% of our policies in-force were assumed from Citizens representing 24% of our premiums in-force. We will continue to selectively pursue Citizens take-out opportunities if we feel there is an opportunity to assume policies that align with our underwriting and profit criteria based on the profile of the underlying risk.
11
Our History
AIIG LLC was founded in 2006 as an insurance holding company by our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Ritchie, in partnership with our Chairman, David Clark, to capitalize on the Florida homeowners insurance market dislocation following the 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons.
Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC (“Sowell & Co.”) capitalized us with an aggregate of $10.3 million in equity investments in 2006 and 2007, which remains the only equity investment that has been made into the business to date. Sowell & Co. is a family office founded in 1972 by James E. Sowell to pursue real estate, oil and gas, and private equity investments. The firm invests the capital of its principals and does not have a drawdown fund structure with a finite life, enabling it to have a longer-term investment horizon and aligning its interests with those of management. As of December 31, 2024, our members’ equity had increased to $162.4 million. Our growth in members’ equity was generated entirely through retained earnings, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 16.8% over 19 years. Additionally, since our formation in 2006 through December 31, 2024, we have paid our members $64.9 million of aggregate profit distributions, excluding distributions related to flow-through tax liabilities. The compound annual growth rate of our members’ equity inclusive of cumulative profit distributions was 19.0% over the same 19-year period.
In March 2007, we commenced operations and were approved to assume up to 165,000 policies from Citizens, of which we assumed a select portion based on a number of criteria including historical performance and our expectations for future profitability, geographic spread of risk and prospects for retention. This initial “depopulation” allowed us to gain scale in the Florida market immediately and in a cost-efficient manner while also providing us time to establish relationships with distribution partners to write in the Voluntary Market. We have participated in additional depopulations from Citizens in each of 2007-2010, 2012-2014, and 2024.
In 2008, we began writing business in the Voluntary Market and have since principally focused our efforts in expanding our volume of policies written through the Voluntary Market. As of December 31, 2024, 79% of our policies in-force were originated by us in the Voluntary Market representing 76% of our premiums in-force.
12
Since our founding in 2006 we have grown profitably to become a leading provider of residential property insurance in the state of Florida. Throughout our history, we have introduced new products or expanded into additional products relevant to our market in response to policyholder demand and based on our existing underwriting expertise which have strengthened our market presence and relationships with our distribution partners. As an example, in 2010, we began offering insurance for vacant properties in the wake of the global financial crisis, and we were the first admitted carrier in Florida to do so. In 2014, we began to underwrite high-value homeowners and condominium owner’s policies in Florida. In 2018, we began to underwrite coverage for small watercraft in Florida. We may introduce new products and/or expand into additional products in the future.
Recent Developments
We are currently finalizing our unaudited interim financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2025, including our results of operations for that period. While financial statements as of and for such period are not available, based on the information currently available, we preliminarily estimate that as of or for the three months ended March 31, 2025:
| • | Policies in-force were 383,332 as of March 31, 2025, an increase of 42.9% compared to policies in-force of 268,326 as of March 31, 2024, and an increase of 7.6% compared to policies in-force of 356,108 as of December 31, 2024. The total increase in our policies in-force was due to new policies written through the Voluntary Market and Q1 2025 Citizens Take-Outs. |
| • | Gross premiums written increased 43.9% to $212.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $147.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was due largely to premium from new policies written through the Voluntary Market and an increase in assumed written premiums related to our strategic participation in the Citizens take-out program. |
| • | Gross premiums earned increased 33.9% to $210.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $156.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was due largely to our increase in gross premiums written. |
| • | Net premiums earned increased 66.5% to $65.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $39.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was due largely to the increase in gross premiums earned without a proportionate increase in ceded premiums earned, both driven largely by our participation the Citizens take-out program, |
| • | The combined ratio was 42.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 75.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2024, a decrease of 33 percentage points. The loss ratio was 30.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 49.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2024, a decrease of 19 percentage points. The expense ratio was 12.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 26.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2024, a decrease of 14 percentage points. The decreases in the combined ratio, loss ratio and the expense ratio for the first quarter of 2025 were due to the increase in net premiums earned driven largely by our participation in the Citizens take-out program. |
| • | Net income increased 214.7% to $38.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $12.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was due to the increase in net premiums earned, policy fees revenue and net realized gains on investments along with a decrease in net policy acquisition expenses. |
| • | Total members’ equity was $186.1 million as of March 31, 2025, an increase of 31.0% compared to total members’ equity of $142.1 million as of March 31, 2024, and an increase of 14.6% compared to total members’ equity of $162.4 million as of December 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, we made approximately $14.9 million in cash distributions to the Existing Owners, |
13
| including $10.0 million in profit distributions representing allocations of earnings, and $4.9 million in tax distributions to cover estimated tax liabilities associated with the Company’s income. The increase in total stockholder’s equity over the prior period end balance was primarily due to results from operations and increase in net income. |
| • | We anticipate making additional tax distributions of approximately $8 million to cover estimated tax liabilities associated with the Company’s income to the Existing Owners prior to this offering. |
The preliminary financial information above is unaudited and there can be no assurance that it will not vary from our actual financial results as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The preliminary financial information above reflects estimates based only on preliminary information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, has not been subject to our normal quarterly closing procedures and adjustments, which may be material, and is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these preliminary estimates. The estimates above are not necessarily indicative of any future period and should be read together with “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preliminary financial information above has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited, reviewed or performed any procedures with respect to the preliminary financial information and does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
Corporate Structure
As a holding company, we wholly own five subsidiaries, which include our admitted insurance company, AIICFL, and four subsidiaries that provide various services exclusively to AIICFL. We established each of these subsidiaries in conjunction with our formation in 2006. While our statutory capital and all insurance policies reside at AIICFL, our core operations relating to risk selection, underwriting, claims, brokerage and reinsurance are performed by our other subsidiaries. This structure provides enhanced profit opportunities and capital flexibility for our holding company which we believe benefit our stockholders.
Our subsidiaries include the following:
American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida, Inc. (AIICFL) operates as a Florida-domiciled admitted insurance company with licenses to write business in Florida, Georgia and South Carolina. AIICFL is regulated by the FLOIR. While most of our core operations are performed by our other subsidiaries, our accounting employees are employed by AIICFL.
American Integrity MGA, LLC (AIMGA) operates as a Texas domiciled managing general agency to produce, underwrite, negotiate, bind and administer policies on an exclusive basis for AIICFL. Most of our employees, including our sales, underwriting, product development and marketing employees, are employed by AIMGA.
American Integrity Claims Services, LLC (AICS) manages all non-catastrophe claims for AIICFL and, on an as needed basis, contracts with third-party claims services providers to manage and oversee catastrophe claims. Our claims employees are employed by AICS.
Pinnacle Analytics, LLC (Pinnacle) is responsible for performing ongoing reinsurance related analytical and modeling work for the benefit of AIICFL. Using proprietary tools and technology, Pinnacle monitors, updates and assesses data and information that is available to us in connection with recent events (e.g., storms and other
14
related weather events, regulatory changes and impacts, etc.) to analyze their potential impact on AIICFL’s results of operations, including its various reinsurance programs.
Pinnacle Insurance Consultants, LLC (PIC) acts as the agent of record of policies that are assumed from Citizens and are not already affiliated with an independent insurance agent.
The following diagram depicts our ownership structure prior to the Corporate Contribution and consummation of this offering.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, unlike public companies that are not emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act, we will not be required to:
| • | provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”); |
| • | provide more than two years of audited financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations; |
| • | comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer; |
| • | provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or hold stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; or |
| • | obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
15
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for adopting new or revised financial accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of all of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering— The JOBS Act will allow us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC. We cannot be certain if this reduced disclosure will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.” If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.
We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.235 billion or more in annual revenues; (ii) the date on which we become a “large accelerated filer” (the fiscal year-end on which the total market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more as of June 30); (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period; or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.
Summary of Risk Factors
Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” following this prospectus summary. These include:
| • | As a property and casualty insurer, we may face significant losses, and exposure to catastrophic events and severe weather conditions may cause our financial results to significantly vary from period to period. |
| • | Our loss reserves are estimates and may be inadequate to cover our actual liability for losses, which could adversely affect our business. |
| • | Because we conduct substantially all of our business in Florida, our financial results depend on the regulatory, legal, economic and weather conditions in Florida. |
| • | Changing climate conditions may increase the severity and frequency of catastrophic events and severe weather conditions, which may adversely affect our business. |
| • | Actual claims incurred have exceeded, and in the future may exceed, reserves established for claims, adversely affecting our operating results and financial condition. |
| • | Lack of effectiveness of exclusions and other loss limitation methods in the insurance policies we assume or write could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. |
| • | Because we rely on third-party distribution partners, including independent insurance agents, homebuilder-affiliated agents and national insurance carriers who restrict the amount of business they write in Florida, the loss of these relationships and the business they control or our inability to attract distribution partners could have an adverse impact on our business. |
| • | Although we believe that recent legislative reforms have driven a stabilization of rates, our results may fluctuate based on cyclical changes in the insurance industry. |
16
| • | We may pursue opportunities to participate in Citizens’ take-out program and directly assume policies issued by Citizens to policyholders who were otherwise unable to obtain private insurance. Take-out opportunities are subject to a number of timing and execution risks, and we may fail to participate in Citizens’ take-out programs on terms that are ultimately profitable to us, or at all. |
| • | Reinsurance coverage may not be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates, or at all. |
| • | Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of our reinsurers who may suffer a downgrade, and we risk not being able to collect reinsurance amounts in a timely manner, or at all, due to us under our contracts with reinsurers, which could materially harm our business and financial condition. |
| • | The failure of the risk mitigation strategies we utilize could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. |
| • | The inherent uncertainty of models and our reliance on such models as a tool to evaluate risk may have an adverse effect on our financial results. |
| • | Our success depends on our ability to accurately price the risks we underwrite, which is subject to uncertainty. |
| • | Our information technology systems may fail or be disrupted, which could adversely affect our business. |
| • | If we are unable to expand our business because our capital must be used to pay greater than anticipated claims, our financial results may suffer, and we may require additional capital in the future which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms. |
| • | Unanticipated increases in the severity or frequency of claims could adversely affect our business or financial condition. |
| • | If actual renewals of our existing policies do not meet expectations, our future premiums and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. |
| • | The failure of our claims department, or the third-party claims adjusters whom we may engage, to effectively manage or remediate claims could adversely affect our business, financial results or capital requirements. |
| • | Increased competition and market conditions, including changes in our financial stability and credit ratings, could affect the growth of our business and negatively affect our financial results. |
| • | We are subject to extensive regulation, and potential further restrictive regulation may increase our operating costs and limit our growth and profitability. |
| • | The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues in Florida on our business are uncertain. |
| • | Mandatory assessments or competition for government entities may create short term liabilities or affect our ability to underwrite more policies. |
| • | We face financial exposure to unpredictable weather patterns and catastrophic storms and resulting regulation from the FLOIR. |
| • | The Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund may not have enough resources to pay us for the coverage we purchased. |
| • | A regulatory environment that requires approval of rate increases, can mandate rate decreases, and that can dictate underwriting practices and mandate participation in loss sharing arrangements may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. |
17
| • | We have elected to rely on certain phase-in provisions of the SEC and/or NYSE rules, and, as a result, we will not immediately be subject to certain corporate governance requirements otherwise required of NYSE-listed companies. |
| • | We are not contractually obligated to pay regular cash dividends on our Common Stock following this offering. As a result, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it. |
Corporate Contribution
Prior to effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the Existing Owners of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC intend to contribute all of their equity interests in such entity to the Company in exchange for shares of Common Stock, as described in the section titled “Corporate Contribution.” As a result of such Corporate Contribution, the Existing Owners of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC will become holders of shares of Common Stock of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. We do not expect that the Corporate Contribution will have a material effect on the results of our operations.
Simplified Ownership Structure after Giving Effect to the Corporate Contribution
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure after giving effect to the Corporate Contribution and the offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock.
18
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600, Tampa, FL 33609 and our telephone number at that address is (813) 880-7000. Our website is available at www.aiicfl.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
19
The Offering
| Issuer |
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. |
| Common Stock Offered by Us |
6,250,000 shares. |
| Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders |
625,000 shares (or 1,656,250 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock in full). |
| Common Stock Outstanding After this Offering |
19,581,828 shares. |
| Voting Rights |
Each share of our Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. See “Description of Capital Stock.” |
| Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Shares |
The Selling Stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,031,250 additional shares of Common Stock. |
| Use of Proceeds |
We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $81.5 million after deducting the underwriting discount and other expenses related to the offering, fees due under the Sowell MSA upon its termination, and the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include contributing capital to AIICFL to support growth. Additionally, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to satisfy tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement (as defined below), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of Common Stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) an estimated 427,333 net shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement at an assumed 33.8% weighted average tax withholding rate. We also intend to use $3.0 million of the proceeds of this offering to terminate the Sowell MSA. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. We will, however, bear the costs associated with the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” |
| Dividend Policy |
We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The profitability of our business fluctuates each year based on a variety of factors, including the frequency and severity of catastrophe storms in the Southeast U.S., |
20
| and in years where we generate excess profit we may look to return excess capital to stockholders via dividends or other capital return mechanisms. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock may also be limited by the terms of any future debt securities, preferred stock or credit facility. See “Dividend Policy.” |
| Registration Rights Agreement |
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we will, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, agree to register the resale of shares of our Common Stock that are issuable to certain of the Existing Owners in connection with this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a discussion of the Registration Rights Agreement. |
| Listing and Trading Symbol |
We have applied to list our Common Stock on the NYSE under the symbol “AII.” |
| Risk Factors |
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our Common Stock. |
Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:
| • | an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of Common Stock (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); |
| • | the contribution of all of our issued and outstanding units of AIIG LLC to the Company in exchange for 12,904,495 shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; |
| • | the grant of 645,612 shares of restricted stock to certain employees and consultants of the Company in connection with the offering (the “Restricted Stock Grants”); |
| • | the net issuance of 427,333 shares of Common Stock in connection with the Restricted Stock Grants made upon the consummation of this offering, after giving effect to the withholding of Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (the “Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement”); and |
| • | no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 1,031,250 additional shares of Common Stock from the Selling Stockholders. |
21
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following tables present our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated.
The summary consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 presented below have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and notes of AIIG LLC and its subsidiaries, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period. The summary historical financial and other data of the Company has not been presented because the Company is a newly-incorporated entity and has had no business transactions or activities to date, besides our initial capitalization.
The information set forth below is only a summary and should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as the “Use of Proceeds,” and “Capitalization” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
| Historical AIIG LLC | ||||||||
| Year ended December 31, |
||||||||
| (in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||
| Gross premiums written |
$ | 767,678 | $ | 640,990 | ||||
| Change in unearned premiums |
(85,462 | ) | (50,475 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Gross premiums earned |
682,216 | 590,515 | ||||||
| Ceded premiums earned |
(500,161) | (410,253 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net premiums earned |
182,055 | 180,262 | ||||||
| Policy fees |
7,393 | 7,055 | ||||||
| Net investment income |
14,180 | 12,653 | ||||||
| Net realized losses on investments |
119 | (22 | ) | |||||
| Other income |
607 | 923 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total revenue |
204,354 | 200,871 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Expenses: |
||||||||
| Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net |
90,832 | 86,749 | ||||||
| Policy acquisition expenses |
31,532 | 35,255 | ||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
30,951 | 34,112 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total expenses |
153,315 | 156,116 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Income before income taxes |
51,039 | 44,755 | ||||||
| Income tax expense |
11,297 | 6,958 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net income |
$ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
22
| Historical AIIG LLC | ||||||||
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 Actual |
2023 Actual |
|||||||
| (in thousands) | ||||||||
| Consolidated balance sheet date: |
||||||||
| Cash and invested assets |
$ | 393,317 | $ | 257,325 | ||||
| Premiums receivable, net |
51,594 | 36,769 | ||||||
| Prepaid reinsurance premiums |
268,254 | 225,930 | ||||||
| Reinsurance recoverable |
462,097 | 325,290 | ||||||
| Other assets |
22,883 | 16,721 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
1,198,145 | 862,035 | ||||||
| Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses |
475,708 | 279,392 | ||||||
| Unearned premiums |
421,881 | 333,802 | ||||||
| Reinsurance payable |
56,348 | 61,061 | ||||||
| Advance premiums |
6,561 | 10,693 | ||||||
| Long-term debt |
1,029 | 1,441 | ||||||
| Deferred income tax liability |
1,122 | 3,233 | ||||||
| Other liabilities |
73,104 | 38,447 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities |
1,035,753 | 728,069 | ||||||
| Total members’ equity and temporary members’ equity |
162,392 | 133,966 | ||||||
| Historical AIIG LLC | ||||||||
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
| (in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Other Financial and Operating Data: |
||||||||
| Net retention ratio(1) |
25.3 | % | 21.5 | % | ||||
| Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio(2) |
44.9 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||
| Loss ratio(3) |
47.9 | % | 46.3 | % | ||||
| Expense ratio(4) |
33.0 | % | 37.0 | % | ||||
| Combined ratio(5) |
80.9 | % | 83.3 | % | ||||
| Adjusted net income (loss) (6) |
$ | 39,648 | $ | 37,814 | ||||
| Return on equity(7) |
26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||
| Adjusted return on equity(8) |
26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||
| Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio(9) |
32.6 | % | 36.1 | % | ||||
| (1) | Net retention ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of net premiums written to GPW. |
| (2) | Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure, expressed as a percentage, defined as ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums earned divided by gross premiums earned. We view this ratio as meaningful to our business as it provides a view into the cost of our catastrophe reinsurance program. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio to the ratio of ceded premiums earned to gross premiums earned calculated in accordance with GAAP. |
| (3) | Loss ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of losses and LAE to net premiums earned plus policy fees, as we view policy fees as a component of our underwriting profitability and meaningful to our business. We add policy fees to net premiums earned when calculating our loss and expense ratios given they are earned when a policy is written. |
23
| (4) | Expense ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned plus policy fees. |
| (5) | Combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss. |
| (6) | Adjusted net income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income excluding net realized gains or losses on investments and stock-based compensation, net of tax impact. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to net income in accordance with GAAP. |
| (7) | Return on equity is defined as net income divided by the average beginning and ending members’ equity during the applicable period. |
| (8) | Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income divided by average beginning and ending members’ equity during the applicable period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP. |
| (9) | Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP measure, expressed as a percentage, and defined as the ratio of loss and LAE, net, less current year net catastrophe losses and net prior year reserve development divided by net premiums earned plus policy fees. We view this ratio as meaningful to our business as it allows us to analyze our loss trends before the impact of catastrophe losses and prior year reserve development. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to net income in accordance with GAAP. |
24
An investment in our Common Stock involves a variety of risks, some of which are specific to us and some of which are inherent to the industry in which we operate. The following risks and other information in this report or incorporated in this report by reference, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” should be read carefully before investing in our Common Stock. These risks may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Many of these risks are out of our direct control, though efforts are made to manage those risks while optimizing financial results. These risks are not the only risks we face. This prospectus is qualified in its entirety by all these risk factors. References in this section to the “Company,” “American Integrity,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Risks Related to Our Business
As a property and casualty insurer, we may face significant losses, and exposure to catastrophic events and severe weather conditions may cause our financial results to significantly vary from period to period.
Because of the exposure of our property and casualty business to catastrophic events, our operating results or financial condition have varied, and may in the future vary, significantly from one period to the next, and our historical results of operations may not be indicative of future results of operations. Property damage resulting from catastrophes is the greatest risk of loss we face in the ordinary course of our business. Artificial or natural disasters, including but not limited to hurricanes, convective storms, tornadoes, tropical storms, sinkholes, windstorms, hailstorms and other severe weather events may cause catastrophes. The frequency and severity of property insurance claims typically increase when catastrophic events and severe weather conditions occur. Catastrophes are inherently unpredictable and difficult to project. As a result, we have in the past and may in the future, suffer financial loss due to unpredictable numbers of claims as catastrophes occur.
The loss estimates developed by the models we use are dependent upon assumptions or scenarios incorporated by a third-party developer and by us. When these assumptions or scenarios do not reflect the characteristics of catastrophic events that affect areas covered by our policies or the resulting economic conditions, then we become exposed to losses not covered by our reinsurance program, which could adversely affect our financial condition, business or results of operations. Although we use widely recognized and commercially available models to estimate our exposure to loss from hurricanes and certain other catastrophes, other models exist that might produce a wider or narrower range of loss estimates, or loss estimates from perils considered less significant to our insured risks. These models are constantly changing, and we may utilize different models than we have historically. Despite our catastrophe management programs, we retain material exposure to catastrophic events. Additionally, the models themselves produce a range of results and associated probabilities of occurrence from which we can assess risks of exposure to catastrophic loss. Extreme catastrophe scenarios exist within the modeling results that may also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations during any reporting period due to increases in our losses. Catastrophes may reduce or otherwise impact liquidity, which could have a negative impact on our business. Catastrophes have eroded and in the future may erode our statutory surplus or ability to obtain adequate reinsurance which could negatively affect our ability to write new or renewal business. Catastrophic claim severity is impacted by the effects of inflation and increases in insured value and factors such as the overall claims, legal and litigation environments in affected areas, in addition to the geographic concentration of insured property.
Our loss reserves are estimates and may be inadequate to cover our actual liability for losses, which could adversely affect our business.
We maintain reserves to cover our estimated ultimate liabilities for losses and LAE, also referred to as loss reserves. Our loss reserves are based primarily on our historical data and statistical projections of what we believe the resolution and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances then known to us.
25
Our claims experience and our experience with the risks related to certain claims are inherently limited. We use company historical data to the extent it is available and rely on industry historical data, which may not be indicative of future periods. As a result, our projections and our estimates may be inaccurate, which in turn may cause our actual losses to exceed our loss reserves. If our actual losses exceed our loss reserves, our financial results, our ability to expand our business and our ability to compete in the property and casualty insurance industry may be negatively affected.
Because of the inherent uncertainties in the reserving process, we cannot be certain that our reserves will be adequate to cover our actual losses and LAE. If our reserves for unpaid losses and LAE are less than actual losses and LAE, we will be required to increase our reserves with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified. Future losses and LAE that exceed our reserves could substantially harm our results of operations or financial condition.
Because we conduct substantially all of our business in Florida, our financial results depend on the regulatory, legal, economic and weather conditions in Florida.
Though we are licensed to transact insurance business in other states, we write substantially all of our policies in Florida. Because of our concentration in Florida, we are exposed to hurricanes, windstorms and other catastrophes affecting Florida. We have incurred and may in the future incur higher catastrophe losses in Florida or elsewhere than those we experienced in prior years; those estimated by catastrophe models we use; the average expected level used in pricing; and our current reinsurance coverage limits. We are also subject to claims arising from non-catastrophic weather events such as rain, hail and high winds.
Additionally, in Florida, despite the recent decrease in the frequency of claims due in part to recent legislative reforms, the severity of costs associated with both catastrophe claims and non-catastrophe claims has continued to increase. The nature and level of future catastrophes, the incidence and severity of weather conditions in any future period, and the impact of catastrophes on behaviors related to non-catastrophe claims cannot be predicted and could materially and adversely impact our operations.
Therefore, prevailing regulatory, consumer behavior, legal, economic, political, demographic, competitive, weather and other conditions in Florida affect our revenues and profitability. The Florida legislature changes laws related to property insurance frequently and has done so more often in recent years. While some of these law changes have been designed to reduce abuses in the Florida market and reinvigorate admitted market interest in expanding writings, other law changes have imposed new or increased requirements on insurers that might prove to be detrimental to our business. In addition, extended implementation periods, ensuing regulatory rule making timelines and periods of uncertainty as opponents of the changes challenge them in court often follow changes to Florida’s insurance laws. Resulting delays in the effectiveness of new laws, even when intended to be beneficial for the insurance industry, may limit or delay the laws’ impact on our business.
Adverse changes in these conditions in Florida have a more pronounced effect on us than it would on other insurance companies that are more geographically diversified throughout the United States. A single catastrophic event, or a series of such events, specifically affecting Florida, particularly in the more densely populated areas of the state, have had and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. This is particularly true in certain Florida counties where we write a large amount of policies such that a catastrophic event or series of catastrophic events in these counties could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our concentration in Florida subjects us to increased exposure to certain catastrophic events and destructive weather patterns such as hurricanes, tropical storms and tornadoes and to the ensuing claims-related behaviors that have characterized the Florida market in recent years.
While we operate substantially all of our business in Florida, we have expanded our business into other geographical markets, and there is no guarantee that such expansion will be successful or that the underwriting and profitability criteria we utilize in Florida will successfully translate to other states. In addition, we are and
26
will continue to be subject to regulatory, legal, economic and weather conditions in the states where we will write policies, which are often different than the conditions we face in Florida. As a result, we may not be able to adjust to changing conditions in other states in which we write policies due to our focus and expertise in Florida, and as a result, our results of operations may be materially affected.
Changing climate conditions may increase the severity and frequency of catastrophic events and severe weather conditions, which may adversely affect our business.
Longer-term weather trends may be changing, and new types of catastrophe losses may be developing due to climate change, a phenomenon that has been associated with greenhouse gases and extreme weather events linked to rising temperatures, including effects on global weather patterns, sea, land and air temperature, sea levels, rain, and snow. To the extent the frequency or severity of weather events is exacerbated due to climate change, we may experience increases in catastrophe losses in both coastal and non-coastal areas. This may increase our claims-related and/or insurance costs or may negatively affect our ability to provide insurance to our policyholders. In addition, increased catastrophic events could result in increased credit exposure to the reinsurers that we work with. Our actual losses from catastrophic events might exceed levels that the third parties’ reinsurance programs protect or might be larger than anticipated if one or more of our reinsurers fail to meet their obligations. Climate change may affect the occurrence of certain natural events, such as increasing the frequency or severity of convection storms, wind, tornado, hailstorm and thunderstorm events due to increased convection in the atmosphere. There could also be more frequent wildfires in certain geographies, more flooding and the potential for increased severity of hurricanes due to higher sea surface temperatures. As a result, incurred losses from such events and the demand, price and availability of reinsurance coverages for homeowners insurance may be affected. This may cause an increase in claims-related and/or reinsurance costs or may negatively affect our ability to provide homeowners insurance to our policyholders in the future.
In addition, we cannot predict how legal, regulatory and societal responses to concerns around climate change may impact our business. The inherent uncertainties associated with studying, understanding and modeling changing climate conditions, available analyses and models in this area typically relate to potential meteorological or sea level impacts and generally are not intended to analyze or predict impacts on insured losses.
Actual claims incurred have exceeded, and in the future may exceed, reserves established for claims, adversely affecting our operating results and financial condition.
We maintain loss reserves to cover our estimated ultimate liability for unpaid losses and LAE for reported and unreported claims as of the end of each accounting period. The reserve for losses and LAE is reported net of receivables for subrogation. Recorded claim reserves in the property and casualty business are based on our best estimates of what the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost, both reported and incurred but not reported. These estimates, which generally involve actuarial projections, are based on management’s assessment of known facts and circumstances, including our experience with similar cases, actual claims paid, historical trends involving claim payment patterns, pending levels of unpaid claims and contractual terms. External factors are also considered, which include but are not limited to changes in the law, court decisions, changes to regulatory requirements, economic conditions including inflation as experienced in recent years, and consumer behavior (including as a result of any foreign or domestic tariffs, taxes or levies instituted in connection with ongoing global trade negotations). Many of these factors are not quantifiable and are subject to change over time. The current Florida homeowners’ insurance market is adversely impacted by changes in claimant behaviors resulting in losses and LAE exceeding historical trends, amounts experienced in other states, and amounts we previously estimated. The increases in losses and LAE are attributable to the active solicitation of claims activity by policyholder representatives, high levels of represented claims compared to historical patterns or patterns seen in other states, and a proliferation of inflated claims filed by policyholder representatives and vendors.
27
Additionally, there sometimes is a significant reporting lag between the occurrence of an event and the time it is reported to us. The inherent uncertainties of estimating reserves are greater for certain types of liabilities, particularly those in which the various considerations affecting the type of claim are subject to change and in which long periods of time elapse before a definitive determination of liability is made. We continually refine reserve estimates as experience develops and as subsequent claims are reported and settled. Adjustments to reserves are reflected in the financial statement results of the periods in which such estimates are changed. Inflationary pressures, rising energy prices, supply chain issues and other macroeconomic conditions (including as a result of any foreign or domestic tariffs, taxes or levies instituted in connection with ongoing global trade negotations) have caused increases in the cost of building materials and labor, which in turn have caused the cost to replace damaged or destroyed property to increase. We model expected costs (including expected inflation) associated with any policy we write in order to help determine the amount of premiums needed for the policy to yield our targeted profit. Inflation and other macroeconomic factors have increased our costs more than we anticipated and may continue to do so in the future. Because our policies generally carry a term of one year, replacement costs have, at times in the past, exceeded our estimates (including as a result of inflation), causing our targeted profit to be eroded or eliminated. This has resulted in our paid losses exceeding prior reserve estimates and in increases in our current estimates of unpaid losses and LAE. Because setting reserves is inherently uncertain and claims conditions change over time, the ultimate cost of losses has varied and, in the future, may vary materially from recorded reserves, and such variance may continue to adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. The full extent of the ongoing disruptions and claims behaviors in the Florida market, and the extent to which legislative efforts aimed at mitigating these concerns will be successful, is unknown and still unfolding.
Subrogation is a significant component of our total net reserves for losses and LAE. There has been a significant increase in our efforts to pursue subrogation against third parties responsible for property damage losses to our policyholders. More recently, changes in Florida’s claims environment and legal climate have reduced the effectiveness of our efforts to properly apportion losses through subrogation. Responsible parties are increasingly using delays and defensive tactics to avoid subrogation and increase its costs, which in turn decreases its effectiveness. Our ability to recover recorded amounts remains subject to significant uncertainty, including risks inherent in litigation, collectability of the recorded amounts and potential law changes or judicial decisions that can hinder or reduce the effectiveness of subrogation.
Lack of effectiveness of exclusions and other loss limitation methods in the insurance policies we assume or write could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Provisions of our policies, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage, which are designed to limit our risks, may not be enforceable in the manner we intend. In addition, the policies we issue contain conditions requiring the prompt reporting of claims to us and our right to decline coverage in the event of a violation of that condition. While our insurance product exclusions and limitations reduce the loss exposure to us and help eliminate known exposures to certain risks, it is possible that a court or regulatory authority could nullify or void an exclusion or limitation, or legislation could be enacted that modifies or bars the use of such endorsements and limitations in a way that would adversely affect our loss experience, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Because we rely on third-party distribution partners, including independent insurance agents, homebuilder- affiliated agents and national insurance carriers who restrict the amount of business they write in Florida, the loss of these relationships and the business they control or our inability to attract distribution partners could have an adverse impact on our business.
Our business depends in part on the marketing efforts of third-party distribution partners, including independent insurance agents, homebuilder-affiliated agents and national insurance carriers who restrict the amount of business they write in Florida and our ability to offer products and services that meet the requirements of our third-party distribution partners and their customers’ requirements. We write insurance policies in the Voluntary
28
Market through various channels, including through a network of independent agents, which represents our largest distribution channel, as measured by GPW for the year ended December 31, 2024. Many of our competitors also distribute through these same partners as these agents have the ability to write or re-write business with other carriers. As a result, we must compete with other insurers for our partners’ business. Our competitors may offer a greater variety of insurance products, lower premiums for insurance coverage or higher commissions to their third-party distribution partners. If our products, pricing and commissions do not remain competitive, we may find it more difficult to attract business from our partners to sell our products. We cannot provide assurance that we will retain our current distribution relationships, or be able to establish new distribution relationships, with independent agents. We also rely on other third parties such as third-party claims adjusters as part of our claims management process and utilize third-party reinsurers to help cover losses. The inability to maintain these relationships with these third-party providers could have a material impact on our business and results of operations.
Although we believe that recent legislative reforms have driven a stabilization of rates, our results may fluctuate based on cyclical changes in the insurance industry.
The insurance industry historically has been cyclical, characterized by periods of intense price competition due to excessive underwriting capacity and periods of shortages of capacity that permitted an increase in pricing and, thus, more favorable underwriting profits. As premium levels increase, there may be new entrants to the market, which could lead to a decrease in policies written. Any of these factors could lead to a reduction in revenue in future periods, less favorable policy terms and fewer opportunities to underwrite insurance risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. In addition to these considerations, changes in the frequency and severity of losses suffered by policyholders and insurers may affect the cycles of the insurance business significantly.
We believe the legislative reforms in 2022 have driven a stabilization of rates within the insurance industry, however, we cannot predict whether market conditions will continue to improve, remain constant or deteriorate, and the characterization of the insurance market as a whole is subject to varying interpretations and opinions that fluctuate regularly. Negative market conditions may impair our ability to write insurance at rates that we consider appropriate relative to the risk assumed. If we cannot write insurance at appropriate rates, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
We may pursue opportunities to participate in Citizens’ take-out program and directly assume policies issued by Citizens to policyholders who were otherwise unable to obtain private insurance. Take-out opportunities are subject to a number of timing and execution risks, and we may fail to participate in Citizens’ take-out programs on terms that are ultimately profitable to us, or at all.
Citizens acts as Florida’s state-owned insurer of last resort, and is the largest homeowners insurer in Florida as measured by premiums in-force. From time to time, Citizens will transfer certain of its existing policies to private companies in order to reduce the State of Florida’s risk exposure. We participated in four take-out opportunities in 2024 assuming 68,844 policies. As of December 31, 2024, 21% of our policies in-force were assumed from Citizens representing 24% of our premiums in-force. Prior to 2024, we had not pursued a take-out opportunity since 2014 and therefore have less recent experience in executing on these opportunities than certain of our peers. Although each policy we pursue from Citizens is run through our standard underwriting procedures, the amount of data made available to us by Citizens may be less or different from what is available to us in the Voluntary Market. The lack of availability of this information may pose a material risk to our underwriting profitability with respect to any take-outs we pursue.
Additionally, there can be no guarantee that Citizens will timely offer sizeable take-out opportunities to the private insurance market that would meet our underwriting and profitability criteria or continue the depopulation program at all. While Citizens does replenish its policies after conducting take-outs, there is no guarantee that such replenishments will meet our underwriting and profitability criteria or provide attractive take-out
29
opportunities for us in the future, and our financial condition may suffer as a result. In addition, there may be a negative perception regarding our depopulations from Citizens or the desirability of the policies we assume, which could adversely affect the price of our Common Stock.
Further, the market for attractive take-out opportunities is highly competitive and is subject to a bidding process. If competing private insurers offer a lower premium than us for the same policy, Citizens is required to allocate that policy to the insurer who offers the lowest premium. In the past, certain of our peers have been able to offer lower premiums than us when pursuing the same take-out opportunities. Other carriers may also choose to re-enter or expand their business in Florida in light of potential attractive take-out opportunities and generally improving market conditions on the back of the legislative reforms in 2022. Additionally, following the term of each policy assumed from Citizens, the policyholder has the opportunity to renew their policy similar to our underwriting process in the Voluntary Market. There is no guarantee that we will be able to renew these assumed policies, and a lack of renewals could harm our financial condition.
Reinsurance coverage may not be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates, or at all.
Reinsurance is a method of transferring part of an insurance company’s liability under an insurance policy to another insurance company, or reinsurer. We use reinsurance arrangements to limit and manage the amount of risk we retain, to stabilize our underwriting results and to increase our underwriting capacity. The cost of such reinsurance is subject to prevailing market conditions beyond our control, such as the amount of capital in the reinsurance market and the occurrence of natural and human-made catastrophes. We cannot be assured that reinsurance will remain continuously available to us in sufficient amounts or at prices acceptable to us. As a result, we may determine to increase the amount of risk we retain or look for other alternatives to reinsurance, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of our reinsurers who may suffer a downgrade, and we risk not being able to collect reinsurance amounts in a timely manner, or at all, due to us under our contracts with reinsurers, which could materially harm our business and financial condition.
Reinsurance does not legally discharge us from our primary liability for the full amount of the risk we insure, although it may make the reinsurer liable to us in the event of a claim. In addition, our reinsurers may not pay claims we incur on a timely basis, or they may not pay some or all of these claims. Our inability to collect a material recovery from a reinsurer or to collect such recovery in a timely fashion could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and liquidity.
In addition, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurers as third-party rating agencies assess and rate the claims-paying ability of reinsurers based upon criteria established by the rating agencies. We address this credit risk by selecting reinsurers that have an A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of “A-” (Excellent) or better at the time we enter into the agreement or for which we hold collateral equal to 100% of the reinsurance recoverable. Downgrades to the credit ratings of our reinsurance counterparties may result in the reduction of rating agency capital credit provided by those reinsurance contracts, which could limit our ability to write new policies or renew existing policies. If one or more of our reinsurers were to suffer a credit downgrade, our financial condition may suffer, and we may be forced to consider various options to lessen the risk of asset impairment, including commutation, novation and letters of credit. The collectability of reinsurance recoverables is subject to uncertainty arising from many factors, including our reinsurers’ (i) financial capacity, (ii) willingness to make payments under the terms of a reinsurance treaty or contract and (iii) whether insured losses meet the qualifying conditions and are recoverable under our reinsurance contracts for covered events or are excluded.
30
The failure of the risk mitigation strategies we utilize could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
We utilize a number of strategies to mitigate our risk exposure including:
| • | employing proper underwriting processes; |
| • | carefully evaluating the terms and conditions of our policies; |
| • | selective underwriting with respect to certain geographic areas we consider high-risk due to the potential of catastrophe events or litigation; and |
| • | ceding insurance risk to reinsurance companies. |
However, there are inherent limitations in these strategies. We are unable to assure that an event or series of events will not result in loss levels that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
The inherent uncertainty of models and our reliance on such models as a tool to evaluate risk may have an adverse effect on our financial results.
We use models developed by third-party vendors in assessing our exposure to catastrophe losses, and these models assume various conditions and probability scenarios, most of which are not known to us or are not within our control. These models may not accurately predict future losses or accurately measure losses incurred. In addition, these models are constantly changing, and we may utilize different models than we have historically. Competing models may differ in assessing risk and often utilize different underlying assumptions. The accuracy of models in estimating insured losses from prior storms has varied considerably by catastrophe when compared to actual results from those catastrophes. If these models understate the exposures we assume, we may not properly assess the risk and we may make poor decisions relating to pricing, underwriting and selecting the related amount of reinsurance we purchase. This uncertainty may materially impact our financial results.
Our success depends on our ability to accurately price the risks we underwrite, which is subject to uncertainty.
The results of our operations and our financial condition depend on our ability to underwrite and accurately set premium rates for a variety of risks. Rate adequacy is necessary to generate sufficient premiums to pay losses, LAE, underwriting expenses and to earn a profit. To price our products accurately, we must collect and properly analyze a substantial amount of data; develop, test and apply appropriate rating formulas; closely monitor and timely recognize changes in trends; and project both severity and frequency of losses with reasonable accuracy. Our ability to undertake these efforts successfully, and thus, price our products accurately, is subject to several risks and uncertainties, some of which are outside of our control, including:
| • | the availability of sufficient reliable data; |
| • | the uncertainties that inherently characterize estimates and assumptions; |
| • | our selection and application of appropriate rating and pricing techniques; |
| • | changes in legal standards, claim settlement practices, and restoration costs; and |
| • | legislatively imposed consumer initiatives. |
In addition, we could underprice risks, which could negatively affect our financial results. We could also overprice risks, which could reduce our retention, sales volume and competitiveness. The foregoing factors could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our information technology systems may fail or be disrupted, which could adversely affect our business.
Our insurance business is highly dependent upon the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our computer and data processing systems. We rely on these systems to perform underwriting and other modeling functions
31
necessary for writing policies and handling our policy administration process. The failure or disruption of these systems could interrupt our operations and result in a material adverse effect on our business. The increasing prevalence and severity of cyber-related threats and incidents may further increase the risk of disruption of our information technology systems. The increasing prevalence and severity of cyber-related threats and incidents may further increase the risk of disruption of our information technology systems.
The growth of our insurance business is dependent upon the successful development and implementation of advanced computer and data processing systems as well as the development and deployment of new information technologies to streamline our operations, including policy underwriting, production, administration and claim processing. The failure of these systems to function as planned could adversely affect our future business volume or results of operations. Additionally, our computer and data processing systems could become obsolete or could cease to provide a competitive advantage in policy underwriting, production, administration and claim processing which could negatively affect our results of operations.
If we are unable to expand our business because our capital must be used to pay greater than anticipated claims, our financial results may suffer, and we may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.
Our future growth and future capital requirements will depend on the number of insurance policies we write, the kinds of insurance products we offer and the geographic markets in which we do business versus the business risks we choose to assume. Growth initiatives require capital. Our existing sources of funds include potential sales of Common Stock, incurring debt and our earnings from operations and investments. Unexpected catastrophic events in our coverage areas, such as hurricanes, may result in greater claims losses than anticipated, which could require us to limit or halt our growth while we redeploy our capital to pay these unanticipated claims unless we are able to raise additional capital.
To the extent that our present capital is insufficient to meet future operating requirements or to cover losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financing or curtail our growth. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that our current capital together with our anticipated retained income will support our operations. However, we cannot provide any assurance that our current capital will support our current operating plan or future growth, since many factors will affect the amount and timing of our capital needs, including profitability of our business, the availability and cost of reinsurance, market disruptions and other unforeseeable developments. If we require additional capital, it is possible that equity or debt financing may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our stockholders could result, and in any case such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of existing stockholders. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Unanticipated increases in the severity or frequency of claims could adversely affect our business or financial condition.
Changes in the severity or frequency of claims affect our profitability. Although we aim to provide adequate and appropriate coverage under each of our policies, policyholders could purchase policies that prove to be inadequate or inappropriate. If such policyholders bring a claim or claims alleging that we failed in our responsibilities to provide them with the type or amount of coverage that they sought to purchase, we could be found liable for amounts significantly in excess of the policy limit, resulting in an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Changes in homeowners’ claim severity can be and have been driven by inflation in the construction industry, in building materials and in home furnishings, as well as by other economic and environmental factors, including increased demand for services and supplies in areas affected by catastrophes, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, and prevailing attitudes towards insurers and the claims process, including increases in the number of
32
litigated claims or claims involving representation as well as continuing efforts by policyholder representatives to seek larger settlements on pre-reform claims in recognition that the elimination of the statutory right to attorneys’ fees and other law changes will apply to future claims. However, changes in the level of the severity of claims are not limited to the effects of inflation and demand surge in these various sectors of the economy or to Florida’s disproportionately high incidence of represented claims. Increases in claim severity can also arise from unexpected events that are inherently difficult to predict. In addition, significant long-term increases in claim frequency also have an adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition. Further, the level of claim frequency we experience varies from period to period, and from region to region. Claim frequency can be influenced by natural conditions such as the number and types of severe weather events affecting areas where we write policies as well as by factors such as the prevalence of solicited and represented claims, including efforts by policyholder representatives to encourage claims activity related to policy periods predating law changes. Although we pursue various loss management initiatives in order to mitigate future increases in claim severity and frequency, there can be no assurances that these initiatives will successfully identify or reduce the effect of future increases in claim severity and frequency.
If actual renewals of our existing policies do not meet expectations, our future premiums and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We generally write our insurance policies for a one-year term and we make assumptions about the renewal of our prior year’s contracts, including for purposes of determining the amount of reinsurance we purchase. If actual renewals do not meet expectations or if we choose not to write on a renewal basis because of pricing conditions, our premiums written in future years and our future operations could be materially adversely affected, and we have in the past and may in the future purchase reinsurance beyond what we believe is the most appropriate level.
The failure of our claims department, or the third-party claims adjusters whom we may engage, to effectively manage or remediate claims could adversely affect our business, financial results or capital requirements.
We rely on our claims department and outsourced third-party claims adjusters and resources to facilitate and oversee the claims adjustment process for our policyholders. Many factors could affect the ability of our claims department to effectively manage claims by our policyholders, including:
| • | the accuracy of our adjusters or third-party claims adjusters as they make their assessments and submit their estimates of damages; |
| • | the training, background and experience of our claims representatives and third-party claims adjusters; |
| • | the ability of our claims department and third-party claims adjusters to ensure consistent claims handling; |
| • | the ability of our claims department to translate the information provided by third-party adjusters into acceptable claims resolutions; and |
| • | the ability of our claims department and third-party adjusters to maintain and update their claims handling procedures and systems as they evolve over time based on claims and geographical trends in claims reporting. |
Any failure to effectively manage the claims adjustment process (including failure to manage our third-party adjusters), including failure to pay claims accurately, could lead to litigation, undermine our reputation in the marketplace, impair our corporate image and negatively affect our financial results.
Increased competition and market conditions, including changes in our financial stability and credit ratings, could affect the growth of our business and negatively affect our financial results.
The Florida residential insurance marketplace is currently dominated by single state or regional insurance companies, with the larger national insurance carriers maintaining an overall smaller market share. Our lines of
33
insurance are written by both these smaller insurers and the large national carriers, in addition to other markets such as Citizens, which are highly competitive. Many of these large national insurance companies have greater name recognition, established insurance agency networks and stronger financial resources to compete should they decide to recommit to Florida and begin writing new policies. Some of the regional or single state carriers could merge to form a company larger than ours and be in a position to compete against us in a larger fashion by paying higher commissions or other tactics. New insurance companies are being formed in Florida and will bring more competition into the market. In addition, insurance agents are knowledgeable about insurance company strength, and some have a bias towards placing policyholders with better rated companies. We have a financial stability rating of A, “Exceptional” from Demotech, an independent financial firm specializing in evaluating the financial stability of regional and specialty insurers, and whose rating is accepted by major mortgage companies. Large National carriers may have a rating from a more recognized rating firm named A.M. Best, which we do not have. We could receive a downgrade from Demotech, which could result in the loss of business and an adverse impact on our results and operations. Additionally, a credit rating downgrade could also result in a significant reduction in the number of policies that we may be able to sell to our policyholders who may be sensitive to fluctuations in such ratings.
In addition, industry developments could further increase competition in our industry. These developments could include:
| • | an influx of new capital in the marketplace as existing companies attempt to expand their businesses and new companies attempt to enter the insurance business as a result of better premium pricing and/or policy terms; |
| • | an increase in programs in which state-sponsored entities provide property insurance in catastrophe- prone areas; |
| • | changes in state regulatory climates; and |
| • | the passage of federal proposals for an optional federal charter that would allow some competing insurers to operate under regulations different or less stringent than those applicable to us. |
These developments and others could make the property and casualty insurance marketplace more competitive by increasing the supply of insurance available. If competition limits our ability to write new business at adequate rates, our future results of operations could be adversely affected.
We rely on qualified and highly-skilled personnel and if we are unable to attract, retain or motivate key personnel, our business may be seriously harmed.
Our performance depends on the talents and efforts of highly-skilled and experienced individuals. Our operations are dependent on the efforts of our senior executive officers. The loss of their leadership, industry knowledge and experience could negatively impact our operations. However, we have management succession plans to lessen any such negative impact. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled and experienced personnel and, if we are unable to hire and train a sufficient number of qualified employees for any reason, we may not be able to maintain or implement our current initiatives or grow, or our business may contract and we may lose market share. Our competitors or other insurance or technology businesses may seek to hire our employees. We cannot assure that we will provide adequate incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees in the future. If we do not succeed in attracting, retaining and motivating highly qualified personnel, our business may be seriously harmed.
Our business could be materially adversely affected by geopolitical conditions, pandemics and macroeconomic conditions.
Geopolitical conditions such as changes in domestic or foreign policy, wars, conflicts, including those in Ukraine and in the Middle East, and other global events have and may bring increased uncertainty. In addition, rising
34
inflation, high interest rates, supply chain issues, labor shortages, volatility in capital markets and other economic risk have and may continue to increase economic uncertainty. Inflation and interest rates directly impact the buying and selling of residences, which impacts our insurance policies as well as the rates we may offer on our insurance policies. Any one or combination of these conditions may materially impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Pandemics and other outbreaks of disease have had and can have significant and wide-spread impacts. As seen with the COVID-19 pandemic, outbreaks of disease can cause governments, public institutions and other organizations to impose or recommend, and businesses and individuals to implement, restrictions on various activities or take other actions to combat the disease’s spread, such as warnings, restrictions and bans on travel, transportation or in-person gatherings; and local or regional closures or lockdowns. Outbreaks of disease, and actions taken in response to the outbreak, could materially negatively impact our workforce, business, operations and financial results, both directly and indirectly.
If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, or if we cannot license rights to use technology or data on reasonable terms, we could be required to pay damages, lose license rights that are critical to our business or be unable to commercialize new products and services in the future.
We license from third parties certain intellectual property, technology and data that are important to our business and, in the future, we may enter into additional agreements that provide us with licenses to valuable intellectual property, technology or data. If we fail to comply with any of our obligations under our license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license. Termination by the licensor (or other applicable counterparty) may cause us to lose valuable rights, and could disrupt our operations and harm our reputation. Our business may suffer if any current or future licenses or other grants of rights to us terminate, if the licensors (or other applicable counterparties) fail to abide by the terms of the license or other applicable agreement, if the licensors fail to enforce the licensed intellectual property against infringing third parties or if the licensed intellectual property rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable.
In the future, we may identify additional third-party intellectual property, technology and data we need, including to develop and offer new products and services. However, such licenses may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. Further, third parties from whom we currently license intellectual property, technology and data could refuse to renew our agreements upon their expiration or could impose additional terms and fees that we otherwise would not deem acceptable requiring us to obtain the intellectual property or technology from another third party, if any is available, or to pay increased licensing fees or be subject to additional restrictions on our use of such third-party intellectual property or technology. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing products or services, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Cybersecurity attacks or other breaches of our systems could have an adverse impact on our business and reputation.
Our business and operations rely on the secure and efficient processing, storage and transmission of customer and company data, including policyholders’ nonpublic personal information, financial information and proprietary business information, on our computer systems and networks. Unauthorized access to personally identifiable information, even if not financial information, could damage all affected parties. Breaches can involve attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to nonpublic personal information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, including through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyberattacks and other means. Breaches can also involve human error, such as employees falling victim to phishing schemes or computer coding errors that may leave data exposed.
35
Our computer systems may be vulnerable to unauthorized access and hackers, computer viruses and other scenarios in which our data may be exposed or compromised. Cyberattacks can originate from a variety of sources, including third parties who are affiliated with foreign governments or employees acting negligently or in a manner adverse to our interests. Third parties may seek to gain access to our systems either directly or using equipment or security passwords belonging to employees, policyholders, third-party service providers or other users of our systems. Our systems also may inadvertently expose, through a computer programming error or otherwise, confidential information as well as that of our policyholders and third parties with whom we interact. In addition, any significant data security breach of our independent agents or third-party vendors could harm our business and reputation.
Our computer systems have been, and likely will continue to be, subject to cyber hacking activities, computer viruses, other malicious codes or other computer-related penetrations. This is especially the case with employees who work remotely. We commit significant resources to administrative and technical controls to prevent cyber incidents and protect our information technology, but our preventative actions to reduce the risk of cyber threats may be insufficient to prevent physical and electronic break-ins and other cyberattacks or security breaches, including those due to human vulnerabilities. Any such event could damage our computers or systems; compromise our confidential information as well as that of our policyholders and third parties with whom we interact; significantly impede or interrupt business operations, including denial of service on our website; and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our policyholders, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and reputational harm, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us. We expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures and to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities, exposures, or information security events. Due to the complexity and interconnectedness of our systems, the process of enhancing our protective measures can itself create a risk of systems disruptions and security issues.
The increase in the use of cloud technologies and in consumer preference for online transactions can heighten cybersecurity and other operational risks. Certain aspects of the security of such technologies are unpredictable or beyond our control, and this lack of transparency may inhibit our ability to discover a failure by cloud service providers to safeguard their systems and prevent cyberattacks that could disrupt our operations and result in misappropriation, corruption or loss of confidential and other information. In addition, there is a risk that encryption and other protective measures, despite their sophistication, may be defeated, particularly to the extent that new computing technologies vastly increase the speed and computing power available.
Although we have no plans to do so, we are not restricted from incurring indebtedness and may do so in the future.
Subject to market conditions and availability, we are not restricted from incurring indebtedness and may do so in the future. We are permitted to enter into credit facilities (including term loans and revolving facilities) and to conduct public and private debt issuances. The amount of debt we may incur may vary depending on our available investment opportunities, our available capital and our ability to obtain and access financing arrangements with lenders. Our governing documents contain no limit on the amount of debt we may incur and we may do so at any time without approval of our stockholders.
Incurring debt could subject us to many risks that, if realized, would materially and adversely affect us, including the risk that: our cash flow from operations may be insufficient to make required payments of principal of and interest on the debt or we may fail to comply with covenants contained in our debt instruments;
| • | debt may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic, market and industry conditions with no assurance that our investment yields will increase to match our higher financing costs; |
| • | we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for operations, future business opportunities, distributions to our stockholders or other purposes; and |
| • | we may not be able to refinance maturing debts. |
36
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results, and we may face litigation as a result.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected, on a timely basis. In connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024, management and our independent auditors identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to the following:
| • | Control Documentation – Management identified a material weakness in the Company’s overall control environment due to the aggregate effect of multiple deficiencies in internal controls, which affected the control activities component of the Company’s internal control framework, including with respect to controls that address claims payments in the Company’s policy administrative system, reconciliation of claim payments used by the Company’s actuaries to estimate reserves, reconciliation of premium receivable balances and reserve for credit losses, reconciliation of investments held by consolidated variable interest entities, and the reconciliation of ceding commission. The Company did not maintain sufficiently detailed and precise documentation in support of the design and operation of controls, which is pervasive throughout the Company’s internal control environment. |
Effective internal controls are necessary to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. Material weaknesses could limit the ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements.
The Company’s management continues to evaluate steps to remediate the material weaknesses. We are in the early stages of designing and implementing a plan to remediate the material weaknesses identified. Our current plan includes the below:
| • | Hiring additional experienced accounting, financial reporting and internal control personnel and changing roles and responsibilities of our personnel as we transition to being a public company and are required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. |
| • | Implement company-wide internal control training to deepen our employees’ understanding of their role in relation to our overall control environment and establish clear expectations for control documentation. |
| • | Engage external service providers to assist management as we enhance written policies and procedures to establish specific actions expected of control owners, such that sufficient documentation is maintained to demonstrate control activities are performed consistently throughout the organization and with an appropriate level of precision to meet objectives and mitigate risks to acceptable levels. |
| • | Review and enhance the design of controls to evaluate accounting policies and establish processes and controls to review management’s estimate of credit losses due to the cancellation of insurance policies. |
We cannot assure you that these measures will remediate the material weaknesses described above. The implementation of these remediation measures is in the early stages and will require validation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles and, as a result, the timing of when we will be able to remediate the material weaknesses is uncertain and we may not remediate these material weaknesses during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025. If the steps we take do not remediate the material weaknesses in a timely manner, there could be a reasonable possibility that these control deficiencies or others may result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. This, in turn, could jeopardize our ability to comply with our reporting obligations, limit our ability to access the capital markets and adversely impact our stock price.
37
Changes in accounting practices and future pronouncements may materially affect our reported financial results.
Developments in accounting practices may require us to incur considerable additional expenses to comply, particularly if we are required to prepare information relating to prior periods for comparative purposes or to apply the new requirements retroactively. The impact of changes in current accounting practices and future pronouncements cannot be predicted but may affect the calculation of net income, stockholder’s equity and other relevant financial statement line items.
AIICFL is required to comply with statutory accounting principles, or SAP. SAP and various components of SAP are subject to constant review by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) and its task forces and committees, as well as state insurance departments, in an effort to address emerging issues and otherwise improve financial reporting. Various proposals are pending before committees and task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted and adopted on a state level, could have negative effects on insurance industry participants. The NAIC continuously examines existing laws and regulations. We cannot predict whether or in what form such reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect us.
Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment
We are subject to extensive regulation, and potential further restrictive regulation may increase our operating costs and limit our growth and profitability.
Laws and regulations applicable to the insurance industry are complicated and subject to change. Compliance with these laws and regulations may increase the costs of running our business or slow our ability to respond effectively and quickly to operational opportunities. Insurance regulators change, are appointed by elected officials who are subject to re-election and changes in political headwinds and preferences, and the FLOIR could change its interpretation of one or more existing regulations to the detriment of the Company and its business. In addition, state legislatures enact new statutes, and can change existing statutes, which could have a material impact on our costs, operations and profitability. In addition, the Company is admitted in states outside of Florida, and legislatures or insurance regulators in those states might have differing interpretations or take positions that conflict with Florida regulators, which could impact our growth, expansion and profitability. The federal government may also seek to further regulate the insurance industry or establish federal charters. As a highly regulated entity, insurance regulators have the final say on major issues affecting our business including:
| • | what rates we may charge; |
| • | what our policy forms must cover or exclude; |
| • | claims practices and business operations; |
| • | how much reinsurance we must purchase; |
| • | participation in guaranty funds; |
| • | various financial tests including ratios of how much premium we may write in relation to our net worth; |
| • | risk based capital measurements; |
| • | restrictions on insurance company dividends; |
| • | restrictive accounting requirements; |
| • | regular financial and market conduct examinations; |
| • | restrictions on investments; |
| • | and many other requirements. |
38
The FLOIR and regulators in other jurisdictions where we may become licensed and offer insurance products conduct periodic examinations of the affairs of insurance companies and require the filing of annual and other reports relating to financial condition, holding company issues and other matters. These regulatory requirements may adversely affect or inhibit our ability to achieve some or all of our business objectives. These regulatory authorities also conduct periodic examinations into insurers’ business practices. These reviews may reveal deficiencies in our insurance operations or non-compliance with regulatory requirements.
In certain states including Florida, insurance companies are subject to assessments levied by the states where they conduct their business. While we can recover these assessments from Florida policyholders through policy surcharges, our payment of the assessments and our recoveries may not offset each other in the same reporting period in our consolidated financial statements and may cause a material, adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations in a particular reporting period.
In addition, regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to deny or revoke licenses for various reasons, including the violation of regulations. In some instances, we follow practices based on our interpretations of regulations or practices that we believe may be generally followed by the industry. These practices may turn out to be different from the interpretations of regulatory authorities. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, insurance regulatory authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us. This could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.
Finally, changes in the level of regulation of the insurance industry or changes in laws or regulations themselves or interpretations by regulatory authorities could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, reduce our profitability and limit our growth.
The regulators powers include suspending our ability to write new business, suspending or revoking our licenses, forcing us to change our business plans and strategies, and financial fines and penalties. This substantial regulation could adversely affect our ability to execute portions of our business plans, or, if we were to have our ability to issue new policies restricted or our license revoked, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial results, or ability to continue in the business.
The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues in Florida on our business are uncertain.
Despite declining loss frequencies the severity of losses in the property and casualty insurance industry and multi-peril personal lines business has increased in recent years, often driven by financial and social inflation. Increased litigation in Florida regarding AOB and roof claims is an example of these trends. For example, in recent years, Florida homeowners have been assigning the benefit of their insurance recovery to third parties, which has resulted in increases in the size and number of claims and the amount of litigation, interference in the adjustment of claims, the assertion of bad faith actions and one-way rights to claim attorneys’ fees. One-way fee shifting allows policyholders to recover attorneys’ fees from their insurer when the policyholder prevails in a coverage action. The Florida legislature enacted several reform bills in recent years with the intention to limit AOB and frivolous litigation. Recently, Florida has repealed its one-way fee shifting statute and altered bad faith actions such that mere negligence alone is insufficient to constitute bad faith, and imposed a good faith requirement on policyholders. While the frequency of non-catastrophe claims has recently decreased due in part to these reforms, the severity of such claims has continued to increase. However, there can be no assurance that this new legislation will reduce the future impact of AOB or litigated claims practices nor is there any assurance that future changes to these or other standards or statutes may occur. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Florida legislature will not reverse these reforms or that future legislation will not mitigate or eliminate the effects of these reforms altogether or impose new burdens on us.
Many legal actions and proceedings have been brought on behalf of classes of complainants, which can increase the size of judgments. The propensity of policyholders and third-party claimants to litigate and the willingness of courts to expand causes of loss and the size of awards may render the loss reserves of AIICFL inadequate for
39
current and future losses. In addition, as industry practices and social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued insurance policies that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance policies may not be known at the time such policies are issued or renewed, and our financial position or results of operations may be adversely affected.
Mandatory assessments or competition for government entities may create short term liabilities or affect our ability to underwrite more policies.
All states have guaranty funds that can assess us to pay the claims of insolvent insurers. Florida, where a substantial portion of our business resides, also has a Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund, which can assess us if it needs funds to provide reinsurance-like coverage to us and all residential insurers, and additionally, we can also be assessed to pay for shortfalls at Citizens, which provides insurance to residential consumers unable to procure insurance from the private market. While we can recoup or pass through these assessments to our policyholders, in many cases we may not be able to recoup them withing the same annual accounting period creating a short term drain on our resources. In addition, Citizens is structured to be an insurer of last resort, but based on varying involvement by the Florida legislature, the Governor of Florida and others, at times can instead compete against us and offer lower rates, causing us to lose market share, or not underwrite as many new policies as we desire.
We face financial exposure to unpredictable weather patterns and catastrophic storms and resulting regulation from the FLOIR.
We write insurance policies covering homeowners, renters, condominium owners, and mobile home policyholders that cover property losses including those caused by hurricanes and other catastrophes. We manage our risk through strict underwriting, spreading our risk across our service area, and through the purchase of reinsurance. The substantial portion of our business is located in Florida, which is particularly susceptible to hurricanes. The FLOIR requires that we manage risk through reinsurance by purchasing up to or exceeding a 1 in 130 year storm, including coverage for multiple hurricane events in one season. Notwithstanding these requirements and our efforts to plan for and manage risk, a particularly strong storm, or a series of multiple storms in one hurricane season could exceed our reinsurance protection and may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
The Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund may not have enough resources to pay us for the coverage we purchased.
The state-run Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”) charges all insurers premiums for coverage to assume part of the risk of their hurricane related losses. In addition, the FHCF may issue pre and post event bonds to raise capital to meet its commitment to us and other insurers. In the event of a significantly large storm, or multiple storms, the FHCF may not have the resources to pay us all of the coverage we purchased from them, including that the capital markets may not be able to support a large bond issuance by the FHCF. Further, Florida law allows the FHCF to not pay the remaining amount they owe insurers if they do not have enough resources to cover such claims.
A regulatory environment that requires approval of rate increases, can mandate rate decreases, and that can dictate underwriting practices and mandate participation in loss sharing arrangements may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
From time to time, political events and positions affect the insurance market, including efforts to suppress rates to a level that may not allow us to reach targeted levels of profitability. For example, if our loss ratio compares favorably to that of the industry, state regulatory authorities may impose rate rollbacks, require us to pay premium refunds to policyholders, or challenge or otherwise delay our efforts to raise rates even if the homeowners industry generally is not experiencing regulatory challenges to rate increases.
40
In addition, certain states have enacted laws that require an insurer conducting business in that state to participate in assigned risk plans, reinsurance facilities and joint underwriting associations. Certain states also require insurers to offer coverage to all consumers, often restricting an insurer’s ability to charge the price it might otherwise charge. In these markets, we may be compelled to underwrite significant amounts of business at lower- than-desired rates, possibly leading to an unacceptable return on equity. Our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by any of these factors.
State insurance regulators impose additional reporting requirements regarding enterprise risk on insurance holding company systems, with which we must comply as an insurance holding company.
In the past decade, various state insurance regulators have increased their focus on risks within an insurer’s holding company system that may pose enterprise risk to the insurer. In 2012, the NAIC adopted significant amendments to the Insurance Holding Company Act and related regulations, or the NAIC Amendments. The NAIC Amendments are designed to respond to perceived gaps in the regulation of insurance holding company systems in the United States. One of the major changes is a requirement that an insurance holding company system’s ultimate controlling person submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an “enterprise risk report” that identifies activities, circumstances or events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied properly, are likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole. Other changes include the requirement that a controlling person submit prior notice to its domiciliary insurance regulator of a divestiture of control, detailed minimum requirements for cost sharing and management agreements between an insurer and its affiliates and expanding of the agreements between an insurer and its affiliates to be filed with its domiciliary insurance regulator, including states (if any) in which the insurer is commercially domiciled. The NAIC Amendments must be adopted by the individual state legislatures and insurance regulators in order to be effective, and many states have already done so.
In 2012, the NAIC also adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Model Act, or the ORSA Model Act. The ORSA Model Act, as adopted by the various states, requires an insurance holding company system’s Chief Risk Officer to submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an Own-risk and Solvency Assessment Summary Report (“ORSA”). The ORSA is an internal assessment, tailored to the nature, scale, and complexity of an insurer or insurance group, conducted by that insurer or insurance group, of the material and relevant risks associated with the business plan of an insurer or insurance group and the sufficiency of capital resources to support those risks. Insurers that exceed $500 million in gross written premiums may be subjected to additional reporting and compliance requirements and costs.
There is also risk that insurance holding company systems may become subject to group capital requirements at the holding company level. In December 2020, the NAIC adopted additional amendments to the Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and the Insurance Holding Company System Model Regulation to provide a framework intended to complement the current holding company analytics framework by providing additional information to the lead state regulator for use in assessing group risks and capital adequacy. The amendments to the Model Act and Model Regulation adopt a group capital calculation and liquidity stress test. We cannot predict whether or when these amendments may be adopted by Florida or the impact, if any, that the new regulatory requirements may have on our business, financial condition or results of operation.
In addition, the NAIC promulgated a Model Audit Rule, which places additional compliance duties and costs on insurers that exceed $500 million in DPW. This rule includes the establishment of additional internal controls, disclosing unremediated material weaknesses and analysis of any limitations of internal control. As the Company grows, and exceeds these premium thresholds, additional costs and duties under these statutes and rules must be implemented, which can materially affect our results of operations.
41
Regulations limiting rate changes and requiring us to participate in loss sharing or assessments may decrease our profitability.
From time to time, public policy preferences and perceptions affect the insurance market, including insurers’ efforts to effectively maintain rates that allow us to reach targeted levels of rate adequacy and profitability. Despite efforts to address rate needs and other operational issues analytically, facts and history demonstrate that public policymakers, when faced with untoward events and adverse public sentiment, have acted and may in the future act in ways that impede our ability to maintain a satisfactory correlation between rates and risk. This has included, and in the future may include, policymakers’ failures to take steps to address the causes of adverse market conditions. Such acts or failures to act may affect our ability to obtain approval for or implement rate changes that we believe are necessary to attain rate adequacy along with targeted levels of profitability and returns on equity. Additionally, because AIICFL often must obtain regulatory approval prior to changing rates, delays in the filing, review or implementation of rate changes can adversely affect our ability to attain rate adequacy. This is especially the case in hard markets such as the current Florida market, where many insurers are submitting filings for significant rate increases and consequently thereby affecting the FLOIR’s workload and affecting its ability to timely review filings.
Our ability to afford reinsurance required to reduce our catastrophe risk also depends in part on our ability to adjust rates for our costs.
Additionally, we are required to participate in guaranty funds for insolvent insurance companies and other statutory insurance entities. The guaranty funds and other statutory entities periodically levy assessments against all applicable insurance companies doing business in the state and the amounts and timing of those assessments are unpredictable. Although we seek to recoup these assessments from our policyholders, we might not be able to fully do so and at any point in time or for any period, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by any of these factors.
The amount of statutory capital and surplus that AIICFL has and the amount of statutory capital and surplus it must hold vary and are sensitive to a number of factors outside of our control, including market conditions and the regulatory environment and rules.
AIICFL is subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) standards and other minimum capital and surplus requirements imposed under applicable state laws. The RBC standards, based upon the Risk-Based Capital Model Act adopted by the NAIC, require us to report our results of RBC calculations to the FLOIR and the NAIC. These RBC standards provide for different levels of regulatory attention depending upon the ratio of an insurance company’s total adjusted capital, as calculated in accordance with NAIC guidelines, to its authorized control level RBC. Authorized control level RBC is determined using the NAIC’s RBC formula, which measures the minimum amount of capital that an insurance company needs to support its overall business operations.
An insurance company with total adjusted capital that (i) is at less than 200% of its authorized control level RBC, or (ii) falls below 300% of its RBC requirement and also fails a trend test, is deemed to be at a “company action level,” which would require the insurance company to file a plan that, among other things, contains proposals of corrective actions the company intends to take that are reasonably expected to result in the elimination of the company action level event. Additional action level events occur when the insurer’s total adjusted capital falls below 150%, 100%, and 70% of its authorized control level RBC. The lower the percentage, the more severe the regulatory response, including, in the event of a mandatory control level event (total adjusted capital falls below 70% of the insurer’s authorized control level RBC), placing the insurance company into receivership.
In addition, AIICFL is required to maintain certain minimum capital and surplus and to limit premiums written to specified multiples of capital and surplus. AIICFL could exceed these ratios if their volume increases faster than anticipated or if their surplus declines due to catastrophe or non-catastrophe losses or excessive underwriting and operational expenses.
Any failure by AIICFL to meet the applicable RBC or minimum statutory capital requirements imposed by the laws of Florida (or other states where we currently or may eventually conduct business) could subject them to
42
further examination or corrective action imposed by state regulators, including limitations on our writing of additional business, state supervision or receivership, which could have a material adverse impact on our reputation and financial condition. Any such failure also could adversely affect our financial strength and stability ratings.
Any changes in existing RBC requirements, minimum statutory capital requirements, or applicable writings ratios may require us to increase our statutory capital levels, which we may be unable to do, or require us to reduce the amount of premiums we write, which could adversely affect our business and our operating results.
We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and changes in corporate governance practices.
We expect that complying with these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, our management team will have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase to the extent we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act, and are not a smaller reporting company. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs, which could adversely affect our operating results.
The increased costs associated with operating as a public company may decrease our net income or result in a net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our solution. Additionally, if these requirements divert management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
As a public company, we also expect that it may be more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.
We have elected to rely on certain phase-in provisions of the SEC and/or NYSE rules, and, as a result, we will not immediately be subject to certain corporate governance requirements otherwise required of NYSE-listed companies.
We have applied to list our Common Stock on the NYSE. We will rely on the phase-in rules of the SEC and/or the NYSE with respect to the independence of our compensation and audit committees and the requirement to have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors. These rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one member that is independent by the date that our Common Stock first trades on the NYSE, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and all members that are independent within one year of the effective date. Similarly, the rules permit us to have compensation committees that have one member that is independent by the date that our Common Stock first trades on the NYSE, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days of the listing date and all members that are independent within one year of the listing date. Additionally, we have 12 months from the date of listing to satisfy the requirement that a majority of the board of directors be
43
independent. During the phase-in periods, our stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that comply with the NYSE’s independence requirements without reliance on the phase-in periods.
Risks Related to Our Investments
We are subject to market risk, which may adversely affect investment income.
Our primary market risk exposures are changes in interest rates, which impact our investment income and returns. Fluctuations in interest rates could expose us to increased financial risk. Since September 2024, the U.S. Federal Reserve has reduced the target range for the federal funds rate by an aggregate of 100 basis points. Declines in market interest rates can have an adverse effect on our investment income to the extent that we invest cash in new interest-bearing investments that yield less than our portfolio’s average rate of return or purchase longer-term or riskier assets in order to obtain adequate investment yields resulting in a duration gap when compared to the duration of liabilities. Conversely, increases in market interest rates also have in the past and can have an adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio by decreasing the fair values of the available-for-sale debt securities that comprise a large portion of our investment. In addition, inflation, such as what we are seeing in the current economic environment, has adversely impacted our business and financial results and could in the future.
Our overall financial performance depends in part on the returns on our investment portfolio.
The performance of our investment portfolio is independent of the revenue and income generated from our insurance operations, and there is typically no direct correlation between the financial results of these two activities. Thus, to the extent that our investment portfolio does not perform well due to the factors discussed above or otherwise, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected even if our insurance operations perform favorably. Further, because the returns on our investment portfolio are subject to market volatility, our overall results of operations could likewise be volatile from period to period even if we do not experience significant financial variances in our insurance operations.
We have assets held at financial institutions that may exceed the insurance coverage offered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the loss of which could negatively impact our financial condition.
As a part of our cash management strategy, we maintain deposits in a U.S. financial institution in an amount intended to satisfy our immediate liquidity needs. Any amounts in excess of $100,000 are swept on a daily basis into a money market fund custodied outside of the financial institution and invested in short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government. Although balances we hold at the financial institution fluctuate daily based on a variety of factors, any exposure over the FDIC limit of $250,000 is limited to short intraday windows. However, in the event of a failure of the financial institution, there is a chance we may be unable to access such funds and may incur a loss to the extent such balance exceeds the FDIC insurance limit during the day prior to a sweep, which could have a negative impact on our liquidity and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering
Our stock price may change significantly following this offering, and you may not be able to resell shares of our Common Stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors included herein, including the following:
| • | results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors; |
44
| • | results of operations that vary from those of our competitors; |
| • | changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors; |
| • | changes in economic conditions for companies in our industry; |
| • | changes in market valuations of, or earnings and other announcements by, companies in our industry; |
| • | declines in the market prices of stocks generally, particularly those of insurance companies; |
| • | strategic actions by us or our competitors; |
| • | changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole and, in particular, in the insurance environment; |
| • | changes in business or regulatory conditions; |
| • | future sales of our Common Stock or other securities; |
| • | investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our Common Stock relative to other investment alternatives; |
| • | the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC; |
| • | announcements relating to litigation or governmental investigations; |
| • | guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance; |
| • | the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock; |
| • | changes in accounting principles; and |
| • | other events or factors, including those resulting from system failures and disruptions, natural or man-made disasters, extreme weather events, war, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of highly infectious or contagious diseases or responses to these events. |
Furthermore, the stock market may experience extreme volatility that, in some cases, may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our Common Stock is low.
In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our Common Stock.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and
45
processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in the time required. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our Common Stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.
We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year that coincides with the filing of our second annual report on Form 10-K. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We will also be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.
Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause stockholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business and stock price. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various costly and time- consuming actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.
The JOBS Act will allow us to postpone the date by which we must comply with certain laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC. We cannot be certain if this reduced disclosure will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.
The JOBS Act is intended to reduce the regulatory burden on “emerging growth companies.” As defined in the JOBS Act, a public company whose initial public offering of common equity securities occurs after December 8, 2011, and whose annual net sales are less than $1.235 billion will, in general, qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:
| • | the last day of its fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of its initial public offering of common equity securities; |
| • | the last day of its fiscal year in which it has annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more; |
| • | the date on which it has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt; and |
| • | the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as we (i) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange, for a period of at least 12 months, and (iii) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act. |
46
Under this definition, we will be an “emerging growth company” upon completion of this offering and could remain an “emerging growth company” until as late as the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. For so long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we will, among other things:
| • | not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; |
| • | not be required to hold a nonbinding advisory stockholder vote on executive compensation pursuant to Section 14A(a) of the Exchange Act; |
| • | not be required to seek stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved pursuant to Section 14A(b) of the Exchange Act; |
| • | be exempt from the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements; and |
| • | be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. |
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This permits an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have chosen to “opt out” of this transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.
We cannot predict if investors will find our Common Stock less attractive as a result of our decision to take advantage of some or all of the reduced disclosure requirements above. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
The historical financial information in this prospectus may make it difficult to accurately predict our costs of operations in the future.
The historical financial information in this prospectus does not reflect the added costs we expect to incur as a public company or the resulting changes that will occur in our capital structure and operations. For more information on our historical financial information, see “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Corporate Contribution,” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We are not contractually obligated to pay regular cash dividends on our Common Stock following this offering. As a result, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We are not contractually obligated to pay regular cash dividends on our Common Stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, general and economic conditions, our results of operations and financial condition, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions, and such other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. Therefore, any return on investment in our Common Stock may be solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our Common Stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.
47
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”
As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.
Certain provisions of Delaware law and anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of Delaware law and our Charter and Bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders. These provisions provide for, among other things:
| • | a classified board of directors (until the declassification of our board of directors is completed by the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2031 (the “Sunset Date”)); |
| • | the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval; |
| • | our stockholders may not take action by consent without a meeting, may only take action at a meeting of stockholders; |
48
| • | vacancies on our board of directors will be able to be filled only by our board of directors and not by stockholders; |
| • | advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders; |
| • | stockholders will be unable to call a special meeting of stockholders; |
| • | no cumulative voting in the election of directors; |
| • | until the full declassification of our board of directors by the Sunset Date, directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon; and |
| • | that certain provisions of the Charter may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holder of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon. |
These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.
In addition, we have opted out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), but our Charter will provide that engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder (generally defined as any stockholder with 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such stockholder) for a period of three years following the time on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder is prohibited (except with respect to Sowell and any of Sowell’s respective affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of our Common Stock). See “Description of Capital Stock.”
Our Charter will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Pursuant to our Charter to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Company to the Company or to the Company’s stockholders, (iii) action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Charter or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware, or (iv) action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against our Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision would not apply to any action or proceeding asserting a claim under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Furthermore, our Charter will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any other claim for which federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction, against us or any director, officer, employee or agent of ours. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder; accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. Our Charter will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our Charter described above; however, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal
49
securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. See “Description of Capital Stock—Exclusive Forum.” The forum selection provisions in our Charter may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provision were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such a challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and Board.
If you purchase shares of Common Stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.
The initial public offering price of our Common Stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Common Stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Common Stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. You will experience immediate dilution of $3.38 per share, representing the difference between our net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, investors who purchase Common Stock from us in this offering will have contributed 83% of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our outstanding equity but will own only approximately 17% of our outstanding equity after this offering. See “Dilution” for more detail, including the calculation of the net tangible book value per share of our Common Stock.
An active, liquid trading market for our Common Stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our Common Stock. Although we have applied to have our Common Stock approved for listing on NYSE under the trading symbol “AII,” an active trading market for our Common Stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our Common Stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our Common Stock. The market price of our Common Stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our Common Stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing additional shares of our Common Stock or other equity or equity-linked securities and may impair our ability to make acquisitions by using any such securities as consideration.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of Common Stock are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our Common Stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of Common Stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Common Stock. After this offering, we will have 19,581,828 shares of Common Stock outstanding. This includes shares of Common Stock that we and the Selling Stockholders are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. Following the consummation of this offering, substantially all of the shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering described in
50
“Underwriting” and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All of these shares of Common Stock will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by the representatives on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of Common Stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares of Common Stock sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they publish unfavorable research or reports, or adversely change their recommendations regarding our Common Stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
If a trading market for our Common Stock develops, the trading market will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research, issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline. Moreover, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our Common Stock, which could depress the price of our Common Stock.
Our Charter will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Common Stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our Common Stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Common Stock.
We have broad discretion to use the proceeds from this offering, and our investment of those proceeds may not yield a favorable return.
Our management has broad discretion to spend the proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns. This could harm our business and could cause the price of our Common Stock to decline.
51
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus may be forward-looking statements. Statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, including, among others, statements regarding the Corporate Contribution, including the consummation of this offering, expected growth and future capital expenditures are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms, such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “contemplates,” “continue,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “targets,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward- looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:
| • | our market opportunity and the potential growth of that market; |
| • | our ability to write new policies and renew existing ones; |
| • | our ability to maintain adequate reinsurance programs; |
| • | legal and regulatory developments in the state of Florida; |
| • | our strategy, expected outcomes, and growth prospects; |
| • | trends in our operations, industry, and markets; |
| • | our future profitability, indebtedness, liquidity, access to capital, and financial condition; |
| • | the effects of seasonal trends on our results of operations; |
| • | the increased expenses associated with being a public company; |
| • | our ability to remain in compliance with extensive laws and regulations that apply to our business and operations; |
| • | the effect our dual class structure may have on the market price of our Common Stock; and |
| • | the future trading prices of our Common Stock. |
We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment.
New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward- looking statements.
52
We currently operate as a Texas limited liability company under the name American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC, which directly and indirectly holds all of the equity interests in our operating subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the Existing Owners of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC will contribute all of their equity interests in such entity to the Company in exchange for shares of Common Stock. In this prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to such contribution as the “Corporate Contribution.”
The purpose of the Corporate Contribution is to reorganize our corporate structure so that the entity that is offering our Common Stock to the public in this offering is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that the Existing Owners will own shares of our Common Stock rather than Class A, B and C units in a limited liability company.
In conjunction with the Corporate Contribution all outstanding Class A, Class B and Class C units will be exchanged for an aggregate of 12,904,495 shares of our Common Stock.
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. will be governed by a certificate of incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and bylaws, the material provisions of which are described under the heading “Description of Capital Stock.” On the effective date of the Corporate Contribution, each of our directors and officers will be as described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Management.”
Except as otherwise noted herein, our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are
those of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and its consolidated operations. We do not expect that the Corporate Contribution will have an effect on our results of operations.
53
We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The profitability of our business fluctuates each year based on a variety of factors, including the frequency and severity of catastrophe storms in the Southeast U.S., and in years where we generate excess profit we may look to return excess capital to stockholders via dividends or other capital return mechanisms. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock may also be limited by the terms of any future debt securities, preferred stock or credit facility. If we elect to pay dividends in the future, we may reduce or elect to discontinue the payment of such dividends at any time.
To the extent we rely on dividends from AIICFL to pay dividends to our stockholders, the maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by Florida insurance companies without prior approval of the FLOIR is subject to restrictions. Dividends from AIICFL can only be paid from accumulated unassigned funds derived from net operating profits and net realized capital gains. Subject to such accumulated unassigned funds, the maximum dividend that may be paid by AIICFL to the Company without prior approval is further limited to the lesser of statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or statutory unassigned surplus as of the preceding year end. As of the date hereof, AIICFL has not declared dividends.
54
We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $81.5 million after deducting the underwriting discount and other expenses related to the offering, the termination of the Sowell MSA and the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include contributing capital to AIICFL to support growth. Additionally, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to satisfy tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of Common Stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) an estimated 427,333 shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement and an assumed 33.8% weighted average tax withholding rate, we would use approximately $3.5 million of the net proceeds for this offering to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the issuance of the Restricted Stock Grant. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of Common Stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) assuming no change to the applicable tax rate, would increase (decrease) the amount we would be required to pay to satisfy these tax withholding and remittance obligations by approximately $0.3 million. We also intend to use $3.0 million of the proceeds of this offering to terminate the Sowell MSA.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders in this offering. We will, however, bear the costs associated with the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.
This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.
Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock, each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $5.5 million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount.
Each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $16.0 million assuming that the price per share for the offering remains at $16.00 (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the underwriting discount.
55
The following table describes our cash and consolidated capitalization as of December 31, 2024:
| • | of AIIG LLC on an actual basis |
| • | of the Company on an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Corporate Contribution, the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement in addition to the net issuance of 427,333 shares of restricted stock to certain members of management in the Restricted Stock Grant; and |
| • | of the Company as further adjusted to give effect for our issuance of 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock) and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.” |
For more information, please see “Corporate Contribution,” and “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.
| As of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data and footnotes) |
AIIG LLC Actual |
Company, as adjusted for the Corporate Contribution and Restricted Stock Grant |
Company, as further adjusted for this Offering |
|||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 173,220 | $ | 169,728 | $ | 254,728 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Long-term debt |
$ | 1,029 | $ | 1,029 | $ | 1,029 | ||||||
| Members’/Stockholders’ equity: |
||||||||||||
| Class A Units(1) |
10,287 | — | — | |||||||||
| Class C Units(1) |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 13,331,828 shares issued and outstanding, on an as adjusted basis, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 19,581,828 shares issued and outstanding, on an as further adjusted basis |
— | 13 | 20 | |||||||||
| Retained earnings |
152,432 | 144,716 | 142,475 | |||||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income |
(327 | ) | (327 | ) | (327 | ) | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital |
— | 17,111 | 105,105 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total members’ / stockholders’ equity |
162,392 | 161,514 | 247,273 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total capitalization |
$ | 163,421 | $ | 162,543 | $ | 248,302 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (1) | In conjunction with the Corporate Contribution, the Existing Owners will contribute all outstanding Class A, Class B and Class C units to us in exchange for an aggregate of 12,904,495 shares of our Common Stock. See “Corporate Contribution” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease each of cash, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma basis by approximately $5.8 million, assuming the number of shares of Common Stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
56
payable by us. Each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock offered in this offering would increase or decrease each of cash, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma basis by approximately $16.0 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of Common Stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) assuming no change to the applicable tax rate, would increase (decrease) the amount we would be required to pay to satisfy these tax withholding and remittance obligations of the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement by approximately $0.3 million.
57
If you invest in our Common Stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Common Stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Common Stock after this offering.
Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the Common Stock exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Common Stock after this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of Common Stock, after giving effect to the Corporate Contribution, the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement and this offering, including the sale of 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock in this offering by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Our pro forma net tangible book value, as of December 31, 2024 was $161,514 or $12.11 per share of Common Stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to the Existing Owners of $0.48 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $3.43 per share. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Common Stock.
The following table illustrates the dilution that a purchaser of our Common Stock in this offering will incur given the assumptions above:
| Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | 16.00 | ||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2024 before this offering(1) |
$ | 12.11 | ||||||
| Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the investors in this offering |
$ | 0.51 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering |
$ | 12.62 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Dilution in net tangible book value per share to the investors in this offering |
$ | 3.38 |
| (1) | The computation of pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2024 before this offering is set forth below: |
| (in thousands, except per share data) |
||||
| Book value of tangible assets |
$ | 1,198,145 | ||
| Less: Total liabilities |
1,035,753 | |||
| Less: Estimated tax withholding for restricted stock grant |
3,492 | |||
| Plus: Tax impact of restricted stock grant |
2,614 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Pro forma net tangible book value(a) |
$ | 161,514 | ||
| Shares of Common Stock outstanding(a) |
13,331,828 |
| (a) | Gives pro forma effect to the Corporate Contribution and the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement (but not this offering). |
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase or decrease pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $5.8 million and would increase or decrease in pro forma net tangible book value the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $0.70 based on the assumptions set forth above.
58
The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2024, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, after giving effect to the Corporate Contribution, the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement and this offering, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by the Existing Owners and our other existing holders and by the investors purchasing shares in this offering. The calculation below is based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, and the use of the net proceeds of this offering:
| Shares Purchased | Total Consideration |
Average Price Per Share |
||||||||||||||||||
| Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||
| Existing Owners |
13,331,828 | 68 | % | $ | 20,617 | 17 | % | $ | 1.55 | |||||||||||
| New investors |
6,250,000 | 32 | 100,000 | 83 | 16.00 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
19,581,828 | 100 | % | $ | 120,617 | 100 | % | $ | 6.16 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
The tables and calculations above are based on the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, after giving effect to the Corporate Contribution and this offering and the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement and includes 427,333 net shares of restricted stock granted to certain members of management as described in “Executive Compensation—Compensation Arrangements to be Entered into in Connection with this Offering.” If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the Existing Owners would own approximately 59.6%, and the investors in this offering would own approximately 40.4% of the total number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, sales by the Selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Existing Owners to 11,675,578, or approximately 59.6% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares of Common Stock held by new investors to 7,906,250, or approximately 40.4% of the total number of of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding after this offering. To the extent that any new options or other equity incentive grants are issued in the future with an exercise price or purchase price below the initial public offering price, new investors will experience further dilution.
We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or equity-linked securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
59
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion provides a detailed analysis of our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and capital resources. Investors should read this section alongside our audited financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. This analysis includes forward-looking statements, which are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from projections due to factors beyond our control, as detailed in the ‘Risk Factors’ section. Unless otherwise indicated, the historical financial information presented in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” does not give pro forma effect to the Corporate Contribution. References to the “Company,” “American Integrity,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Overview
We are a profitable and growing insurance group headquartered in Tampa, Florida. Through our insurance carrier subsidiary, American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida, Inc. (“AIICFL”), we provide personal residential property insurance for single-family homeowners and condominium owners, as well as coverage for vacant dwellings and investment properties, predominantly in Florida. 98.6% of our direct premiums written (“DPW”) for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 97.6% of our policies in-force as of December 31, 2024 were in Florida.
We strive to generate consistent adjusted underwriting profits, exclusive of investment income or gains and losses from the sale of invested assets. Our goal is to achieve long-term profitability across economic and insurance cycles by maintaining a conservative financial position, increasing premiums written and risk exposure when we believe market conditions are favorable, and reducing risk exposure during periods when we believe market conditions are unfavorable and earning profits is more challenging. AIICFL, our statutory insurance carrier, maintains a Financial Stability Rating of “A” (Exceptional) by Demotech, and a financial strength rating of “BBB+” with a stable outlook from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency. Additionally, the Company maintains a BB+ rating, with stable outlook, from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC.
We generate revenue primarily from insurance premiums earned, net of reinsurance ceded. We also generate revenue from policy fees, installment income fees, income generated through the investment of our assets, and realized gains or losses on the sale of our invested assets. Our financial results are highly seasonal due to the occurrence of hurricanes and tropical storms typically between June 1st and November 30th of each year in Florida and the other states in which we operate. Our reinsurance purchasing, including our catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance coverages, which commence on June 1st annually, also materially influence our financial results and are impacted by changes in reinsurance rates or alterations in terms and conditions, including in attachment or loss retention levels.
Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Comparability Between Periods
Florida Trends. The legal and regulatory environment in Florida has historically posed challenges for property and casualty insurers in 2022, particularly due to excessive litigation and fraudulent claims practices. Prior to recent legislative reforms, issues such as assignment of benefits abuse, extended statute of limitations, and attorney fee multipliers led to disproportionately high litigation rates in Florida relative to other geographies. These factors increased claims costs and reinsurance expenses, impacting the profitability of insurers operating in Florida. Recent legislative changes, however, have improved operating conditions in the Florida market, including reducing non-hurricane-related claims lawsuits by 24.3% since December 2022. We believe these legislative reforms provide greater opportunities for us to profitably underwrite residential property insurance in Florida.
Citizens “Take-out” Program. In late 2024, we strategically expanded our policy base, assuming 68,844 policies, representing $112.4 million in assumed unearned premiums from Citizens Property Insurance
60
Corporation (“Citizens”). These policies carry no upfront acquisition costs and are captured in our current treaty year reinsurance program.
Over the past decade, market conditions did not support take-outs from Citizens that aligned with our underwriting and profitability standards. Prior to 2024, our last assumption of policies from Citizens was in 2014. However, we believe recent regulatory changes, improvements in the data that is made available on Citizens policies and rate increases implemented by Citizens making pricing more comparable to what we charge in the Voluntary Market have made the opportunity to assume policies from Citizens more attractive.
Take-out opportunities, however, are subject to a number of market, timing and execution risks, and future take-out opportunities may or may not materialize.
Changing Climate Conditions. Over the past two decades, the increasing frequency and severity of severe weather events have highlighted the unpredictable nature of climate trends. Climate change has the potential to influence the occurrence and intensity of natural disasters, including convective storms, hurricanes, tornadoes, hailstorms, severe winter storms, and flooding, among others. This unpredictability creates challenges in assessing future risks and exposures.
In response, we have implemented adaptive underwriting strategies and enhanced our reinsurance programs to mitigate potential impacts. We continuously monitor climate data and collaborate with climate change and catastrophe modeling experts to refine our risk assessment models, enhancing our preparedness for evolving climate-related challenges.
Seasonality of our Business. Our business is seasonal as hurricanes and other named storms typically occur in the geographies where we operate between June 1st and November 30th of each year. This may result in variability in our losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) depending on the number, location and strength of hurricanes and other named storms during these months as compared to other months. In addition, because our catastrophe reinsurance program renews on June 1st each year, the ceded premiums written recorded in the second quarter are typically substantially higher than any other quarter during a fiscal year. In some instances, this will cause our reported net premiums written to be negative (or substantially lower than other quarters) in the second quarter of each year.
Inflation. We may be adversely affected during periods of high inflation, primarily because of increased labor and material costs, which could cause claims and claim expenses to increase. This has been evident since the COVID pandemic in early 2020. In addition, periods of high inflation can lead to periods of high interest rates, which may impact the performance of our investment portfolio. The impact of inflation on our results cannot be known with any certainty; however, we revise our reserves for unpaid losses as additional information becomes available, and reflect adjustments to our reserves, if any, in our earnings in the periods in which we determine the adjustments are necessary. We factor future expectations for inflation in the pricing of our new business and renewal policies.
Cost and Availability of Reinsurance. We purchase excess of loss and quota share reinsurance as part of our capital management strategy and in an effort to reduce volatility of earnings and protect our balance sheet from the impact of potential catastrophic events. Our ability to implement an effective reinsurance strategy is dependent, in part, on the cost and availability of reinsurance coverage. In recent years, reinsurance rates have significantly increased and terms and conditions have tightened (including reductions on what we are able to charge for claims administration), particularly for catastrophe exposed property lines of business. This can be attributed to a confluence of factors, including high inflation and a rising interest rate environment, social inflation, the frequency and severity of natural catastrophes including large hurricanes in Florida such as Hurricane Ian and Milton, and reinsurance capacity constraints. We ceded 73.3% and 69.5% of our gross premiums earned in the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
61
Offering-Related Compensation Expense.
We expect to incur a one-time share-based compensation expense of approximately $10.3 million, based on an assumed initial offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), as a result of the Restricted Stock Grant. The liability and associated compensation expense for these awards will not be recognized until an offering is consummated. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of Common Stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the share-based compensation expense we incur as a result of the Restricted Stock Grant by approximately $0.8 million. For more information, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Arrangements to be Entered into in Connection with this Offering.”
Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023
The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
| Gross premiums written |
$ | 767,678 | $ | 640,990 | 126,688 | 19.8 | % | |||||||||
| Change in gross unearned premiums |
(85,462 | ) | (50,475 | ) | (34,987 | ) | 69.3 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Gross premiums earned |
682,216 | 590,515 | 91,701 | 15.5 | % | |||||||||||
| Ceded premiums earned |
(500,161 | ) | (410,253 | ) | (89,908 | ) | 21.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net premiums earned |
182,055 | 180,262 | 1,793 | 1.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Policy fees |
7,393 | 7,055 | 338 | 4.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Net investment income |
14,180 | 12,653 | 1,527 | 12.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Net realized gains (losses) on investments |
119 | (22 | ) | 141 | (635.5 | %) | ||||||||||
| Other income |
607 | 923 | (316 | ) | (34.2 | %) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total Revenues |
204,354 | 200,871 | 3,483 | 1.7 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
(90,832 | ) | (86,749 | ) | 4,083 | 4.7 | % | |||||||||
| Policy acquisition expenses |
(31,532 | ) | (35,255 | ) | 3,723 | (10.6 | %) | |||||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
(30,951 | ) | (34,112 | ) | 3,161 | (9.3 | %) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total Expenses |
153,315 | 156,116 | (2,801 | ) | (1.8 | %) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Income before taxes |
51,039 | 44,755 | 6,284 | 14.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Income tax expense |
11,297 | 6,958 | 4,339 | 62.4 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net Income |
39,742 | 37,797 | 1,945 | 5.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Net retention ratio1 |
25.3 | % | 21.5 | % | ||||||||||||
| Loss ratio2 |
47.9 | % | 46.3 | % | ||||||||||||
| Expense ratio3 |
33.0 | % | 37.0 | % | ||||||||||||
| Combined ratio4 |
80.9 | % | 83.3 | % | ||||||||||||
| Return on equity5 |
26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||||||||||
| Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio6 |
44.9 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||||||||||
| Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio7 |
32.6 | % | 36.1 | % | ||||||||||||
| (1) | Net retention ratio is a key business metric and, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of net premiums written to gross premiums written (“GPW”). |
62
| (2) | Loss ratio is a key business metric, and, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of losses and LAE to net premiums earned plus policy fees. Management uses this operating metric to analyze our loss trends and believes it is useful for investors to evaluate this component separately from our other operating expenses. |
| (3) | Expense ratio is a key business metric, and, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned plus policy fees. Management uses this operating metric to analyze our expense trends and believes it is useful for investors to evaluate these components separately from our loss expenses. |
| (4) | Combined ratio is a key business metric, defined as the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. Management uses this operating metric to analyze our total expense trends and believes it is a key indicator for investors when evaluating the overall profitability of our business. |
| (5) | Return on equity is a key business metric, defined as net income divided by the average beginning and ending members’ equity during the applicable period. |
| (6) | Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP measure defined as ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums earned divided by gross premiums earned. We view this ratio as meaningful to our business as it provides a view into the cost of our catastrophe reinsurance program. The most directly comparable financial measure generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) is the ratio of ceded premiums earned to gross premiums earned. The Ceded Catastrophe Excess of Loss Premiums Ratio measure should not be considered a substitute for ceded premiums earned and does not reflect the overall profitability of our business. |
| (7) | Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a key business metric and a non-GAAP measure, expressed as a percentage, and defined as the ratio of loss and LAE, net, less current year net catastrophe losses and net prior year reserve development divided by net premiums earned plus policy fees. We view this ratio as meaningful to our business as it allows us to analyze our loss trends before the impact of catastrophe losses and prior year reserve development. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is net loss and LAE. The underlying loss and LAE measure should not be considered a substitute for net loss and LAE and does not reflect the overall profitability of our business. |
Revenues
Gross premiums written are the amount received or to be received for insurance policies written or assumed by us during a specific period of time, in each case prior to amounts ceded to reinsurers. We utilize GPW to assess the growth of our business excluding the effects of ceded reinsurance.
GPW is generally impacted by:
| • | Renewals of existing policies; |
| • | New business submissions; |
| • | Binding of new business submissions into policies; |
| • | Bound policies going effective; |
| • | Average premium of new and renewing policies; |
| • | Premium rates of new and renewing policies; and |
| • | Assumption of policies from third-party carriers and/or Florida state-supported insurers, including from the Citizens “depopulation” programs. |
For the year ended December 31, 2024, GPW increased by $126.7 million, or 19.8%, to $767.7 million, compared to $641.0 million in 2023. This growth was primarily driven by the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program.
63
Additionally, our policies in-force increased to 356,108 as of December 31, 2024 from 274,099 as of December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the expansion of our Citizens take-out program. The below table categorizes our policies in-force for the periods presented.
| ($ in thousands) | In-Force Premium | Policies In-Force | ||||||
| As of December 31, 2023 |
||||||||
| Voluntary Market |
$ | 637,455 | 264,435 | |||||
| Citizens Legacy Take-Outs(1) |
$ | 34,536 | 9,664 | |||||
| FY 2023 Citizens Take-Outs(2) |
— | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 671,991 | 274,099 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| As of December 31, 2024 |
||||||||
| Voluntary Market |
$ | 661,338 | 280,755 | |||||
| Citizens Legacy Take-Outs(1) |
$ | 29,599 | 7,140 | |||||
| FY 2024 Citizens Take-Outs(2)(3) |
$ | 184,320 | 68,213 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 875,257 | 356,108 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | Reflects policies assumed from Citizens in or prior to 2014 that have since been renewed directly with the Company. The Company did not conduct any take-outs in the years 2015 through 2023. |
| (2) | Reflects policies assumed from Citizens during the stated calendar year that have less than a year remaining under their current Citizens policy and will be offered a renewal policy with the Company upon expiration. |
| (3) | There were 68,844 policies assumed from Citizens during 2024; however, 631 of those policies were no longer in-force as of December 31, 2024. |
Policies in-force represents the number of active insurance policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period referenced. We utilize the change in the number of policies in force to assess the trajectories of our operations.
In-force premium represents the annual premium for active insurance policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period referenced.
The following table shows the policies in-force and in-force premiums by product as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
| As of December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| Policies in-force | In-force premium | Policies in-force | In-force premium | |||||||||||||
| HO-3 |
238,084 | $ | 589,744 | 169,362 | $ | 438,396 | ||||||||||
| HO-4 |
3,677 | 1,077 | 4,111 | 1,149 | ||||||||||||
| HO-6 |
967 | 1,034 | 9,600 | 19,330 | ||||||||||||
| MHO |
7,347 | 24,519 | 9,921 | 28,451 | ||||||||||||
| DP-1 Vacant |
27,599 | 68,201 | 29,264 | 63,478 | ||||||||||||
| DP-3 |
68,986 | 185,513 | 43,756 | 117,393 | ||||||||||||
| Watercraft |
3,032 | 4,190 | 2,114 | 2,662 | ||||||||||||
| Golf Cart |
6,416 | 978 | 4,979 | 749 | ||||||||||||
| Other |
— | — | 992 | 382 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
356,108 | $ | 875,256 | 274,099 | $ | 671,991 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
64
The following table shows the policies in-force and in-force premiums by county in Florida as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
| ($ in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| County |
Policies in-force | In-force premium | Policies in-force | In-force premium | ||||||||||||
| Lee |
26,380 | $ | 78,323 | 24,515 | $ | 73,584 | ||||||||||
| Polk |
22,997 | 44,493 | 18,079 | 34,661 | ||||||||||||
| Orange |
22,863 | 54,288 | 16,604 | 41,079 | ||||||||||||
| Duval |
20,598 | 37,832 | 17,359 | 33,022 | ||||||||||||
| Hillsborough |
19,454 | 49,700 | 16,376 | 43,775 | ||||||||||||
| Pasco |
17,327 | 38,173 | 15,481 | 33,249 | ||||||||||||
| Palm Beach |
16,218 | 68,680 | 3,144 | 15,867 | ||||||||||||
| Osceola |
16,185 | 35,140 | 7,914 | 17,316 | ||||||||||||
| Marion |
14,644 | 24,431 | 12,559 | 22,763 | ||||||||||||
| Brevard |
12,588 | 32,407 | 8,209 | 22,272 | ||||||||||||
| Volusia |
12,543 | 28,469 | 11,731 | 26,705 | ||||||||||||
| Other |
154,311 | 383,320 | 122,128 | 307,698 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
356,108 | $ | 875,256 | 274,099 | $ | 671,991 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross premiums earned represent the earned portion of our GPW, adjusted by the change in gross unearned premium. Premiums associated with written, and assumed policies are earned ratably over the remaining term of the policy, respectively, which is typically one year.
Gross premiums earned increased to $682.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $590.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The $91.7 million, or 15.5% increase in gross premiums earned was primarily due to the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program.
Ceded premiums written represent the GPW that are ceded to reinsurers under our reinsurance treaties. We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential large catastrophe losses and severe non-catastrophe losses, and in the case of our quota share, to provide additional capacity for growth. Ceded premiums written are impacted by the level of our GPW and decisions we make from time to time to adjust our net retention levels, quota share terms, facultative reinsurance terms, property per risk terms and catastrophe excess of loss terms and capacity, as well as the pricing and availability of reinsurance generally.
Ceded premiums earned represent the earned portion of our ceded premiums written, adjusted by the change in ceded unearned premiums. We recognize the cost of our reinsurance program and ceded premiums earned ratably over the twelve-month term of the arrangements.
Ceded premiums earned increased $89.9 million, or 21.9%, to $500.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $410.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in ceded premiums earned was primarily due to growth in our gross premiums earned from the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program, as well as increased reinsurance premium rates.
Net premiums written reflect GPW, less ceded premiums written.
Net premiums earned reflect gross premiums earned, less ceded premiums earned.
Net premiums earned grew by $1.8 million, or 1.0% year-over-year, reaching $182.1 million in 2024, up from $180.2 million in 2023. This increase is primarily driven by the Citizens take-out program partially offset by an increase in catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance premiums ceded.
65
Policy fees represent various upfront policy fees paid by policyholders on new and renewal insurance policies. In accordance with ASC 606, policy fees are recognized and earned upon collection as they are not subject to refund, and our service obligation is fulfilled when the policy is issued.
Policy fees increased to $0.3 million, or 4.8%, $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in voluntary policies written during the year ended December 31, 2024 contributed to the increase in policy fees.
Net investment income includes interest earned from cash, cash equivalents, fixed maturity securities and short-term investments. Our invested assets primarily consist of cash and fixed-maturity securities. The primary factors affecting net investment income include the size of our investment portfolio and the yield generated by the underlying securities held in the portfolio.
Net investment income increased $1.5 million, or 12.1%, to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net investment income is due to an increase in invested assets primarily driven by an increase in cash and cash equivalents and fixed-maturity securities.
Net realized gains (losses) on investments reflect the differences between the amount received by us upon the sale of a security and the amortized cost of the security, as well as allowances for credit losses recognized in earnings, if any.
We continuously seek to optimize our investment portfolio. Sales of available-for-sale debt securities resulted in net realized investment gains of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and net realized investment losses of $22,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Other income represents installment fees earned by us when policyholders elect to pay their premium over time as opposed to in full at inception of the policy and other miscellaneous items.
Other income decreased to $0.3 million, or 34.2%, $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Expenses
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses reflect losses and expenses paid to resolve claims, such as fees paid to claims adjusters, attorneys and investigators, and changes in our reserves for unpaid losses and LAE during the fiscal period, in each case net of losses and LAE ceded to reinsurers. Losses and LAE include a provision for claims that have occurred but have not yet been reported to us. These expenses are a function of the amount and type of insurance contracts we write, and the loss experience associated with the underlying coverage. Additionally, losses and LAE include the financial benefit from the management of claims, by American Integrity Claims Services, LLC, our in-house third-party administrator that earns fees for managing certain policies we issue, including claim fees ceded to reinsurers, which is an offset (contra expense) to LAE. Our losses and LAE are generally affected by:
| • | the occurrence, frequency and severity of claims associated with the particular types of insurance contracts that we write; |
| • | the occurrence of large catastrophe weather events in the states where we operate: Florida, Georgia and South Carolina; |
| • | the reinsurance agreements we have in place at the time of a loss; |
| • | the mix of business written by us; |
| • | changes in the legal or regulatory environment related to the business we write; |
66
| • | trends in legal defense costs; and |
| • | inflation in the cost of claims including inflation related to labor and building materials. |
Losses and LAE increased $4.1 million, or 4.7%, to $90.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $86.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in losses and LAE resulted primarily from increased incurred catastrophe losses in the amount of $32.2 million due to hurricanes Milton, Helene, and Debby, which were partially offset by a decline in attritional (i.e., non-catastrophe) losses, in part as a result of the impact of the 2022 legislative reforms on the frequency of claims litigation and an overall more favorable operating environment for insurance carriers writing in the state, resulting in decreased claims frequencies, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Policy acquisition expenses are costs we incur in connection with the acquisition of an insurance policy including commissions paid to distribution partners at the time of policy issuance, policy administration fees paid to third-party administrators at the time of policy issuance, premium taxes, and inspection fees. These policy acquisition expenses are partially offset by ceding commission we receive from third-party reinsurers participating on our net quota share program in connection with us ceding a portion of our GPW. We recognize policy acquisition expenses and ceding commissions ratably over the term of the underlying policies. Ceding commissions are reported as a reduction to policy acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses and allocated to each based upon the proportion these costs bear to production of new business.
Policy acquisition expenses decreased $3.7 million, or 10.6%, to $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $35.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease is primarily attributable to an increase in policy acquisition costs more than offset our net quota share reinsurance ceding commissions.
General and administrative expenses consist of expenses of our operations including employee compensation and benefits, technology costs, facilities costs and professional services fees, including legal, accounting and actuarial fees, as well as general corporate overhead expenses. As noted above, a certain portion of our ceding commissions are allocated to general and administrative expenses.
General and administrative expenses decreased $3.2 million, or 9.3%, to $31.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was due primarily to an increase in non-catastrophe ceded commissions and no acquisition costs on the Citizens policies.
Income tax expense relates to federal and state income taxes. The amount of income tax expense or benefit recorded in future periods will depend on the jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax laws and regulations in effect. In connection with the proposed offering and the Corporate Contribution, the Company will be subject to payment of U.S. federal and state income taxes.
Income tax expense was $11.3 million and $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was 22.1% and 15.6%, respectively. The increase was primarily due to a reduction in the losses related to pass-through entities not subject to income tax.
Key Business Metrics and Ratios
Net retention ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of net premiums written to GPW. Our net retention ratio increased to 25.3% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 21.5% for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program and increased rates which increased our gross written premiums by a greater amount than the offsetting increase in reinsurance costs.
Loss ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of losses and LAE to net premiums earned plus policy fees. We add policy fees to net premiums earned when calculating our loss and expense ratios to include the total revenue
67
produced by a policy, given they are earned when a policy is written. Our loss ratio increased by 160 basis points (bps) in 2024, reaching to 47.9%, compared to 46.3% in 2023. The increase was primarily due to the losses retained on hurricanes Milton, Helene, and Debby, partially offset by reduced litigation expenses following Florida’s legislative reforms, resulting in decreased claims frequency, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Expense ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of policy acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses to net premiums earned plus policy fees. Our expense ratio improved by 400 basis points (bps), 33.0% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 37.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to increased non-catastrophe ceded commissions.
Combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. We utilize combined ratio to assess our underwriting performance. A combined ratio below 100% indicates an underwriting profit, while a combined ratio exceeding 100% indicates an underwriting loss. Overall, our combined ratio improved to 80.9% in 2024 from 83.3% for the year ended December 31, 2023 reinforcing our commitment to disciplined underwriting and sustainable profitability.
Return on equity is defined as net income divided by the average beginning and ending members’ equity during the applicable period. Our return on equity decreased to 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 32.9% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in our return on equity ratio is due primarily to an increase in members’ equity due to retained earnings.
Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We utilize these non-GAAP financial measures to analyze our business and provide useful information about our financial performance. The non-GAAP financial measures are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to the corresponding GAAP measures of financial performance, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company. Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures, in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, as an integral part of managing our business and to, among other things: (i) monitor and evaluate the performance of our business operations and financial performance; (ii) facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations; (iii) facilitate external comparisons of the results of our overall business to the historical operating performance of other companies that may have different capital structures and debt levels and different go-to-market models; (iv) review and assess the operating performance of our management team; (v) analyze and evaluate financial and strategic planning decisions regarding future operating investments; and (vi) plan for and prepare future annual operating budgets and determine appropriate levels of operating investments.
We monitor the following key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures that assist us in evaluating our business, measuring our performance, identifying trends and making strategic decisions. As such, we have presented the following non-GAAP measure, their most directly comparable GAAP measure, and key business metrics:
| Non-GAAP Measure |
Comparable GAAP Measure | |
| Underwriting income (loss) | Income before taxes | |
| Adjusted net income | Net income | |
| Adjusted return on equity | Return on equity | |
| Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio | Losses and loss adjustment expense ratio | |
| Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio | Ceded premiums earned to gross premiums earned |
Underwriting income (loss)
Underwriting income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as income (loss) before income taxes, excluding net investment income, net realized gains and losses on investments, interest expense, other income and,
68
following the consummation of this offering, will exclude expenses related stock-based compensation. We use underwriting income as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives us and users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance and provides insight into the results of how effective our policy underwriting is. Underwriting income (loss) should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define underwriting income differently.
Underwriting income (loss) increased $4.9 million, or 15.8%, to $36.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program and increased rate adjustments.
Underwriting income for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 reconciles to net income as follows:
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Income before taxes |
$ | 51,039 | $ | 44,755 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Less: |
||||||||
| Net investment income |
14,180 | 12,653 | ||||||
| Net realized losses on investments |
119 | (22 | ) | |||||
| Other income |
607 | 923 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Underwriting income |
$ | 36,133 | $ | 31,201 | ||||
Adjusted net income (loss)
Adjusted net income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income excluding net realized gains or losses on investments, and following the consummation of this offering, will include expenses related to stock-based compensation, net of tax impact. We use adjusted net income as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives us and users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance excluding the impact of realized gains and losses on the sale of securities which we do not view as core to the underlying trends in our business. Adjusted net income should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define adjusted net income differently.
Adjusted net income (loss) increased $1.9 million, or 4.9%, to $39.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $37.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the strategic expansion of our Citizens take-out program and increased rate adjustments.
Adjusted net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 reconciles to net income as follows:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | Pre-tax | After tax | Pre-tax | After tax | ||||||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 51,039 | $ | 39,742 | $ | 44,755 | $ | 37,797 | ||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||
| Net realized investment income |
119 | 94 | (22 | ) | (17 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted net income (loss) |
$ | 50,920 | $ | 39,648 | $ | 44,777 | $ | 37,814 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted return on equity
Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income divided by the average of beginning and ending members’ equity during the applicable period. We use adjusted return on equity as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives us and users
69
of our financial information useful insight into our underlying business performance. Adjusted return on equity should not be viewed as a substitute for any metrics calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define adjusted return on equity differently.
Adjusted return on equity decreased 6.1%, to 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 32.9% for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of net income holding stable and increased members’ equity due to growth in retained earnings.
Adjusted return on equity for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 reconciles to return on equity as follows:
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Numerator: Net income (loss) |
$ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||
| Denominator: Average beginning and ending members’ equity |
148,180 | 114,877 | ||||||
| Return on equity |
26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||
| Numerator: adjusted net income (loss) (after tax) |
39,648 | 37,814 | ||||||
| Denominator: Average members’ equity |
148,180 | 114,877 | ||||||
| Adjusted return on equity |
26.8 | % | 32.9 | % | ||||
Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
Underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a non-GAAP measure. We calculate the underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio by subtracting current year net catastrophe losses and prior year net reserve development from total net losses and LAE and dividing that amount by the sum of total net premiums earned plus policy fees. We use the underlying loss and LAE ratio to analyze our loss trends before the impact of catastrophe losses and prior year reserve development. These two items can have a significant impact on our loss trends in a given period. We believe it is useful for investors to evaluate these components both separately and in the aggregate when reviewing our performance. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is net loss and LAE ratio. The underlying loss and LAE ratio should not be considered a substitute for net loss and LAE ratio and does not reflect the overall profitability of our business.
We experienced favorable net prior year reserve development of $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by the improving non-catastrophe loss environment. We experienced higher net catastrophe losses of $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 up from $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 driven largely by Hurricanes Milton and Helene that made landfall in 2024.
The underlying loss and loss adjustment expense ratio decreased to 32.6% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 36.1% for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to improvements in the non-catastrophe loss environment and lower claims litigation trends.
70
The following table summarizes loss ratios and underlying loss and LAE ratios for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
| For the Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Total Net Premiums Earned |
$ | 182,055 | $ | 180,262 | ||||
| Plus: Policy Fees |
7,393 | 7,055 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Net Premiums Earned Plus Policy Fees |
189,448 | 187,317 | ||||||
| Net |
||||||||
| Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net |
90,832 | 86,749 | ||||||
| Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio (% Net Premiums Earned Plus Policy Fees) |
47.9 | % | 46.3 | % | ||||
| Less: |
||||||||
| Current Year Net Catastrophe Losses |
32,192 | 21,753 | ||||||
| Prior Year Net Reserve Development |
(3,187 | ) | (2,595 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Underlying Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net |
61,827 | 67,591 | ||||||
| Underlying Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio (% Net Premiums Earned Plus Policy Fees) |
32.6 | % | 36.1 | % | ||||
Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio
Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio is a non-GAAP measure and, expressed as percentage, is defined as ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums earned divided by gross premiums earned. We believe it is useful for investors to evaluate ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio as it provides a proxy for our cost of catastrophe reinsurance. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is the ratio of ceded premiums earned to gross premiums earned. The ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio measure should not be considered a substitute for ceded premiums earned and does not reflect the overall profitability of our business.
Ceded catastrophe excess of loss premiums ratio increased 3.7% to 44.9% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 41.2% for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of the increase in reinsurance costs with the strategic expansion from the Citizen’s take-out.
The calculation of our ceded excess of loss premiums ratio is shown in the table below:
| For Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| ($ in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Gross Premiums Earned |
$ | 682,216 | $ | 590,515 | ||||
| Total Ceded Premiums Earned |
(500,161 | ) | (410,253 | ) | ||||
| Less: NCQSR and other ancillary reinsurance treaties |
(194,022 | ) | (167,230 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Ceded Catastrophe Excess of Loss Premiums Earned |
(306,139 | ) | (243,023 | ) | ||||
| Ceded Catastrophe Excess of Loss Premiums Ratio |
44.9 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is a measure of a company’s ability to generate cash flows sufficient to meet the short-term and long-term cash requirements of its business operations. Funds generated from operations have been sufficient to meet our current and long-term liquidity requirements.
71
The liquidity of the Company, comprised of cash, cash equivalents and our liquid fixed income portfolio, fluctuates from time to time. As of December 31, 2024, our liquidity totaled $387.3 million. A portion of that liquidity is not held at AIICFL. The total cash and cash equivalents not held at the insurance subsidiary is $33.0 million, as of December 31, 2024. Our liquidity framework is designed to support operational flexibility, ensuring we can fund claims obligations, capital expenditures, and growth initiatives without reliance on external financing. In the event of a large loss event, we may utilize proceeds from our investment portfolio as a source of liquidity to service claims.
We maintain a disciplined capital management approach, balancing organic growth investments with shareholder return considerations. Our capital resources include:
| • | Operating cash flow, which remains the primary source of funding for day-to-day operations and claim payments. |
| • | Reinsurance arrangements, which provide financial resilience against catastrophic loss events. |
| • | Potential strategic financing, including debt instruments or equity offerings, which may be considered to accelerate expansion opportunities. |
Future capital requirements will be driven by business growth, regulatory capital needs, and evolving market conditions. Our goal is to optimize capital efficiency while maintaining a strong financial foundation for long-term success.
The principal source of liquidity at the Company is from its subsidiaries, including fees paid by the insurance subsidiary, AIICFL, and dividends paid by other subsidiaries generated from, among other things, income earned on policy fees and fees paid by AIICFL to AIMGA for general agency, inspections, agent commissions, general operating expenses and claims adjusting services.
Future capital allocation decisions, including dividend distributions and share repurchases, will be determined by our Board of Directors based on profitability trends, regulatory considerations, and long-term shareholder value objectives.
Additionally, we intend to use approximately $3.5 million of net proceeds to net settle certain shares of Common Stock granted in connection with the Restricted Stock Grants made upon the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the withholding of Common Stock to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations. Based on an estimated 645,612 shares of Common Stock being granted in the Restricted Stock Grant, an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of Common Stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and an assumed 33.8% weighted average tax withholding rate, we would use approximately $3.5 million of the net proceeds for this offering to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the issuance of the Restricted Stock Grant. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of Common Stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) assuming no change to the applicable tax rate, would increase (decrease) the amount we would be required to pay to satisfy these tax withholding and remittance obligations by approximately $0.3 million.
As discussed in Note 10 — “Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus, there are limitations on the dividends a subsidiary may pay to its immediate parent company.
The maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by Florida insurance companies without prior approval of the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (“FLOIR”) is subject to restrictions as referenced below and in Note 10 — “Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus. Dividends from AIICFL can only be paid from accumulated unassigned funds
72
derived from net operating profits and net realized capital gains. Subject to such accumulated unassigned funds, the maximum dividend that may be paid by AIICFL to the Company without prior approval is further limited to the lesser of statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or statutory unassigned surplus as of the preceding year end. As of the date hereof, AIICFL has not declared any dividends.
Liquidity for AIICFL is primarily required to cover payments for reinsurance premiums, claims payments including potential payments of catastrophe losses (offset by recovery of any reimbursement amounts under our reinsurance agreements), fees paid to affiliates for managing general agency services, claims adjusting services, premium and income taxes, regulatory assessments, general operating expenses, and interest and principal payments on debt obligations. Principal sources of liquidity for AIICFL consist of the revenue generated from the collection of written premiums and the collection of reinsurance recoverable.
Cash flows
Our most significant source of cash is from premiums received from our policyholders, which, for most policies, we receive at the beginning of the coverage period, although some policyholders elect to pay in installments over the duration of the policy. Our most significant cash outflow is for the cost of our reinsurance agreements in the form of ceded premiums and for claims that arise when a policyholder incurs an insured loss. Because the payment of claims occurs after the receipt of the premium, sometimes years later, we invest the cash in various investment securities that earn interest and dividends. We also use cash to pay commissions to distribution partners, as well as to pay for ongoing operating expenses such as salaries, professional services and taxes. As described under “Reinsurance” below, we use reinsurance to manage the risk that we take on our policies. We cede, or pay out, part of the premiums we receive to our reinsurers and collect cash back when losses subject to our reinsurance coverage are paid.
The timing of our cash flows from operating activities can vary among periods due to the timing by which payments are made or received. Some of our payments and receipts, including loss settlements and subsequent reinsurance receipts, can be significant, so their timing can influence cash flows from operating activities in any given period. Management believes that cash receipts from premiums, proceeds from investment sales and redemptions and investment income are sufficient to cover cash outflows for the foreseeable future.
Our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were:
| ($ in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents (net) provided by (used in): Operating activities |
$ | 148,909 | $ | 64,438 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash and cash equivalents (net) provided by (used in ): Investing activities |
(19,369 | ) | 1,851 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash and cash equivalents (net) provided by (used in ): Financing activities |
(12,436 | ) | (2,352 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 117,104 | $ | 60,245 | ||||
Cash provided by operating activities was $148.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $64.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in cash provided by operating activities resulted from our strategic expansion through our Citizen’s take-out program.
Net cash used in investing activities was ($19.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $1.9 million provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to the Company purchasing fixed maturity securities with the excess cash provided by operating activities.
73
Net cash used in financing activities was ($12.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to ($2.4) million provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to an increase in the distribution made to members to pay federal income tax and a discretionary distribution that was paid out to members. There was no capital raising activity for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Debt
On June 27, 2007, we entered into a surplus note agreement (the “Surplus Note”) with The State Board of Administration of Florida in the amount of $7.0 million. The term of the Surplus Note is 20 years with payments due quarterly. The interest rate on the Surplus Note is equivalent to the 10-year U.S. Treasury Bond rate, adjusted quarterly. Interest-only payments were required for the first three years of the Surplus Note, and interest accrues on the unpaid principal balance. The Surplus Note requires us to maintain a minimum statutory surplus of $50 million and to maintain a ratio of net premium written to statutory surplus of no more than 2-to-1. Any payment of interest or repayment of principal is subject to approval by FLOIR and is subject to AIICFL maintaining the minimum required statutory surplus. As of December 31, 2024, the principal balance on the Surplus Note is $1.0 million, with annual maturities of $0.4 million, with the last principal payment due on July 1, 2027.
Capitalization
Capital resources provide protection for policyholders, furnish the financial strength to support the business of underwriting insurance risks and facilitate continued business growth. The following table provides our members’ equity and temporary members’ equity, total long-term debt, total capital resources, debt-to-total capital ratio and debt-to-equity ratio as of December 31, 2024 and 2023:
| ($ in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Members’ equity and temporary members’ equity |
$ | 162,392 | $ | 133,966 | ||||
| Long-term debt |
1,029 | 1,441 | ||||||
| Total capital resources |
163,421 | 135,407 | ||||||
| Debt-to-total capital ratio |
0.6 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||
| Debt-to-equity ratio |
0.6 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||
The debt-to-total capital ratio is calculated as total long-term debt divided by total capital resources, whereas the debt-to-equity ratio is calculated as total long-term debt divided by members’ equity. These ratios help management measure the amount of financing leverage in place in relation to equity and future leverage capacity.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in the estimated fair value of a financial instrument as the result of changes in interest rates, duration, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates, and commodity prices. The primary components of market risk affecting us are interest rate risk, duration risk and credit risk. We do not have significant exposure to equity risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity risk.
As of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, our investment portfolios contained fixed-maturity securities. These securities are not intended for trading or speculative purposes. Our primary aim is to maximize after-tax investment income while ensuring sufficient liquidity to fulfill policyholder obligations. Additionally, we strive to minimize market risk, which encompasses potential economic losses resulting from adverse fluctuations in securities’ prices.
In developing our investment strategies, we consider various factors such as credit ratings, investment concentrations, regulatory requirements, expected interest rate fluctuations, durations, and prevailing market conditions. Our investment portfolio is managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, LP, overseen by an investment committee appointed by our Board of Directors.
74
Our investment portfolios are predominantly exposed to interest rate risk, duration risk and credit risk. We classify these fixed-maturity securities as available-for-sale. Any unrealized gains or losses, adjusted for deferred income taxes, are reported as part of other comprehensive income within our members’ equity. Consequently, significant temporary changes in their fair value could potentially affect the carrying value of our members’ equity.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in interest rates. The primary market risk to the investment portfolio is interest rate risk associated with investments in fixed maturity securities. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct effect on the market valuation of these securities. When market interest rates rise, the fair value of our fixed maturity securities decreases. Conversely, as interest rates fall, the fair value of our fixed maturity securities increases. Our fixed-maturity securities are sensitive to potential losses resulting from unfavorable changes in interest rates. We manage the risk by analyzing anticipated movement in interest rates and considering our future capital needs. Expressed in years, duration is the weighted average payment period of cash flows, where the weighting is based on the present value of the cash flows. We set duration targets for our fixed income investment portfolios after consideration of the estimated duration of our liabilities and other factors. The effective weighted average duration of the portfolio as of December 31, 2024 was 0.95 years.
We had fixed maturity securities with fair value of $214.0 million at December 31, 2024 that were subject to interest rate risk. The following table illustrates the impact of hypothetical changes in interest rates to the fair value of our fixed-maturity securities at December 31, 2024 ($ in thousands):
| Hypothetical Change in Interest Rates | Estimated Fair Value |
Change in Estimated Fair Value |
Percentage Increase (Decrease) in Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||||
| 300 basis-point increase |
$ | 207,969 | ($6,076 | ) | (2.8 | %) | ||||||
| 200 basis-point increase |
209,945 | (4,100 | ) | (1.9 | %) | |||||||
| 100 basis-point increase |
211,957 | (2,088 | ) | (1.0 | %) | |||||||
| Fair Value |
$ | 214,045 | — | — | ||||||||
| 100 basis-point decrease |
215,038 | 993 | 0.5 | % | ||||||||
| 200 basis-point decrease |
215,561 | 1,516 | 0.7 | % | ||||||||
| 300 basis point-decrease |
216,081 | 2,036 | 1.0 | % | ||||||||
75
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the potential loss resulting from adverse changes in an issuer’s ability to repay its debt obligations. We have exposure to credit risk as a holder of fixed maturity investments. Credit risk can expose us to potential losses arising principally from adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuers of our fixed maturity securities. We mitigate the risk by primarily investing in fixed-maturity securities that are rated “BBB” (Standard & Poor’s) or higher and diversifying our investment portfolio to avoid concentrations in any single issuer or business sector. Pursuant to our investment policy, only $1.0 million may be invested in below investment grade bonds. As of December 31, 2024 the weighted average credit rating (S&P) of our fixed maturity portfolio was “A.” The following table presents the composition of our fixed-maturity securities, consisting of bonds and redeemable preferred stocks, by rating, at December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
| Comparable Rating | Amortized Cost |
% of Total Amortized Cost |
Estimated Fair Value |
% of Total Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||
| AAA |
$ | 29,799 | 13.9 | % | $ | 30,021 | 14.0 | % | ||||||||
| AA+ |
75,532 | 35.2 | % | 75,234 | 35.1 | % | ||||||||||
| AA |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
| AA- |
6,383 | 3.0 | % | 6,356 | 3.0 | % | ||||||||||
| A+ |
16,443 | 7.7 | % | 16,438 | 7.7 | % | ||||||||||
| A |
18,921 | 8.8 | % | 18,828 | 8.8 | % | ||||||||||
| A- |
37,842 | 17.6 | % | 37,748 | 17.6 | % | ||||||||||
| BBB+ |
17,457 | 8.1 | % | 17,374 | 8.1 | % | ||||||||||
| BBB |
12,127 | 5.7 | % | 12,046 | 5.7 | % | ||||||||||
| BBB- |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
| BB+ |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
| BB |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
$ | 214,505 | 100 | % | $ | 214,045 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
In addition, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our third-party reinsurers. Although our third-party reinsurers are obligated to reimburse us to the extent we cede risk to them, we are ultimately liable to our policyholders on all risks we have ceded. As a result, reinsurance contracts do not limit our ultimate obligations to pay claims covered under the insurance policies we issue and we might not collect amounts recoverable from our reinsurers. We address this credit risk by selecting reinsurers that have an A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of “A-” (Excellent) or better at the time we enter into the agreement or for which we hold collateral equal to 100% of the reinsurance recoverable. We also perform, along with our third-party reinsurance broker, periodic credit reviews of our reinsurers. If one of our reinsurers suffers a credit downgrade, we may consider various options to lessen the risk of asset impairment, including commutation, novation and letters of credit.
Critical Accounting Estimates
In order to align with GAAP, preparing financial statements requires us to forecast future events through estimates and assumptions. These projections, along with their underlying assumptions, significantly impact the reported values of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of potential assets and liabilities, and the recorded figures for revenues and expenses. Among the accounting estimates, the accounting estimates discussed below are those that demand judgment, where different decisions could lead to substantial alterations in the reported outcomes. For a detailed discussion of our accounting policies, see the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus. Our current critical accounting estimates are:
Liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense
We set aside reserves, net of estimated subrogation, to provide for the estimated costs of paying losses and LAE under insurance policies we issued. Liability for unpaid losses and LAE represent management’s best estimate of
76
the ultimate cost of settling all outstanding claims, including claims that have been incurred, but not yet reported (“IBNR”) as of a financial statement date. With the assistance of an independent, actuarial firm, we use statistical analysis to establish liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE. We do not discount the liability for unpaid losses and LAE for financial statement purposes. In establishing the liability for unpaid losses and LAE, actuarial judgment is relied upon in order to make appropriate assumptions to estimate a best estimate of ultimate losses. Those estimates are based on our historical information, industry information and estimates of trends that may affect the ultimate frequency of incurred but not reported claims and changes in ultimate claims severity.
We regularly review our reserve estimates and adjust them as necessary as experience develops or as new information becomes known to us. Such adjustments are included in current operations. During the loss settlement period, if we have indications that claims frequency or severity exceeds our initial expectations, we generally increase our reserves for losses and LAE. Conversely, when claims frequency and severity trends are more favorable than initially anticipated, we generally reduce our reserves for losses and LAE once we have sufficient data to confirm the validity of the favorable trends. Even after such adjustments, the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than the revised estimates. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related LAE may vary significantly from the estimate included in our consolidated financial statements.
Reserving for reported claims relies on a detailed assessment of individual risks, understanding the specifics of each claim, and considering the insurance policy terms related to the particular type of loss. Reserving for unreported claims and LAE involves utilizing historical data per line of insurance adjusted to present circumstances. Typically, the reserving process implicitly considers inflation by analyzing costs, trends, and reviewing historical reserving outcomes across several years.
The process of estimating the reserves for losses and LAE requires a high degree of judgment and is subject to several variables. Reserve estimates for our ultimate liability are derived using several different actuarial estimation methods, depending on the type of loss:
| • | Loss development method: The loss development method uses actual loss data and the historical development profiles on older underwriting years to project more recent, less developed years to their ultimate position. |
| • | Frequency/severity methods: These methods are similar to the paid and case incurred loss development methods except that estimates of ultimate claim counts (a measure of claim frequency) and ultimate average severity are derived separately and then multiplied together to provide an estimate of ultimate loss. |
| • | Incremental cost per closed claim method: This method is similar to the frequency/severity method except that paid severities are selected for each incremental development period, and then are trending using selected short-term and long-term trend factors. |
| • | Bornhuetter-Ferguson method: The Bornhuetter-Ferguson method uses as a starting point an assumed initial expected loss ratio and blends in the loss ratio, which is implied by the claims experience to date using benchmark loss development patterns on paid claims data or reported claims data. |
| • | IBNR-to-case outstanding method: This method requires the estimation of consistent paid and reported (case) incurred loss development patterns and age-to-ultimate factors. These patterns imply a specific expected relationship between IBNR, including both development or known claims (bulk reserve) and losses on a true late reported claims, and reported case incurred losses. |
| • | DCC development methods: When DCC data is evaluated separately from losses, historical paid and case incurred DCC data may be arranged in a triangular format and projected to ultimate using the same technique as used for losses (i.e., loss development methods). In addition, projections using triangles of ratios of paid DCC-to-paid loss and ratios of paid DCC-to-case incurred losses can be made; those triangles can be constructed using ratios of incremental (e.g. annual) amounts, or ratios of cumulative amounts. Indications that result from projecting these ratios must be multiplied by the |
77
| ultimate loss selections to arrive at ultimate DCC indications. Similarly, triangles of ratios of paid DCC-to-closed or reported claim counts can be used. The results from projecting these ratios will require multiplication by ultimate claim count selections to arrive at ultimate DCC indications. |
Each actuarial methodology requires the selection and application of various parameters and assumptions. The key parameters and assumptions include:
| 1) | Loss development factors – These factors are key assumptions in the loss development methods which assume recent accident years will follow the development patterns of prior accident years. |
| 2) | Initial expected loss ratio selections – The initial expected loss ratio selection is the key assumption in the Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods. The selection was made based on average of development methods loss ratios and selected loss ratio trend. |
| 3) | Claim count decay ratios – The decay ratio is the key assumption in the projection of ultimate claim counts for catastrophe and non-catastrophe storms. |
| 4) | Short-term and long-term projected severity trends – These severity trends are the key assumption in projecting severities for accident years in their future development periods. |
Our reserves are driven by several important factors, including litigation and regulatory trends, legislative activity, climate change, social and economic patterns and claims inflation assumptions. Our reserve estimates reflect current inflation in legal claims’ settlements and assume we will not be subject to losses from significant new legal liability theories. Our reserve estimates assume that there will not be significant changes in the regulatory and legislative environment. The impact of potential changes in the regulatory or legislative environment is difficult to quantify in the absence of specific, significant new regulation or legislation. In the event of significant new regulation or legislation, we will attempt to quantify its impact on our business, but no assurance can be given that our attempt to quantify such inputs will be accurate or successful.
Our financial status, reported outcomes, and liquidity are susceptible to shifts in critical assumptions determining our loss reserves. While we do not anticipate changes in claim frequency to significantly impact our reserves, fluctuations in the severity of claims could influence these reserves.
These amounts fell within the range of total reserves provided by our independent actuary. As of December 31, 2024, we recorded $20.2 million in case reserves and an additional $455.5 million for IBNR reserves, totaling $475.7 million in reserves, with an added $462.1 million attributable to reinsurance claims payable.
For further detail, see Note 8 — “Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus. The following table shows the ranges of loss reserve estimates compared to what was recorded the year ended December 31, 2024.
| ($ in thousands) | Actual | Low Estimate |
% Change from Actual |
High Estimate |
% Change from Actual | |||||
| Loss Reserves |
$67,577 | $60,079 | 11.1% | $75,621 | 11.9% |
Reinsurance
We follow industry standards by reinsuring a portion of our risks. Reinsurance involves transferring, or “ceding,” a share of the risk exposure from the policies we write to another insurer, known as a reinsurer. If our reinsurers are unable to fulfill their obligations under our reinsurance agreements, we remain accountable for the entire insured loss.
In cases where losses fall within our reinsurance coverage, we document recoverable amounts from our reinsurers for paid losses and an estimation of recoverable amounts on unpaid losses. The reinsurance
78
recoverables on unpaid losses are estimated in a manner consistent with the Company’s estimate of unpaid losses and LAE associated with the insured business, thus fluctuating with changes to our estimates of unpaid losses. The estimation of recoverable amounts from reinsurers on unpaid losses may change in the future, and if there is a change it could adversely affect the amounts stated in our consolidated financial statements.
We estimate uncollectible amounts receivable from reinsurers based on an assessment of factors including the creditworthiness of the reinsurers and the adequacy of collateral obtained, where applicable.
Investments
The Company currently classifies all of its investments in debt securities and short-term investments as available-for-sale and reports them at fair value. Short-term investments consist of investments in interest-bearing assets with original maturities of 12 months or less. The Company records subsequent changes in value through the date of disposition as unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, and includes them as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until reclassified to earnings upon sale. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investments are determined using the specific-identification method and included in earnings. The Company amortizes any premium or discount on fixed maturities over the remaining maturity period of the related securities using the effective interest method and reports the amortization in net investment income. The Company recognizes dividends and interest income when earned. We have a financial stability rating of A, “Exceptional” from Demotech, an independent financial firm specializing in evaluating the financial stability of regional and specialty insurers, and whose rating is accepted by major mortgage companies. We do not have a rating from A.M. Best.
Fair Value
In our disclosure of the fair value of our investments, we utilize a hierarchy based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Adjustments to transaction prices or quoted market prices may be required in illiquid or disorderly markets in order to estimate fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
| • | Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; |
| • | Level 2—Valuations based on observable inputs that do not meet the criteria for Level 1, including quoted prices in inactive markets and quoted prices in active markets for similar, but not identical instruments; and |
| • | Level 3—Valuations based on unobservable inputs, which are based upon the best available information when external market data is limited or unavailable. |
We estimate the fair value of our investments using the closing prices on the last business day of the reporting period, obtained from active markets using independent pricing source. For securities for which quoted prices in active markets are unavailable, we use observable inputs such as quoted prices in inactive markets, quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments, benchmark interest rates, broker quotes and other relevant inputs. Our estimates of fair value reflect the interest rate environment that existed as of the close of business on December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Changes in interest rates subsequent to December 31, 2024 may affect the fair value of our investments.
Investment securities are subject to fluctuations in fair value due to changes in issuer-specific circumstances, such as credit rating, and changes in industry-specific circumstances, such as movements in credit spreads based on the market’s perception of industry risks. In addition, fixed maturities are subject to fluctuations in fair value due to changes in interest rates as a result of governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. A rise in interest rates would decrease
79
the net unrealized holding gains of our investment portfolio, offset by our ability to earn higher rates of return on funds reinvested. Conversely, a decline in interest rates would increase the net unrealized holding gains of our investment portfolio, offset by lower rates of return on funds reinvested. Unrealized gains and losses on our fixed maturity securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of total members’ equity.
Impairment
Quarterly, the Company performs an assessment of all investments to determine if any are impaired as the result of a credit loss. An investment is impaired when the fair value of the investment declines to an amount less than the cost or amortized cost of that investment. For each fixed-income security in an unrealized loss position, if the intent is to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovering the cost or amortized cost basis for reasons such as liquidity needs, contractual or regulatory requirements, the security’s entire decline in fair value is recorded in earnings. If the intent is not to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security, the Company will evaluate whether any impairment is attributable to credit-related factors. Such evaluation includes consideration of factors such as:
| • | Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payment; |
| • | Downgrades in the security’s credit rating since acquisition by three or more notches; |
| • | Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payment; |
| • | Downgrades in the security’s credit rating since acquisition by three or more notches; |
| • | Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area; |
| • | Changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security; and |
| • | The payment structure of the security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future. |
Upon determination of a credit-related impairment, an allowance for credit losses will be recognized and is measured as the amount by which the security’s amortized cost basis exceeds the entity’s best estimate of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected. The allowance is limited to the difference between the amortized cost basis and the security’s fair value. Subsequent recovery of any previously recorded impairment will be recognized through reversal of the allowance for credit losses.
Deferred Income taxes
We account for taxes under the asset and liability method, under which we record deferred income taxes as assets or liabilities on our balance sheet to reflect the net tax effect of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. Should a change in tax rates occur, we recognize the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Realization of our deferred income tax assets depends upon our generation of sufficient future taxable income.
We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority.
80
The amount of income tax expense or benefit recorded in future periods will depend on the jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax laws and regulations in effect. In connection with the proposed offering and Corporate Contribution, the Company will be subject to payment of U.S. federal and state income taxes as a corporation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
We currently qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Accordingly, we are provided the option to adopt new or revised accounting guidance either (i) within the same periods as those otherwise applicable to non-emerging growth companies or (ii) within the same time periods as private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.
See Note 2 — “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.
81
P&C Industry
The P&C insurance industry provides protection for losses as specified by an insurance policy in exchange for premiums paid by the insured. An insurance policy is a contract between an insurance company and an insured under which the insurance company agrees to pay for losses suffered by the insured, or a third-party claimant, that are covered under the contract. The P&C industry encompasses both property insurance, which protects against risks to property such as fire, theft, or other physical damages and are generally “short-tailed” because losses are usually known, reported and paid within a relatively short amount of time after the loss has occurred, and liability insurance, which covers liability for injuries, negligent acts or omissions and are generally “medium to long-tailed” because there can be a significant delay between the occurrence of loss and the time it is settled by the insurer. We focus on property insurance coverage, primarily for single-family homeowners and condominium owners in the state of Florida. As a result, the overwhelming majority of our liabilities for losses and LAE are considered to be “short-tailed” in nature.
The U.S. P&C insurance industry, the largest P&C market in the world, generated approximately $1,057 billion in DPW in 2024, according to S&P Global. The P&C insurance industry’s DPW are closely correlated to gross domestic product (“GDP”) with the P&C industry generally growing in line with GDP growth.
Total U.S. DPW ($B)
Source: S&P Global Market Insurance
In the United States, P&C insurance products are written in admitted and non-admitted markets. In the admitted market, insurance rates and forms are generally approved by state regulators and coverages tend to be standardized. Carriers are subject to assessments by state insurance departments and are backed by individual state guaranty funds, up to a limit set by the state. The non-admitted market, also known as the excess and surplus or surplus lines market, focuses on harder-to-place risks that most admitted insurers do not underwrite. Admitted products are often easier for agents and brokers to sell, as they are generally only permitted to place business with non-admitted insurers once coverage has been denied from a specified number of admitted carriers. However, non-admitted carriers can offer more flexible with rates and forms, as they are neither subject to the same degree of regulatory oversight as admitted carriers nor backed by state guaranty funds. AIICFL is currently only licensed to write business in the admitted market, and all of our insurance coverages were written on an admitted basis. We currently do not have any plans to expand into the excess and surplus lines market.
82
Florida Homeowners Insurance Market
According to S&P Global, the Florida P&C industry grew 2.2 percentage points faster than the U.S. P&C industry from 2014 to 2024:
Total Florida DPW ($B)
Source: S&P Global Market Insurance
Florida is the second largest homeowners insurance market in the United States, accounting for 10.7% of total U.S. homeowners DPW as of December 31, 2024, as reported by S&P Global. The Florida homeowners insurance market totaled $18.5 billion of DPW in 2024, up from $10.1 billion in 2019, representing a five-year compound annual growth rate of 12.9%. As of December 31, 2024, approximately 98% of our in-force premium covered Florida-based properties.
Florida Homeowners Multi-Peril DPW Growth ($B)
Source: S&P Global - Homeowners Multi-Peril
83
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, Florida was the third most populous state in the United States with 23.4 million residents as of July 1, 2024, and recorded the second fastest population growth rate and second greatest nominal increase in population of all states in the U.S. from 2023 to 2024. Projections indicate that by 2050, the population is currently expected to grow to approximately 28 million, marking a 20% increase from 2024. We believe this current and expected substantial growth underscores the state’s dynamic expansion and the pivotal role of property ownership and development in its economy.
The migration to Florida continues to surge, driven by factors such as the state’s favorable income tax policies, business-friendly environment, and appealing climate. This influx has led to a heightened demand for single-family and multi-family housing developments, subsequently increasing the need for homeowners and condominium insurance.
AIICFL ranks as the seventh largest personal residential carrier in Florida, holding a market share of approximately 3.8% based on DPW for personal residential insurance as of December 31, 2024 according to data compiled by the FLOIR. We believe that with access to additional capital and continued reinsurance support, AIICFL will be well-positioned to further penetrate its footprint in Florida’s personal residential insurance market, aligning with the state’s ongoing growth and evolving housing landscape.
Personal Residential Premium in-Force
| Rank | Group Name |
Personal Residential Premium in-Force |
% Total | |||||||
|
1 |
Citizens | $2,586,462,285 | 12.7% | |||||||
|
2 |
Universal P&C | $1,592,596,562 | 7.8% | |||||||
|
3 |
Slide |
$1,346,506,188 | 6.6% | |||||||
|
4 |
State Farm |
$1,262,168,895 | 6.2% | |||||||
|
5 |
Tower Hill | $1,125,406,778 | 5.5% | |||||||
|
6 |
First Protective | $851,000,614 | 4.2% | |||||||
|
7 |
American Integrity | $774,499,677 | 3.8% | |||||||
|
8 |
Florida Peninsula | $756,081,170 | 3.7% | |||||||
|
9 |
Homeowners Choice |
$612,064,783 | 3.0% | |||||||
|
10 |
Edison |
$573,878,223 | 2.8% | |||||||
|
11 |
American Security | $508,673,708 | 2.5% | |||||||
|
12 |
Monarch |
$481,019,874 | 2.4% | |||||||
|
13 |
Olympus | $448,830,138 | 2.2% | |||||||
|
14 |
United Services | $448,765,052 | 2.2% | |||||||
|
15 |
Security First | $443,904,306 | 2.2% | |||||||
|
16 |
TypTap | $424,954,178 | 2.1% | |||||||
|
17 |
Kin | $412,587,990 | 2.0% | |||||||
|
18 |
Heritage | $406,311,691 | 2.0% | |||||||
|
19 |
Southern Oak | $374,209,796 | 1.8% | |||||||
|
20 |
Federal |
$362,599,367 | 1.8% | |||||||
Personal Residential PIF
| Rank | Group Name |
Personal Residential PIF |
% Total | |||||||
|
1 |
Citizens | 924,732 | 12.3% | |||||||
|
2 |
State Farm | 633,504 | 8.4% | |||||||
|
3 |
Universal P&C | 557,114 | 7.4% | |||||||
|
4 |
Tower Hill | 378,099 | 5.0% | |||||||
|
5 |
Slide |
340,764 | 4.5% | |||||||
|
6 |
American Integrity | 339,960 | 4.5% | |||||||
|
7 |
American Bankers |
308,676 | 4.1% | |||||||
|
8 |
First Protective |
253,703 | 3.4% | |||||||
|
9 |
Castle Key | 191,455 | 2.5% | |||||||
|
10 |
Florida Peninsula |
180,088 | 2.4% | |||||||
|
11 |
United Services |
156,666 | 2.1% | |||||||
|
12 |
Kin |
140,303 | 1.9% | |||||||
|
13 |
Southern Oak |
139,595 | 1.9% | |||||||
|
14 |
Homeowners Choice |
139,087 | 1.8% | |||||||
|
15 |
Security First |
138,984 | 1.8% | |||||||
|
16 |
Edison |
135,783 | 1.8% | |||||||
|
17 |
Asi Preferred |
132,773 | 1.8% | |||||||
|
18 |
Monarch National | 126,970 | 1.7% | |||||||
|
19 |
American Modern | 126,361 | 1.7% | |||||||
|
20 |
American Traditions Insurance Company |
118,584 | 1.6% | |||||||
Florida consistently ranks among the states with the highest average annual premiums for homeowners insurance. Florida homeowners pay annual premiums that are more than double the national average for insurance coverage. These higher premiums are due to a number of factors, including the state’s hurricane-prone geographic location, litigation crisis (discussed below) and the accumulation of attritional losses in older structures over time. This is compounded by inflation increasing the cost of claims and the rising costs of catastrophe reinsurance coverage. These factors trickle down to consumers in the form of higher premiums.
84
Florida’s homeowners insurance market is unique, characterized by regional disparities in premium costs. The statewide average, as reported by the FLOIR, stands at $3,731 as of January 2025. However, this figure is significantly influenced by the high premiums in South Florida’s Tri-County region (Miami-Dade, Broward, and Palm Beach counties), where the average premium reaches $6,316, and Monroe County. In comparison, the average premium for the rest of Florida, excluding these four counties, is $3,153. Our average premium is $2,458, which is significantly lower than both the statewide and regional averages. Our disciplined approach underscores our commitment to serving our customers with cost-effective and reliable coverage. Nationally, the most recent NAIC data indicates a U.S. average premium of $1,411 (2021), which is significantly below that of Florida.
Source: FLOIR Quarterly and Supplemental Reporting System Market Share Report, NAIC.
Because of its location, Florida is exposed to an increased risk of hurricanes, particularly during the Atlantic hurricane season which spans from June 1 through November 30. Florida has a long history of hurricane activity, including landfalls of major hurricanes (Category 3 or greater) each year and seasons with high levels of activity. In recent years, major Hurricanes Ian (Category 4, 2022), Helene (Category 4, 2024) and Milton (Category 3, 2024) have made landfall in Florida. The eighteen major storms or hurricanes to hit Florida since 2021 caused a combined estimated property damage of between $100 billion and $200 billion, excluding damage caused by Hurricanes Helene and Milton in 2024. The possibility of a similar sequence of catastrophe events makes personal residential insurance and claims servicing vitally important to Florida residents.
The Florida personal residential insurance market is complex, highly fragmented and dominated by specialized Florida-focused insurance companies. The Florida personal residential insurance market has a history of dislocation following large storms. For example, Hurricane Andrew in 1992 was responsible for the failure of a number of insurers and caused many national and regional insurers to stop writing or renewing policies in the state. As a result, many homeowners were unable to renew or purchase insurance, and in response, the state established the Florida Residential Property and Casualty Joint Underwriting Association and the Florida Windstorm Underwriting Association as the insurers of last resort, which in 2002 merged to create Citizens. The market share of Citizens generally fluctuates based on market conditions and weather-related claims activity in the state of Florida, with periods of elevated catastrophe activity and challenging litigation environments resulting in Citizens increasing its market share (and private insurance carriers reducing their market share) and periods of low catastrophe activity and a stable litigation environment resulting in Citizens’ market share declining (and private insurance carriers’ market share increasing).
85
Citizens Policies In-force
Source: Citizens Property Insurance Corporation data as of December 31, 2024
In recent years, Citizens had the highest number of policies in-force of any homeowners insurance carrier in the state of Florida. Citizens is mandated by the Florida legislature to help its policyholders find coverage in the private market to reduce the number of properties insured by Citizens and avoid it from becoming a systematic risk to the Florida insurance market. From time to time, Citizens will contact private market insurers in Florida to solicit interest in assuming policies from Citizens. These “depopulations” or “take-outs” are entirely voluntary for these insurers, who identify which policies they would like to assume based on a number of characteristics including price, geography and the underlying structure. If an insurance company identifies a policy for take-out, it will offer a new premium to charge the policyholder. Generally, policyholders can choose to opt-out unless the renewal premium offered is within 20% of what Citizens currently charges, in which case the take-out is required to be accepted by the insured. Premiums in the private market are typically higher than premiums charged by Citizens, as the private market is keenly focused on generating an underwriting profit and many have stockholders that are expecting an adequate return on their capital.
Prior to Hurricane Andrew, many insurers struggled with securing adequate reinsurance protection. In response, the state formed the FHCF to provide reinsurance for catastrophe losses in Florida, and insurance companies began to embrace advanced catastrophe modeling.
Following Hurricane Andrew in 1992, the state experienced a long period of benign hurricane activity until 2004 and 2005 when some of the largest loss storms in history impacted the state and the Florida insurance market. Following these historic storms, many national carriers significantly reduced their exposure in the state.
As national insurance companies reduced their exposure in Florida, Citizens intensified its endeavors to offer accessible personal residential insurance to those unable to secure coverage from the private market. As Citizens expanded its presence in Florida and incumbent carriers pulled back, new insurers like us entered the market to offer additional coverage options to Florida homeowners. Citizens decreased its market share in Florida from a peak of 19.9% in 2011 to 4.9% in 2016, according to S&P Global, following another prolonged period with less major hurricane activity in Florida, driven largely by their depopulation efforts.
86
Following 2016, the Florida personal residential insurance market experienced a renewed period of dislocation with a number of Florida carriers suffering regulatory receivership following a property insurance litigation crisis, as discussed further below. At the peak of the litigation crisis, Florida was responsible for 79.9% of all homeowners insurance related lawsuits in the United States, based on data from the FLOIR. As a result, Citizen’s market share, as measured by DPW, increased from 4.9% in 2016 to 18.6% by 2023, according to S&P Global.
This litigation crisis was driven by certain legal rulings between 2016 and 2018 that significantly increased costs for insurers, with two particular rulings fundamentally altering the legal landscape:
| • | Sebo v. American Home Assurance Co. (2016): This ruling replaced the long-established “efficient proximate cause” doctrine with a “concurrent causation” theory. Under this new approach, insurers were required to prove which portion of damage was caused by an excluded peril in cases involving multiple causes, such as wind and wear and tear. Without explicit anti-concurrent causation clauses, this change increased insurers’ exposure to losses and made it more difficult to deny claims involving excluded perils, resulting in a sharp rise in litigation as policyholders and their attorneys leveraged these new rules to maximize recoveries. |
| • | Joyce v. Federated National Insurance Co. (2017): This ruling lowered the burden for plaintiff attorneys to receive fee multiplier awards, allowing contingency fees to significantly exceed the cost of actual repairs. We believe this created a financial incentive for litigation over settlement and left insurers with little recourse, as defense attorneys could not recover fees when claims were unsuccessful. We believe these changes fostered an environment rife with inflated, questionable, and fraudulent claims, further destabilizing the market. |
In December 2022, the Florida legislature passed comprehensive reforms to address the root causes of this litigation crisis. Key measures included:
| • | Eliminating the statutory one-way right to attorneys’ fees for policyholders, removing a key driver of the increased litigation; |
| • | Prohibiting the AOB to third parties under residential property insurance policies; |
| • | Tightening bad faith standards, requiring clearer evidence to substantiate claims including a finding that the insurer breached the insurance contract before a policyholder can file a lawsuit for the failure to settle a property insurance claim; |
| • | Reducing the claims reporting deadline from two years to one year; |
| • | Restricting fee multipliers to only “rare and exceptional” cases; and |
| • | Enhancing the offer of judgment statute to promote faster dispute resolution. |
87
We believe these reforms have had a measurable and immediate impact on the Florida insurance market. According to the FLOIR, lawsuit filings fell 23% in one year, from 65,792 in 2023 to 50,628 in 2024. Furthermore, lawsuit filings declined 38% from a peak of 82,315 in 2021 to 50,628 in 2024. This represents a meaningful decline and a level below what was seen in 2018, when lawsuits spiked to 60,875 due to the litigation crisis. We believe this reduction demonstrates how reforms have successfully curtailed the litigation crisis. Additionally, as evidence of insurers gaining confidence in the positive impact of the reforms and post-reform market conditions, eight insurers filed for rate reductions and 10 filed for no rate changes during the last 12 months. In the wake of reforms, insurers have also reported fewer fraudulent claims and lower attritional losses, enabling more consistent and sustainable pricing for both carriers and homeowners in the Florida market.
Source: FLOIR Legal Service of Process Filings Data
We believe Florida’s property insurance market is moving toward greater stability and affordability due to these targeted reforms. By addressing the root causes of the litigation crisis and implementing more sustainable practices, we believe these legislative changes have improved the availability and affordability of coverage for homeowners across the state.
88
Who We Are
We are a profitable and growing insurance group headquartered in Tampa, Florida. Through our insurance carrier subsidiary, AIICFL, we provide personal residential property insurance for single-family homeowners and condominium owners as well as coverage for vacant dwellings and investment properties, predominantly in Florida. 98.6% of our DPW for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 97.6% of our policies in-force as of December 31, 2024 were in Florida. We are the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida based on DPW for policies in-force as of December 31, 2024 according to data compiled by the FLOIR, making us a leading specialty residential property insurer in the state.
We have been a stable, disciplined provider of residential insurance coverage in Florida for more than 19 years. Our management team founded our company in 2006 to capitalize on dislocation in the Florida residential property insurance market following the 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons, in which a number of severe hurricanes resulted in record insured property losses and caused a number of national insurance companies to retreat from writing residential property insurance in the state.
Florida has a large and growing population with a growing residential property insurance market. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, Florida was the third most populous state in the United States with 23.4 million residents as of July 1, 2024, and recorded the second fastest population growth rate and second greatest nominal increase in population of all states in the U.S. from 2023 to 2024. Population growth supports growth in the property insurance market, which creates opportunity for insurance carriers with the specialized expertise to profitably underwrite property insurance in the Florida market. Florida is a complex property insurance market with a distinct regulatory environment and risk profile due to its geographic location, population centers concentrated along the coast, and elevated threat of property damage from catastrophic weather events including hurricanes, requiring a tailored approach to providing insurance coverage. We believe that consistently delivering underwriting profits in this market requires a high level of focus and specialization, including localized knowledge, market-specific expertise, granular and analytical underwriting and claims management, extensive historical data, effective use of technology, and a deep understanding of Florida’s regulatory environment – all of which we believe we have developed over our 19-year history writing residential property insurance in Florida.
We believe this expertise is transferable and repeatable in other Southeastern coastal states. Through active monitoring of local market conditions and prudent risk selection and capital allocation, we seek to be a stable and
89
reliable insurance market for our policyholders and distribution partners, and to consistently deliver best-in-class profitability and value creation for our stockholders.
As of December 31, 2024, we had 356,108 policies in-force. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we produced GPW of $767.7 million and $641.0 million, respectively, net premiums written of $194.4 million and $138.0 million, respectively, net income of $39.7 million and $37.8 million, respectively, and adjusted net income of $39.6 million and $37.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2024, we had total members’ equity of $162.4 million. For a reconciliation of underwriting income and adjusted net income to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Our history of profitability and prudent exposure management is matched by our commitment to innovation. We have built a technology-forward platform that we believe augments the expertise of our underwriting and claims teams, enhances our access to risk and claims data, accelerates and improves our underwriting and claims decision making, and improves our distribution partner and policyholder interface. Our use of advanced technology solutions covers the insurance process end-to-end, from risk selection and underwriting to streamlined quoting, policy management and claims handling. Our technology and data capture are critical to our ability to monitor our underwriting results at a granular level, timely modify our underwriting criteria and pricing to respond to changing market conditions, and effectively navigate Florida’s historically volatile property insurance market cycles.
We believe the current Florida residential property insurance market presents substantial attractive opportunities for carriers with specialized underwriting and claims expertise, established distribution relationships, advanced technology, and entrepreneurial leadership. Despite historical market-related disruptions and challenges caused by increasing hurricane catastrophe activity and other severe weather events, a general tort environment related to property insurance that led to increased litigation, and reduced insurance capacity as a result of multiple large national insurance carrier exits, we believe the legislative reforms in Florida enacted in late 2022, in addition to AOB reform, which began in 2019, are proving effective at combating historically rampant property insurance legal system abuse and claims fraud, paving the way for a more stable and resilient property insurance market and greater opportunities for us to profitably underwrite residential property insurance in Florida.
Our Business
We seek to leverage our experience, proprietary technology, underwriting expertise and robust claims management capabilities to provide a stable and reliable residential property insurance market for our distribution partners and policyholders, and offer competitive residential property insurance coverages that are appropriately priced for the risk we are taking. All of our insurance policies are written on an admitted basis, meaning our rates and policy forms have been approved by the insurance department of each state in which we sell our policies and our policies are backed by state guaranty funds. Since our founding, we have sought to develop strong relationships with our regulators, which we believe help us better navigate and adapt to changing market conditions and maintain our targeted profitability levels.
We employ a vertically integrated operating model whereby we control or manage substantially all aspects of insurance underwriting, actuarial analysis, pricing, distribution, and claims processing and adjudication. While some Florida residential property insurance companies have built their business in large part by assuming policies written by state-owned insurers such as Citizens and rely on these assumptions to generate new business, we primarily distribute our products through the “Voluntary Market,” meaning we directly underwrite and sell residential property insurance coverage to single family homeowners and condominium owners. We offer our insurance coverages through multiple distribution channels in the Voluntary Market including independent insurance agents, new construction home builder agents, and national insurance carriers that have restricted their writing of residential homeowners insurance policies in Florida and refer business to us.
90
In addition to our Voluntary Market business, we also selectively and opportunistically assume polices from Citizens when we believe there is an opportunity to assume policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. From 2014 through 2023, we did not assume polices from Citizens. The Florida legislative reforms in 2022 removed one-way attorneys’ fees, tightened bad faith standards and eliminated excessive AOB, which have led to a decrease in the frequency of non-catastrophe claims in the state. As the legislative reforms impacting the Florida residential property insurance market have taken hold and created what we believe to be a more favorable operating environment for insurance carriers writing in the state, coupled with Citizens raising its rates to be more comparable to the Voluntary Market and our pricing requirements, we have recently capitalized on opportunities to selectively assume policies from Citizens that we believe to be attractive. While we will continue to primarily be a Voluntary Market underwriter and we believe other carriers may choose to re-enter or expand their business in Florida in light of potential attractive take-out opportunities and generally improving market conditions on the back of the legislative reforms in 2022, we believe selectively assuming policies from Citizens in the current market environment can be an attractive opportunity to augment our growth and profitability. As of December 31, 2024, 79% of our in-force polices were from the Voluntary Market and 21% were assumed from Citizens.
We utilize proprietary technology, our deep knowledge of the Florida residential property insurance market, our specialized underwriting expertise and a sophisticated risk management strategy to differentiate ourselves in the market, profitably underwrite attractive property insurance risks and prudently grow our business. We have thoughtfully constructed our portfolio of insurance policies with (i) geographically diverse property exposures within Florida to manage our exposure to catastrophic hurricane and severe weather events impacting particular locations and (ii) risks for which we believe the pricing and terms adequately reflect the catastrophe and attritional non-catastrophe loss potential and present us with the opportunity to earn an attractive underwriting profit. As of December 31, 2024, the geographic distribution of our policies in-force, net in-force premium and total insured values in Florida were as follows:
Writings by Florida County
| As of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
($ in millions) County |
PIF(1) | % of Total FL PIF(1) |
Net In-Force Premium |
% of Total FL Net In-Force Premium |
TIV | % of Total FL TIV | ||||||||||||
|
Lee |
26,379 | 8% | $78 | 9% | $14,883 | 8% | ||||||||||||
|
Polk |
22,995 | 7% | $44 | 5% | $11,482 | 6% | ||||||||||||
|
Orange |
22,863 | 7% | $54 | 6% | $12,662 | 7% | ||||||||||||
|
Duval |
20,598 | 6% | $38 | 4% | $10,696 | 6% | ||||||||||||
|
Hillsborough |
19,454 | 6% | $50 | 6% | $11,646 | 6% | ||||||||||||
|
Pasco |
17,327 | 5% | $38 | 4% | $10,956 | 6% | ||||||||||||
|
Palm Beach |
16,218 | 5% | $69 | 8% | $7,176 | 4% | ||||||||||||
|
Osceola |
16,185 | 5% | $35 | 4% | $8,274 | 4% | ||||||||||||
|
Marion |
14,644 | 4% | $24 | 3% | $7,204 | 4% | ||||||||||||
|
Brevard |
12,588 | 4% | $32 | 4% | $6,564 | 3% | ||||||||||||
|
Volusia |
12,543 | 4% | $28 | 3% | $6,586 | 4% | ||||||||||||
|
Other |
145,715 | 42% | $376 | 43% | $79,894 | 42% | ||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Total |
347,509 | 100% | $866 | 100% | $188,023 | 100% | ||||||||||||
| (1) | Consists solely of policies in-force in Florida, including 68,844 policies assumed from Citizens in 2024. |
Our business is supported by a comprehensive exposure and risk management framework — the cornerstone of which is our robust reinsurance program — that we believe increases the consistency and predictability of our earnings and protects our capital against hurricane and other severe weather-related events. We purchase excess of loss, quota share, per risk and facultative reinsurance from highly rated third-party reinsurers. We have strong relationships with third-party reinsurers, which we believe are a result of our industry experience and reputation for selective and disciplined underwriting. We have historically purchased reinsurance in-line with, and occasionally in excess of, what regulators and rating agencies require and in amounts that we believe are conservative in an effort to minimize the volatility of our earnings and protect our capital.
91
We closely manage all aspects of our claims adjustment process and strive to adjudicate and settle all non-catastrophe claims with our in-house claims professionals. In the case of catastrophic events, we supplement our internal claims handling resources by contracting with six large national claims adjusting firms to assist our adjusters with the increased volume of claims and ensure timely responses to our policyholders.
We believe our history of profitability operating in the complex, nuanced and historically volatile Florida property insurance market, as illustrated by our GAAP net income from 2008 to 2024 as set forth below, is the result of our specialized risk selection, pricing strategies and claims management capabilities:
($ millions)
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include:
Florida residential property insurance market expertise
Since our founding in 2006, we have principally focused on serving the Florida residential property insurance market. Florida represents over 98.6% of our DPW for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 97.6% of our policies in-force as of December 31, 2024. Throughout our 19-year history, we have maintained a consistent market presence with independent agents and policyholders in Florida, prudently adjusting our underwriting criteria (whether that be based on sub-geographies, home age, or types of home construction, among other factors) and pricing to consistently generate attractive underwriting margins and profits across multiple P&C cycles and Florida property insurance cycles. According to the FLOIR, we are the seventh largest writer of residential property insurance in Florida based on DPW for policies in-force as of December 31, 2024. We believe we have developed a deep understanding of the risks inherent with underwriting residential property insurance in Florida, cultivated strong relationships with distribution partners, reinsurance partners and regulators, and accumulated robust, proprietary underwriting, claims and loss data over our 19-year history to inform our risk selection and pricing.
As market conditions evolve, we use our market knowledge and experience to adjust our underwriting appetite to increase exposure to risks and market opportunities we believe are most attractive within the Florida market and reduce exposure where we believe competition is irrational or where we are not receiving appropriate premium
92
for the risk we are assuming. We believe our established, multi-channel distribution relationships in the Florida market are a differentiator in a market where a number of our peers principally, or in some cases almost exclusively, have relied on assuming policies from Citizens to generate new business as opposed to writing business in the Voluntary Market. We believe our distribution relationships position us to maintain and increase our market share as the residential property market in Florida continues to grow and as the improved regulatory and litigation environment provides attractive new market opportunities. We also believe our expertise from operating in Florida is transferable to other southeastern coastal states.
Disciplined, analytical and tech-enabled underwriting
We believe our underwriting processes and systems support a dynamic underwriting model and exposure management framework that have allowed us to produce attractive financial results in the complex Florida residential property insurance market, as evidenced by our long-term track record of profitability and increasing stockholder’s equity through retained earnings.
We utilize proprietary historical and third-party data to underwrite risks to the rate, terms and conditions that we believe are appropriate. Our granular, risk-level data down to the census block (the smallest geographic unit used by the U.S. Census Bureau for tabulation of 100-percent data) allow for fast, accurate rate determinations and real-time quoting, including catastrophe loss estimates, to quote individual premium rates on high value homes. In addition to this granularity, our systems and processes support rapid regulatory approval and internal rate implementation during our quarterly rate adequacy assessments, enabling us to adjust pricing to protect margins. This has been particularly important in recent years in the face of inflation, the litigation crisis in the Florida property insurance market, and increasing property reinsurance costs.
We believe our investment in technology sets us apart from our competitors and positions us to identify emerging loss trends and to quickly and effectively adapt to changing market conditions. As an example, through enhancements to our data warehouse, we captured and were able to analyze data that identified a “roof crisis” in Central Florida in 2018, in which “roofing scams” significantly increased as contractors sought to file fraudulent damage claims in order to receive insurance payouts. We responded quickly to limit our writings and non-renew policies we believed to be at an elevated risk of loss. By shrinking our business in Central Florida from approximately 60,000 policies in-force at December 31, 2019 to approximately 35,000 at December 31, 2022, we were able to minimize the negative impact of these losses.
Our proprietary technology platform integrates policy issuance, document management, ratemaking, underwriting, billing and data collection into a single system. The system is configurable by our internal technology team, which allows for rapid modifications, and seamlessly integrates APIs from third-party data sources, including BuildFax, LexisNexis, Verisk, and Cape Analytics. We believe that our technology footprint, data fidelity and data capture and analysis capabilities are critical to our ability to consistently generate attractive risk-adjusted underwriting margins in the market we serve.
Fully integrated in-house claims management to rapidly identify and respond to emerging trends
We have a robust in-house claims management function that is responsible for all aspects of our claims adjudication process. All non-catastrophe claims in Florida are handled entirely by our in-house claims team. We believe handling claims in-house allows us to better coordinate between claims and underwriting departments, collect more granular claims data, quickly respond to claims, deliver a consistent agent and insured experience, better control loss and LAE, and implement claims strategies and pursue rate, form, and underwriting actions we believe to be appropriate. We believe our data-driven approach to claims has allowed us to profitably navigate historical loss trends unique to the Florida market, such as losses related to sinkholes, AOBs, roof claims and cast-iron pipe claims. In the case of claims outside of Florida or a catastrophic event in Florida, we supplement internal claims resources by contracting with six large national claims adjusting firms to assist our adjusters with the increased volume of claims to ensure timely responses to our policyholders and to manage claim costs.
93
When we contract with claims adjusting firms, our in-house claims department oversees and manages the work performed by these firms to ensure claims are being handled to our standards. We believe that our people, systems and organizational structure around our claims management has been a key contributor to our underwriting performance.
Deep relationships with independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents
We employ a multi-channel distribution strategy in the Voluntary Market to distribute our insurance policies through various channels, including independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers, and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents. Independent insurance agents represent our largest distribution channel, as measured by GPW production for the year ended December 31, 2024. We have methodically developed our independent agent distribution partnerships in an effort to align the interests of our distribution partners with our desire to write profitable business. We appoint only those independent insurance agents that we believe can consistently produce targeted volumes of quality business for us, and we seek to maintain excellent relationships with this group of agents by being a consistent market for Florida homeowners risks that meet our underwriting appetite, presenting clear underwriting criteria and pricing, paying competitive commissions, ensuring rapid speed to quote, offering consistently high-quality service and expertise, and maintaining financial stability. We carefully allocate capacity to our independent agents to ensure they benefit from our franchise value and do not experience a cannibalizing level of competition from other independent agents with an American Integrity appointment. In return, we expect our agents to work with us to develop business plans and incentive programs that align with our underwriting goals. This has allowed us to be a reliable, consistent partner to our agents over time and aligns their incentives with our business objectives. Independent agents have the ability to write business with other insurance carriers, and we compete for their services with other carriers based on a variety of factors including quality of service, responsiveness to policy submissions and claims, tenure and reputation in the market, financial strength, as well as the products, pricing and commissions that we offer. We believe the strength of our independent insurance agent relationships are a differentiating factor in the Florida market, where we believe a number of carriers have relied – in some cases exclusively – on assuming policies from Citizens as their primary source of new business and have made limited investment in independent agent distribution or other distribution channels. We believe our distribution relationships position us for more predictable policy and premium growth, stronger policy retention rates, and superior underwriting results across P&C insurance and Florida property market cycles.
We have developed partnerships with national insurance carriers who restrict their writing of residential homeowners policies in Florida, including Allstate, American Family, Farmers, Liberty Mutual, The Hartford (AARP), Progressive and USAA, to offer residential property insurance to their customers who are also seeking Florida residential property insurance coverage. We recently added partnerships with affiliates of Horace Mann Educators Corporation and South Carolina Farm Bureau Insurance. We handle all underwriting, pricing and claims management of these policies, and all policies are offered on our policy forms and are solely adjudicated by us. We believe these relationships provide attractive new business growth opportunities incremental to our writings through the independent agency channel. The national carriers benefit from our partnership due to their enhanced ability to service their existing policyholders in need of homeowners insurance in Florida, creating strong and strategic alignment.
We also have developed strong relationships with retail insurance agents affiliated with homebuilders to increase our access to the new home construction market, which has seen substantial growth in Florida in recent years. These new homes are required to comply with the latest building codes and standards, allowing us to generally offer more competitive risk-adjusted rates while maintaining our targeted profitability in our book of business. We have completed technology integrations with new construction builder agencies in order to better integrate into their business and serve their needs. We believe this distribution channel will continue to grow as a result of continued strong population growth within Florida, a lack of available existing home supply, and the resulting increase in new home building. Many of our homebuilder partnerships operate in additional Southeastern coastal states and we will look to leverage these relationships as we selectively expand our geographic footprint.
94
Sophisticated risk transfer program with high-quality third-party reinsurers
We purchase third-party reinsurance to help manage our exposure to catastrophic weather events. Our relationships with our reinsurers, all of whom have a financial strength rating of “A-” or better by A.M. Best or for which we hold collateral equal to 100% of the reinsurance limit or recoverable, have been developed over time as a result of our extensive experience and reputation for selective underwriting in the Florida market. Our financial strength, underwriting results and the long-term relationships between our organization and our reinsurance partners have resulted in consistent reinsurance capacity across P&C insurance and Florida property insurance cycles. We regularly assess and adjust our reinsurance structure as we see necessary to optimize the effectiveness of our reinsurance program. We currently utilize quota share, facultative, property per-risk and excess of loss reinsurance to provide significant levels of balance sheet and earnings protection, and to support the size of our in-force premium and insured exposure relative to our capital base.
Strong balance sheet and capital position
We have supported the capital needs of our business and grown our members’ equity to $162.4 million at December 31, 2024 through consistent profitability and the accumulation of retained earnings. We have achieved this without raising outside equity capital beyond our initial capitalization of an aggregate of $10.3 million in 2006 and 2007, while also paying $64.9 million in aggregate profit distributions to our equity owners from our inception through December 31, 2024.
We have a conservative investment portfolio managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, LP that is focused on highly-rated, short-duration investment grade fixed income securities, a strong reinsurance program and conservatively booked reserves. In addition, we have only $1.0 million of debt on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2024.
Our strong capitalization is a critical component to our relationships with our policyholders, distribution partners, and reinsurance partners who value our financial strength and the stability of our balance sheet. We endeavor to maintain and continue to enhance our strong capital position through the accumulation of retained earnings, our utilization of third-party reinsurance, and our conservative investment strategy and reserving strategy.
Experienced, entrepreneurial and financially aligned management team with a track record of success in the Florida homeowners insurance market
We have a deep and experienced management team with expertise spanning underwriting, claims, technology and insurance operations that we believe has been integral to our past performance and will help drive our long-term success. Our management team has remained largely consistent since our founding in 2006, with an average of more than 10 years with the Company and has deep expertise in the Florida property insurance market. Our team is led by industry veteran Robert Ritchie, who has served as Chief Executive Officer since our founding in 2006, along with our Chairman, David Clark. Jon Ritchie, our President, has been with AIIG LLC since 2009, and Ben Lurie, our Chief Financial Officer, has served in a variety of different roles, including Director, Vice President and Secretary, with AIIG LLC since 2017. Many of our employees and members of our senior management team have worked together to build our Company from a start-up to one of the largest personal residential insurance writers in Florida. Our management team members have a significant equity ownership interest in our business aligning their financial interests with stockholders. After giving effect to this offering, management will own over 18.6% of the Company’s Common Stock.
95
Our Strategies
We believe that we will be able to continue to successfully leverage our strengths to execute the following business strategies:
Capitalize on historic recent regulatory reform in Florida by profitably growing new business
We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of favorable trends in our existing primary market of Florida to grow the amount of new premiums we write and generate additional revenue. We believe the significant regulatory reform bills passed in December 2022 by the Florida legislature are significantly improving the property insurance underwriting environment in the state, allowing us to pursue additional new business opportunities that in the past did not meet our underwriting and profitability criteria. We have started – and expect to continue – to judiciously broaden our risk appetite as a result of these reforms, including underwriting older properties where we believe the pricing and terms adequately reflect the risk we are assuming and broadening our presence in certain counties where we have significantly limited our writings in the past due to the historical litigation environment. We expect to achieve this growth primarily with our existing distribution partners with whom we have built strong relationships to access business that we believe is desirable and profitable. We expect to continue to deepen our penetration of the Florida market by leveraging and growing these strong distribution relationships and employing sophisticated technology to select and underwrite risks that meet our underwriting and profitability criteria. In addition, as recent regulatory reforms continue to create a pathway to a more stable Florida property insurance market, we are seeing opportunities to further accelerate our growth by assuming policies from Citizens that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. For example, in 2024, we assumed 68,844 policies from Citizens. We will continue to be thoughtful and opportunistic in our pursuit of market opportunities and growth in Florida, without compromising on our commitment to, and unwavering focus on, profitability.
Consistently deliver profitability across P&C market cycles
We are a disciplined, underwriting-driven company with an unwavering focus on profitability. Despite many years of costly catastrophe events and periods of elevated attritional losses for the P&C industry as a whole, and particularly the Florida property insurance market where we principally operate, we have produced a positive return on equity in every year since our inception except two: 2018 and 2020. We have always sought to effectively manage the P&C insurance cycle and Florida property cycle since our inception to consistently deliver best-in-class underwriting results and profitability. We utilize the data we collect and analyze from our operations, combined with our view of the current P&C market and residential property insurance cycle dynamics, to adjust rates, forms, and various other underwriting criteria to optimize our new business writings.
We believe we identified and addressed Florida-wide residential insurance litigation trends earlier than many of our competitors, which has contributed to multiple years of strong underwriting outperformance compared to the broader Florida residential property insurance industry. While the industry experienced over $6.9 billion in underwriting losses between 2017 and 2024, and nearly a dozen insurance companies focusing on the Florida residential property market failed during that time period, we were profitable in every year except two, generated cumulative net income of $121.2 million, and maintained a strong, stable balance sheet with no decreases in statutory surplus. We believe these results are a testament to our disciplined approach and primary focus on stability and profitability, with a secondary focus on growth.
Retain more of the profitable premium we underwrite
In addition to our comprehensive catastrophe reinsurance program, we have historically purchased quota share reinsurance covering all business we write. Under our current NCQSR arrangements, we cede 40% of our GPW, net of premium ceded under our catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance agreements but prior to other reinsurance agreements. Our NCQSR arrangements were established to allow us to increase our GPW at a time when we believed other forms of capital were less attractive. Over time, the benefit we received from the quota share has diminished as reinsurance costs have increased industry-wide, non-catastrophe weather losses we have incurred have declined, and interest rates have increased magnifying the lost net investment income on premium we cede
96
under the quota share. We may reduce our use of quota share reinsurance in the future and retain more of the premium we currently write on a net basis. Any decision to retain more premium would be based on various factors including P&C market conditions, our capital position, the cost of reinsurance and interest rates, among others. Under our current quota share reinsurance agreement, we are able to reduce the amount of business we cede, or eliminate the quota share entirely, at no cost. We believe retaining additional premium we already underwrite can be an attractive and profitable use of capital given our extensive existing knowledge of this business and its historical underwriting performance.
Continue to purchase conservative third-party catastrophe reinsurance coverage
We intend to continue to purchase an appropriate level of catastrophe reinsurance as we seek to reduce the volatility of our earnings and protect our balance sheet from the impact of potential weather-related catastrophe events. Our current catastrophe reinsurance program is indicative of the type of conservative catastrophe protection that we believe to be appropriate. Using multiple FLOIR-approved models and as a result of management’s internal practices and the requirements of rating agencies, we have historically sought to buy to a 1-in-130 year PML level, meaning we buy the amount of reinsurance necessary to protect us in the event of the occurrence of a storm of a severity expected to occur only once in a 130-year period.
Over our 19-year history, we have developed strong relationships with reinsurers rated “A-” or better by A.M. Best. We have been rewarded by our reinsurers for our disciplined underwriting and consistent profitability with consistent capacity, including in reinsurance markets in which it has been challenging for many of our peers to obtain adequate reinsurance coverage. We view our reinsurers as long-term partners and seek to maintain positive relations with them to ensure we have adequate reinsurance capacity in future years. Historically, we have prioritized the consistency and sustainability of our earnings over the long term above maximizing earnings in any particular year when constructing our reinsurance program, and we intend to maintain this strategy going forward.
Continue to invest in and leverage data and technology that we believe enhance our decision making, increase our profitability, and strengthen our competitive advantages
Our integrated technology infrastructure and data capture capabilities allow us to efficiently manage various processes across our platform, improve real-time visibility into market trends, lower costs, and realize operating leverage as we scale. Our platform is purpose-built to cohesively integrate each of our technology solutions with one another, creating a proprietary full-stack insurance platform that allows us to balance and integrate the complete insurance process from underwriting and quoting through claims management and adjudication.
We intend to continue to develop our technology platform and capture additional data that we believe will allow us to continue to identify, price, and write the risks that meet our underwriting and risk management criteria. This entails utilizing real-time proprietary and third-party data integrations in both the ratemaking and front-end underwriting process to make efficient, data-driven underwriting and management decisions. We believe our advanced technology is a differentiator in the markets where we operate and positions us well for profitable growth.
Deepen distribution relationships to increase Voluntary Market writings
We intend to continue to execute on our multi-channel distribution strategy partnering with independent insurance agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated insurance agents. We have built our business and technology with the critical importance of our distribution partners in mind, and we believe that creating strong alignment with our distribution partners drives better growth, profitability, and a stronger operating model.
As an insurer committed to the independent agency distribution model, we seek to offer meaningful insurance capacity within the confines of our underwriting guidelines to a select group of agents. In each market we serve, we seek to align ourselves with selected agents that provide us a meaningful portion of their overall business.
97
This allows us to manage these distribution relationships based on key corporate priorities and performance indicators, including volume of new business writings, loss ratio, and policy retention. We believe that working with our agency partners to achieve these goals is critical to our growth and continued underwriting success. At the same time, we recognize that it is important to have a balanced source of distribution. We expect to continue to selectively expand our distribution relationships to new independent agents, national insurance carriers and homebuilder-affiliated agents.
We believe our strong distribution relationships in the Voluntary Market have provided us access to superior risks and enable us to produce more sustainable growth across P&C insurance market cycles.
Selectively assume policies from Citizens
Citizens is the largest homeowners insurer in the state of Florida as measured by premium in-force and acts as the state-owned insurer of last resort. It is incentivized by the state to transfer policies from its books to the private market in order to reduce systemic risk to the insurance market. See “Business—Citizens Depopulations” for more information. Over the 10 years leading up to 2024, we did not believe that there were opportunities to assume policies from Citizens, also referred to as “depopulations” or “take-outs,” that met our underwriting and profitability criteria. The last take-out we pursued prior to 2024 was in 2014. We believe the combination of Citizens raising its rates, an improved level of underwriting data disclosed by Citizens on its in-force portfolio, and the legislative reforms passed in 2022 and 2023 have significantly changed the Citizens depopulation economics based on our experience and understanding of the Florida market, and created opportunities for us to assume policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. We are selective when we pursue policy assumptions from Citizens, and each policy we consider assuming from Citizens is run through our rigorous underwriting and profitability criteria, including assessing the county and location of the underlying risk, to determine its attractiveness, a process which is similar to our underwriting in the Voluntary Market. While we measure the attractiveness of “take-out” opportunities based on our long-term profitability expectations of the policies we assume, take-outs can generate significant near-term earnings as (i) the cost of policy acquisition is lower than in the Voluntary Market as we do not pay upfront agent commissions on policies assumed from Citizens, as compared to writing business in the Voluntary Market where we also have to pay commissions (generally 12%) to our distribution partners upfront, and (ii) we are not required to purchase reinsurance on the policies we assume until our reinsurance program renews on the subsequent June 1st. Generally, we are able to price take-out policies above the price we would offer in the Voluntary Market. Because the policies we assume from Citizens go through our underwriting processes, we expect them to have a similar risk-return profile to the policies that we write in the Voluntary Market. We participated in four take-out opportunities in 2024, assuming 68,844 policies that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria, and we believe provide an attractive opportunity in light of recent legislative reforms. As of December 31, 2024, 21% of our policies in-force were assumed from Citizens representing 24% of our premiums in-force. We will continue to selectively pursue Citizens take-out opportunities if we feel there is an opportunity to assume policies that align with our underwriting and profit criteria based on the profile of the underlying risk.
Our History
AIIG LLC was founded in 2006 as an insurance holding company by our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Ritchie, in partnership with our Chairman, David Clark, to capitalize on the Florida homeowners insurance market dislocation following the 2004 and 2005 hurricane seasons.
Sowell & Co. capitalized us with an aggregate of $10.3 million in equity investments in 2006 and 2007, which remains the only equity investment that has been made into the business to date. Sowell & Co. is a family office founded in 1972 by James E. Sowell to pursue real estate, oil and gas, and private equity investments. The firm invests the capital of its principals and does not have a drawdown fund structure with a finite life, enabling it to have a longer-term investment horizon and aligning its interests with those of management. As of December 31, 2024, our members’ equity had increased to $162.4 million. Our growth in members’ equity was generated
98
entirely through retained earnings, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 16.8% over 19 years. Additionally, since our formation in 2006 through December 31, 2024, we have paid our members $64.9 million of aggregate profit distributions, excluding distributions related to flow-through tax liabilities. The compound annual growth rate of our members’ equity inclusive of cumulative profit distributions was 19.0% over the same 19-year period.
In March 2007, we commenced operations and were approved to assume up to 165,000 policies from Citizens, of which we assumed a select portion based on a number of criteria including historical performance and our expectations for future profitability, geographic spread of risk and prospects for retention. This initial “depopulation” allowed us to gain scale in the Florida market immediately and in a cost-efficient manner while also providing us time to establish relationships with distribution partners to write in the Voluntary Market. We have participated in additional depopulations from Citizens in each of 2007-2010, 2012-2014, and 2024.
In 2008, we began writing business in the Voluntary Market and have since principally focused our efforts in expanding our volume of policies written through the Voluntary Market. As of December 31, 2024, 79% of our policies in-force were originated by us in the Voluntary Market representing 76% of our premiums in-force.
Since our founding in 2006 we have grown profitably to become a leading provider of residential property insurance in the state of Florida. Throughout our history, we have introduced new products or expanded into additional products relevant to our market in response to policyholder demand and based on our existing underwriting expertise which have strengthened our market presence and relationships with our distribution partners. As an example, in 2010, we began offering insurance for vacant properties in the wake of the global financial crisis, and we were the first admitted carrier in Florida to do so. In 2014, we began to underwrite high-value homeowners and condominium owner’s policies in Florida. In 2018, we began to underwrite coverage for small watercraft in Florida. We may introduce new products and/or expand into additional products in the future.
Corporate Structure
As a holding company, we wholly own five subsidiaries, which include our admitted insurance company, AIICFL, and four subsidiaries that provide various services exclusively to AIICFL. We established each of these
99
subsidiaries in conjunction with our formation in 2006. While our statutory capital and all insurance policies reside at AIICFL, our core operations relating to risk selection, underwriting, claims, brokerage and reinsurance are performed by our other subsidiaries. This structure provides enhanced profit opportunities and capital flexibility for our holding company which we believe benefit our stockholders.
Our subsidiaries include the following:
American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida, Inc. (AIICFL) operates as a Florida-domiciled admitted insurance company with licenses to write business in Florida, Georgia and South Carolina. AIICFL is regulated by the FLOIR. While most of our core operations are performed by our other subsidiaries, our accounting employees are employed by AIICFL.
American Integrity MGA, LLC (AIMGA) operates as a Texas domiciled managing general agency to produce, underwrite, negotiate, bind and administer policies on an exclusive basis for AIICFL. Most of our employees, including our sales, underwriting, product development and marketing employees, are employed by AIMGA.
American Integrity Claims Services, LLC (AICS) manages all non-catastrophe claims for AIICFL and, on an as needed basis, contracts with third-party claims services providers to manage and oversee catastrophe claims. Our claims employees are employed by AICS.
Pinnacle Analytics, LLC (Pinnacle) is responsible for performing ongoing reinsurance related analytical and modeling work for the benefit of AIICFL. Using proprietary tools and technology, Pinnacle monitors, updates and assesses data and information that is available to us in connection with recent events (e.g., storms and other related weather events, regulatory changes and impacts, etc.) to analyze their potential impact on AIICFL’s results of operations, including its various reinsurance programs.
Pinnacle Insurance Consultants, LLC (PIC) acts as the agent of record of policies that are assumed from Citizens and are not already affiliated with an independent insurance agent.
The following diagram depicts our ownership structure prior to the Corporate Contribution and consummation of this offering.
100
Products
We offer a broad set of homeowners and related property and casualty insurance products that we believe provide us attractive premium growth and profit opportunities. Our diversified product set provides coverage for homeowners, condominium owners, manufactured homeowners, landlords and investors principally in Florida, but also in Georgia and South Carolina and we insure perils including wind and hail events, water damage, fire and liability.
Our primary product is homeowners insurance where we focus on owner-occupied single family homes, high value homes and condominium units that fit our target underwriting profitability hurdles. Our dwelling policies insure rental, seasonal, investment and other non-owner-occupied properties. We are one of the select few carriers in Florida that offers a specific policy for vacant homes, a policy which we developed in 2010. We also offer coverage for manufactured homes with a focus on newer model homes that are in gated communities.
The following charts represent our product mix as of December 31, 2024:
| Net In-force Premium | Policies In-force | Total Insured Value | ||
|
|
| ||
MH = Manufactured Home. DP = Dwelling Property. HO = Homeowners. Other = Watercraft, Golf Cart and Other(1)
| (1) | “Other” includes Umbrella policies, which are no longer written and represent legacy Umbrella policies underwritten by AIICFL |
We issue these products on nine distinct policy forms, which are as detailed as follows:
| Product Description | Coverage | |||||
| Homeowners (“HO”) |
HO-3 |
• Covers homes, other structures on property, personal belongings, and additional living expenses • Offers liability and medical payment protection |
• Coverage A $150,000 up to $5,000,000 • Coverage B 1% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C 25% up to 70% of Coverage A • Liability $100,000 up to $500,000 | |||
| HO-4 |
• Renters policy that protects finances and belongings against unfortunate events like theft or fire |
• Coverage C $10,000 up to $250,000 • Liability $100,000 up to $300,000
| ||||
| HO-6 |
• Condo/co-op policy that covers permanently attached structures within the unit, personal property, loss of use, personal liability and medical payments |
• Coverage A $25,000 up to $1,000,000 • Coverage B 1% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C $0 up to 70% of Coverage A • Liability $100,000 up to $500,000
| ||||
| Manufactured Home (“MH”) |
MH |
• Adult park, family park, subdivision, or private property • Policy designed for homes that are built in a factory then transported • Provides protection against damage to the insured home or its contents and general liability from injuries or damages that occur on the property
|
• Coverage A $75,000 up to $750,000 • Coverage B $0 up to 10% of Coverage A • Coverage C 50% up to 100% • Liability $50,000 up to $500,000 | |||
|
Dwelling Property (“DP”) |
DP-1 |
• Most basic coverage offered • Best suited for those who are looking for the minimum coverage on their property • Policy is available for tenant-occupied homes |
• Coverage A $100,000 up to $500,000 • Coverage B 10% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C $0 up to 70% of Coverage A • Liability $100,000 up to $300,000
| |||
| DP-1 Vacant |
• 12-month policy for unoccupied homes |
• Coverage A $100,000 up to $1,500,000 • Coverage B 10% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C $0 up to $10,000 • Liability $100,000 up to $300,000
| ||||
| DP-3 |
• Greatest protection for rental (non-owner occupied) or owner-occupied homes • Offers greater protection than basic fire and wind (DP1) |
• Coverage A $150,000 up to $1,500,000 • Coverage B 1% up to 70% of Coverage A • Coverage C $0 up to 70% of Coverage A • Liability $100,000 up to $500,000
| ||||
101
| Product Description | Coverage | |||||
| Specialty | Watercraft |
• Designed for sailboats, bass boats, pontoons, cruisers, personal watercraft (such as wave runners and jet skis), etc. |
• Hull Value $1,000 up to $300,000 • Trailer Value $1,000 up to $10,000 • Personal Effects $1,000 up to $10,000 • Liability $50,000/$100,000 or $100,000 CSL up to $500,000/$500,000 or $500,000 CSL
| |||
| Golf Cart |
• Standalone insurance policy for golf carts |
• Up to and including $25,000 value • Bodily Injury Liability $10,000/$20,000 up to $250,000/$500,000 or CSL of $300,000 or $500,000 • Property Damage Liability $10,000 up to $250,000 • Uninsured Golf Cart Bodily Injury Liability $10,000/$20,000 up to $500,000/$500,000 • Medical Payments $1,000 up to $10,000
| ||||
In addition, we provide a variety of endorsements and supplemental products that provide policyholders with value-added coverage enhancements. We offer optional endorsements on our HO-3 and HO-6 policies that provide higher levels of standard coverage and optional coverages such as personal injury, animal liability, identity recovery and golf cart physical damage and liability. We also offer access to flood insurance through a partnership with Wright National Flood Insurance Company and home systems and equipment breakdown protection through a strategic alliance with Hartford Steam Boiler. We receive a fee for marketing these supplemental products and do not assume underwriting risk.
Our product team assesses our product offering on a quarterly basis to continuously monitor our products’ positioning and the value proposition of our product portfolio. As an admitted carrier, in the markets where we currently operate, all rate filings are made public, enabling our product team to closely track competitive trends by our peers across geographies on a monthly basis. We use this information, in conjunction with actuarial analysis, to adjust our pricing strategy and identify classes of business we believe are attractive and which we may want to enter. By using sophisticated data capture and business intelligence, we can implement ratemaking decisions based on various underwriting, behavioral and loyalty considerations to respond quickly to competitive trends and profitable market opportunities.
On an ongoing basis, we evaluate the development of new products that may provide attractive growth opportunities and meet our target underwriting profitability hurdles. We seek to introduce new products that complement our existing product offering, seamlessly integrate into our existing operations and enable our distribution partners to better serve their clients. For example, we are currently exploring the development of a commercial residential property product focused on condominium buildings, which leverages our existing condominium expertise and distribution relationships in order to expand into a complementary and underserved market.
Marketing and Distribution
Our multi-channel approach to marketing and distribution is a cornerstone of our success. By strategically investing in preferred distribution relationships and leveraging our expertise in Florida’s niche homeowners insurance market, we have built a differentiated business model that drives growth and profitability.
We distribute our products primarily through the Voluntary Market, which includes partnerships with independent agents, national and regional insurance companies, homebuilder-affiliated agents, and direct-to-consumer channels. Additionally, we selectively assume policies from Citizens that fit our underwriting and profitability criteria. Our diversified distribution strategy mitigates risks, reduces reliance on any single channel, and enables us to reach more potential policyholders. Of our $875 million total premium in-force as of December 31, 2024, $661 million in-force premium comes from the Voluntary Market representing approximately 76% of our total premium in-force.
Channels of Distribution
Independent Agents
Independent agents represent our largest source of new policy origination. These agents are carefully selected based on criteria such as geographic focus, expertise, and alignment with our underwriting priorities. Our internal sales force uses a data-driven approach to incentivize agents to align their business goals with ours by setting performance targets related to loss ratio, retention, volume and other key underwriting metrics. We have
102
approximately 850 independent agent partners through which we source business. These agents have been carefully chosen and capacity is selectively offered by geography, among other criteria, to ensure we do not saturate any particular geographic market with our capacity. Overall, policies produced by independent agents represent $519 million of in-force premium, or approximately 59% of our total in-force premiums as of December 31, 2024. Our largest agency relationship represents approximately 5% of our of in-force premiums. Our growth strategy includes focusing on growing high-potential strategic accounts in Florida, which represent nearly $174 million of in-force premiums as of December 31, 2024.
Homebuilder Affiliated Agents
We have partnered with insurance agencies affiliated with national homebuilders such as D.R. Horton, KB Home, Lennar, Toll Brothers and Pulte. These partnerships allow us to capture a growing market for new-construction homes, which are particularly attractive due to their higher safety standards and technologically advanced risk-mitigation features, such as smart home systems. Our builder-affiliated agencies represent $63 million of in-force premium, or approximately 7% of total in-force premiums as of December 31, 2024, which has grown by over 480% since 2021. We offer quotes to purchasers of single-family homes within days of purchase contracts, which creates a competitive advantage. Additionally, we aim to leverage our homebuilder agent relationships to support our growth in South Carolina and Georgia.
Insurance Companies
We have developed partnerships with national and regional personal lines carriers in the United States, especially those carriers that limit the amount of homeowners insurance they write in Florida due to elevated risk of losses from hurricanes and A.M. Best’s negative treatment of catastrophe exposure. We have developed strategic relationships with insurers such as American Family, Farmers, Liberty Mutual, The Hartford (AARP), Progressive and USAA and regional carriers such as Horace Mann Educators Corporation and South Carolina Farm Bureau Insurance. These partnerships allow insurers to provide homeowners coverage for their policyholders in Florida on our paper while cross-selling private passenger auto and other insurance on their paper. Policies generated through insurance company partnerships account for approximately $45 million of in-force premiums, representing approximately 5% of total in-force premiums as of December 31, 2024, which has increased by over 150% since 2021. As we grow, we aim to maintain mutually beneficial relationships with a focus on long-term profitability; utilize in-house systems, products, and underwriting guidelines to ensure seamless integration with these partners’ agencies; and enter into new company alliances.
103
National Agencies
This distribution channel represents agencies that operate at a national level, and include mortgage-related agencies, national brokers and InsurTech agencies, such as Goosehead Insurance, Guaranteed Rate Insurance, Matic and Blend Insurance. Many of these national agents focus on building relationships with mortgage companies and brokers to produce a point-of-sale book of business. Premiums generated through national agencies represent $34 million of in-force premiums as of December 31, 2024, representing approximately 4% of total in-force premiums as of December 31, 2024. This channel has grown over 200% since 2021 and has helped support our growth into other Southeastern coastal states. We aim to invest in partnerships with tech-enabled agencies to lower customer acquisition costs and streamline policy issuance at the point of sale. The table below shows the diversification of our distribution over the past four years with our business that we write in the Voluntary Market.
|
Voluntary In-force Premium
Channel |
2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | ||||||||||||
| Independent Agents |
$ | 390,573,066 | $ | 466,624,032 | $ | 531,020,714 | $ | 518,948,729 | ||||||||
| Homebuilder Affiliated Agents |
$ | 10,856,880 | $ | 16,159,555 | $ | 34,770,868 | $ | 62,979,829 | ||||||||
| Insurance Companies |
$ | 17,843,369 | $ | 31,350,203 | $ | 41,544,546 | $ | 45,232,533 | ||||||||
|
National Agencies |
$ | 11,073,500 | $ | 20,670,858 | $ | 30,118,604 | $ | 34,172,754 | ||||||||
|
Total Voluntary In-force Premium |
$ | 430,346,815 | $ | 534,804,648 | $ | 637,454,732 | $ | 661,333,845 | ||||||||
|
Citizens |
$ | 30,955,106 | $ | 31,402,552 | $ | 34,536,100 | $ | 213,923,356 | ||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 461,301,921 | $ | 566,207,201 | $ | 671,990,832 | $ | 875,257,201 | ||||||||
|
Voluntary In-force Premium
Channel |
2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | ||||||||||||
| Non-Independent Agents |
$ | 39,773,749 | $ | 68,180,616 | $ | 106,434,018 | $ | 142,385,116 | ||||||||
| % of Total Voluntary In-force Premium |
9% | 13% | 17% | 22% | ||||||||||||
| Independent Agents |
$ | 390,573,066 | $ | 466,624,032 | $ | 531,020,714 | $ | 518,948,729 | ||||||||
|
% of Total Voluntary In-force Premium |
91% | 87% | 83% | 78% | ||||||||||||
|
Total Voluntary In-force Premium |
$ | 430,346,815 | $ | 534,804,648 | $ | 637,454,732 | $ | 661,333,845 | ||||||||
Citizens Depopulations
We opportunistically review and, from time to time, may assume policies from Citizens through the depopulation process, although this is not a primary focus of our policy acquisition efforts. We view pursuing depopulations as an opportunistic strategy to grow our business so long as the policies we assume fit within our underwriting and profitability criteria. Most recently, we pursued four separate depopulations in 2024, as we determined that the policies we could assume through these depopulations were attractive from a geographic, structural, underwriting and profitability perspective. Since most of the policies assumed in 2024 were assumed after the end of hurricane season, we viewed these policies to have had minimal near-term catastrophe risk, and since these assumptions occurred after our reinsurance renewal date of June 1, they were covered by our existing reinsurance program at no incremental cost, thereby providing an attractive near-term profitability opportunity in addition to a longer-term opportunity to profitably grow and compound book value and earnings. Overall, policies assumed from Citizens represent $214 million of in-force premiums as of December 31, 2024, representing 21% of our policies in-force and 24% of our premiums in-force as of December 31, 2024. As the pricing gap between our policies and Citizens policies continues to narrow in part due to the new regulatory reform passed at the end of 2022, we expect there to be additional opportunities to assume policies from Citizens.
104
Underwriting
A disciplined underwriting focus, made possible by proprietary data and bespoke technology systems, is central to our continued success. We continually optimize our rates, forms and point-of-sale underwriting guidelines based on real-time market conditions. We rely on data derived from our technology, our internal processes and our experienced management team to identify trends and modify these underwriting elements accordingly.
Policy Rates
We believe we have a differentiated capability to determine rates at a more localized and granular level than many of our competitors. Our technology system enables us to set rates at the census block level, which we believe provides for highly accurate rate setting and risk selection. We couple this with other attributes tracked in our technology system, including structure characteristics, to enhance our underwriting capabilities. We collaborate with our technology team to implement new rates quickly in response to changing market conditions. Our sophisticated technology system, premier reputation in the market and longstanding relationships with preferred agencies result in our ability to charge rates above the average in our market to ensure long-term profitability. We make pricing decisions that align to acceptable levels of rate adequacy from a regulatory perspective and work effectively with regulators to get necessary filing approvals.
Policy Forms
Although we offer policies under an admitted form, we retain the ability to modify forms with the approval of the FLOIR. We maintain good relations with the FLOIR and believe our track record of making timely, innovative form changes has been a material contributor to our success. Selected examples include:
Roof Wear and Tear. After the Sebo v. American Home Assurance Company ruling in December 2016 determined that claims alleging concurrent losses due to covered and excluded perils could be covered if the policy language did not include language disallowing such claims, we gained approval for a “roof wear and tear” clause that returned our policy contract to a pre-Sebo standard by specifying that damage from a non-insured cause would not be covered.
Cast Iron Pipes. In 2019, our claims department noticed a significant increase in the number of claims related to cast iron pipes, which are particularly susceptible to corrosion in Florida due to the state’s high temperatures and humidity. While low in frequency, these claims have the potential to be significant in severity. Our underwriting team promptly received approval from the FLOIR to modify our policy contract to eliminate this uncovered exposure.
Roof Actual Cash Value. The historic reforms passed by the Florida legislature in December 2022 did not include a return from a “replacement cost” to “actual cash value” standard, exposing us to the possibility of additional Sebo-type claims by requiring us to cover replacement costs regardless of wear and tear occurring over time. Our underwriting team was able to gain approval for a substantive policy form change which includes language to address this issue.
Binding Arbitration. In early 2022, the FLOIR approved our offering of a policy endorsement that offers policyholders a discount of up to 20% in exchange for agreeing to a binding arbitration claims dispute resolution process outside of the court system. The Florida Legislature later codified this into law in Senate Bill 2A in December 2022, and it has prevailed in numerous court challenges. We view this favorably as it benefits our customers with discounts, and settling disputes outside of a court room with a jury partially insulates us from the uncertainty of potentially disproportionate verdicts whereby courts award plaintiffs with compensation well in excess of amounts insurers are contractually obligated to pay customers. Since we first enacted this endorsement, approximately 31% of our policyholders have signed up for it as of December 31, 2024.
Underwriting Guidelines and Filters
Our distribution partners utilize our technology system to quote and bind policies. Our policy administration system incorporates proprietary rating algorithms, underwriting criteria and filters, and third-party data sources to
105
approve only those risks that meet the rigorous underwriting standards of the Company. These standards also manage concentration risk such as the number of residences we insure within the same county, census block, city, and zip code.
Our underwriting department consists of 19 underwriters and 35 client services and billing specialists. Underwriters are assigned to territories in order to specialize and better recognize geographical trends. Our underwriting team uses rules-based algorithms to make an underwriting decision on a majority of policies, with only a limited percentage of policies requiring a decision by an underwriter.
Our policy administration system generates automated quotes, which our underwriters have the authority to manually modify if our distribution partner believes there to be an error in the quote. As the quality of our third-party data and algorithms have improved, the occurrence of needing to manually modify quotes has decreased from approximately 9.0% of quotes for the month of January 2024 to approximately 7.8% of our quotes for the month of December 2024.
Our underwriting team and field sales professionals work closely together, reviewing the portfolios of our independent agent partners and communicating with these agents about any mix of business changes that are needed for achieving profitable growth. We work on agency optimization plans in those cases that involve targeting non-renewals and adjustments to new business mix. Occasionally, we will terminate an agency relationship based on performance standards.
Additionally, our underwriters, working in conjunction with our actuarial and product teams, constantly evaluate our in-force renewal portfolio to ensure these risks continue to meet our current underwriting standards from a rate, guideline and reinsurance perspective. We utilize multiple technology tools to analyze our book of business. Our proprietary data warehouse feeds data into these platforms, which enables us to enhance our underwriting, predict the frequency and severity of catastrophe events, and streamline our claims adjudication. We will target system wide non-renewals of unprofitable business when needed.
Catastrophe Modeling
We incorporate sophisticated catastrophe modeling into our underwriting process and coordinate with our risk management and actuarial departments to ensure our book of business is properly diversified. We are fully self- sufficient from a catastrophe risk analysis perspective and perform these functions in house. Our risk management department regularly analyzes our in-force portfolio to ensure the spread of risk is optimal and aligns with our current strategy. This team leverages the software licensed including Touchstone from AIR (Verisk), Risk Modeler from RMS (Moody’s), RiskInsight from Karen Clark & Company, and Opterrix for weather data along with policy concentration analysis. We also carefully monitor catastrophe events in real time utilizing live event technology functionality which aids in predicting both frequency and severity of catastrophe events to assist with claim adjudication and proper notification to our reinsurance partners.
Claims Management
Our claims department consists of 61 employees who handle all non-catastrophe claims and a portion of catastrophe claims. The claims department is fully integrated with our actuarial, underwriting and product teams to ensure effective communication of any meaningful loss trends.
Our technology automatically assigns incoming claims to adjusters based upon skillset of the adjuster and characteristics of the claim. This allows for the adjudication process to begin sooner and reduces the need to reassign claims in the future. Settlement authority increases with seniority within the department, and our policy administration platform automatically adjusts ownership of the claim as reserves thresholds are surpassed. This allows for streamlined service for the policyholder while retaining control and oversight of the loss facts as severity increases.
106
Further, our technology allows for automation of letter creation to decrease the potential for human error when drafting claim correspondence with policyholders. The system allows for the automated input of key claim characteristics, applicable dates, and most importantly, underlying policy language and terms.
For large-scale loss events, such as hurricanes, we utilize third-party adjusting partners who are carefully selected through an annual RFP process. Despite using third-party adjusting partners, these catastrophe claims are still closely managed by the claims department to ensure consistency and accuracy of our claims handling.
Our litigation department consists of an additional 29 employees, including eight licensed attorneys as of April 21, 2025, which has decreased substantially since 2024, as the recent legislative reforms have reduced our frequency of non-catastrophe claims. These employees and attorneys handle all litigated claims either internally or in conjunction with third-party panel counsel partners. We seek to reduce our litigation expenses by settling claims for the amount that we believe we owe. This department also manages all liability claims regardless of litigation status. We are able to manage most claims in-house and only utilize assistance, at times, from third-party administrators following larger catastrophe storms. We believe by maintaining in-house litigation and claims management teams, we can achieve synergies that would be unavailable if these functions were outsourced to third parties.
Subrogation is a component of our total net reserves for losses and LAE. There has been an increase in our efforts to pursue subrogation against third parties responsible for property damage losses to our policyholders. We have engaged a third party to pursue additional subrogation recoveries since 2018 and are seeking to improve subrogation recoveries in the future.
Technology
As a data-driven underwriting company, we rely heavily on our robust technology system. We believe that our technology system differentiates us in the market from our competitors by allowing us to rapidly develop and program rates at a granular level down to the census block, seamlessly integrate application programming interfaces from third-party data providers to enable real-time, front-line underwriting, and produce actionable business intelligence for us to identify emerging trends.
Our policy and claims administration system is Guidewire InsuranceNow, which integrates all of our business units so that our producers, underwriters, claims adjusters and management can view the business through a consistent lens. InsuranceNow is an event-driven platform, with a new quote or first notice of loss initiating our underwriting or claims adjudication processes. We operate under a perpetual license to the service, which we believe is attractive because it is structured so that our internal IT resources can customize our instance of InsuranceNow and integrate several third-party data sources into the platform. This optimizes and enhances the system to our unique specifications.
The ease-of-use of InsuranceNow gives us a competitive advantage with our distribution partners when they choose which carriers to submit business. Our ability to build custom interfaces with our distribution partners, third-party data providers and other stakeholders enhances the rating and underwriting functions of the platform. Lastly, our system’s ability to produce reliable and clean data allows for the usage of our proprietary data warehouse to drive our data-driven decision making.
Reinsurance and Risk Transfer
We strategically purchase reinsurance from third parties, which we believe enhances our business by protecting our capital from the impact of severe events (either large single event losses and catastrophes), which reduces
volatility in our earnings. When an insurance company purchases reinsurance, it transfers or “cedes” all or a portion of its exposure on policies it underwrites to another insurer (the “reinsurer”) in exchange for a premium. Ceding of insurance to the reinsurer, however, does not legally discharge the insurance company from its primary liability of its policies. We remain liable for the entire insured loss if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations to us under the reinsurance agreement.
107
For the June 1, 2024 to May 31, 2025 catastrophe reinsurance year, our net retention is $20 million for a single event (inclusive of $10 million retained via our segregated cell captive reinsurer), whether a named storm or a severe convective storm, representing 12.3% of our members’ equity at December 31, 2024. “Net retention” refers to our expected losses retained in connection with our reinsurance program. We own a segregated cell captive reinsurer as an offshore segregated cell, and funded it with an original deposit of capital from our holding company in 2023 in the amount of approximately $1.6 million. For 2024, the segregated cell was funded with approximately $3.7 million of profits from the prior year and approximately $16.5 million of ceded premiums from our insurance company. We believe the formation of the segregated cell captive reinsurer was a capital efficient way to offset the rising cost of reinsurance for lower layer coverages, and we believe our use of traditional reinsurance and the captive offers an optimal balance of risk, reward and cost.
Our reinsurance contracts are predominantly one year in length and renew annually throughout the year, primarily in January and June. At each annual renewal, we consider several factors that influence any changes to our reinsurance purchases, including any plans to change the underlying insurance coverage we offer, updated loss activity, the level of our capital and surplus, changes in our risk appetite and the cost and availability of reinsurance.
We purchase catastrophe excess of loss (“XOL”), quota share reinsurance, per-risk excess of loss reinsurance and facultative excess of loss reinsurance coverage in order to limit our exposure from losses. Our catastrophe XOL reinsurance provides coverage for catastrophe events, subject to specified exclusions, in excess of a specified amount. This coverage in particular significantly limits our net retained losses in a catastrophe event, provides coverage for multiple catastrophe events and gives us substantial aggregate coverage for a given year. Our quota share reinsurance provides coverage for a specified percentage of our retained liability of non-catastrophe losses. Our property per risk excess of loss and facultative excess of loss reinsurance provide coverage for individual property losses in excess of a retained amount on a single loss occurrence, which we use selectively to supplement limits or to cover risks or perils excluded from other reinsurance contracts such as fire. Our reinsurance program serves to reduce underwriting volatility and increase our overall underwriting capacity. We believe our mix of reinsurance coverage optimizes for efficiency, cost, our risk appetite and the specific factors of the underlying risks we underwrite.
Catastrophe XOL Reinsurance Coverage
We purchase catastrophe XOL reinsurance coverage to mitigate an aggregation of property losses due to a single event or series of events. We believe our current reinsurance program provides expansive coverage, and we believe it provides more coverage compared to the reinsurance coverage purchased by many of our competitors. Despite the current “hard market” in reinsurance of driving higher reinsurance costs, increased primary retentions, more exclusions and reduced capacity, we have managed to retain “multi-peril coverage” which we believe is, in large part, due to our market position and tenure, underwriting track record and reputation for selective underwriting and strong reinsurer relationships. “Multi-peril coverage,” in contrast with named storm coverage that specifically protects against losses caused by named storms only (such as hurricanes or tropical storms), provides us more comprehensive protection against a broad range of risks or perils including, but not limited to, named storms, severe convective storms, earthquake, riots, freezes and firestorms.
To inform our purchase of catastrophe reinsurance, our risk management team uses third-party stochastic models to analyze the risk of aggregation of losses from catastrophe events. These models provide a quantitative view of our PML, which is an estimate of the level of loss we would expect to experience once in a given number of years, referred to as the return period. Based upon our modeling, it would take an event beyond our 1-in-130 year PML of $1.2 billion, based on the AIR model, to exhaust our approximately $1.4 billion property catastrophe reinsurance coverage, as of June 1, 2024.
The AIR model calculates our losses under multiple scenarios, taking into account potential increases in costs due to the effects of inflation and increased development density (calculated as if the event had occurred on the date the
108
analysis was run), prior to the impact of any take-outs through Citizens, including if certain historical catastrophes were to reoccur. The AIR model is updated on an annual basis. Under our current reinsurance program, because the modeled PML for each of these historical events is less than approximately $1.4 billion, should an event equivalent to any of these historical events reoccur our hypothetical net loss per event would be capped at our current net retention of $20 million as of June 1, 2024 (which includes the amount retained via our segregated cell captive) as demonstrated in the following table, which reflects our gross losses before reinsurance and inclusive of a 20% LAE load, which we believe to be a conservative estimate of our actual LAE on a large event:
| Historical Event |
Modeled PML(1) | |||
| (in millions) | ||||
| 2004 Charley C4 |
$ | 451.9 | ||
| 2017 Irma C4 |
437.0 | |||
| 2004 Jeanne C3 |
257.4 | |||
| 2018 Michael C5 |
140.3 | |||
| 2005 Wilma C3 |
151.2 | |||
| 2004 Ivan C3 |
118.9 | |||
| 1995 Opal C3 |
94.1 | |||
| 2005 Dennis C3 |
55.3 | |||
| 1992 Andrew C5 |
33.4 | |||
| (1) | “Modeled PML” represents loss figures generated by the AIR model for historical events for exposure from our policies in-force as of December 31, 2024 for the year ended December 31, 2024. |
We believe our current reinsurance program provides coverage well in excess of our theoretical losses from any recorded historical event or season.
Catastrophe XOL Reinsurance Treaty
Our current catastrophe XOL reinsurance program, for the June 1, 2024 to May 31, 2025 catastrophe reinsurance year, has six layers of coverage. For the first catastrophe event in a season, our reinsurance program would provide total coverage up to approximately $1.4 billion after our total net retention of up to $20 million (inclusive of an initial net retention of $10 million and an additional $10 million retained via our segregated cell captive), and for the second catastrophe event, we would have coverage up to $1 billion after our initial retention of $20 million (inclusive of an initial net retention of $10 million and an additional $10 million retained via a reinstatement from our segregated cell captive). We partner with over 20 traditional reinsurers for this coverage. For the third and fourth catastrophe events, our catastrophe bonds would provide coverage up to $210 million after our initial retention of $10 million (our segregated cell captive does not retain any liability for a third or fourth catastrophe event). To mitigate potential volatility in reinsurance market conditions, we have prepaid reinstatement premiums or purchased reinstatement premium coverage for all layers that include reinstatement provisions. Reinstatements, where included, provide coverage in the event more than one catastrophe event occurs within one year.
We purchase XOL reinsurance coverage at a June 1st renewal date. At each reinsurance treaty renewal, we consider several factors that influence any changes to our reinsurance purchases, including any plans to change the underlying insurance coverage we offer, updated loss activity, the level of our capital and surplus, changes in our risk appetite and the cost and availability of reinsurance.
We have two reinsurance contracts that include a no claims bonus feature, whereby we can accrue to our benefit the amount of 20% of the original deposit premium in the event we have no or minimal losses to that layer. The maximum benefit we would receive under this contract is $4.5 million, as of June 1, 2024, which would be reflected as lower ceded premiums on our income statement.
We additionally have reinsurance from the FHCF and a named storm inuring layer which inure to all six layers of our coverage. Our FHCF coverage is mandated by the state of Florida and includes an estimated maximum
109
provisional limit of 90% of $351.2 million, or $316.1 million, in excess of our retention and private reinsurance of $178.2 million. A panel of private reinsurers cover the remaining 10% of the $351.2 million loss and LAE. The limit and retention of the FHCF coverage will be subject to upward or downward adjustment based on, among other things, submitted exposures to FHCF by all participants. Our private reinsurance would generally adjust to fill in gaps in the FHCF coverage, if any. Our named storm inuring layer is a wrap layer which was initially mandated and provided by the state of Florida in our 2022-2023 treaty year reinsurance program. For the 2024-2025 treaty year, we replaced it with a private layer of $75 million in excess of $135 million of losses and LAE, providing 20% LAE coverage.
To supplement our reinsurance program, we have placed collateralized catastrophe bonds in the private markets to protect against named storm events in Florida on an indemnity and cascading per-occurrence basis. Our bonds include investments from prominent catastrophe bond investors which we view as a testament to our strong underwriting results throughout our history. In March 2024, we successfully placed a multi-tranche $305 million catastrophe bond (“Integrity Re 2024-1”), the seventh bond issuance we have sponsored since 2017, expiring at the end of May 2026. In March 2023, we placed a $150 million Class A catastrophe bond (“Integrity Re 2023-1”), expiring at the end of May 2025. In May 2022, we placed $75 million of a Class A tranche of catastrophe bonds with a 7% coupon over a three-year term (“Integrity Re 2022-1”). Integrity Re 2024-1 insures to layers 4, 5, and 6, whereas Integrity Re 2023-1 inures only to layer 6. Both Integrity Re 2024-1 and 2023-1 inure to Integrity Re 2022-1.
Our catastrophe XOL reinsurance is illustrated below:
In addition to the reinsurance purchased by the FHCF, we seek to purchase reinsurance from a high-quality panel of reinsurers that are rated at least “A-” (Excellent) or better by A.M. Best as of our June 1, 2024 renewal or for which we hold collateral up to 100% of the reinsurance recoverable. While we only select reinsurers whom we
110
believe to have acceptable credit and A.M. Best ratings, if our reinsurers are unable to pay the claims for which they are responsible, we ultimately retain primary liability to our policyholders. Failure of the reinsurer to honor its obligations could result in losses to us; therefore, we establish allowances for amounts considered uncollectible.
The following table sets forth our most significant reinsurers by amount of reinsurance recoverables and the amount of reinsurance recoverables pertaining to each such reinsurer as well as A.M. Best rating as of December 31, 2024.
| Reinsurer |
Reinsurance Recoverables as of December 31, 2024 ($ in thousands) |
A.M. Best Rating as of December 31, 2024 | ||||
| Hannover Ruck SE |
$ | 125,428 | A+ | |||
| National Liability & Fire Insurance Company. |
30,000 | A++ | ||||
| Horseshoe Re Limited |
28,981 | Collateralized | ||||
| Arch Reinsurance Ltd |
18,485 | A+ | ||||
| Insurance Company Of The West |
17,148 | A | ||||
| Ada Re. |
16,799 | Collateralized | ||||
| Renaissance Reinsurance Ltd. |
16,010 | A+ | ||||
| DaVinci Reinsurance Limited |
15,964 | A | ||||
| General Reinsurance Corporation |
13,878 | A++ | ||||
| Transatlantic Reinsurance Company |
13,568 | A++ | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
| Top 10 Total |
296,261 | A+ | ||||
| All others |
108,967 | A | ||||
| Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund |
56,869 | — | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 462,097 | ||||
|
|
|
|||||
The FHCF is a tax-exempt state trust fund that provides reimbursements to residential property insurance companies for a portion of their catastrophic hurricane losses in Florida. The FHCF is neither rated nor collateralized and is designed to be self-supporting (except in extraordinary situations) and funded only with premium revenues paid by residential property insurance companies, investment income, and in some circumstances, revenue bonds backed by emergency assessments on most types of property and casualty insurance premiums. Included in “All others” above are reinsurers that are not rated by A.M. Best but are fully collateralized.
Non-Catastrophe Quota Share Reinsurance
We have a non-catastrophe quota share reinsurance arrangement with a group of seven major reinsurers, whereby 40% of our GPW (net of premium ceded to XOL reinsurers) and associated losses for the December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 NCQSR reinsurance year are ceded to these counterparties. The quota share reinsurance provides capital support for the GPW ceded under the treaties and mitigates the negative income statement impact of higher than expected attritional losses in a given year by ceding 40% of those unanticipated losses to the reinsurers. This results in an increase in underwriting capacity as our premium to surplus leverage ratio improves given the ceding of these anticipated losses to reinsurers.
We receive a ceding commission from our quota share reinsurers. The minimum ceding commission provides a mechanism for the reinsurers to share in the downside risk of higher-than-expected losses. Additionally, the quota share reinsurance treaties also provide coverage for a pro-rata share of our net retained losses from a catastrophe event subject to a limit of approximately 2.5% of subject premium.
111
Flood Quota Share Reinsurance
We have a flood quota share agreement with two reinsurers. This represents a 100% quota share of our gross liability for each risk classified as Primary Flood Business. We earn a flat ceding commission of 26% on the GPW ceded to our reinsurers.
Property Per Risk & Facultative XOL
Concurrent with offering high-value homeowners policies, beginning in 2013 we established a property per risk treaty that provides up to $5 million of reinsurance coverage for non-catastrophe losses from individual policies in excess of $1 million. We then attach facultative reinsurance at a $6 million retention that offers coverage up to $12 million for an individual property. This treaty also inures to the benefit of the quota share treaties. The treaty provides for three reinstatements at no additional cost.
Investments
We collect premiums from our policyholders and hold a portion of these funds in reserves until claims are paid. We then invest these reserves, alongside our net equity capital, primarily in investment-grade fixed income securities and cash and cash equivalents to generate stable and predictable investment returns. The portfolio guidelines governing our investment criteria are approved by the Investment Committee of our Board of Directors, consistent with regulatory guidelines for the state of Florida, and our investments are managed by a highly-regarded asset management firm.
Our fixed income portfolio represented 80.9% and 73.3% of our total $214 million and $195 million of invested assets as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, had a weighted average effective duration of 0.95 years and 0.85 years as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, and an average credit rating of “A” (Standard & Poor’s) as of December 31, 2024 and “AA” as of December 31, 2023.
Our invested assets consist primarily of investment-grade and government fixed-maturity securities that we believe provide desired preservation of our capital. Our investments, as of December 31, 2024, are as follows:
| Investment Portfolio by Type | Credit Rating Allocations | |
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
Reserves
We take a conservative approach to establishing loss reserves and have historically experienced reserve redundancy (“excess reserves”). When a claim is reported to us or when an event occurs, we establish loss reserves to cover our estimated ultimate losses and LAE relating to the investigation and settlement of policy claims. These reserves include estimates of the cost of the claims reported to us (“case reserves”) and estimates of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not yet reported (“IBNR”) and are net of estimated related salvage, subrogation recoverables and reinsurance recoverables. Reserves are estimates involving actuarial projections of the expected ultimate cost to settle and administer claims at a given time but are not expected to precisely represent the ultimate liability. Estimates are based upon past loss experience modified for current trends as well as prevailing economic, legal and social conditions. Such estimates will also be based on facts and circumstances then known but are subject to significant uncertainty based on the outcome of various factors, such
112
as future events, future trends in claim severity, inflation and changes in the judicial interpretation of policy provisions relating to the determination of coverage.
Reserve amounts for IBNR claims are determined based on actuarial analysis of our historical loss experience and claims trends in the overall insurance industry, as well as other factors that could impact the expected frequency and severity of claims. These other factors include lines of business, claims processing procedures, enacted legislation, judicial decisions and other legal developments, and general economic conditions, including economic and social inflation.
Upon first notice of loss, we establish an initial case reserve for all claims. Starting in 2024, we increased the amount that we establish for case reserves from $3,000 to $15,000 per claim for named storms in order to hedge against risk of loss. The claims adjuster handling the claim may then adjust the case reserve up or down as necessary. Our case reserves for all other claims remains at $3,000 per claim. Case reserve amounts are revised following further review of the claim based upon the judgment of the assigned adjuster and following the estimate of damage based upon a physical inspection. As claims mature, reserve estimates are updated as deemed necessary by our claims department based upon additional information received regarding the loss, the results of additional on-site reviews and any other information gathered while reviewing the claim.
We also have a comprehensive reserving program which utilizes both internal resources and peer review from external sources. We conduct full internal actuarial reviews each quarter and update actual versus expected reserve development on the same basis. By utilizing various reserving methodologies and diagnostics including closing timelines and payment patters, we are able to update the range of potential outcomes for our ultimate claim payouts. Our legal and claims leaders work closely with our internal and external actuaries as they examine the data to ensure that significant patterns and trends are incorporated into the analysis. For example, the modification of our case reserving methodology for catastrophes in 2024 was based on this analysis, which also included a review of historical reserving trends and recent inflation trends.
We are involved in claims-related legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business and accrue estimated amounts of the related unpaid losses and LAE during the period that we determine an unfavorable outcome becomes probable. Aside from claims-related and ordinary course litigation, we are not aware of any pending litigation against it that would have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Competition
The Florida homeowners insurance market is characterized by a distinctive competitive landscape, primarily influenced by the limited presence of national carriers and the significant role of state-backed entities. As of December 31, 2024, national insurance carriers collectively accounted for approximately 33% of the market share based on DPW. In contrast, Citizens held approximately 15% of the market share, positioning it as the largest individual insurer in Florida.
Within our targeted regions in Florida, we face competition from insurers including Tower Hill Insurance Group, Florida Peninsula Insurance Company, Frontline Insurance Unlimited Company, Southern Oak Insurance Company and Progressive. We have identified our competitors based upon geographical considerations, competition for independent agents, key metrics such as policies in-force, and trends in the industry based on information from our internal sales team.
Ratings
As of December 31, 2024, our insurance entity, AIICFL, maintains a Financial Stability Ratio of “A, Exceptional” by Demotech, a financial analysis firm that has been rating independent, regional and specialty insurance carriers since 1989, and a BBB+ financial strength rating, with stable outlook, from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC. Additionally, the Company maintains a BB+ rating, with stable outlook, from the Kroll Bond Rating Agency, LLC.
113
Intellectual Property
We have applied for various trademark registrations in the United States at both the federal and state levels. We will pursue additional trademark registrations and other intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective. In addition, we monitor our trademarks and service marks regularly and protect them from unauthorized use as necessary.
Employees
As of December 31, 2024, we had 294 employees, all of whom are full time employees. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement and have not experienced any work stoppages or strikes as a result of labor disputes. We consider relations with our employees to be good.
We strive to be a leading employer in both our industry and local community. We cultivate a workplace culture centered around our six core corporate values: integrity, commitment, teamwork, humility, passion and fun. Through this culture, we foster a rich diversity of thought, background and perspective, leading to high employee retention and satisfaction. In addition, we offer and maintain an attractive benefits package designed to support the well-being of our employees, including, but not limited to, life, medical, dental and vision insurance, a 401(k) plan, paid time off, family leave, COBRA coverage and employee assistance programs. Our employees are our most valuable asset, and we emphasize their training and continuous personal and professional development and growth through various initiatives including programs run by our Director of Training and potential education reimbursements.
We have been recognized as a leading employer in the insurance industry and our local community. We have been named one of the “Best Places to Work” by Business Insurance from 2014 through 2024. We have also been named a “Top Work Place in Tampa” by the Tampa Bay Times and a “Top Work Place in the USA” based on employee feedback.
Facilities
Our corporate offices and primary insurance operations are located in Tampa, FL where we occupy approximately 57,640 square feet of office space for annual rent and rent-related operating payments of approximately $2.4 million. The term of the lease expires in February 2026. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are subject to routine legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. We believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Regulation
The insurance industry is highly regulated by state insurance regulators. AIICFL is subject to the laws and regulations of the state of Florida and any other state where we may seek to do business. The regulatory structure
114
in Florida and other states provides for regulation of virtually all aspects of our business and is generally designed to protect the interests of policyholders, not stockholders. These regulations relate to a variety of matters, both financial and otherwise, including among other things:
| • | capital and surplus requirements; |
| • | risk-based capital requirements; |
| • | dividend limitations; |
| • | investment limitations; |
| • | underwriting limitations; |
| • | writing ratios; |
| • | reserve requirements; |
| • | approval of and restrictions on transactions between insurers and affiliates; |
| • | approval of rates and forms; |
| • | approval of changes in control; |
| • | corporate governance; |
| • | claims practices; |
| • | market conduct; |
| • | approval and sufficiency of reinsurance contracts; |
| • | policyholder service; |
| • | filing of required reports and data call submissions; |
| • | approval of company officers and directors and 10% or more owners; and |
| • | licensing and appointment of agents. |
Florida, like many states, has adopted numerous model laws and regulations as promulgated by the NAIC. State statutes and administrative rules generally require each insurance company that is part of a holding company group to register with the department of insurance in its state of domicile and to furnish information concerning the operations of the companies within the holding company system which may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the group.
As part of its registration and ongoing regulation under the insurance holding company statutes, each insurance company must identify material agreements, relationships and transactions with affiliates, including without limitation loans, investments, asset transfers, transactions outside of the ordinary course of business, certain management, service, and cost sharing agreements, reinsurance transactions, dividends and consolidated tax allocation agreements. Many of these agreements or transactions require regulatory approval prior to being effectuated.
The Florida Legislature is very active in assuring that the Florida Insurance Commissioner has the tools needed to strongly regulate the industry. The 2023 Florida Legislature enacted CS/SB 7052, an act related to insurer accountability. This new law substantially increased financial penalties applicable to insurers that do not follow the law, increases the cadence of financial and market conduct examinations, creating detailed standards to determine if an insurer is operating in a hazardous condition and granting enhanced powers to regulate hazardous insurers, creating new unfair trade practices, requiring insurers to develop detailed claims manuals, and granting authority to the Insurance Commissioner to review such manuals, and providing funds for regulators to hire more staff to regulate insurers.
115
Our failure to comply with applicable insurance laws, regulations or requirements in any state could have a material adverse effect on our business, our reputation, our operational results and/or our financial condition.
Insurance Holding Company Laws
The Company, as the ultimate parent company of AIICFL, is subject to certain laws of the State of Florida governing insurance holding company systems. These laws, among other things, (i) require us to file periodic information with the FLOIR, including information concerning our capital structure, ownership, financial condition and general business operations, (ii) regulate certain transactions between us and our affiliates, including the amount of dividends and other distributions, the terms of surplus notes and amounts that our affiliates can charge the Insurance Entities for services such as policy administration and claims administration, and (iii) restrict the ability of any one person to acquire certain levels of our voting securities without prior regulatory approval.
The Florida Insurance Code prohibits any person from acquiring control of the Insurance Entities or their holding companies unless that person has filed a notification with specified information with the FLOIR and has obtained the FLOIR’s prior approval. Under the Florida Insurance Code, acquiring 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company or its parent company is presumptively considered an acquisition of control of the insurance company, although such presumption may be rebutted. Some state insurance laws require prior notification to state insurance regulators of an acquisition of control of a non-domiciliary insurance company doing business in that state.
Insurance holding company regulations also govern the amount any affiliate of the holding company may charge AIICFL for services (e.g., claims adjustment, administration, management fees and commissions). Further, insurance holding company regulations may also require prior approval of insurance regulators for amendments to or terminations of certain affiliate agreements.
Own-risk Solvency Assessment and Model Audit Rule Compliance and Costs
Florida statutes require insurers to file Own-risk Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) summary reports annually. The ORSA is an internal assessment, tailored to the nature, scale, and complexity of an insurer or insurance group, conducted by that insurer or insurance group, of the material and relevant risks associated with the business plan of an insurer or insurance group and the sufficiency of capital resources to support those risks. Insurers that exceed $500 million in gross written premiums may be subjected to additional reporting and compliance requirements and costs.
In addition, the NAIC promulgated a Model Audit Rule, which places additional compliance duties and costs on insurers that exceed $500 million in DPW. This rule includes the establishment of additional internal controls, disclosing unremediated material weaknesses and analysis of any limitations of internal control.
As AIICFL grows, and exceeds these premium thresholds, additional costs and duties under these statutes and rules must be implemented.
Capital Requirements
State insurance authorities monitor insurance companies’ solvency and capital requirements using various statutory requirements and industry ratios. Initially, states require minimum capital levels based on the lines of business written by a company and set requirements regarding the ongoing amount and composition of capital. Certain state regulators also require state deposits in their respective states. As a company grows, additional capital measures and standards may be implemented by a regulator. Regulatory authorities use an RBC model published by the NAIC to monitor and regulate the capital adequacy and solvency of licensed property and casualty insurance companies. These guidelines measure three major areas of risk facing property and casualty
116
insurers: (i) underwriting risks, which encompass the risk of adverse loss developments and inadequate pricing, (ii) declines in asset values arising from credit risk and (iii) other business risks. Most states, including Florida, have enacted the NAIC guidelines as statutory requirements, and insurers having less surplus than required by applicable statutes and ratios are subject to varying degrees of regulatory action depending on the level of capital inadequacy.
Solvency Regulation
Solvency requirements are statutorily prescribed by each state and evaluated primarily according to the requirements of the domiciliary (home) state of the insurer. Insurers are subject to specific accounting rules known as statutory accounting, which is a conservative methodology designed to admit only those assets that can be quickly converted to cash to pay insurance claims. As a result, there are significant limitations on asset classes and whether those assets can be counted on the company’s balance sheet. Many assets that anchor the balance sheets of non-insurance companies, such as real estate, goodwill, older receivables, intangible assets, etc., are excluded from an insurance company’s balance sheet.
Insurers are subject to ongoing financial analysis predominantly by their state of domicile but also to a more limited degree by each state in which they conduct business. This includes the filing of quarterly and annual financial statements in a prescribed format, compliance with risk-based capital requirements which measure the insurer’s level of capital to determine if it is adequate in proportion to its risk, the filing of holding company registration statements, and a host of other financial solvency reporting requirements. Insurers are also subject to regularly scheduled or targeted financial examinations which may be conducted by the domiciliary state or any state in which the company is licensed. The results of financial examinations are disclosed in a final report of examination which is a public document.
Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions
As a holding company with no significant business operations of its own, we rely on dividend payments from our subsidiaries as our principal source of cash to pay stockholder dividends, support subsidiary operations and development, and meet our short-and long-term obligations. Dividends paid by our subsidiaries other than AIICFL are not subject to the statutory restrictions set forth in the Florida Insurance Code.
State insurance laws govern the payment of dividends by insurance companies. The maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by Florida insurance companies such as AIICFL without prior approval of the commissioner of the FLOIR is subject to restrictions relating to statutory surplus. The maximum dividend that may be paid by AIICFL to its immediate parent company without prior approval is limited to the lesser of statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or statutory unassigned surplus as of the preceding year end.
Market Conduct Regulation
Insurers are also subject to market conduct examination in their home state or in any state in which they do business to determine compliance with each state’s insurance laws and rules or regulations. These examinations focus on such areas as claims payment practices, consumer complaints, marketing activities, rate and form issues, governance and other compliance activities. These examinations may be regularly scheduled or targeted market conduct examinations. The results of market conduct examinations are also disclosed in a final report which is a public document.
Rate and Form Regulation
Most states regulate the content of a policy form to ensure that they comply with applicable statutory provisions and do not contain unfair or deceptive provisions; Florida and most states require the policy forms to be filed and
117
approved prior to use. Florida and most states also regulate the rate that an insurer can charge for coverage to determine that the rates are “not excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory” and required that the rates be approved prior to use.
Florida’s Property Insurance Litigation Environment
Data contained in the NAIC’s 2021 Market Conduct Annual Statement (“MCAS”) report reflected that while Florida in 2019 accounted for 8% of homeowners insurance claim filed nationwide, it accounted for 76% of homeowners litigation initiated nationwide. Florida lawmakers convened two special sessions in 2022 to address property insurance reform, including measures to improve the litigation environment. Senate Bill 2-A (“SB 2A”), which passed in December of 2022, included a provision which eliminated the right to attorneys’ fees under a residential or commercial property insurance policy. The latest MCAS report as of 2022 reflected that Florida accounted for 14.9% of homeowners insurance claims filed nationwide with 70.8% of homeowners litigation nationwide. The inordinate levels of litigation in Florida have largely been driven by the historic requirement mandating attorneys’ fees be paid by the insurance company if a claimant litigates and obtains even one dollar more than what the insurance company offered in its claim settlement. Policyholders that litigate and lose, however, have not historically been bound to pay the insurer any attorneys’ fees, creating a perverse incentive for individual plaintiffs lawyers to file hundreds, and many times thousands of cases netting small dollar awards for consumers, but substantial attorneys’ fees for the lawyers. SB 2A eliminated this “one-way attorneys’ fees” bringing Florida in line with most other states.
The 2023 Florida Legislature clarified SB 2A by enacting a provision mandating that the elimination of the one-way attorneys’ fees apply prospectively on policies which renewed after SB 2A’s effective date, and which also had a claim filed on the renewed policy. As a result, plaintiffs’ lawyers have filed an unprecedented number of lawsuits on claims occurring under the pendency of the old one-way attorneys’ fee law, including claims involving losses in Hurricane Ian, which made landfall as a Category 5 storm in September 2022. Information provided by the Florida Department of Financial Services, which must be provided service of process in all insurance related litigation, indicates that service of process accepted by the Florida Department of Financial Services on behalf of insurance companies dropped 33% in 2024 to 24%, compared with 2023. In addition, AIICFL has experienced a decline in non-hurricane related claims lawsuits between December 2022 and December 2023 of 70%, as each month during that 12-month period policies renewed and new claims occurring during that period were subjected to the new law. All policies are now subject to the new law for claims occurring from this point forward.
Underwriting and Marketing Restrictions
From time to time, regulatory and legislative bodies in Florida and in other states have adopted or proposed new laws or regulations to address the cyclical nature of the insurance industry, catastrophic events and insurance capacity and pricing. These regulations (i) restrict certain policy non-renewals or cancellations and require advance notice on certain policy non-renewals and (ii) from a practical standpoint, limit or delay rate changes for a specified period during or after a catastrophe event. Most states, including Florida, also have insurance laws requiring that rate schedules and other information be filed for review by the insurance regulatory authority. The insurance regulatory authority may disapprove a rate filing if it finds that the proposed rates would be inadequate, excessive or unfairly discriminatory. Rates, which are not necessarily uniform for all insurers, vary by many factors including class of business, hazard covered, risk location, reinsurance cost, incurred losses and size of risk.
Most states, including Florida, require licensure or insurance regulatory authority approval prior to the marketing of new insurance products. Typically, licensure review is comprehensive and includes a review of a company’s business plan, solvency, reinsurance, character and experience of its officers and directors, rates, forms and other financial and non-financial aspects of the company. The insurance regulatory authorities may prohibit entry into a new market by not granting a license or by withholding approval for an insurer to write new lines of business.
118
The Company is subject to comprehensive regulatory oversight and regulations, which include periodic reporting to regulators and regulatory examinations to assure the Company maintains compliance with statutory requirements, and the payment of fees, premium taxes and assessments in order to maintain its licenses.
Privacy and Information Security Regulation
Federal and state laws and regulations require certain business entities to protect the security and confidentiality of non-public personal information and to notify policyholders and other individuals about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of customer information and their practices relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of that information. The NAIC issued a model law on cybersecurity, which is leading to adoption of the same or similar provisions in the states where we do business. In addition, some states have adopted, and others might adopt, cybersecurity regulations that differ from proposed model acts or from the laws enacted in other states. Federal and state lawmakers and regulatory bodies may be expected to consider additional or more detailed regulation regarding these subjects and the privacy and security of non-public personal information.
119
Directors and Executive Officers
Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as of the date hereof.
| Name |
Age |
Position | ||
| Robert Ritchie |
66 | Chief Executive Officer and Director Nominee | ||
| David Clark |
53 | Chairman and Director | ||
| Jon Ritchie |
40 | President | ||
| Ben Lurie |
47 |
Chief Financial Officer | ||
| Steven Smathers |
74 | Director Nominee | ||
| Ernest N. Csiszar |
74 | Director Nominee | ||
| Steven B. Mathis |
57 | Director Nominee |
Robert Ritchie is the Founder of AIIG LLC. He has served as Chief Executive Officer and on the Board of AIIG LLC since its founding in 2006. He serves in the same positions with our subsidiaries. Mr. Ritchie has more than 40 years of experience in the insurance industry, leading and building various businesses ranking from startups to large national insurance companies. Mr. Ritchie leveraged his insurance expertise and leadership acumen to establish AIIG LLC following an unprecedented hurricane season in 2004 that resulted in many insurance companies exiting the Florida market. Mr. Ritchie served as Executive Vice President for American Modern Insurance Group (now part of Munich Re) from 2003 to 2006 and previously as Senior Vice President for GE Insurance Solutions, as part of Employers Reinsurance Corporation. His previous experience includes leadership positions as Senior Vice President at CNA Insurance, Regional Vice President at AIG and Regional Vice President at The Home Insurance Company. His early career includes positions with Zurich Insurance. Mr. Ritchie has a Bachelor of Science in Finance from the University of Evansville. After more than three decades in the insurance industry, Mr. Ritchie brings deep industry experience, knowledge and leadership to the Company.
We believe Mr. Ritchie is qualified to serve as a Director of American Integrity due to his extensive leadership experience and expertise within the insurance industry.
David Clark has served as the Chairman of AIIG LLC since July 2006, and serves as a Managing Director of Sowell & Co., a family office where he has worked since 1999. In this capacity, he has served on the boards of numerous companies including Savantis Solutions LLC from 2014 to present, BEST Engineered Surface Technologies, LLC from 2018 to present, Ace Aeronautics, LLC from 2015 to 2022, CareCycle Solutions, LLC from 2004 to 2016 and Sergeant’s Pet Care Products Inc from 2008 to 2012. Mr. Clark earned a Bachelor of Business Administration (Finance) and a Bachelor of Arts (Plan II) from the University of Texas at Austin. After working as a consultant for McKinsey & Co., Mr. Clark earned a Master of Management from Northwestern University’s J.L. Kellogg School of Management.
We believe Mr. Clark is qualified to serve as a Director of American Integrity due to his extensive leadership experience from serving on multiple boards of directors.
Jon Ritchie has served as President of AIIG LLC since November 2024 and previously served as Chief Operating Officer of AIIG LLC since 2019 and in the same positions with our subsidiaries with a wide range of experience. Through his leadership roles with the Company, Mr. Ritchie has experience in marketing, risk management, products, actuarial, IT, underwriting and special project departments. Mr. Ritchie has been with the Company since 2009 serving as Executive Vice President of Operations, Senior Vice President of Corporate and Business Development, Data Operations Director, Financial Analyst, Marketing Specialist and Product Analyst.
120
Mr. Ritchie has a Bachelor of Science in Finance from DePaul University and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the Indiana University Kelley School of Business.
Ben Lurie has been with AIIG LLC since 2017 in a variety of roles, including most recently as Chief Financial Officer since December 2024, and as a Director, Vice President and Secretary since 2017. Mr. Lurie has served as a Director of AIICFL since June 2017, Executive Vice President and Secretary since 2021, Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary from 2017 to 2020. Mr. Lurie has served as Director, Vice President and Secretary of AIMGA since June 2017. Mr. Lurie has served as Manager, Vice President and Secretary of PIC since 2019. Mr. Lurie has extensive management experience and also served as Chief Financial Officer of Sowell & Co. from 2024 to January 2025 and holds numerous officer and director positions with its portfolio companies. Mr. Lurie holds a Bachelor of Science in Finance from the A.B. Freeman School of Business at Tulane University and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the Cox School of Business at Southern Methodist University.
Steven Smathers has served as a Director of AIICFL since 2006 and serves as a consultant of Sowell & Co., a family office where he has worked since 1991. Mr. Smathers has served as the President and a Director of Perfect IP, LLC, and the same positions with its subsidiaries since 2013. Mr. Smathers has served as a Manager of Catalyst Lab Solutions, LLC since 2017 and served as a Vice President and Secretary with the company from 2017 to 2021. Mr. Smathers served as the Chairman of the Board and President of Integrity Wireline, LLC from 2017 to 2023. Mr. Smathers has served as a Managing Director for Eye Corps, Inc. since 2017. Mr. Smathers has a Bachelor of Science from the Ohio State University and a Doctor of Jurisprudence from the Ohio State University Moritz College of Law.
We believe Mr. Smathers is qualified to serve as a Director due to his extensive leadership experience with American Integrity.
Ernest N. Csiszar has served as a Director of AIICFL since 2012. Mr. Csiszar has served on the board of directors of MasTec Inc since 2006 and Patriot National, Inc. from 2017 to 2018. Mr. Csiszar served as a Director of the property and casualty insurers, Guarantee Insurance Group, Inc. and Ashmere Insurance Group, Inc., from 2011 to 2016 and 2016 to 2017, respectively. Mr. Csiszar served as Chief Executive Officer of the property and casualty insurance carrier, Seibels Bruce Group, Inc., from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Csiszar also served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Property and Casualty Insurers Association of America from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Csiszar served as Director of Insurance for the State of South Carolina from 1999 to 2004. Mr. Csiszar served as the President of the NAIC in 2004. Mr. Csiszar continues to be active in the insurance industry as a consultant and as an expert witness in a variety of property and casualty and life insurance cases. Mr. Csiszar holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mathematics and in Philosophy and a LL.B. in law and jurisprudence from the University of Windsor.
We believe Mr. Csiszar is qualified to serve as a Director of American Integrity due to his leadership experience serving on multiple boards of directors and his expertise in the insurance industry from leadership positions as regulator and with other insurance carriers.
Steven B. Mathis has served as a Director of AIICFL since 2023 and has worked in property casualty finance and accounting for his entire career of more than 35 years. Mr. Mathis has served as Partner, Owner and Chief Financial Officer of Colonial Consulting Group, Inc., which provides financial consulting services to the insurance industry as well as tax consulting to the healthcare industry, since 2008. Mr. Mathis served as the Vice President – Planning & Treasurer for American Safety Insurance Holdings, Ltd. and American Safety Insurance Services, Inc. from 2005 to 2007 and as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from 1998 to 2005 where he was responsible for financial and treasury functions that included three property and casualty insurance company, a reinsurance company and real estate development subsidiaries. Mr. Mathis also served as the Controller for American Safety Insurance Services, Inc. from 1992 to 1998 where he was responsible for the coordination of financial reporting. Mr. Mathis holds Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Georgia.
121
We believe Mr. Mathis is qualified to serve as a Director of American Integrity due to his extensive experience in the property and casualty insurance industry and his expertise over financial reporting and public company oversight.
Board of Directors
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which will consist of five members upon consummation of the Corporate Contribution. Our Charter will provide that, subject to the rights of the holders of preferred stock, the number of directors on our board of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each serving staggered, three-year terms, subject to the declassification discussed below.
| • | Our Class I director is Steven Smathers; |
| • | Our Class II directors are Ernest N. Csiszar and Steven B. Mathis; and |
| • | Our Class III directors are Robert Ritchie and David Clark. |
At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2026, the initial term of office of any Class I directors shall expire, and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2027, the initial term of office of any Class II directors shall expire, and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2028, the initial term of office of any Class III directors shall expire, and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029, directors succeeding those whose terms are then expired shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year following the year of their election. Commencing on the Sunset Date, the classification of the Board of Directors shall fully terminate, and all directors shall be of one class and elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
When considering whether directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.
Family Relationships
Robert Ritchie, our Chief Executive Officer and a Director, is the father of Jon Ritchie, our President. There are no other familial relationships among our directors or executive officers.
Director Independence
Prior to the consummation of the offering, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a relationship with us that could compromise that director’s ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out that director’s responsibilities. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Steven Smathers and Ernest N. Csiszar are each an “independent director,” and expect that Steven B. Mathis will be an “independent director” by July 2025, as defined under NYSE rules. We are relying on the phase-in exemptions provided under the NYSE listing rules for newly-public companies with respect the independence of our board of directors, which will transition to consist of a majority of independent directors in accordance with the phase-in provisions of the NYSE listing rules. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each director has with us and all other
122
facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors intends to establish an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee prior to the completion of this offering, and we may have such other committees as the board of directors shall determine from time to time. We anticipate that each of the standing committees of the board of directors will have the composition and responsibilities described below.
Audit Committee
We will establish an audit committee prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Steven Smathers, Ernest N. Csiszar and Steven B. Mathis, each of whom will be independent under SEC rules and NYSE listing standards (in the case of Mr. Mathis, by July 2025 in accordance with the permitted phase-in). We are relying on the phase-in exemptions provided under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NYSE listing rules for newly-public companies with respect to the composition of our audit committee, which will transition to consist solely of independent directors in accordance with the phase-in provisions of the NYSE listing rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. SEC rules also require that a public company disclose whether its audit committee has an “audit committee financial expert” as a member. An “audit committee financial expert” is defined as a person who, based on his or her experience, possesses the attributes outlined in such rules. We have determined that Steven B. Mathis and Ernest N. Csiszar each satisfy the definition of “audit committee financial expert.”
This committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various auditing and accounting matters to our board of directors, including the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices. In addition, the audit committee will oversee our compliance programs relating to legal and regulatory requirements and be responsible for the review and approval of related party transactions. We expect to adopt an audit committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and applicable stock exchange or market standards. We expect to adopt an audit committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
We will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that the nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Steven Smathers and Ernest N. Csiszar, each of whom will be independent under NYSE listing standards. As required by NYSE listing standards, the nominating and corporate governance committee will consist solely of independent directors. This committee will identify, evaluate and recommend qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors; develop and oversee our internal corporate governance processes; and maintain a management succession plan. We expect to adopt a nominating and corporate governance committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.
Compensation Committee
We will establish a compensation committee prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that the compensation committee will consist of Steven Smathers and Steven B. Mathis, each of whom will be independent under NYSE listing standards (in the case of Mr. Mathis, by July 2025 in accordance with the
123
permitted phase-in). We are relying on the phase-in exemptions provided under the NYSE listing rules for newly-public companies with respect the independence of our compensation committee, which will transition to consist solely of independent directors in accordance with the phase-in provisions of the NYSE listing rules. This committee will establish salaries, incentives and other forms of compensation for officers and other employees and will administer our incentive compensation and benefit plans. We expect to adopt a compensation committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer that serves on our board or compensation committee. No member of our board is an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company.
Risk Oversight
The board is actively involved in oversight of risks that could affect us. This oversight function will be conducted primarily through committees of our board, but the full board retains responsibility for general oversight of risks. The audit committee will be charged with oversight of our system of internal controls and risks relating to financial reporting, legal, regulatory and accounting compliance. Our board will continue to satisfy its oversight responsibility through full reports from the audit committee chair regarding the committee’s considerations and actions, as well as through regular reports directly from officers responsible for oversight of particular risks within our Company.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.
124
We are currently considered an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules. Accordingly, we are required to provide a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table, as well as limited narrative disclosures regarding executive compensation for our last completed fiscal year. Further, our reporting obligations extend only to the following Named Executive Officers (each an “NEO”), which are the individuals who served as our principal executive officer during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 (the “2024 Fiscal Year”) and our next two most highly compensated executive officers at the end of the 2024 Fiscal Year.
| Name |
Principal Position, During 2024 | |
| Robert Ritchie |
Chief Executive Officer | |
| Jon Ritchie |
President | |
| David Clark |
Chairman |
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.
2024 Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs for the 2024 Fiscal Year.
| Name and |
Year | Salary ($) (1) |
Bonus ($)(2) |
Stock Awards ($) |
Option Awards ($) |
Nonequity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
All Other Compen- sation ($) (3) |
Total ($) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Robert Ritchie |
2024 | 750,000 | 1,125,000 | — | — | — | — | 1,875,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Jon Ritchie |
2024 | 600,000 | 767,500 | — | — | — | 12,000 | 1,379,500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| David Clark |
2024 | 402,604 | 843,750 | — | — | — | — | 1,246,354 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Amounts in this column reflect the base salary earned by each NEO in the 2024 Fiscal Year. |
| (2) | Amounts in this column reflect distributions approved by the Board of Directors discussed herein earned by each NEO in the 2024 Fiscal Year. We provide additional information regarding the discretionary bonuses in “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table – Discretionary Bonuses” below. |
| (3) | Amounts reported for Mr. Jon Ritchie include an auto allowance of $12,000. |
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
2024 Salaries
Each of our NEOs receives an annual base salary to compensate the executive for services rendered to us. The annual base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities. Robert Ritchie’s, Jon Ritchie’s and David Clark’s base salaries earned in 2024 were $750,000, $600,000 and $402,604, respectively.
The “Salary” column of the Summary Compensation Table above shows the actual base salaries paid to each NEO in 2024.
125
Equity Compensation
Historically, we have not maintained an equity incentive plan for our NEOs and as of December 31, 2024, we did not grant any equity or equity-based awards to our NEOs.
Employment Agreements
We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. Robert Ritchie, our Chief Executive Officer, which was originally entered into on June 23, 2006. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Robert Ritchie is entitled to receive a base salary of no less than $275,000 annually, which the board of directors reviews annually, and increased to a total of $750,000 for 2024, and paid vacation and is eligible to participate in our standard benefit plans. Mr. Robert Ritchie is also eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount up to 55% of his base salary upon the achievement of certain financial goals set by the board of directors prior to the beginning of each bonus period. The employment agreement also includes a confidentiality provision, a non-competition provision that applies during employment and for five years thereafter, and an employee and customer non-solicitation provision that applies during employment and for five years thereafter.
If Mr. Robert Ritchie is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (each, as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Robert Ritchie is eligible to receive his salary and benefits (as defined in the employment agreement) through twelve months from the date of his termination, provided that he does not accept another position during the term during which severance payments are being made.
We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. Jon Ritchie, our President, which was originally entered into on May 31, 2019. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Jon Ritchie was originally entitled to receive a base salary of $325,000 annually, which was increased to $600,000 for 2024, is entitled paid vacation and is eligible to participate in our standard benefit plans. Mr. Jon Ritchie is also eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount up to $642,500, payable at the discretion of the chief executive officer and/or board of directors and only if the Company meets financial targets set by the board of directors and Mr. Jon Ritchie meets performance goals established by the chief executive officer. The employment agreement includes a confidentiality provision, a non-competition provision that applies during employment and for twelve months thereafter, and an employee and customer non-solicitation provision that applies during employment and for two years thereafter.
If Mr. Jon Ritchie is terminated without cause (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Jon Ritchie is eligible to receive an amount equal to twelve months of his annual salary at the rate in effect at the time the notice of termination is given.
Discretionary Bonuses
Certain of our executives, including the NEOs, receive discretionary bonuses approved by the Board of Directors for performance during each year. The Company pays annual discretionary distribution bonuses to qualifying executives from the pool of profits earned as of December 31 of each year. In 2024, the Company paid $1,125,000, $642,500 (not including amounts under the PPP (as defined below)) and $843,750 to Messrs. Robert Ritchie, Jon Ritchie and David Clark, respectively.
Profit Participation Plan
Mr. Jon Ritchie’s employment agreement contains provisions providing for discretionary bonus payments that we refer to as a Profit Participation Plan (“PPP”). Under the PPP, the Company makes payments to the qualifying executive within 45 days of any of the following circumstances: (i) the Company makes a cash distribution to the unitholders and if the GAAP book value of the Company remains in excess of the hurdle value (the “Hurdle Value”) after such distribution took place, which such Hurdle Value was initially set at approximately $24.2 million subject to certain adjustments made over time; or (ii) if the Company is sold or engages in a change
126
of control event, as defined in the employment agreement of the qualifying executive. Under each individual PPP, the qualifying executive is entitled to PPP payments only so long as the relevant subsidiary employs such executive. Mr. Jon Ritchie received a discretionary bonus under the PPP of $125,000 in 2024.
Other Elements of Compensation
Retirement Benefits
We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our NEOs, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we make safe harbor matching contributions in the 401(k) plan up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions, and these matching contributions are fully vested as of the date on which the contribution is made. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings through our 401(k) plan and making fully vested matching contributions adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.
Health and Welfare Benefits and Perquisites
All of our full-time employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical, dental and vision benefits (including telemedicine and a high-deductible health plan with a health savings account); health and dependent care flexible spending accounts; short-term and long-term disability insurance; critical illness and accident insurance; and life and AD&D insurance.
We believe that the perquisites described in the Summary Compensation Table above are necessary and appropriate to fairly compensate and incentivize our NEOs.
No Tax Gross-ups
We did not make gross-up payments to cover our NEOs personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation paid or provided by us during 2024.
Compensation Arrangements to be Entered into in Connection with this Offering
Post-IPO Employment Agreements
We will enter into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Robert Ritchie, Jon Ritchie, David Clark and Ben Lurie in connection with this offering (the “Post-IPO Employment Agreements”), each of which will become effective as of the completion of this offering. Each Post-IPO Employment Agreement will have a three-year initial term, with automatic one-year term renewals (unless either party gives timely written notice of non-renewal).
Pursuant to the Post-IPO Employment Agreements, each of our executive officers will be entitled to receive an annual base salary as set forth in the table below. In addition, each will be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus with a target amount as set forth in the table below, which annual cash bonuses may be earned based on the achievement of certain Company and/or individual performance goals, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the bonus payment date. Additionally, beginning on January 1, 2026, each of our named executive officers will be eligible to receive an annual long-term incentive plan award on such terms and conditions as the Board and the Compensation Committee of the Board shall determine in their sole discretion.
127
The following table sets forth the title, annual base salary, target annual bonus amount, and target long-term incentive plan award amount for each executive officer entering into a Post-IPO Employment Agreement:
| Individual |
Title | Annual Base Salary ($) |
Target Annual Bonus ($) |
Target Long-Term Incentive Plan Award ($) |
||||||||||
| Robert Ritchie |
Chief Executive Officer | $ | 925,000 | $ | 1,250,000 | * | ||||||||
| Jon Ritchie |
President | $ | 750,000 | $ | 500,000 | * | ||||||||
| David Clark |
Chairman | $ | 750,000 | $ | 500,000 | * | ||||||||
| Ben Lurie |
Chief Financial Officer | $ | 450,000 | $ | 400,000 | * | ||||||||
| * | Target Long-Term Incentive Plan Award to be set on the terms and conditions as the Board and the Compensation Committee of the Board shall determine in their sole discretion. |
Each named executive officer will be eligible to participate in the group health, plan, disability plan, group life plan, and any other benefit or welfare program or policy that is made generally available, from time to time, to other employees of the Company, on a basis consistent with such participation and subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents.
Pursuant to the Post-IPO Employment Agreements, if the employment of the applicable executive officer is terminated by us without “Cause” or by such executive for “Good Reason” (each, as defined in the applicable Post-IPO Employment Agreement), the executive officer will receive the following severance payments and benefits in addition to the Accrued Obligations (as defined in the applicable Post-IPO Employment Agreement): (i) an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) such executive’s base salary as of immediately prior to such termination of employment and (y) such executive’s target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable in equal installments over the 24-month period following the termination date; (ii) a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of the cost of such executive’s and his eligible dependents’ COBRA premiums for the coverage in effect immediately prior to such termination of employment; and (iii) the annual bonus paid to such executive for the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year of such termination to the extent unpaid prior to such termination of employment and to be paid at the same time as if no such termination of employment had occurred (the “Prior Year Bonus”).
If such executive officer’s employment terminates due to his death or disability, the executive (or his estate) will be eligible to receive (i) the Accrued Obligations, (ii) the Prior Year Bonus, and (iii) accelerated vesting (and for restricted stock units and similar awards, accelerated settlement) of all equity and equity-based awards (provided that any performance-based award shall be settled assuming the target level of performance was achieved, unless prior to such termination, a higher level of performance was certified by the compensation committee of the Board, in which case settlement shall occur at such higher level of achievement).
The severance payments and benefits described above (other than the Accrued Obligations) are subject to the executive’s timely execution and nonrevocation of a release of claims in our favor and continued compliance with customary confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation requirements (as described below).
Each of our executive officers will be subject to customary confidential information and proprietary information restrictions that apply indefinitely, as well as a non-competition covenant, an employee non-solicitation covenant and a customer non-solicitation covenant, each of which applies during the executive’s employment with us and for one year following the executive’s termination of employment; provided that Mr. Lurie and Mr. Clark shall be permitted to continue to provide consulting services to Sowell & Co. at the same levels and in the same manner as he has provided such services prior to the effective date of his Post-IPO Employment Agreement.
Restricted Stock Grant
In connection with this offering, we expect to net issue restricted stock awards with to certain of our executive officers and employees with respect to a total of approximately 427,333 shares of Common Stock (calculated
128
using the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after giving effect to the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement), including awards with respect to approximately 163,817 shares to Mr. Jon Ritchie and 81,908 shares with respect to Mr. Ben Lurie. These awards will be immediately vested.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
The American Integrity Insurance Company, Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2025 Incentive Plan”) for employees, contractors and non-employee directors was approved by our board of directors and adopted by us simultaneously with this offering (the “Effective Date”). Unless sooner terminated by our board of directors, the 2025 Incentive Plan will terminate and expire on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. No award may be made under the 2025 Incentive Plan after its expiration date, but awards made prior thereto may extend beyond that date.
The purpose of the 2025 Incentive Plan is to provide an incentive for employees, directors and certain consultants and advisors of the Company or its subsidiaries to remain in the service of the Company or its subsidiaries, to extend to them the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company so that they will apply their best efforts for the benefit of the Company, and to aid the Company in attracting able persons to enter the service of the Company and its subsidiaries. The 2025 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance awards, restricted stock awards and other cash and equity-based awards.
Share Authorization. Subject to certain adjustments, the number of the Company’s shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2025 Incentive Plan is 2,175,758 shares. One hundred percent of the available shares may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options.
Shares to be issued may be made available from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, shares of Common Stock held by the Company in its treasury, or shares of Common Stock purchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise. During the term of the 2025 Incentive Plan, the Company will at all times reserve and keep enough shares of Common Stock available to satisfy the requirements of the 2025 Incentive Plan. If an award under the 2025 Incentive Plan is canceled, forfeited or expires, in whole or in part, the shares subject to such forfeited, expired or canceled award may again be awarded under the 2025 Incentive Plan.
Awards that may be satisfied either by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or by cash or other consideration shall be counted against the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the 2025 Incentive Plan only during the period that the award is outstanding or to the extent the award is ultimately satisfied by the issuance of shares of Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable pursuant to an award that are withheld upon exercise or vesting of an award for purposes of paying the exercise price or tax withholdings shall be treated as delivered to the participant and shall be counted against the maximum number of available shares. Awards will not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued, however, if the settlement of the award will not require the issuance of shares of Common Stock. Only shares forfeited back to the Company, shares canceled on account of termination, or expiration or lapse of an award, shall again be available for grant of incentive stock options under the 2025 Incentive Plan, but shall not increase the maximum number of shares described above as the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options.
Administration. The 2025 Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors or such other committee of the board of directors as is designated by the board of directors (the “Committee”). Membership on the Committee shall be limited to independent directors who are “non-employee directors” in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Committee may delegate certain duties to one or more officers of the Company as provided in the 2025 Incentive Plan. The Committee will determine the persons to whom awards are to be made, determine the type, size and terms of awards, interpret the 2025 Incentive Plan, establish and revise rules and regulations relating to the 2025 Incentive Plan and make any other determinations that it believes necessary for the administration of the 2025 Incentive Plan.
129
Eligibility. Employees (including any employee who is also a director or an officer), contractors, and non-employee directors of the Company or its subsidiaries whose judgment, initiative and efforts contributed to or may be expected to contribute to the successful performance of the Company are eligible to participate in the 2025 Incentive Plan. No non-employee director may be granted any awards denominated in shares that exceed in the aggregate $1,000,000 in fair market value (such fair market value computed as of the date of grant) in any calendar year period that, plus an additional $1,000,000 in fair market value (determined as of the date of grant) for one-time awards to a newly appointed or elected non-employee director.
Financial Effect of Awards. The Company will receive no monetary consideration for the granting of awards under the 2025 Incentive Plan, unless otherwise provided when granting restricted stock or restricted stock units. The Company will receive no monetary consideration other than the option price for shares of Common Stock issued to participants upon the exercise of their stock options and the Company will receive no monetary consideration upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights.
Stock Options. The Committee may grant either incentive stock options qualifying under Section 422 of the Code or non-qualified stock options, provided that only employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (excluding subsidiaries that are not corporations) are eligible to receive incentive stock options. Stock options may not be granted with an option price less than 100% of the fair market value of a common share on the date the stock option is granted. If an incentive stock option is granted to an employee who owns or is deemed to own more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary), the option price shall be at least 110% of the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. The Committee will determine the terms of each stock option at the time of grant, including without limitation, the methods by or forms in which shares will be delivered to participants. The maximum term of each option, the times at which each option will be exercisable, and provisions requiring forfeiture of unexercised options at or following termination of employment or service generally are fixed by the Committee, except that the Committee may not grant stock options with a term exceeding 10 years.
Recipients of stock options may pay the option exercise price (i) cash or check, bank draft, or money order payable to the order of the Company, (ii) Common Stock (including restricted stock) owned by the recipient on the exercise date, valued at its fair market value on the exercise date, and which the recipient has not acquired from the Company within six months prior to the exercise date, (iii) by delivery (including by FAX or electronic transmission) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form (or, to the extent permitted by the Company, exercise instructions, which may be communicated in writing, telephonically, or electronically) together with irrevocable instructions from the recipient to a broker or dealer, reasonably acceptable to the Company, to sell certain of the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the stock option and promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale proceeds necessary to pay such purchase price, (iv) by requesting the Company to withhold the number of shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the stock option by the number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price at the time of exercise (i.e., a cashless net exercise), and/or (v) in any other form of valid consideration that is acceptable to the Committee in its sole discretion.
Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is authorized to grant stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) as a stand- alone award (or freestanding SARs), or in conjunction with stock options granted under the 2025 Incentive Plan (or tandem SARs). A SAR is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a common share on the date of exercise over the exercise price. The exercise price may be equal to or greater than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may place a ceiling on the amount payable on the exercise of a SAR, but any such limitation shall be specified at the time the SAR is granted. A SAR granted in tandem with a stock option will require the holder, upon exercise, to surrender the related stock option with respect to the number of shares as to which the SAR is exercised. The Committee will determine the terms of each SAR at the time of the grant, including without limitation, the methods by or forms in which the value will be delivered to participants (whether made in shares of Common Stock, in cash or in a combination of both). The maximum term of each SAR, the times at which each SAR will be exercisable,
130
and provisions requiring forfeiture of unexercised SARs at or following termination of employment or service generally are fixed by the Committee, except that no freestanding SAR may have a term exceeding 10 years and no tandem SAR may have a term exceeding the term of the option granted in conjunction with the tandem SAR. The value of the SARs may be paid in shares of Common Stock, cash, or a combination of both, as determined by the Committee.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Committee is authorized to grant restricted stock and restricted stock units. Restricted stock consists of shares that are transferred or sold by the Company to a participant but are subject to substantial risk of forfeiture and to restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the participant. Restricted stock units are the right to receive shares of Common Stock at a future date in accordance with the terms of such grant upon the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Committee, which include substantial risk of forfeiture and restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the participant. The Committee determines the eligible participants to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of restricted stock or restricted stock units will be made, the number of shares or units to be granted, the price to be paid, if any, the time or times within which the shares covered by such grants will be subject to forfeiture, the time or times at which the restrictions will terminate, and all other terms and conditions of the grants. Restrictions or conditions could include, but are not limited to, the attainment of performance goals (as described below), continuous service with the Company, the passage of time or other restrictions or conditions. The value of the restricted stock units may be paid in shares of Common Stock, cash, or a combination of both, as determined by the Committee.
Performance Awards. The Committee may grant performance awards payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, or a combination thereof at the end of a specified performance period. Payment will be contingent upon achieving pre-established performance goals (as discussed below) by the end of the performance period. The Committee will determine the length of the performance period, the maximum payment value of an award, and the minimum performance goals required before payment will be made, so long as such provisions are not inconsistent with the terms of the 2025 Incentive Plan, and to the extent an award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, are in compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any applicable regulations or guidance. With respect to a performance award, if the Committee determines in its sole discretion that the established performance measures or objectives are no longer suitable because of a change in the Company’s business, operations, corporate structure, or for other reasons that the Committee deems satisfactory, the Committee may modify the performance measures or objectives and/or the performance period.
Other Awards. The Committee may grant other forms of awards payable in cash or shares of Common Stock if the Committee determines that such other form of award is consistent with the purpose and restrictions of the 2025 Incentive Plan. The terms and conditions of such other form of award shall be specified by the grant. Such other awards may be granted for no cash consideration, for such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, or for such other consideration as may be specified by the grant.
Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Committee may grant a dividend equivalent right either as a component of another award or as a separate award. The terms and conditions of the dividend equivalent right shall be specified by the grant. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a dividend equivalent right shall be paid only as the applicable Award vests or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock. Any such reinvestment shall be at the fair market value at the time thereof. Dividend equivalent rights may be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock. No dividends or dividend equivalent rights may be granted with respect to stock options or SAR.
Performance Goals. Awards under the 2025 Incentive Plan (whether relating to cash or shares of Common Stock) may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business or individual performance criteria established by the Committee in its sole discretion (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index. Any Performance Criteria may include or
131
exclude (i) events that are of an unusual nature or indicate infrequency of occurrence, (iii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, (iv) the effect of a merger or acquisition, as identified in the Company’s quarterly and annual earnings releases, or (v) other similar occurrences. In all other respects, Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, under GAAP, or under a methodology established by the Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied and identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report.
Vesting of Awards; Forfeiture; Assignment. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may establish the vesting terms applicable to an award, subject in any case to the terms of the 2025 Incentive Plan. The Committee may impose on any award, at the time of grant or thereafter, such additional terms and conditions as the Committee determines, including terms requiring forfeiture of awards in the event of a participant’s termination of service. The Committee will specify the circumstances under which performance awards may be forfeited in the event of a termination of service by a participant prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of awards. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, restricted stock will be forfeited upon a participant’s termination of service during the applicable restriction period.
Awards granted under the 2025 Incentive Plan generally are not assignable or transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except that the Committee may, in its discretion and pursuant to the terms of an award agreement, permit certain transfers of nonqualified stock options or SARs to: (i) the spouse (or former spouse), children or grandchildren of the participant (“Immediate Family Members”); (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members; (iii) a partnership in which the only partners are (1) such Immediate Family Members and/or (2) entities which are controlled by the participant and/or Immediate Family Members; (iv) an entity exempt from federal income tax pursuant to Section 501(c)(3) of the Code or any successor provision; or (v) a split interest trust or pooled income fund described in Section 2522(c)(2) of the Code or any successor provision, provided that (x) there shall be no consideration for any such transfer, (y) the applicable award agreement pursuant to which such award is granted must be approved by the Committee and must expressly provide for such transferability and (z) subsequent transfers of transferred awards shall be prohibited except those by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Adjustments. Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event that any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, rights offering, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, split-off, combination, subdivision, repurchase, or exchange of the shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase common shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the fair value of an award, then the Committee shall adjust any or all of the following so that the fair value of the award immediately after the transaction or event is equal to the fair value of the award immediately prior to the transaction or event (i) the number of shares and type of Common Stock (or the securities or property) which thereafter may be made the subject of awards, (ii) the number of shares and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding awards, (iii) the option price of each outstanding award, (iv) the amount, if any, the Company pays for forfeited shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the 2025 Incentive Plan, and (v) the number of or exercise price of shares of Common Stock then subject to outstanding SARs previously granted and unexercised under the 2025 Incentive Plan to the end that the same proportion of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock in each instance shall remain subject to exercise at the same aggregate exercise price; provided however, that the number of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to any award shall always be a whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such adjustment shall be made or authorized to the extent that such adjustment would cause the 2025 Incentive Plan or any stock option to violate Section 422 of the Code or Section 409A of the Code. All such adjustments must be made in accordance with the rules of any securities exchange, stock market, or stock quotation system to which the Company is subject.
Amendment or Discontinuance of the 2025 Incentive Plan. The board of directors may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of the participants, alter, amend, revise, suspend or discontinue the 2025 Incentive
132
Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that (i) no amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the 2025 Incentive Plan and any awards under the 2025 Incentive Plan to continue to comply with Sections 421 and 422 of the Code (including any successors to such Sections, or other applicable law) or any applicable requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Company’s stock is listed or traded, shall be effective unless such amendment is approved by the requisite vote of the Company’s stockholders entitled to vote on the amendment; and (ii) unless required by law, no action by the board of directors regarding amendment or discontinuance of the 2025 Incentive Plan may adversely affect any rights of any participants or obligations of the Company to any participants with respect to any outstanding award under the 2025 Incentive Plan without the consent of the affected participant.
No Repricing of Stock Options or SARs. The Committee may not, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, “reprice” any stock option or SAR. For purposes of the 2025 Incentive Plan, “reprice” means any of the following or any other action that has the same effect: (i) amending a stock option or SAR to reduce its exercise price or base price, (ii) canceling a stock option or SAR at a time when its exercise price or base price exceeds the fair market value of a common share in exchange for cash or a stock option, SAR, award of restricted stock or other equity award with an exercise price or base price less than the exercise price or base price of the original stock option or SAR, or (iii) taking any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, provided that nothing shall prevent the Committee from (x) making adjustments to awards upon changes in capitalization; (y) exchanging or cancelling awards upon a merger, consolidation, or recapitalization, or (z) substituting awards for awards granted by other entities, to the extent permitted by the 2025 Incentive Plan.
Recoupment for Restatements. The Committee may recoup all or any portion of any shares or cash paid to a participant in connection with an award, in the event of a restatement of the Company’s financial statements as set forth in the Company’s clawback policy, if any, approved by the board of directors from time to time.
Director Compensation
We did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to, any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors in 2024. Steven Smathers and Steven B. Mathis each received $60,000 and Ernest N. Csiszar received $30,000 in cash compensation paid for monthly service on AIICFL’s audit committee.
Non-employee Director Compensation Program
We intend to implement a non-employee director compensation program that will take effect as of the closing of this offering, the terms of which have not yet been determined as of the date of this prospectus.
133
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The descriptions set forth below are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable agreements.
The Offering
In connection with the offering, we will engage in certain transactions with certain of our directors, executive officers and other persons and entities which are or will become holders of 5% or more of our voting securities upon the consummation of this offering.
Management Services Agreement
AIIG LLC entered into a management services agreement (the “Sowell MSA”) with Sowell & Co., pursuant to which Sowell & Co. agreed to provide personnel to manage and conduct certain operational, technical and administrative services. The management fee is approximately $796,875 a year, and is paid monthly. The management fee for both 2024 and 2023 was $796,875. We intend to terminate the Sowell MSA upon consummation of this offering in exchange for a payment of $3,000,000.
Family Relationships
Robert Ritchie, our Chief Executive Officer and a Director, is the father of Jon Ritchie, our President. There are no other familial relationships among our directors or executive officers.
Registration Rights Agreement
We intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie in connection with this offering, which we refer to as the Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie with certain “demand” registration rights whereby, at any time after 180 days following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie can require us to register under the Securities Act the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for customary “piggyback” registration rights for Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. We also intend to purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”
Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions
A “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:
| • | any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors; |
| • | any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Common Stock; |
| • | any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Common Stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Common Stock; and |
134
| • | any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10.0% or greater beneficial ownership interest. |
Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related party transactions policy prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee expects to review all material facts of all Related Party Transactions and either approve or disapprove entry into the Related Party Transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a Related Party Transaction, the audit committee expects to take into account, among other factors, the following: (i) whether the Related Party Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the Related Person’s interest in the transaction. Further, the policy would require that all Related Party Transactions required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC be so disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
135
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, MANAGEMENT AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of December 31, 2024 adjusted for (1) the consummation of the Corporate Contribution, as described in “Corporate Contribution”, (2) the Restricted Stock Grant Net Settlement and (3) this offering of the issuance and sale of 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock by us and 625,000 shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned after this offering assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 1,031,250 additional shares of Common Stock from the Selling Stockholders, for:
| • | each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Common Stock |
| • | each of our directors and director nominees; |
| • | each of our executive officers; |
| • | all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and |
| • | the Selling stockholders. |
The amounts and percentages of Common Stock, beneficially owned are reported on the basis of the regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days of December 31, 2024, provided that any person who acquires any such right with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, immediately upon such acquisition shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities which may be acquired through the exercise of such right. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is 5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600, Tampa, Florida.
| Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering |
Shares Offered Hereby |
Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| No Exercise of Underwriters’ Option |
Fully Exercise of Underwriters’ Option |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name of Beneficial Owner |
Number of Shares |
Percentage | Number of Shares |
Number of Shares |
Percentage | Number of Shares |
Percentage | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5% Stockholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC(1) |
7,646,131 | 57.4 | % | 524,070 | 7,646,131 | 39.0 | % | 7,122,061 | 36.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Robert Ritchie |
2,929,500 | 22.0 | % | — | 2,929,500 | 15.0 | % | 2,929,500 | 15.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| David Clark(2) |
461,463 | 3.5 | % | — | 461,463 | 2.4 | % | 461,463 | 2.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Jon Ritchie(3) |
163,817 | 1.2 | % | — | 163,817 | * | 163,817 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Ben Lurie(3) |
81,908 | * | — | 81,908 | * | 81,908 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Steven Smathers(4) |
687,202 | 5.2 | % | 343,601 | 441,986 | 2.3 | % | 343,601 | 1.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Ernest N. Csiszar |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Steven B. Mathis |
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (7 persons) |
4,323,890 | 32.4 | % | 343,601 | 4,078,674 | 20.8 | % | 3,980,289 | 20.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other Selling Stockholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Alan D. Brown |
23,731 | * | 23,731 | 15,263 | * | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Bluffview Irrevocable Trust(5) |
443,367 | 3.3 | % | 221,684 | 285,159 | 1.5 | % | 221,683 | 1.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| The Marco Trust(6) |
47,462 | * | 47,462 | 30,526 | * | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Judy Martin |
28,477 | * | 28,477 | 18,315 | * | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Tim Meenan |
199,925 | 1.5 | % | 29,988 | 169,937 | * | 169,937 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
| MMH Interests, LLC(7) |
189,850 | 1.4 | % | 189,850 | 122,105 | * | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
136
| Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering |
Shares Offered Hereby |
Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| No Exercise of Underwriters’ Option |
Fully Exercise of Underwriters’ Option |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name of Beneficial Owner |
Number of Shares |
Percentage(1) | Number of Shares |
Number of Shares |
Percentage(1) | Number of Shares |
Percentage(1) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Lansdon Robbins |
105,000 | * | 105,000 | 67,532 | * | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| The Safeton Trust(8) |
142,387 | 1.1 | % | 142,387 | 91,578 | * | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
| * | Less than 1% |
| (1) | James E. Sowell is the Sole Manager of Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Common Stock held by Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC. The business address for Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC is 1601 Elm Street, Ste3500, Dallas, TX 75201. Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC is also a Selling Stockholder in this offering. |
| (2) | Consists of shares of Common Stock held by the David and Kimberly Clark 2016 Irrevocable Trust. David Clark is the Trustee of the David and Kimberly Clark 2016 Irrevocable Trust and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Common Stock held by the David and Kimberly Clark 2016 Irrevocable Trust. |
| (3) | Consists of shares of restricted stock received pursuant to the Restricted Stock Grant. |
| (4) | Steven Smathers is also a Selling Stockholder in this offering. |
| (5) | George Clark is the Trustee of the Bluffview Irrevocable Trust. The business address for the Bluffview Irrevocable Trust is 446 Green Point Court, Houston, TX 77204. |
| (6) | Jay Jameson is the Trustee of The Marco Trust. The business address for The Marco Trust is 4305 Stanford Avenue, Dallas, TX 75225. |
| (7) | Matthew Harrison is the Sole Member of MMH Interests, LLC. The business address for MMH Interests, LLC is 3209 Stanford Avenue, Dallas, TX 75225. |
| (8) | Jay Jameson is the Trustee of The Safeton Trust. The business address for The Safeton Trust is 8300 Firestone Dr., Flower Mound, TX 75022. |
137
Upon completion of this offering the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which 19,581,828 shares will be issued and outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which no shares will be issued and outstanding.
The following summary of the capital stock and Charter and Bylaws of the Company does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to our Charter and Bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Common Stock
Holders of shares of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of our Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Holders of shares of our Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Common Stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.
All shares of our Common Stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of our Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our Charter will authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our Common Stock. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:
| • | the designation of the series; |
| • | the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding); |
| • | whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series; |
| • | the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable; |
138
| • | the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series; |
| • | the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series; |
| • | the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs; |
| • | whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made; |
| • | restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and |
| • | the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series. |
Registration Rights
We intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie in connection with this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie certain registration rights following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, including that Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie can require us to register under the Securities Act 10,575,631 shares of Common Stock. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for piggyback registration rights for Sowell & Co. and Robert Ritchie. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”
Dividends
The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.
Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. Additionally, the maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by Florida insurance companies without prior approval of the FLOIR is subject to restrictions. Dividends from AIICFL can only be paid from accumulated unassigned funds derived from net operating profits and net realized capital gains. Subject to such accumulated unassigned funds, the maximum dividend that may be paid by AIICFL to the Company without prior approval is further limited to the lesser of statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or statutory unassigned surplus as of the preceding year end. “Dividend Policy” contains more information.
Annual Stockholder Meetings
Our Bylaws will provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.
139
Number and Election of Directors
Our board of directors will initially consist of five (5) members. The holders of our Common Stock and any other class of stock of our company, to the extent they shall have the right to vote, shall retain the right to elect and remove all members of the board of directors.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law
Our Charter and Bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Common Stock held by stockholders.
Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as our Common Stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power of our capital stock or then outstanding number of shares of Common Stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.
Our board of directors may generally issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances in one or more series without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.
One of the effects of the existence of authorized and unissued and unreserved Common Stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Delaware Law
We will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers, but our Charter will provide that engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder (generally defined as any stockholder with 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such stockholder) for a period of three years following the time on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder is prohibited (except with respect to Sowell and any of Sowell’s respective affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of our Common Stock).
140
Classified Board of Directors
Our Charter will provide that our board of directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as practicable, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, until the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029, at which time, a phase-in of a declassified board of directors shall begin. The term of office for the Class I directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2026, the term of office for the Class II directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2027, and the term of office for Class III directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2028. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029, directors succeeding those whose terms are then expired shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year following the year of their election. Commencing on the Sunset Date, the classification of the board of directors shall fully terminate, and all directors shall be of one class and elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. In the event of any change in the number of directors, the board of directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as the board of directors may determine in its discretion. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The effect of our classified board may discourage take-over attempts because only up to one-third of our directors may be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders until the declassification of our board of directors begins.
Removal of Directors; Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships
Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our Charter, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our Charter will provide that directors may be removed with cause only upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. After the full declassification of our board of directors by the Sunset Date, directors may be removed with or without cause in accordance with Section 141(k) of the DGCL. In addition, our Charter also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any vacancies on our board of directors, and any newly created directorships, will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
No Cumulative Voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Charter does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.
Special Stockholder Meetings
Our Charter will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors. Stockholders do not have the power to call a special meeting. Our Bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.
Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals
Our Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a
141
stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our Bylaws allow the board of directors to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings and the chairman of the meeting to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Pursuant to our Charter, stockholders may not act by written consent in lieu of of a meeting.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of our company. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive Forum
Our Charter will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Company to the Company or to the Company’s stockholders, (iii) action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Charter or our Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware, or (iv) action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against our Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under U.S. federal securities laws, including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our Charter. However, the enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is uncertain whether a court would find these types of provisions in our Charter to be enforceable. For example, under the Securities Act, federal courts have concurrent jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our Charter, to the
142
maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our directors or stockholders who are not employed by the Company or its subsidiaries (each, an “Exempt Person”). Our Charter will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Exempt Person will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time is engaged or proposes to engage or (ii) otherwise competing, directly or indirectly, with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Our Charter will provide that if any Exempt Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity both for such Exempt Person or any of his or her respective affiliates, on the one hand, and for the Company or its subsidiaries, on the other hand, such Exempt Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to the Company or its subsidiaries, and such Exempt Person or any of his or her respective affiliates may take any and all such transactions or opportunities for itself or offer such transactions or opportunities to any other person. Our Charter does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a director, executive officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries, solely in his or her capacity as a director, executive officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our Charter, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, we have an interest or expectancy in such transaction or opportunity, and the opportunity would be in the same or similar line of business in which we are then engaged or a line of business that is reasonably related to, or a reasonable extension of, such line of business.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ and officers’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our Charter includes a provision that states that the Company is authorized to indemnify, and to advance expenses to, each current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director, officer, employee or agent for breach of fiduciary duty as directors or officers, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the directors’ or officers’ duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Our Bylaws generally provide that we must defend, indemnify and advance expenses to our directors or officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors or officers for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our Charter and Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
143
Indemnification Agreements
We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock will be Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company.
Listing
We have applied to list our Common Stock on the NYSE under the symbol “AII.”
144
CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS FOR ERISA AND OTHER U.S. BENEFIT PLANS
Subject to the following considerations, shares of Common Stock may be acquired and held by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA) or other plans that are not subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, but may be subject to state, local or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).
The following is based on the provisions of ERISA and the Code (and related regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations) as of the date of this registration statement. This discussion does not purport to be complete, and no assurance can be given that future legislation, court decisions, regulations, rulings or pronouncements will not significantly modify the requirements discussed below. Any of these changes may be retroactive and may thereby apply to transactions entered into prior to the date of their enactment or release. This discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive, nor should it be construed as investment or legal advice.
General Fiduciary Matters
ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.
In considering an investment in shares of Common Stock with a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should consider the Plan’s particular circumstances and all of the facts and circumstances of the investment and determine whether the acquisition and holding of shares of Common Stock is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Laws relating to the fiduciary’s duties to the Plan, including, without limitation:
| • | whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA and any Similar Laws, as applicable; |
| • | whether, in making the investment, the Plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA and any Similar Laws, as applicable; |
| • | whether the investment is permitted under the terms of the applicable documents governing the Plan; and |
| • | whether the acquisition or holding of the shares of Common Stock will constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of Similar Laws (see “—Prohibited Transaction Issues” below). |
Prohibited Transaction Issues
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that
145
engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes, penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of shares of Common Stock by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the issuer, the underwriters or their affiliates is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction in violation of Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption.
Because of the foregoing, shares of Common Stock should not be acquired or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such acquisition and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a violation of any applicable Similar Laws.
Due to the complexity of these rules and the excise taxes, penalties and liabilities that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering acquiring and/or holding shares of our Common Stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the acquisition and holding of shares of Common Stock. Purchasers of shares of Common Stock have the exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their acquisition and holding of shares of Common Stock complies with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA and does not violate the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA, the Code or applicable Similar Laws. The sale of shares of Common Stock to a Plan is in no respect a representation by us, the underwriters or any of our affiliates or representatives that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by any such Plan or that such investment is appropriate for any such Plan.
146
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Common Stock. Future sales of our Common Stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.
Sales of Restricted Shares
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 19,581,828 shares of Common Stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of Common Stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders will be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were, or will be, issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.
As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our Common Stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:
| • | 12,706,828 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus and when permitted under Rule 144 or Rule 701. |
Lock-up Agreements
We, all of our directors and officers and all of the Existing Owners, including the Selling Stockholders, have agreed not to sell any Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Common Stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain customary exceptions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for a least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.
Once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume of our Common Stock reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
147
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement pursuant to Rule 701 before the effective date of the Registration Statement for this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.
Stock Issuable Under Employee Plans
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register stock issuable under our equity incentive plan. This registration statement is expected to be filed following the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.
Registration Rights
For a description of registration rights relating to our Common Stock, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”
148
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our Common Stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) who acquires such Common Stock pursuant to this offering and holds our Common Stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment). This summary is based on the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change and differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and do not intend to seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax, nor does it address the Medicare tax on certain investment income, U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. This summary also does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:
| • | banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions; |
| • | tax-exempt or governmental organizations; |
| • | retirement plans; |
| • | mutual funds; |
| • | qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund); |
| • | dealers in securities or foreign currencies; |
| • | “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; |
| • | traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
| • | persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; |
| • | entities or other arrangements treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein; |
| • | persons deemed to sell our Common Stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; |
| • | persons who have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar; |
| • | persons who own or have owned (directly, indirectly or constructively) 5% or more of our Common Stock (by vote or value); |
| • | persons that acquired our Common Stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan; |
| • | certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; and |
| • | persons that hold our Common Stock as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction. |
Furthermore, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to the Company or investors with respect to the Corporate Contribution.
149
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.
Non-U.S. Holder Defined
For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our Common Stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes a partnership or any of the following:
| • | a citizen or an individual resident of the United States; |
| • | a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| • | an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or |
| • | a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person. |
If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Common Stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partner and the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships and partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) considering the purchase of our Common Stock should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our Common Stock by such partnership.
Distributions on Common Stock
Distributions of cash or property on our Common Stock, if any, will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our Common Stock (and will reduce such tax basis until such tax basis equals zero) and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Common Stock. See “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.” Subject to the withholding requirements under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to dividends that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our Common Stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate.
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code). If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation
150
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its “effectively connected earnings and profits” (as adjusted for certain items).
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Common Stock unless:
| • | the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; |
| • | the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or |
| • | our Common Stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period and certain other conditions are satisfied. |
A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount of such gain, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.
A non-U.S. holder whose gain is described in the second bullet point above or, subject to the exceptions described in the next paragraph, the third bullet point above, generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes whose gain is described in the second bullet point above, then such gain would also be included in its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which may be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Although there can be no assurances in this regard, we believe that we currently are not a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect to become a USRPHC for the foreseeable future.
Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the foregoing rules to their ownership and disposition of our Common Stock.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Any distributions paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form).
151
Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our Common Stock effected within the United States or by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (at the applicable rate, which is currently 24%) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Common Stock effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of our Common Stock effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the United States.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Additional Withholding Requirements Under FATCA
Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), impose a 30% withholding tax (separate and apart from, but without duplication of, the withholding tax described above) on any dividends (including constructive dividends) paid on our Common Stock to a “foreign financial institution” (which in general includes investment vehicles) or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide, on an annual basis, to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies to the applicable withholding agent that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or timely provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or successor form, as applicable), or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or successor form, as applicable) or, if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports the information in clause (i) to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution will generally be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on an investment in our Common Stock.
THIS DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS, TAX ADVICE. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR AN INDIVIDUAL ANALYSIS OF THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO A PROSPECTIVE HOLDER OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, WHICH ANALYSIS MAY BE COMPLEX AND WILL DEPEND ON THE HOLDER’S SPECIFIC SITUATION. INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.
152
We and the Selling Stockholders are offering the shares of Common Stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. are acting as joint book running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the Selling Stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of Common Stock listed next to its name in the following table:
| Name |
Number of Shares |
|||
| Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. |
||||
| Piper Sandler & Co. |
||||
| William Blair & Company, L.L.C. |
||||
| Citizens JMP Securities, LLC. |
||||
| Raymond James & Associates, Inc. |
||||
| Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
6,875,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the Common Stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the Common Stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the Common Stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to 1,031,250 additional shares of Common Stock from the Selling Stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of Common Stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the Selling Stockholders per share of Common Stock. The underwriting fee is $ per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
| Total | ||||||||||||
| Per Share | No Exercise | Full Exercise | ||||||||||
| Initial Public Offering Price |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
||||||||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholders |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
153
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their out-of-pocket expenses in an amount not to exceed $30,000.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our Common Stock, or the right to receive shares of our Common Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of Common Stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our Common Stock to be sold in this offering.
The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our Common Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of our Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Common Stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters or (iii) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.
Our directors and executive officers, and all of the Existing Owners, including the Selling Stockholders, holding our outstanding shares Common Stock and securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our shares of Common Stock (such persons, the “lock-up parties”), have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co., (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Common Stock (including, without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the Common Stock, the “lock-up securities”)), (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of
154
lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy, (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member, (iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution to members or stockholders of the lock-up party; (vii) by operation of law, (viii) to us from an employee upon death, disability or termination of employment of such employee, (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our Common Stock (including “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments, (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our board of directors and made to all stockholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph or (xii) to us or any of our affiliates in connection with the Corporate Contribution; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans described in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our Common Stock or warrants to acquire shares of our Common Stock, provided that any Common Stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (d) the establishment by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period; and (e) the sale of our Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co., in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.
We and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities. We have applied to have our Common Stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AII.”
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of Common Stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Stock while this offering is in progress.
155
These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of Common Stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Common Stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of Common Stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Common Stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase Common Stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the Common Stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Stock, and, as a result, the price of the Common Stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Common Stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
| • | the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives; |
| • | our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
| • | an assessment of our management; |
| • | our prospects for future earnings; |
| • | the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; |
| • | the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and |
| • | other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. |
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Common Stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
156
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Member State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time:
| (a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation; |
| (b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or |
| (c) | in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation; |
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Each person in a Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offering contemplated hereby will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and their affiliates and us that:
| (a) | it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation; and |
| (b) | in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Regulation, or have been acquired in other circumstances falling within the points (a) to (d) of Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation and the prior consent of the underwriters has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where the shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Regulation as having been made to such persons. |
We, the underwriters and their affiliates, and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a qualified
157
investor and who has notified the underwriters of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the underwriters, be permitted to acquire shares in the offering.
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the transition provisions in Regulation 74 of the Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, except that it may make an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares at any time:
| (a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation; |
| (b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or |
| (c) | in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”); |
provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
In the United Kingdom, the offering is only addressed to, and is directed only at, “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, who are also (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”); (ii) high net worth entities or other persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
Each person in the UK who acquires any shares in the offer or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged, and agreed to and with us, the underwriters, and their affiliates that it meets the criteria outlined in this section.
Canada
The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
158
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Australia
This document:
| • | does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”); |
| • | has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and |
| • | may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”). |
The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.
As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section
159
707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares, you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
Japan
The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEA”). Accordingly, the shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.
Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Companies Ordinance”), or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this document and any other material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than:
| (a) | to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA; |
| (b) | to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or |
| (c) | otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. |
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
| (a) | a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
160
| (b) | a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, |
the securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
| (i) | to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
| (ii) | where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
| (iii) | where the transfer is by operation of law; |
| (iv) | as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or |
| (v) | as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018. |
Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 (the “CMP Regulations 2018”), we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
United Arab Emirates and Dubai International Financial Centre
Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. We may not render services relating to the securities within the United Arab Emirates, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares.
This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The shares to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the Dubai International Financial Centre, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the Dubai International Financial Centre.
161
New Zealand
The shares of Common Stock offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of shares in New Zealand, in each case other than:
| • | to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money; |
| • | to persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public; |
| • | to persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500 thousand for the shares before the allotment of those shares (disregarding any amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the issuer or any associated person of the issuer); or |
| • | in other circumstances where there is no contravention of the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or reenactment of, or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand). |
162
The validity of our Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Haynes and Boone, LLP, Dallas, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to descriptions of the Company’s regulatory environment will be passed upon for the Company by Meenan, P.A., Tallahassee, Florida. Certain partners of Meenan, P.A. are members of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC.
The consolidated financial statements of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC as of December 31, 2024, and 2023 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024 and the balance sheet of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. as of January 24, 2025, have been audited by Forvis Mazars, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report thereon, included in this registration statement. Such financial statements have been included herein in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
On December 12, 2023, we engaged Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Prior to Deloitte & Touche LLP’s engagement, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 had been audited by Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. As a result of our engagement of Deloitte & Touche LLP, we dismissed Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. as our independent auditor. The decision to change from Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. to Deloitte & Touche LLP was approved by the board of directors.
There were no disagreements with Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A., would have caused them to make reference thereto in its report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022. The report of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and subsequent interim period preceding Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A.’s dismissal, there were no reportable events, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
On February 9, 2024, we discharged Deloitte & Touche LLP prior to the issuance of any reports and prior to the completion of the audits. On February 9, 2024, we engaged Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. as our independent auditor for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decision to change from Deloitte & Touche LLP to Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. was approved by the board of directors.
While the audits were not completed, there were no disagreements with Deloitte & Touche LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte & Touche LLP, would have caused them to make reference thereto in its reports on our financial statements had such reports been issued. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and subsequent interim period preceding Deloitte & Touche LLP’s dismissal, there were no reportable events, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
While the audits were not completed, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 preceding Deloitte & Touche LLP’s dismissal, neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with Deloitte &
163
Touche LLP on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements or any of the matters described in Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.
We have provided Deloitte & Touche LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and requested that Deloitte & Touche LLP provide a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above facts and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of Deloitte & Touche LLP’s letter, dated April 29, 2025, provided in response to that request, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
On November 18, 2024, we engaged Forvis Mazars, LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Prior to the engagement of Forvis Mazars, LLP, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 had been audited by Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. As a result of our engagement of Forvis Mazars, LLP, we dismissed Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. as our independent auditor. The audited financial statements included in this prospectus for the year ended December 31, 2023 have been audited by Forvis Mazars, LLP. The decision to change from Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. to Forvis Mazars, LLP was approved by the board of directors.
There were no disagreements with Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A., would have caused them to make reference thereto in its report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023. The report of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and subsequent interim period preceding Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A.’s dismissal, there were no reportable events, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
Neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements or any of the matters described in Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.
We have provided Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and requested that Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. provide a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above facts and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A.’s letter, dated April 29, 2025, provided in response to that request, is filed as Exhibit 16.2 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, neither we, nor anyone acting on our behalf, consulted with Forvis Mazars, LLP on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements or any of the matters described in Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.
164
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our Common Stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the Common Stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of this contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.
After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We maintain a website at http://www.aiicfl.com. and we expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.
165
Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
Index to Financial Statements and Schedules
| American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. |
||||
| F-1 | ||||
| Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
| F-2 | ||||
| F-3 | ||||
| American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC |
||||
| F-4 | ||||
| Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
| F-5 | ||||
| Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income |
F-6 | |||
| F-7 | ||||
| F-8 | ||||
| F-10 | ||||
| Schedules required to be filed under the provisions of Regulation S-X Article 7: |
||||
| F-47 | ||||
| F-51 | ||||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statement – Balance Sheet
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the Company) as of January 24, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statement). In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 24, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).
Basis for Opinion
The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statement based on our audit.
We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Forvis Mazars, LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.
Tampa, Florida
February 7, 2025
F-1
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Balance Sheet
(In actuals)
| Assets | January 24, 2025 |
|||
| Cash |
$ | 100 | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Total assets |
$ | 100 | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Commitments and contingencies Stockholder’s equity: |
||||
| Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share; 5,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding |
$ | 100 | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Total stockholder’s equity |
$ | 100 | ||
|
|
|
|||
F-2
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statement
(In actuals)
| 1. | Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation |
Organization and Description of the Company
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on January 15, 2025. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and its subsidiaries (“AIIG”). The Company is expected to operate and control all of the business and affairs of AIIG, and through AIIG and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The financial statement has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows have not been presented because there have been no such activities in this entity as of January 24, 2025.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the financial statement in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
| 2. | Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Cash
All cash as of the balance sheet date was cash on hand, which is held in deposit, and is carried at fair value, which approximates carrying value.
Stockholder’s Equity
On January 24 2025, the Company was authorized to issue 5,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value. As of the balance sheet date, 100 shares have been issued, for $100, and are outstanding.
| 3. | Subsequent Events |
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 7, 2025, the date the financial statement was issued. The Company has concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that require disclosure.
F-3
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits.
We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Forvis Mazars, LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.
Tampa, Florida
March 25, 2025
F-4
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except unit and per unit data)
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Assets |
||||||||
| Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $214,505 and $194,585, respectively) |
$ | 214,045 | $ | 193,200 | ||||
| Short-term investments (amortized cost of $0 and $1,957, respectively) |
— | 1,957 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total investments |
214,045 | 195,157 | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
173,220 | 61,645 | ||||||
| Restricted cash |
6,052 | 523 | ||||||
| Premiums receivable, net |
51,594 | 36,769 | ||||||
| Accrued investment income |
2,174 | 1,695 | ||||||
| Prepaid reinsurance premiums |
268,254 | 225,930 | ||||||
| Income taxes recoverable |
— | 768 | ||||||
| Reinsurance recoverable, net |
462,097 | 325,290 | ||||||
| Property and equipment, net |
1,843 | 1,317 | ||||||
| Right-of-use assets – operating leases |
2,498 | 4,500 | ||||||
| Other assets |
16,368 | 8,441 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
$ | 1,198,145 | $ | 862,035 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Liabilities and members’ equity |
||||||||
| Liabilities: |
||||||||
| Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 475,708 | $ | 279,392 | ||||
| Income tax payable |
11,873 | — | ||||||
| Unearned premiums |
421,881 | 333,802 | ||||||
| Reinsurance payable |
56,348 | 61,061 | ||||||
| Advance premiums |
6,561 | 10,693 | ||||||
| Deferred income tax liability, net |
1,122 | 3,233 | ||||||
| Long-term debt |
1,029 | 1,441 | ||||||
| Lease liabilities – operating leases |
2,612 | 4,641 | ||||||
| Deferred policy acquisition costs, net unearned ceding commissions |
31,931 | 5,137 | ||||||
| Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
26,688 | 28,669 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities |
1,035,753 | 728,069 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 18) |
||||||||
| Temporary members’ equity: |
||||||||
| Class B units (27,900 authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, no par value) |
$ | — | $ | — | ||||
| Members’ equity: |
||||||||
| Class A units (92,096 authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, no par value) |
10,287 | 10,287 | ||||||
| Class C units (2,904 authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, no par value) |
— | — | ||||||
| Retained earnings |
152,432 | 124,714 | ||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes |
(327 | ) | (1,035 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total members’ equity |
162,392 | 133,966 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities and members’ equity |
$ | 1,198,145 | $ | 862,035 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-5
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(In thousands, except unit and per unit data)
| Years ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Revenues: |
||||||||
| Gross premiums written |
$ | 767,678 | $ | 640,990 | ||||
| Change in gross unearned premiums |
(85,462 | ) | (50,475 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Gross premiums earned |
682,216 | 590,515 | ||||||
| Ceded premiums earned |
(500,161 | ) | (410,253 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net premiums earned |
182,055 | 180,262 | ||||||
| Policy fees |
7,393 | 7,055 | ||||||
| Net investment income |
14,180 | 12,653 | ||||||
| Net realized gains (losses) on investments |
119 | (22 | ) | |||||
| Other income |
607 | 923 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total revenues |
204,354 | 200,871 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Expenses: |
||||||||
| Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net |
90,832 | 86,749 | ||||||
| Policy acquisition expenses |
31,532 | 35,255 | ||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
30,951 | 34,112 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total expenses |
153,315 | 156,116 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Income before income taxes |
51,039 | 44,755 | ||||||
| Income tax expense |
11,297 | 6,958 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net income |
$ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Other comprehensive income: |
||||||||
| Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes |
$ | 802 | $ | 2,203 | ||||
| Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains (losses), net of taxes |
(94 | ) | 17 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total other comprehensive income |
708 | 2,220 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Comprehensive income |
$ | 40,450 | $ | 40,017 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Earnings per unit: |
||||||||
| Basic and diluted earnings per unit |
$ | 309.45 | $ | 293.85 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Weighted average units outstanding – Basic and diluted |
122,900 | 122,900 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-6
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity
(In thousands, except per unit amounts)
| Class A Units |
Class C Units |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss |
Total Members’ Equity |
||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of January 1, 2023 |
$ | 10,287 | $ | — | $ | 88,754 | $ | (3,255 | ) | $ | 95,786 | |||||||||
| Distributions to members – tax advances and profit distributions ($14.95 per unit) |
— | — | (1,837 | ) | — | (1,837 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Total other comprehensive income |
— | — | — | 2,220 | 2,220 | |||||||||||||||
| Net income |
— | — | 37,797 | — | 37,797 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
10,287 | — | 124,714 | (1,035 | ) | 133,966 | ||||||||||||||
| Distributions to members – tax advances ($97.84 per unit) |
— | — | (12,024 | ) | — | (12,024 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Total other comprehensive income |
— | — | — | 708 | 708 | |||||||||||||||
| Net income |
— | — | 39,742 | — | 39,742 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
$ | 10,287 | $ | — | $ | 152,432 | $ | (327 | ) | $ | 162,392 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-7
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
| Years ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Operating activities |
||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: |
||||||||
| Amortization and depreciation |
2,841 | 1,224 | ||||||
| Deferred income taxes |
(2,110 | ) | 1,112 | |||||
| Net realized (gains) losses |
(119 | ) | 22 | |||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
| Premiums receivable |
(14,825 | ) | (7,938 | ) | ||||
| Accrued investment income |
(479 | ) | (412 | ) | ||||
| Prepaid reinsurance premiums |
(42,324 | ) | (66,852 | ) | ||||
| Reinsurance recoverable |
(136,807 | ) | 394,227 | |||||
| Deferred policy acquisition costs, net |
— | (287 | ) | |||||
| Other assets |
(7,981 | ) | 3,512 | |||||
| Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense |
196,316 | (283,324 | ) | |||||
| Unearned premiums |
88,079 | 50,104 | ||||||
| Reinsurance payable |
(4,713 | ) | 648 | |||||
| Advance premiums |
(4,132 | ) | 774 | |||||
| Income taxes payable (recoverable) |
12,640 | (3,095 | ) | |||||
| Operating lease payments |
(2,083 | ) | (1,966 | ) | ||||
| Book overdraft |
— | (67,457 | ) | |||||
| Deferred policy acquisition costs, net unearned ceding commissions |
31,931 | — | ||||||
| Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
(7,067 | ) | 6,349 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash from operating activities |
148,909 | 64,438 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Investing activities |
||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
(1,307 | ) | (756 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities |
83,223 | 43,271 | ||||||
| Purchases of fixed maturity securities |
(103,242 | ) | (48,159 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments |
1,957 | 5,760 | ||||||
| Purchases of short-term investments |
— | (1,957 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
(19,369 | ) | (1,841 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Financing activities |
||||||||
| Cash distributions to members |
(12,024 | ) | (1,837 | ) | ||||
| Repayment of long-term debt |
(412 | ) | (515 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in financing activities |
(12,436 | ) | (2,352 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
117,104 | 60,245 | ||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year |
62,168 | 1,923 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year |
$ | 179,272 | $ | 62,168 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
||||||||
| Interest paid |
$ | 65 | $ | 114 | ||||
| Income taxes paid |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 8,941 | ||||
F-8
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
The following table is a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 173,220 | $ | 61,645 | ||||
| Restricted cash |
6,052 | 523 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows |
$ | 179,272 | $ | 62,168 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-9
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
| 1. | Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation |
Organization and Description of the Company
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (“AIIG”, and together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the “Company”) was formed in 2006 as a Texas limited liability company. AIIG and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are engaged in the property and casualty insurance business. The Company’s subsidiaries include American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida (“AIIC”), a property and casualty insurance company domiciled in the state of Florida; American Integrity MGA, LLC (“AIMGA”), a Texas limited liability company operating as a managing general agency and functioning as a manager for the insurance subsidiary’s business; American Integrity Claims Services, LLC (“AICS”), a Texas limited liability company operating as a third-party administrator and providing insurance claims processing services; Pinnacle Insurance Consultants, LLC (“PIC”), a Nevada limited liability company operating as a licensed insurance agency in the state of Florida; and Pinnacle Analytics, LLC (“PA”), a Texas limited liability company performing limited reinsurance brokerage functions for the insurance subsidiary’s business. During 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with Artex SAC Limited (“Artex”), a Bermuda Licensed Segregated Accounts Company, to establish Catstyle Segregated Account (“Catstyle”). Catstyle is a segregated account controlled by the Company formed for the purpose of conducting reinsurance business.
The Company’s property and casualty insurance is currently offered in Florida, South Carolina, and Georgia.
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). References to the Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standard Updates (“ASU”) included hereinafter refer to the Accounting Standards Codification and Updates issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) as the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AIIG and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
For entities in which the Company has variable interests, the Company first evaluates whether the entity meets the definition of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) or a voting interest entity (“VOE”). If the entity is a VIE, the Company focuses on identifying whether it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and whether it has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE. If the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the variable interest entity will be included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. If the entity is a VOE, the Company evaluates whether it has the power to control the VOE through a majority voting interest or through other arrangements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements (hereinafter, “financial statements”) in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. As a result, actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-10
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
Management evaluates estimates on an ongoing basis when updated information related to such estimates becomes available. The most significant areas that require management judgment are the estimate of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, evaluation of reinsurance recoverable, and valuation of investments.
| 2. | Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits with financial institutions and other highly- liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. These amounts are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Any net negative cash balances with any individual financial institution in which conditions for the right of set off are met are excluded from cash and cash equivalents. These amounts represent outstanding checks or drafts not yet cleared by the financial institution and are reclassified to liabilities and presented as book overdraft in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The balance for book overdraft was zero as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash represents cash deposits held by certain states in which the Company’s insurance subsidiary conducts business to meet regulatory requirements and is not available for immediate business use. Restricted cash related to individual state regulatory deposits was $536 and $523 as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
Investments
Fixed Maturity Securities
The Company currently classifies all of its investments in debt securities and short-term investments as available-for-sale and reports them at fair value. Short-term investments consist of investments in interest-bearing assets with original maturities of twelve months or less. The Company records subsequent changes in value through the date of disposition as unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, and includes them as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until reclassified to earnings upon sale. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investments are determined using the specific-identification method and included in earnings. The Company amortizes any premium or discount on fixed maturities over the remaining maturity period of the related securities using the effective interest method and reports the amortization in net investment income. The Company recognizes dividends and interest income when earned.
Quarterly, the Company performs an assessment of investments to determine if any are impaired as the result of a credit loss. An investment is impaired when the fair value of the investment declines to an amount less than the cost or amortized cost of that investment. For each fixed-income security in an unrealized loss position, if the intent is to sell the security or that it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the cost or amortized cost basis for reasons such as liquidity needs, contractual or regulatory requirements, the security’s entire decline in fair value is recorded in earnings. If the intent is not to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security, the Company will evaluate whether any impairment is attributable to credit-related factors. Such evaluation includes consideration of factors such as:
| • | Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments |
F-11
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
| • | Downgrades in the security’s credit rating since acquisition by 3 or more notches |
| • | Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area |
| • | Changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security |
| • | The payment structure of the security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future |
Upon determination of a credit-related impairment, an allowance for credit losses (ACL) will be recognized and is measured as the amount by which the security’s amortized cost basis exceeds the entity’s best estimate of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected. The allowance is limited to the difference between the amortized cost basis and the security’s fair value. Subsequent recovery of any previously recorded impairment will be recognized through reversal of the ACL.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date (an exit price). ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”) establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used to measure investments at fair value. The observability of inputs is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment, characteristics specific to the investment, market conditions and other factors. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).
The three levels of the hierarchy are as follows:
| Level 1: | Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical investments at the measurement date are used. |
| Level 2: | Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 pricing inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. |
| Level 3: | Pricing inputs are unobservable and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. The inputs used in determination of fair value require significant judgment and estimation. |
When fair value inputs fall within different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the asset or liability is categorized in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the asset or liability. Assessing the significance of a particular input to the valuation of an asset or liability in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. The categorization of an asset or liability within the hierarchy is based upon the pricing transparency of the asset or liability and does not necessarily correspond to the perceived risk of that asset or liability.
Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash approximate fair value and are therefore excluded from the leveling table seen in Note 5 – “Fair Value Measurements.” The cost basis is determined to approximate fair value due to the short-term duration of the financial instruments.
F-12
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
Premiums Receivable
Generally, premiums are collected prior to or during the policy period as permitted under the Company’s payment plans. Premium receivables include amounts due from policyholders and agents for billed and uncollected premiums. Credit risk is minimized through the effective administration of policy payment plans whereby the rules governing policy cancellation minimize circumstances in which the Company extends insurance coverage without having received the corresponding premiums. The Company performs a policy-level evaluation to determine the extent the premium receivable balance exceeds the unearned premium balance. For these policies, an allowance for credit losses is estimated based on the length of collection periods, the creditworthiness of the insured, and historical experience. Cancellations are issued for policies with premiums outstanding for a period greater than is contractually permitted. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company recorded an allowance for credit losses of $3,077 and $2,617, respectively, for the expected credit losses related to premiums receivable.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows: furniture, 7 years; vehicle fleet, 7 years; leasehold improvements, 7 years; and computer equipment, 3 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the asset’s useful life, which is 7 years. Internally developed software is amortized over its estimated useful life of 3 years. Costs for internally developed software are capitalized during the application development stage. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. The Company reviews its property and equipment for impairment annually and/or whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Premium Revenue
Premium revenue is earned on a daily pro rata basis over the contract period of the related insurance policies that are in force and is included in direct premiums earned. The portion of premiums not earned at the end of the year is recorded as unearned premiums. Premiums collected prior to the policy effective date are recorded as advance premiums on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Policy Fees
Policy fees, which represent managing general agency (MGA) fees paid by policyholders to the Company’s managing general agency subsidiary, AIMGA, (through the Company’s insurance subsidiary, AIIC) on all new and renewal insurance policies, are recognized as income at policy inception date, which coincides with the completion of the AIMGA’s performance obligation (upon completion of the placement of the policy).
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Net of Ceding Commissions
Direct acquisition expenses, which primarily consist of commissions and premium taxes and other acquisition costs that vary with, and are directly related to the successful acquisition of insurance contracts, net of ceding commissions, are deferred and amortized to expense in proportion to the premium earned, generally over a period of one year. Ceding commissions from reinsurance agreements are recorded as a reimbursement for acquisition costs. If the amount of unearned ceding commission exceeds the amount of deferred acquisition costs of the business ceded, the net amount is recorded as a separate liability. As of
F-13
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company has deferred ceding commission liabilities of $(70,734) and $(48,217), respectively. Unamortized deferred policy acquisition costs are subject to premium deficiency testing, as further discussed in Premium Deficiency Reserve policy below.
Reinsurance
Reinsurance is used to reduce the exposure to losses arising from direct insurance policies, manage capacity and protect capital resources. However, the Company remains liable for all losses it incurs to the extent that any reinsurer is unable or unwilling to make timely payments under its reinsurance agreements. To minimize exposure to losses related to a reinsurer’s inability to pay, the financial condition of such reinsurer is evaluated initially upon placement of the reinsurance and periodically thereafter. In addition to considering a reinsurer’s financial condition, the collectability of the reinsurance recoverable is evaluated regularly based on other factors. Such factors include the amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, disputes, any collateral or letters of credit held and other relevant factors.
The accounting for reinsurance contracts depends on whether the reinsurance contract reinsures short-duration or long-duration insurance contracts, whether the reinsurance contract meets certain risk transfer conditions, and whether the reinsurance contract is prospective or retrospective. When the ceding company is indemnified by the reinsurer against the loss or liabilities (i.e., risk transfer), reinsurance accounting is required.
In establishing an allowance for credit losses related to reinsurance recoverables, the Company has elected to use a probability of default and loss-given default model. This model is applied to pools of recoverables that share similar risk characteristics, including risk ratings and availability of collateral. Management evaluates assumptions used within the allowance for credit loss analysis on a quarterly basis considering changes in credit ratings, probability of default rates, and changes in reinsurance recoverables balances. Management utilizes the aforementioned analysis of assumptions to estimate a range of possible current expected credit losses for the exposed population of reinsurance recoverables. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the exposure from this analysis was not considered material.
Reinsurance recoverables include reinsurance recoverables on paid losses and reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses. Reinsurance recoverables on paid losses represent amounts currently due from reinsurers. Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses represent amounts that will be collectible from reinsurers once the losses are paid to the insured. Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses are estimated in a manner consistent with the Company’s estimate of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses associated with the insured business.
Reinsurance premiums, commissions, and expense reimbursements related to reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with the basis used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Ceded reinsurance premiums are reported as a reduction of premium earned and are recognized over the remaining policy period based on the reinsurance protection provided. Ceded reinsurance premiums applicable to reinsurance ceded for unearned premiums are reported as prepaid reinsurance premiums in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and represents the unexpired portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers. Ceded reinsurance policies are reflected as reinsurance payable. Ceded losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) are also accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the relevant reinsurance agreement and are recorded as reductions to losses and LAE incurred. Ceding commissions received in connection with reinsurance are accounted for as a reduction of deferred policy acquisition costs. Ceded premiums on the catastrophe bonds are treated similar to multi-year treaties.
F-14
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The Company participates in a “take-out program” through which the Company assumes insurance policies held by Citizens Property Insurance Corporation (“Citizens”), a Florida state-supported insurer. The take-out program is a legislatively mandated program designed to reduce the state’s risk exposure by encouraging private companies to assume policies from Citizens. Premiums assumed from Citizens are included in gross premiums earned and recognized over the remaining contract period of the assumed policy.
Premium Deficiency Reserve
If the sum of existing policies’ expected losses and LAE, deferred policy acquisition costs and policy maintenance costs (such as costs to store records and costs incurred to collect premiums and pay commissions) exceeds the related unearned premiums, a premium deficiency is determined to exist. The Company does not consider anticipated investment income in determining if a premium deficiency exists. In this event, deferred policy acquisition costs are immediately expensed to the extent necessary to eliminate the premium deficiency. If the premium deficiency exceeds deferred policy acquisition costs, a liability is accrued for the excess deficiency. No accruals for premium deficiency were considered necessary as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Liability for unpaid losses and LAE represent management’s best estimate of the ultimate cost of settling all unpaid reported and unreported losses and LAE, net of salvage and subrogation recoveries. The liability for unpaid losses and LAE include: (1) the accumulation of individual case estimates for claims and claim adjustment expenses reported prior to the close of the accounting period; (2) actuarial estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported (“IBNR”); and (3) estimates of expenses for investigating and adjusting claims based on experience of the Company and the industry. The Company estimates and accrues its right to subrogate reported or estimated claims against other parties. Subrogated claims are recorded at amounts estimated to be received from the subrogated parties, net of related costs and netted against the reserves for unpaid loss and LAE.
The establishment of appropriate reserves, including reserves for catastrophe losses, is an inherently uncertain and complex process. Inherent in the estimates of ultimate claims and subrogation are expected trends in loss severity, frequency, payment patterns and other factors (including known and anticipated regulatory and legal developments, changes in social attitude, inflation, and economic conditions) that may vary as claims are settled. In addition, the Company’s policyholders are subject to adverse weather conditions, such as hurricanes, tornadoes and tropical storms. Although considerable variability is inherent in such estimates, management believes that the reserves for losses and LAE are reasonably stated. The estimates prior to the balance sheet date are continually monitored and reviewed, and as settlements are made or reserves adjusted as experience develops or new information becomes known, the differences are reported in current operations. Salvage and subrogation recoveries are estimated based on a review of the level of historical salvage and subrogation recoveries. The Company does not discount its unpaid loss and LAE reserves. Unpaid loss and LAE reserves are recorded net of reinsurance.
Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt includes the Company’s surplus notes. Surplus notes are generally classified as a liability recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at carrying value.
On June 27, 2007, the Company entered into a $7,000 surplus note with State Board Administration of Florida (the “SBAF”) under Florida’s Insurance Capital Build-Up Incentive Program (the “Program”). The
F-15
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
term of the surplus note is 20 years and accrues interest, adjusted quarterly based on the 10-year Constant Maturity Treasury Rate. The effective interest rate paid on the surplus note was 3.75% and 4.59% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 the Company had approximately $1,029 and $1,441 of the surplus note outstanding, respectively. Refer to Note 11 – “Long-term Debt” to these consolidated financial statements for further information.
Temporary Members’ Equity – Class B Units
Owner of Class B units have the right in certain circumstances to require us to purchase all or a portion of their equity interests at fair value as defined in the applicable agreements, as determined by the Board of Directors. The Class B units were issued as compensation to the Founder of the Company, vested immediately and contained a right to convert into Class A units which is exercisable upon termination of employment of the Founder. The Class B units also include a puttable redemption feature which provide compensation to the Class B unitholders upon death or disability while employed, thus these are determined to be temporary members’ equity.
Members’ Equity
Members’ equity consists of two classes of units that were issued to members: A and C. A unitholders are entitled to one vote for each unit. C unitholders are not entitled to vote. The A units were issued in exchange for capital contributions and vested immediately. The A unitholders were entitled to the return of their original capital contributions made plus interest at the rate of 12% per annum. The capital contributions plus interest, representing the preferred return, were repaid in 2007, the same year of issuance. As such, no further obligations exist with respect to the preferred return, but the capital remains outstanding with respect to A units. The C units were issued to employees at the Company in exchange for services and vested immediately with no conversion options. The Company has analyzed these awards under both ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) and ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and concluded that these awards should be classified as equity.
Guaranty Fund and Residual Market Pool Assessments
Insurance companies are required to participate in guaranty funds for insolvent insurance companies and other statutory insurance entities. The guaranty funds and other statutory entities periodically levy assessments against all applicable insurance companies doing business in the state and the amounts and timing of those assessments are unpredictable.
The Company’s insurance subsidiary is subject to assessments by the Florida Insurance Guaranty Association (“FIGA”), a residual market pool, and a state catastrophe reinsurance pool. The activities of this fund and these pools include collecting funds from solvent insurance companies to cover losses resulting from the insolvency or rehabilitation of other insurance companies or deficits generated by Citizens Property Insurance Corporation (“Citizens”) and the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”). The Company’s policy is to recognize its obligation for guaranty fund and residual market pool assessments when it has the information available to reasonably estimate its liabilities. The Company accrues a liability for estimated insurance assessments as direct premiums are written. To recover assessments which are paid in advance to the guaranty fund or other insurance-related entity, the Company recoups such assessments from policyholders in the form of a policy surcharge. Once the recoupment period begins, the entire recoupment amount is recorded as an asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. For assessments that are collected from policyholders in advance of payment to the guaranty fund, the Company records a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheet to reflect the amounts collected but unremitted.
F-16
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in financial institutions and the Company’s investment portfolio. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company’s cash deposits at any one bank generally exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s $250 coverage limit for insured deposit accounts. For those banks where the Company’s deposits exceed $250, the Company regularly reviews the financials reports and credit ratings of the banks for any indication of financial stress. The Company determined that no indication of financial stress was evident in any bank where Company deposits exceeded $250 at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
To manage exposure to credit risk in its investment portfolio, the Company focuses primarily on higher-quality, fixed-income securities, reviews the credit strength of all entities in which it invests, limits its exposure in any one investment, and monitors portfolio quality, taking into account credit ratings assigned by recognized credit-rating organizations.
Additionally, reinsurance agreements potentially subject the Company to concentrations in credit risk. The Company remains liable for claims payments in the event that any reinsurer is unable to meet its obligations under the reinsurance agreements. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographic regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurers to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies. The Company contracts with a number of reinsurers to secure its annual reinsurance coverage, which generally becomes effective either January 1st, April 1st or June 1st of each year. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, 41% and 39% of the Company’s premiums recoverable were related to one reinsurer.
The Company also faces concentration risk related to geography. Because the Company conducts the majority of its business in Florida, the financial results depend on the regulatory, legal, economic and weather conditions in Florida.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets (“DTA”) and deferred tax liabilities (“DTL”) for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines DTAs and DTLs on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes DTAs to the extent that it is believed that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, carryback potential if permitted under the tax law, and results of recent operations. If determined that the Company would be able to realize DTAs in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the DTA valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.
The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company will determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those
F-17
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to tax positions in income tax expense.
Leases
The Company leases office space and vehicles under operating lease agreements that have initial terms ranging from two to six years. The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception, which is the date on which the terms of the contract are agreed to, and the agreement creates enforceable rights and obligations. The Company evaluates contracts entered into to determine whether the contract involves the use of an asset. The Company then evaluates whether it controls the use of the asset, which is determined by assessing whether it obtains substantially all economic benefits from the use of the asset, and whether it has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Company also considers whether its service arrangements include the right to control the use of an asset. If these criteria are met and a lease has been identified, the Company accounts for the contract under the requirements of ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”). The Company elects not to record any lease with a term of 12 months or less on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For such short-term leases, the Company recognizes the lease payments in expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has no leases with variable lease payments.
If the contract is or contains a lease and the Company has the right to control the use of the identified asset, the right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and the lease liability is measured from the lease component of the contract and recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. For leases in which an implicit rate is not provided in the contract, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate (IBR) based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Since AIIG does not currently have any outstanding debt, which could provide an indication of the Company’s borrowing rate, management relied on an estimated credit rating and determined IBR based on available market data. The Company excludes options to extend or terminate a lease from its recognition as part of ROU assets and lease liabilities until those options are known and/or executed. The Company recognizes the ROU assets and lease liability over the lease term as the present value of all remaining payments, discounted by the rate determined at commencement on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Operating leases are included in right-of-use assets – operating leases and lease liabilities – operating leases on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Profit participation plan
The Company has a Profit Participation Plan (“PPP”) whereby certain key employees were granted the right to receive cash distributions from the Company based on specific participation ratios and hurdle values determined at the time of grant. The hurdle value is based on the Board of Directors determination of the GAAP book value of equity for the Company. The Company has determined that these distributions fall under ASC 718. The award agreement stipulates that cash distributions will only be made if the Company makes a cash distribution to unitholders and the equity value for the Company remains in excess of the hurdle value after the distribution to unitholders takes place. The distribution is also subject to Board approval.
As the payment for the participation plan is not certain until the board approves the payment amounts, the Company has determined that the liability and compensation cost will not be recognized until the date that the board declares the distributions effective each year. As such, the liability will be measured based on the amount expected to be paid as of the end of the reporting period after the recognition threshold is achieved and the liability is relieved through payment of the distribution.
F-18
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
Earnings Per Unit
Basic earnings per unit is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to unitholders by the weighted-average number of common units outstanding for the period.
It was determined in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, (“ASC 260”), that the participants of the PPP are able to participate in undistributed earnings with common stock based on a predetermined formula on a nonforfeitable basis, thus representing a participating security. The Company applies the two-class method to allocate income between the common unitholders and the PPP participants.
Diluted earnings per unit is computed by dividing the Company’s net income available to unitholders, by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period plus the impact of all potentially dilutive units, such as preferred units, unvested units and options. The dilutive impact of unit options and unvested units is determined by applying the treasury stock method and the dilutive impact of any preferred units is determined by applying the “if converted” method. The Company did not have any dilutive instruments for the period and therefore diluted earnings per unit is equal to basic earnings per unit. There are no unvested units issued or outstanding.
Statutory Accounting
The Company’s insurance subsidiary is highly regulated and prepares and files financial statements in conformity with the statutory accounting practices prescribed and permitted by the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (the “FLOIR”) and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), which differ from U.S. GAAP. The FLOIR requires insurance companies domiciled in Florida to prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (the “Manual”), as modified by the FLOIR. Accordingly, the admitted assets, liabilities and capital and surplus as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 and the results of operations and cash flows, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 for their regulatory filings have been prepared in accordance with statutory accounting principles as promulgated by the FLOIR and the NAIC. The statutory accounting principles are designed primarily to demonstrate the ability to meet obligations to policyholders and claimants.
Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act. Under the JOBS Act, EGCs can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with certain new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date the Company (i) is no longer an EGC or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, the consolidated financial statements may or may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public companies’ effective dates.
Recently Issued And Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13” or “ASC 326”). The amendments in this and the related ASUs introduce broad changes to accounting for credit impairment of financial instruments. The
F-19
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
primary updates include the introduction of a new current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model that is based on expected rather than incurred losses for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and amends the accounting for impairment of available-for-sale securities. This model incorporates past experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts affecting collectability of these instruments. The amendments in this update are effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. For all other entities, the amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the new guidance under ASC 326. This update requires financial assets (including receivables and reinsurance recoverables) measured at amortized cost to be presented net of an allowance for credit losses. Additionally, this update requires credit losses on available-for-sale fixed maturity securities to be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down, allowing an entity to also record reversals of credit losses in current period net income. The ASU further limited estimated credit losses relating to available-for-sale securities to the amount which fair value is below amortized cost. The Company adopted ASC 326 using the modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2023, are presented under ASC 326 while prior period amounts will continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable U.S. GAAP. The Company has adopted the ASU and finalized the impact of ASC 326, and it did not require a material adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2023, for the cumulative after-tax effect of adopting this new standard.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07 Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which amended the guidance in ASC 280, Segment Reporting, to require a public entity to disclose significant segment expenses and other segment items on an annual and interim basis and to provide in interim periods all disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets that are currently required annually. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide the new disclosures and all the disclosures required under ASC 280. The guidance is applied retrospectively to all periods presented in financial statements, unless it is impracticable. The guidance applies to all public entities and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 for its 2024 year-end. The adoption of the ASU did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Recently Issued But Not Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which amended the guidance in ASC 740 to enhance the transparency and decision-usefulness of income tax disclosures, particularly in the rate reconciliation table and disclosures about income taxes paid. The guidance applies to all entities subject to income taxes and will be applied prospectively with the option to apply it retrospectively for each period presented. For public business entities (PBEs), the new requirements will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. For entities other than public business entities, the requirements will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025. The Company will adopt the guidance on January 1, 2026. With the Company’s insurance subsidiary being the only entity subject to income taxes, management is currently evaluating the impact and does not expect that this update will have a material impact on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03 Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40). This ASU requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses, such as employee compensation and depreciation, for public business entities. The ASU does not change the expense captions an entity presents on the face of the income statement;
F-20
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
rather, it requires disaggregation of certain expense captions into specified categories in disclosures within the footnotes to the financial statements. The ASU also requires disclosure of a qualitative description of the amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that are not separately disaggregated quantitatively. ASU 2024-03 is effective for all public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt the guidance on January 1, 2027, and is currently assessing the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Revision
The Company identified a revision between two assets held in the Catstyle account and revised the presentation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 from what was previously presented. The revision relates to the amount reported as cash in Note 3 – “Variable Interest Entity,” for Catstyle in 2023 and the amounts of cash and fixed maturity securities reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements for 2023. The revision is a result of treasury bonds held at Catstyle being misclassified as cash in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The impacts of the revision on the previously issued Balance Sheet and Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2023 are as follows:
| As Previously Reported |
Adjustments | As Adjusted | ||||||||||
| Balance Sheet: |
||||||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 68,662 | $ | (7,017 | ) | $ | 61,645 | |||||
| Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value |
186,183 | 7,017 | 193,200 | |||||||||
| Statement of Cash Flows: |
||||||||||||
| Purchases of fixed maturity securities |
(41,142 | ) | (7,017 | ) | (48,159 | ) | ||||||
| Net cash from (used in) investing activities |
5,176 | (7,017 | ) | (1,841 | ) | |||||||
The impacts of the revision on Note 3 – “Variable Interest Entity,” in the previously issued financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 are as follows:
| As Previously Reported |
Adjustments | As Adjusted | ||||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 7,036 | $ | (7,017 | ) | $ | 19 | |||||
| Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value |
— | 7,017 | 7,017 | |||||||||
The impacts of the revision on Note 4 – “Investments” in the previously issued financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 are as follows:
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
Amortized Cost |
Allowance for Credit Loss |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||||||||||
| As previously reported |
$ | 94,700 | — | |
— |
|
$ | (1,163 | ) | $ | 93,537 | |||||||||
| Adjustments |
7,017 | — | — | — | 7,017 | |||||||||||||||
| As Adjusted |
$ | 101,717 | |
— |
|
— | $ | (1,163 | ) | $ | 100,554 | |||||||||
F-21
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The impacts of the revision on Note 5 – “Fair Value Measurements” in the previously issued financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 are as follows:
| Level 1 | ||||||||||||
| As Previously Reported |
Adjustments | As Adjusted | ||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 93,537 | $ | 7,017 | $ | 100,554 | ||||||
| 3. | Variable Interest Entity |
As part of the 2023-2024 catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance placement which incepted on June 1, 2023, AIIC entered into a reinsurance agreement with Catstyle, a segregated account and controlled by the Company. Catstyle provides reinsurance coverage for layer one of the Company’s catastrophe reinsurance program effective June 1, 2023 through May 31, 2024 and June 1, 2024 through May 31, 2025. Catstyle reinsurance eliminates in consolidation.
To establish the Catstyle Segregated Account, AIIG entered into a master preference shareholder agreement with Artex whereby AIIG purchased 1,000 non-voting redeemable preference shares, par value of $1.00, to become the sole shareholder of Catstyle. AIIG also contributed additional surplus in order to fully capitalize Catstyle.
The Company was determined to be the primary beneficiary of Catstyle, a silo that is a VIE within Artex, as AIIG has the power to direct the activities that significantly affect the economic performance as well as the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant of Catstyle. Thus, AIIG has consolidated the assets, liabilities and operations of Catstyle in its consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 with intercompany balances and transactions eliminated in consolidation.
The following table presents, on a consolidated basis, the balance sheet classification and exposure of cash, restricted cash and investments held in the segregated account, which are used to settle reinsurance obligations of Catstyle as of the dates presented. Cash, restricted cash and investments held in the segregated account are required to be held in a trust account solely for the benefit of the Company and can be used to settle activity under the reinsurance agreement. Any cash, restricted cash or investments held in the segregated account not actively being used to settle activity under the reinsurance agreement can only be paid to the Company by dividend based upon underwriting results of the segregated account or by expiration or termination of the reinsurance agreement. Catstyle cannot declare or pay dividends without necessary approvals from the Bermuda Monetary Authority.
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cash |
$ | — | $ | 19 | ||||
| Restricted Cash |
5,516 | — | ||||||
| Fixed maturity securities |
12,669 | 7,017 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
18,185 | 7,036 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-22
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
| 4. | Investments |
Available-for-Sale Securities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities are as follows:
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortized Cost |
Allowance for Credit Loss |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 75,532 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | (298 | ) | $ | 75,234 | |||||||||
| Corporate debt securities |
109,174 | — | 164 | (548 | ) | 108,790 | ||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
29,799 | — | 262 | (40 | ) | 30,021 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total fixed maturity securities |
214,505 | — | 426 | (886 | ) | 214,045 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Short-term investments |
— | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total available-for-sale investments |
$ | 214,505 | $ | — | $ | 426 | $ | (886 | ) | $ | 214,045 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortized Cost |
Allowance for Credit Loss |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 101,717 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | (1,163 | ) | $ | 100,554 | |||||||||
| Corporate debt securities |
52,879 | — | 213 | (573 | ) | 52,519 | ||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
39,989 | — | 332 | (194 | ) | 40,127 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total fixed maturity securities |
194,585 | — | 545 | (1,930 | ) | 193,200 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Short-term investments |
1,957 | — | — | — | 1,957 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total available-for-sale investments |
$ | 196,542 | $ | — | $ | 545 | $ | (1,930 | ) | $ | 195,157 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
A summary of the aggregate estimated fair values of available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses segregated by time period in an unrealized loss position is as follows:
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less than 12 months | 12 months or greater | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 21,209 | $ | (145 | ) | $ | 41,355 | $ | (153 | ) | $ | 62,564 | $ | (298 | ) | |||||||||
| Corporate debt securities |
60,993 | (198 | ) | 47,797 | (350 | ) | 108,790 | (548 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
13,869 | (11 | ) | 16,152 | (29 | ) | 30,021 | (40 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments |
— | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 96,071 | $ | (354 | ) | $ | 105,304 | $ | (532 | ) | $ | 201,375 | $ | (886 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
F-23
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
| December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less than 12 months | 12 months or greater | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
Unrealized losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | — | $ | — | $ | 93,537 | $ | (1,163 | ) | $ | 93,537 | $ | (1,163 | ) | ||||||||||
| Corporate debt securities |
41,245 | (71 | ) | 11,274 | (502 | ) | 52,519 | (573 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
— | — | 40,127 | (194 | ) | 40,127 | (194 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments |
1,957 | — | — | — | 1,957 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 43,202 | $ | (71 | ) | $ | 144,938 | $ | (1,859 | ) | $ | 188,140 | $ | (1,930 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
A summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2024, by contractual maturity is as follows. The expected maturities may differ from the contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
| Amortized Cost | Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||
| Years to maturity |
||||||||
| Government and corporate securities: |
||||||||
| Due in one year or less |
$ | 59,171 | $ | 59,012 | ||||
| Due after one year through five years |
125,535 | 125,012 | ||||||
| Due after five years through ten years |
— | — | ||||||
| Due after ten years |
— | — | ||||||
| Other securities, which provide for periodic payments: |
||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
29,799 | 30,021 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 214,505 | $ | 214,045 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following table presents components of the Company’s net investment income for the year ended:
| Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Fixed maturities, available-for-sale |
$ | 7,842 | $ | 7,459 | ||||
| Short-term investments |
— | 1,957 | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
6,735 | 3,746 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Gross investment income |
14,577 | 13,162 | ||||||
| Investment expenses |
(397 | ) | (509 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net investment income |
$ | 14,180 | $ | 12,653 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Proceeds from sales or maturities of fixed maturity available-for-sale securities for the year ended December 31, 2024 were $83,223 with $170 and $51 of gross realized gains and losses, respectively. Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity available-for-sale securities for the year ended December 31, 2023 were $43,271 with $0.4 and $22 of gross realized gains and losses, respectively. Proceeds from sales or maturities of short-term securities for the year ended December 31, 2024 were $1,957. Proceeds from sales or maturities of short-term securities for the year ended December 31, 2023 were $5,760.
F-24
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The company recorded the following activity pertaining to the allowance for credit losses:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Beginning balance – allowance for credit loss |
$ | — | $ | — | ||||
| Additions to the allowance for losses not previously recorded |
— | — | ||||||
| Revisions to the allowance for losses previously recorded |
— | — | ||||||
| Reduction in allowance for securities sold or impaired |
— | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Ending balance – allowance for credit loss |
$ | — | $ | — | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 5. | Fair Value Measurements |
The tables below presents information about the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 75,234 | $ | 75,234 | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
| Corporate debt securities |
108,790 | 28,222 | 80,568 | — | ||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
30,021 | — | 30,021 | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
$ | 214,045 | $ | 103,456 | $ | 110,589 | $ | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 100,554 | $ | 100,554 | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
| Corporate debt securities |
52,519 | 4,042 | 48,477 | — | ||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities |
40,127 | — | 40,127 | — | ||||||||||||
| Short-term investments |
1,957 | — | 1,957 | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
$ | 195,157 | $ | 104,596 | $ | 90,561 | $ | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The Company has no assets carried at fair value in the Level 3 category.
The Company classifies U.S. Treasury bonds and government agencies, short-term investments, and some corporate debt securities within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets. Corporate debt securities and asset-backed securities categorized as Level 2 were valued using a market approach. Valuations were based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, or valuations based on models where the significant inputs are observable (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities) or can be corroborated by observable market data.
During 2024 and 2023, the Company had no event or circumstance change that would cause an instrument to be transferred between levels.
F-25
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The following table summarizes the carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments not carried at fair value as of the date presented:
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Carrying Value |
Estimated Fair Value |
Carrying Value |
Estimated Fair Value |
|||||||||||||
| Long-term debt: |
||||||||||||||||
| Surplus note |
$ | 1,029 | $ | 885 | $ | 1,441 | $ | 1,238 | ||||||||
The Company’s long-term debt represents a surplus note and fair value was determined by management from the expected cash flows discounted using the interest rate quoted by the holder. The Florida State Board of Administration (“FSBA”) is the holder of the surplus note and the quoted interest rate is equivalent to the 10-year Constant Maturity Treasury Rate, adjusted quarterly. The Company’s use of funds from the surplus note is limited by the terms of the agreement, therefore, the Company has determined the interest rate quoted by the FSBA to be appropriate for purposes of establishing the fair value of the surplus note (Level 3).
| 6. | Property and Equipment |
Property and equipment consists of the following as of:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Furniture |
$ | 1,608 | $ | 1,608 | ||||
| Leasehold improvements |
218 | 218 | ||||||
| Computer equipment |
5,455 | 4,166 | ||||||
| Vehicle fleet |
545 | 525 | ||||||
| Internally developed software |
12,080 | 12,080 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total, at cost |
19,906 | 18,597 | ||||||
| Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(18,063 | ) | (17,280 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Property and equipment, net |
$ | 1,843 | $ | 1,317 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
All internally developed software is fully depreciated as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $783 and $556 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
F-26
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
| 7. | Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Net of Ceding Commissions |
The tables below show the activity regarding deferred policy acquisition costs (“DPAC”) for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The ending DPAC balance is included in Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The unearned ceding commission income is amortized over the effective period of the related insurance policies. For the year ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company allocated earned ceding commission income of $57,975, and $37,317 to policy acquisition costs, and $56,906, and $35,625 to general and administrative expenses, respectively.
| Year Ended December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
| DPAC, excluding unearned ceding commission |
Unearned ceding commission |
Total | ||||||||||
| DPAC, beginning of year |
$ | 43,080 | $ | (48,217 | ) | $ | (5,137 | ) | ||||
| Policy acquisition costs deferred during year: |
||||||||||||
| Producer commissions |
70,953 | — | 70,953 | |||||||||
| Premium taxes |
6,977 | — | 6,977 | |||||||||
| Other acquisition costs |
7,996 | — | 7,996 | |||||||||
| Ceding commissions |
— | (128,420 | ) | (128,420 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total policy acquisition costs |
85,926 | (128,420 | ) | (42,494 | ) | |||||||
| Amortization |
(90,203 | ) | 105,903 | 15,700 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| DPAC, end of year |
$ | 38,803 | $ | (70,734 | ) | $ | (31,931 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||
| DPAC, excluding unearned ceding commission |
Unearned ceding commission |
Total | ||||||||||
| DPAC, beginning of year |
$ | 35,647 | $ | (35,934 | ) | $ | (287 | ) | ||||
| Policy acquisition costs deferred during year: |
||||||||||||
| Producer commissions |
69,056 | — | 69,056 | |||||||||
| Premium taxes |
6,577 | — | 6,577 | |||||||||
| Other acquisition costs |
7,123 | — | 7,123 | |||||||||
| Ceding commissions |
— | (81,787 | ) | (81,787 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total policy acquisition costs |
82,756 | (81,787 | ) | 969 | ||||||||
| Amortization |
(75,323 | ) | 69,504 | (5,819 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| DPAC, end of year |
$ | 43,080 | $ | (48,217 | ) | $ | (5,137 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| 8. | Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses |
The liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses (LAE) includes an amount determined from loss reports and individual cases and an amount, based on past experience, for losses IBNR. The liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is reported net of receivables for salvage and subrogation of approximately $3,650 and $4,880 at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
F-27
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in the liability for unpaid losses and LAE:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Unpaid Loss and LAE beginning of year |
$ | 279,392 | $ | 562,716 | ||||
| Less: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE |
214,718 | 502,476 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net unpaid loss and LAE at beginning of year |
64,674 | 60,240 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Add: Losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, incurred related to: |
||||||||
| Current year |
94,019 | 89,344 | ||||||
| Prior years |
(3,187 | ) | (2,595 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total net losses and LAE incurred |
90,832 | 86,749 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Less: Losses and LAE paid, net of reinsurance, related to: |
||||||||
| Current year |
56,038 | 55,611 | ||||||
| Prior years |
38,846 | 26,704 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total net paid losses and LAE |
94,884 | 82,315 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Unpaid loss and LAE, net of reinsurance at end of year |
60,622 | 64,674 | ||||||
| Add: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE |
415,086 | 214,718 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Unpaid loss and LAE at end of year |
$ | 475,708 | $ | 279,392 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
During 2024, the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, prior to reinsurance, decreased by $4,052 from $64,674 as of December 31, 2023 to $60,622 as of December 31, 2024. The decrease was principally the result of decreases to reflect that the legislative reforms impacting the Florida residential property insurance market have created a more favorable operating environment for insurance carriers writing in the state, resulting in decreased claims frequencies, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Prior year development includes changes in estimated losses and LAE for all events occurring in prior years including hurricanes and other weather. In 2024, the Company’s net loss and LAE incurred for the year ended December 31, 2024 reflects favorable development of $3,187, which was a result of re-estimation of unpaid losses and LAE. These adjustments are generally the result of ongoing analysis of recent loss development trends. Original estimates are decreased or increased as additional information becomes known regarding individual claims.
The following is information about incurred and paid loss development as of December 31, 2024, net of reinsurance, as well as cumulative claim frequency and the total of IBNR liabilities plus expected development on reported claims included within the net incurred loss amounts. All information is reported in thousands, except for cumulative number of reported claims, which are shown at the actual counts.
In determining the cumulative number of reported claims, the Company measures claim frequency per policy, per claim event for all coverages. Reported claims that are closed without an indemnity payment are not included in cumulative number of reported claims.
The Company compiles and aggregates its claims data by grouping the claims according to the year in which the claim occurred (“accident year”) when analyzing claim payment and emergence patterns and trends over time. The Company analyzed the usefulness of disaggregation of its results and determined the characteristics associated with the policies and the related unpaid loss reserves, incurred losses, and payment patterns are similar in nature. As such, the information about incurred and paid loss development for the years ended December 31, 2015 to 2023, is presented as supplementary information.
F-28
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
Homeowners’ Insurance
| As of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Incurred Losses and Allocated LAE, Net of Reinsurance | Total of IBNR Liabilities Plus Expected Development on Reported claims |
Cumulative Number of Reported Claims |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accident Year |
2015* | 2016* | 2017* | 2018* | 2019* | 2020* | 2021* | 2022* | 2023* | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2015 |
$ | 42,003 | $ | 39,623 | $ | 46,877 | $ | 47,555 | $ | 48,545 | $ | 48,672 | $ | 48,426 | $ | 48,853 | $ | 49,012 | $ | 48,895 | $ | 2 | 46,318 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2016 |
53,192 | 51,879 | 54,306 | 56,499 | 57,282 | 60,983 | 61,376 | 61,738 | 61,025 | 100 | 69,449 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2017 |
57,286 | 48,820 | 26,956 | 24,139 | 22,535 | 17,771 | 18,379 | 18,098 | 86 | 222,420 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2018 |
89,565 | 78,270 | 82,013 | 86,354 | 84,042 | 85,294 | 83,500 | 112 | 88,284 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2019 |
104,651 | 107,979 | 118,580 | 118,439 | 121,629 | 119,760 | 994 | 67,178 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2020 |
93,727 | 133,001 | 135,437 | 141,458 | 140,267 | 2,008 | 75,622 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2021 |
78,605 | 110,344 | 114,927 | 116,492 | 2,973 | 35,770 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2022 |
86,193 | 67,238 | 66,621 | 6,566 | 94,315 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 |
89,344 | 91,172 | 9,889 | 14,755 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 |
94,019 | 37,892 | 14,203 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 839,849 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cumulative Paid Losses and Allocated LAE, Net of Reinsurance |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accident Year |
2015* | 2016* | 2017* | 2018* | 2019* | 2020* | 2021* | 2022* | 2023* | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2015 |
$ | 20,564 | $ | 32,681 | $ | 40,904 | $ | 45,050 | $ | 47,492 | $ | 48,396 | $ | 48,316 | $ | 48,796 | $ | 48,905 | $ | 48,878 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2016 |
31,282 | 42,759 | 49,237 | 54,877 | 56,557 | 60,486 | 61,182 | 61,357 | 60,929 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2017 |
25,224 | 40,067 | 24,925 | 22,207 | 21,343 | 17,296 | 17,937 | 18,016 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2018 |
45,454 | 72,404 | 77,680 | 83,699 | 83,145 | 84,070 | 83,399 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2019 |
58,982 | 95,405 | 112,510 | 116,889 | 118,227 | 118,773 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2020 |
58,376 | 120,360 | 130,954 | 137,694 | 138,379 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2021 |
48,184 | 99,623 | 108,939 | 113,654 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2022 |
44,332 | 51,770 | 59,975 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 |
55,611 | 81,352 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 |
56,038 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | 779,393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities for losses and allocated LAE, net of reinsurance | $ | 60,622 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| * | Presented as unaudited required supplementary information. |
Reconciliation of the Disclosure of Incurred and Paid Loss Development to the Liability for Unpaid Losses and LAE
The reconciliation of the net incurred and paid loss development tables to the liability for unpaid losses and LAE in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is as follows:
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
| Homeowners’ Insurance Liabilities for unpaid losses and allocated LAE, net of reinsurance |
$ | 60,622 | $ | 64,674 | ||||
| Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE |
415,086 | 214,718 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total gross liability for unpaid losses and LAE |
$ | 475,708 | $ | 279,392 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-29
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The following is supplementary information about average historical claims duration as of December 31, 2024, and is presented as required supplementary information, which is unaudited.
| Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Years | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Homeowners’ Insurance |
55 | % | 35 | % | 5 | % | 4 | % | 1 | % | — | % | — | % | — | % | — | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Basis For Estimating Liabilities For Unpaid Losses And Loss Adjustment Expenses
The Company establishes a liability to provide for the estimated unpaid portion of the costs of paying losses and LAE under insurance policies issued. Predominately all of the Company’s claims relate to the Company’s core product, homeowners insurance and the various policy forms in which it is available. The liability for unpaid losses and LAE consists of the following three main components:
| • | Case reserves: When claims are reported, the Company establishes individual estimates of the ultimate cost of each claim (case reserves). These case reserves are continually monitored and revised in response to new information and for amounts paid. |
| • | Incurred but not reported: In addition to case reserves, the Company establishes a provision for IBNR. IBNR is an actuarial estimate composed of the following: (a) future payments on claims that are incurred but have not yet been reported to the Company; (b) a reserve for the additional development on claims that have been reported to the Company; and (c) a provision for additional payments on closed claims that might reopen. IBNR reserves apply to the entire body of claims arising from a specific period, rather than a specific claim. Most of the Company’s IBNR reserves relate to estimated future claim payments on recorded open claims. |
| • | LAE reserves: Company’s estimate of the future expense to manage, investigate, administer, and settle claims that have occurred, and include legal expenses. LAE reserves are established in the aggregate, rather than on a claim-by-claim basis. LAE reserves are categorized between Allocated LAE, and Unallocated LAE. |
A portion of the Company’s obligations for losses and LAE are ceded to unaffiliated reinsurers. The amount of reinsurance that will be recoverable on losses and LAE reserves includes the reinsurance recoverable from quota share, catastrophe excess of loss, reinstatement premium protection, per risk excess of loss, and facultative reinsurance contracts.
Characteristics of Reserves and the Actuarial Methods used to Develop Reserve Estimates
The liability for unpaid losses and LAE, also known as reserves, is established based on estimates of the ultimate future amounts needed to settle claims, either known or unknown, less losses and LAE that have been paid to date. Historically, claims are typically reported promptly with relatively little reporting lag between the date of occurrence and the date the loss is reported. Certain number of claims are not known immediately after a loss and insureds are delayed at reporting those losses to the Company. In the current Florida market, an increased number of claims are reported well after the purported dates of loss. Reporting delays at times are material. In addition, claims that were settled often are reopened based on newly reported claim demands from our insureds as a result of third party representation. The Company is seeing increased litigation and changes to consumer behavior over the reporting and settlement process especially with Florida-based claims. The Company’s claim settlement data suggests that the Company’s typical insurance claims have an average settlement time of less than one year from the reported date unless delayed by some form of litigation or dispute.
F-30
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
Judgment is required in the actuarial estimation of loss reserves, including the selection of various actuarial methodologies to project the ultimate cost of claims. Specifically, judgment is required in the following areas: the selection of parameters utilized in the various methodologies; the use of industry data and other benchmarks; and the weighting of differing reserve indications resulting from alternative methods and assumptions.
The Company’s actuary prepares reserve estimates for all accident years using the Company’s own historical claims data, industry data and many of the generally accepted actuarial methodologies for estimating loss reserves, such as loss development, frequency/severity, Bornhuetter-Ferguson expected loss projection, IBNR-to-case outstanding, incremental cost per closed claim methods, and DCC development methods. Reportable catastrophe and non-catastrophe storms losses are analyzed and reserved for separately using a frequency and severity approach. These methods vary in their responsiveness to different information, characteristics, and dynamics in the data, and the results assist the actuary in considering these characteristics and dynamics in the historical data. The methods employed for each segment of claims data, and the relative weight accorded to each method, vary depending on the nature of the claims segment and on the age of the claims.
Each actuarial methodology requires the selection and application of various parameters and assumptions. The key parameters and assumptions include:
| 1) | Loss development factors (“LDFs”) – These factors are key assumptions in the loss development methods which assume recent accident years will follow the development patterns of prior accident years. |
| 2) | Initial expected loss ratio selections – The initial expected loss ratio selection is the key assumption in the Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods. The selection was made based on average of development methods loss ratios and selected loss ratio trend. |
| 3) | Claim count decay ratios – The decay ratio is the key assumption in the projection of ultimate claim counts for Catastrophe and non-Catastrophe storms. |
| 4) | Short-term and long-term projected severity trends – These severity trends are the key assumption in projecting severities for accident years in their future development periods. |
Estimation methods described above each produce estimates of ultimate losses and LAE. Based on the results of these methods, a single estimate (commonly referred to as an actuarial point/central estimate) of the ultimate loss and LAE is selected accordingly for each accident-year claim grouping. Estimated IBNR reserves are determined by subtracting reported losses from the selected ultimate loss, and the paid LAE from the ultimate LAE. The estimated loss IBNR reserves are added to case reserves to determine total estimated unpaid losses. The estimated IBNR reserves can be negative for an individual accident-year claim grouping if the selected ultimate loss includes a provision for anticipated subrogation, or if there is a possibility that case reserves are overstated. The reserving methods are carried out on both a net and direct basis in order to estimate liabilities accordingly. When selecting a single actuarial point/central estimate on a net basis, careful consideration is given for the reinsurance arrangements that were in place during each accident year, exposure period and type of loss being reviewed.
Underwriting results are significantly influenced by the Company’s practices in establishing its estimated liability for unpaid losses and LAE. The liability is an estimate of amounts necessary to ultimately settle all current and future claims and LAE on losses occurring during the policy coverage period each year as of the financial statement date.
F-31
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
How Reserve Estimates are Established and Updated
Reserve estimates are developed for both open claims and unreported claims. The actuarial methods described above are used to derive claim settlement patterns by determining development factors to be applied to specific data elements. Development factors are calculated for data elements such as claim counts reported and settled, paid losses and paid losses combined with case reserves, loss expense payments, and subrogation recoveries. Historical development patterns for these data elements are used as the assumptions to calculate reserve estimates.
Often, different estimates are prepared for each detailed component, incorporating alternative analyses of changing claim settlement patterns and other influences on losses, from which a best estimate is selected for each component, occasionally incorporating additional analyses and actuarial judgment as described above. These estimates are not based on a single set of assumptions. Based on a review of these estimates, the best estimate of required reserves is recorded for each accident year and the required reserves are summed to create the reserve balance carried in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Reserves are re-estimated periodically by combining historical payment and reserving patterns with current actual results. When actual development of claims reported, paid losses or case reserve changes are different than the historical development pattern used in a prior period reserve estimate, and as actuarial studies validate new trends based on indications of updated development factor calculations, new ultimate loss and LAE predictions are determined. This process incorporates the historic and latest trends, and other underlying changes in the data elements used to calculate reserve estimates. The difference between indicated reserves based on new reserve estimates and the previously recorded estimate of reserves is the amount of reserve re-estimates. The resulting increase or decrease in the reserve re-estimates is recorded and included in “Losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Claim frequency
The methodology used to determine claim counts is based first around the event and then based on coverage. One event could have one or more claims based on the policy coverage, for example an event could have a claim for the first party coverage and a claim for third party liability regardless of the number of third party claimants. If multiple third-party liability claims are reported together, they would be counted as one claim.
| 9. | Reinsurance |
In order to limit the Company’s potential exposure to individual risks and catastrophic events, the Company purchases reinsurance from third party reinsurers as well as the FHCF, a state-mandated catastrophe fund for Florida policies only. Most of the Company’s reinsurance partners were rated “A-” or higher by A.M. Best Company, Inc. (“A.M. Best”) or “BBB” or higher by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”) or were fully collateralized.
In 2024, the Company also began participating in a “take-out program” through which the Company assumes insurance policies held by Citizens Property Insurance Corporation (“Citizens”), a Florida state-supported insurer. The take-out program is a legislatively mandated program designed to reduce the state’s risk exposure by encouraging private companies to assume policies from Citizens.
The Company remains contingently liable in the event the reinsuring companies do not meet their obligations under these reinsurance contracts. Given the quality of the reinsuring companies, management believes this possibility to be remote. See Note 8 – “Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses” for recoveries due from reinsurers relating to paid and unpaid losses and LAE under these treaties.
F-32
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
During 2023, the Company commuted its 2017 reimbursement contract with the FHCF in accordance with a contractual requirement. The reimbursement contract required the commutation process to commence no later than five years following the end of the relevant reimbursement contract year. The FHCF issued payment to AIIC in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations under this contract. The balance was applied to ceded losses and LAE and resulted in a reduction to net incurred losses and LAE of $5,357 and $268, respectively. An offsetting provisionary IBNR increase was recorded as of the statement date in order to mitigate the impact of the commutation on the Company’s net income during the financial period.
The following is a summary of the Company’s reinsurance program as of December 31, 2024:
Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance
The catastrophe excess of loss coverage is provided by agreements with commercial reinsurers and by the FHCF.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the excess of loss treaties generally provide coverage on ultimate net losses of $1,391,100 in excess of $10,000 for the first occurrence. This is provided in part from $1,075,000 of commercial reinsurance coverage in excess of approximately $10,000 and with the FHCF providing coverage for 90% of the losses from qualifying catastrophic events in excess of $178,200 up to a maximum of $316,100. The FHCF provides coverage for named hurricanes only and provides no coverage after the one- time limit is exhausted. Reinsurance premiums for the FHCF are paid on a total insured value basis. In the event of a FHCF loss assessment, The Company may recoup the assessments from its policyholders.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the excess of loss treaties generally provide coverage on ultimate net losses of $1,243,800 in excess of $7,500 for the first occurrence. This is provided in part from $874,200 of commercial reinsurance coverage in excess of approximately $7,500 and with the FHCF providing coverage for 90% of the losses from qualifying catastrophic events in excess of $191,500 up to a maximum of $369,600. The FHCF provides coverage for named hurricanes only and provides no coverage after the one- time limit is exhausted. Reinsurance premiums for the FHCF are paid on a total insured value basis. In the event of a FHCF loss assessment, the Company may recoup the assessments from its policyholders.
Catstyle provides reinsurance coverage for layer one of AIIC’s catastrophe reinsurance program effective June 1, 2023 through May 31, 2024 and June 1 2024 through May 31, 2025. Catstyle is a segregated account controlled by the Company. Catstyle is collateralized by the Company through contributions to a trust account. Catstyle eliminates in consolidation. Refer to Note 3 – “Variable Interest Entity,” for further information.
Reinstatement Premium Protection Agreement
The Company enters into reinstatement premium protection treaties each year that are effective covering the period June 1 through May 31. Though the treaties overlap fiscal years, the terms are the same for each coverage period. The reinstatement premium protection agreements reinsure the reinstatement premium payment obligations which accrue under the commercial catastrophe excess of loss agreements for first event coverage. The coverage is limited to 100% of the original contracted reinsurance placement.
Net Quota Share Reinsurance
The Company’s Net Quota Share coverage is proportional reinsurance. Effective December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, The Company entered into quota share agreements that generally provide coverage for
F-33
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
40% of all losses net of other reinsurance coverages, the aggregate of which shall not exceed 116.6% of net ceded premiums earned. The reinsurers’ net liability on catastrophe losses shall not exceed 2.5% of gross earned premium net of inuring reinsurance premium. In the determination of ceded premiums under the agreements, the maximum amount allowed by the reinsurers for other inuring reinsurance coverages is limited to 31% of gross earned premium for the term of the contract. The reinsurers allow the Company a provisional ceding commission of either 43% or 53%, depending on the reinsurer, that adjusts based on loss experience.
The Company recognized ceding commission of $114,882 and $74,345 in 2024 and 2023, respectively. Additionally, the agreements provide a profit commission based on attainment of certain underwriting results. In 2024, the Company recognized a profit commission in the amount of $2,631. There was no profit commission recognized in 2023.
Flood Quota Share Reinsurance
Effective January 1, 2024, the Company entered into quota share agreements that cover policies classified by the Company as primary flood business and generally provide coverage of 100% of all losses, not to exceed a ceded reinsurance limit of $6,000 each policy, with buildings not to exceed $5,000 and contents not to exceed $1,000. The Company is allowed a flat ceding commission of 26% on net written premium ceded. The Company recognized ceding commission of approximately $767 in 2024. Additionally, the agreement provides a profit commission based on attainment of certain underwriting results. There was no profit commission recognized in 2024 on these agreements.
Per Risk Excess of Loss
Effective April 1, 2024, the Company entered into per risk excess of loss agreements that provide coverage of $5,000 in excess of $1,000 not to exceed $17,500 for all losses occurring during the term of the agreements. Prior to April 1, 2024, the Company was a party to similar agreements that were effective April 1, 2023.
Facultative Excess of Loss
Effective April 1, 2024, the Company entered into facultative reinsurance agreements that provide coverage for qualifying ceded individual risks of $6,000 in excess of $6,000 not to exceed $12,000 with respect to all risks ceded under these agreements involved in one loss occurrence. Prior to April 1, 2024, the Company was a party to similar agreements that were effective April 1, 2023.
Home Systems Protection Reinsurance
Effective June 15, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement that provides 100% of the Company’s liability for business classified as home systems protection and service line failures, for amounts up to $50 and $10, respectively, for any one accident any one policy. The agreement is continuous until terminated.
Citizens Assumed Reinsurance
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s insurance subsidiary, AIIC, assumed approximately 68,844 policies, representing approximately $112,423 in assumed unearned premiums.
F-34
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The ratio of assumed premiums earned to net premiums earned for the year ended December 31, 2024 was 16.62%. There were no premiums assumed in 2023.
Effect of Reinsurance
The effects of reinsurance on premiums written and earned are as follows:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Written | Earned | Written | Earned | |||||||||||||
| Direct premiums |
$ | 655,255 | $ | 651,967 | $ | 640,990 | $ | 590,515 | ||||||||
| Assumed premiums |
112,423 | 30,249 | — | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Gross premiums |
767,678 | 682,216 | 640,990 | 590,515 | ||||||||||||
| Ceded premiums |
(573,234 | ) | (500,161 | ) | (502,970 | ) | (410,253 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net premiums |
$ | 194,444 | $ | 182,055 | $ | 138,020 | $ | 180,262 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The Company’s reinsurance arrangements effected certain items in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 by the following amounts:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Premiums earned |
$ | (500,161 | ) | $ | (410,253 | ) | ||
| Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred |
517,549 | 298,285 | ||||||
| Policy acquisition expenses |
114,882 | 72,941 | ||||||
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, recoveries received under reinsurance contracts were $380,741 and $692,652, respectively.
In May 2024, the Company commuted its 2021 and 2022 reinsurance contracts with Horseshoe Re. Horseshoe Re issued a payment of $1,805 to the Company in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations under the contract. The balance was applied to and reduced ceded losses and loss adjustment expenses by $2,492, resulting in a loss of $687.
In December 2024, the Company commuted its 2021 and 2022 reinsurance contracts with Ark Bermuda Limited. Ark Bermuda Limited issued a payment of $2,470 to the Company in satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations under the contract. The balance was applied to and reduced ceded losses and loss adjustment expenses by $3,719, resulting in a loss of $1,249.
| 10. | Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions |
State laws and regulations, as well as national regulatory agency requirements, govern the operations of all insurers. The various laws and regulations require that insurers maintain minimum amounts of statutory surplus and risk-based capital; restrict insurers’ ability to pay dividends; restrict the allowable investment types and investment mixes and subject the Company’s insurers to assessments.
The Company’s insurance subsidiary is subject to regulations and standards of FLOIR. It is also subject to regulations and standards of regulatory authorities in other states where they are licensed, although as a Florida-domiciled insurer, its principal regulatory authority is FLOIR.
The Company’s insurance subsidiary prepares its statutory-basis financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by FLOIR. The commissioner of FLOIR has the right to permit other practices that may deviate from prescribed practices. The Company’s insurance subsidiary
F-35
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
does not obtain and follow any permitted practice. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company’s insurance subsidiary reported statutory capital and surplus of $149,586 and $113,359. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company’s insurance subsidiary reported statutory net income of $29,088 and $16,627. Statutory-basis surplus differs from stockholders’ equity reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP primarily because policy acquisition costs are expensed when incurred, certain assets that are not admitted assets are eliminated from the Consolidated Balance Sheet and surplus notes are reported as surplus rather than liabilities. In addition, the recognition of deferred tax assets is based on different recoverability assumptions.
The Florida Statues requires a residential property insurance company to maintain statutory surplus as to policyholders of at least $1,500 or ten percent of the insurer’s total liabilities, whichever is greater. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company’s insurance subsidiary exceeded the minimum statutory capitalization requirement.
Under Florida law, without regulatory approval, the Company’s insurance subsidiary may pay dividends if they do not exceed the greater of: 1) the lesser of 10% of surplus or net income, not including realized capital gains, plus a 2-year carry forward; 2) 10% of surplus, with dividends payable limited to unassigned funds minus 25% of unrealized capital gains; or, 3) the lesser of 10% of surplus or net investment income plus a 3-year carry forward with dividends payable limited to unassigned funds minus 25% of unrealized capital gains. The Company’s insurance subsidiary did not pay any dividends for 2024 or 2023 and it can still pay dividends without regulatory approval.
The Company’s insurance subsidiary is also required annually to comply with the NAIC risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements. RBC requirements prescribe a method of measuring the amount of capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations in light of its size and risk profile. NAIC RBC requirements are used by regulators to determine appropriate regulatory actions relating to insurers who show signs of a weak or deteriorating condition. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, based on calculations using the appropriate NAIC RBC formula, the Company’s insurance subsidiary reported total adjusted capital in excess of the requirements.
The Company’s insurance subsidiary has maintained a cash deposit with the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Florida and other states in which the Company’s insurance subsidiary is authorized to write business in to meet regulatory requirements.
In addition, Florida property and casualty insurance companies are required to adhere to prescribed premium-to-capital surplus ratios. Florida state law requires that the ratio of 90% of written premiums divided by surplus as to policyholders does not exceed 10 to 1 for gross written premiums or 4 to 1 for net written premiums. The Company’s insurance subsidiary had a ratio of gross and net written premiums to surplus of 4.6 to 1 and 1.1 to 1, respectively, which has met the requirements.
The insurance subsidiary’s statutory capital and surplus necessary to satisfy regulatory requirements in the aggregate was $46,972 and $34,388 million at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the amount of retained earnings not available for the payment of dividends was $14,959 and $11,336, respectively.
The Company also has the Catstyle reinsurance segregated account by the Company, where the Company can withdraw from cash held in the segregated account, but must provide written notice to the trustee in the form of a withdrawal notice in order to access the funds. However, consent of the grantor is not required to access the funds, and the funds’ use is not restricted. Catstyle is regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“the Authority”) and is required to meet and maintain certain minimum levels of solvency and liquidity. Catstyle’s statutory capital and surplus necessary to satisfy regulatory requirements in the
F-36
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
aggregate was $9,610 and $7,950 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the actual amount of statutory capital and surplus was $9,610 and $7,950, respectively. The liabilities of Catstyle are fully collateralized and accordingly capital and surplus are available to be paid out in dividends subject to approval in accordance with regulations of the Authority.
| 11. | Long-term Debt |
On June 27, 2007, the Company entered into a $7,000 surplus note with State Board Administration of Florida (the “SBAF”) under Florida’s Insurance Capital Build-Up Incentive Program (the “Program”). The term of the surplus note is 20 years and accrues interest, adjusted quarterly based on the 10-year Constant Maturity Treasury Rate. The effective interest rate paid on the surplus note was 3.75% and 4.59% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
Quarterly principal payments of $103 are due through 2027. Aggregate principal payments of approximately $412 were made during each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Any payment of the interest or repayment of principal is subject to approval by the FLOIR and may be paid only out of the insurance subsidiary’s earnings and only if its surplus exceeds specified levels required by the FLOIR.
The Company’s insurance subsidiary is in compliance with each of the loan’s covenants as implemented by the agreement with the SBAF. An event of default will occur if AIIC: (i) fails to maintain a writing ratio of no more than 2-to-1, net written premium to policyholders’ surplus; (ii) fails to submit quarterly filings to the FLOIR; (iii) fails to maintain a minimum surplus balance of $50,000, except for certain situations; (iv) misuses surplus note proceeds; (v) fails to make payments of interest and/or principal; (vi) makes any misrepresentations in the application for the Program; or (vii) pays any dividend when principal or interest payments are past due. Failure to fulfill any of these requirements may result in an increase in the interest rate to the maximum interest rate permitted by law, acceleration of the repayment of principal and interest, shortened term of the note, or the note being called and demand of full repayment. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, AIIC’s net written premium to surplus ratio was in excess of the required minimums and, therefore, the Company’s insurance subsidiary is not subject to the penalty rate.
Long-term debt consisted of the following at:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Due currently |
$ | 412 | $ | 412 | ||||
| Due later |
617 | 1,029 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Surplus note |
$ | 1,029 | $ | 1,441 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following table summarizes future maturities of long-term debt as December 31, 2024:
| (in thousands) | ||||
| 2025 |
$ | 412 | ||
| 2026 |
412 | |||
| 2027 |
205 | |||
| Thereafter |
— | |||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 1,029 | |||
|
|
|
|||
Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 was $46 and $97 respectively.
F-37
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
| 12. | Members’ Equity and Temporary Members’ Equity |
The Company has issued equity in the form of two classes of common units to its members and has issued temporary equity in the form of Class B common units (collectively the “Units”). The Company retains the corporate authority to issue additional units in accordance with the Company’s LLC Operating Agreement. All unitholders are eligible to receive distributions and distributions have been proportionally allocated.
Common Units
Class A Units
Within Class A units, the Company has 92,096 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Class A unitholders are entitled to one vote for each unit. The A unitholders were entitled to the return of their original capital contributions made plus interest at the rate of 12% per annum. The capital contributions plus interest were repaid in 2007, the same year of issuance.
Class B Units
Within Class B units, the Company has 27,900 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Class B unitholders are entitled to one vote for each unit. The Class B units were issued as compensation to the Founder of the Company upon the Company’s formation in 2006 and vested immediately. The Class B units contained a right to convert into Class A units which is exercisable upon termination of employment of the Founder. The Class B units also include a puttable redemption feature which provides compensation to the Class B unitholders upon death or disability if while employed, thus these are determined to be temporary members’ equity. Since the Class B units were issued upon the formation of the Company before the Company had any assets or substantive operations, it was determined that the Class B units had a grant date fair value of $0 upon issuance. Accordingly, no amounts have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements for the Class B units. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company concluded that the Class B units are not probable to become redeemable.
Class C Units
Within Class C units, the Company has 2,904 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Class C unitholders are not entitled to vote. The C units were issued to key employees at the Company upon the Company’s formation in 2006 in exchange for services and vested immediately with no conversion options. Since the Class C units were issued upon the formation of the Company before the Company had any assets or substantive operations, it was determined that the Class C units had a grant date fair value of $0 upon issuance. Accordingly, no amounts have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements for the Class C Units.
The Company has analyzed these awards under both ASC 718 and ASC 480 and concluded that the Class A and Class C awards should be classified as equity.
There were no changes in the number of Class A, Class B or Class C units issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023.
Distributions
AIIG is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. As a holding company, the primary sources of cash needed to meet its obligations are distributions, dividends, and other permitted payments from its subsidiaries and consolidated VIEs. While there are no restrictions on distributions from AIMGA, AICS,
F-38
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
PA, and PIC, dividends from AIIC and Catstyle are restricted. See Note 10—“Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions” for the restrictions on dividends from AIIC and Note 3—“Variable Interest Entity” for restrictions on dividends from Catstyle.
AIIG and its wholly owned subsidiaries, are included in a single partnership return for United States federal and state income tax purposes and are not subject to United States income tax. Consequently, all taxable income of the Company is reported to its members for inclusion in the respective income tax returns. The Company’s LLC Operating Agreement requires distributions to members in order for each member to pay federal income taxes that may be owed by them due to the taxable income attributable to them from their interests in the Company. Taxable income is allocated to the members in accordance with the United States Internal Revenue Code and the Company’s LLC Operating Agreement. Distributions to members totaling $8,002 and $1,837 characterized as tax distributions, were declared and paid during 2024 and 2023.
Additionally, according to the Company’s LLC Operating Agreement, the Company’s board of directors may, at their discretion, declare distributions to the members in the form of; 1) a return of capital contribution plus interest for Class A unit holders; and 2) distributions to holders of the Units proportionally in accordance with their respective percentage ownership interests. The Company made $4,022 of discretionary distributions to members in 2024. There were no discretionary distributions made to members in 2023.
| 13. | Segment Reporting |
Operating segments are defined as components of a company that engage in activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses for which separate operational financial information is available and is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). For the purpose of allocating the Company’s resources and assessing its operating performance, the Company identified the CODM to be the Chief Executive Officer.
The Company concluded that it has only one reportable operating segment. This conclusion is based on the three characteristics of an operating segment within ASC 280. The first characteristic of an operating segment is that it engages in business activities from which it may recognize revenues and incur expenses. The second characteristic is that its operating results are regularly reviewed by the CODM to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance. The third characteristic is that its discrete financial information is available. The Company considered each of these factors in determining that the consolidated entity is the single operating segment. As there is only one operating segment, the Company did not assess any aggregation or materiality and concluded that the Company will report a single reportable segment. As there is a single reportable segment, the CODM uses information that is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements to evaluate the performance of the single segment, including net income as the measure of profit or loss. The CODM uses net income to monitor budgeted versus actual results, which assists in the evaluation of segment performance and what resources are needed. The CODM also uses net income to assess the Company’s performance in comparison with competitors. No single customer represents more than 10% of the Company’s revenue.
| 14. | Earnings Per Unit |
Basic earnings per unit is computed by dividing net income available to unitholders by the weighted-average number of units outstanding during the year. Class A, B and C units all have the same rights to share in the Company’s earnings and dividends.
F-39
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The following table presents the net income and the weighted average number of units outstanding used in the earnings per unit calculations. There were no potentially dilutive instruments for the years ended December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023.
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Net income |
$ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||
| Income allocated to participating securities |
1,711 | 1,682 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net income attributable to unitholders |
$ | 38,031 | $ | 36,115 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Weighted average number of units outstanding – basic and diluted |
122,900 | 122,900 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Basic and diluted earnings per unit |
$ | 309.45 | $ | 293.85 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 15. | Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Comprehensive income (loss) includes changes in unrealized gains and losses on fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale. Reclassification adjustments for realized (gains) losses are reflected in net realized gains (losses) on investments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
The following tables are summaries of other comprehensive income (loss) and discloses the tax impact of each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
| Year Ended December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
| Pre-Tax | Income Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net-of-Tax Amount |
||||||||||
| Net changes to available-for-sale securities: |
||||||||||||
| Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period |
$ | 1,043 | $ | (241 | ) | $ | 802 | |||||
| Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income |
(119 | ) | 25 | (94 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 924 | $ | (216 | ) | $ | 708 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Pre-Tax | Income Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net-of-Tax Amount |
||||||||||
| Net changes to available-for-sale securities: |
||||||||||||
| Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period |
$ | 2,952 | $ | (749 | ) | $ | 2,203 | |||||
| Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income |
22 | (5 | ) | 17 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 2,974 | $ | (754 | ) | $ | 2,220 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
F-40
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
| 16. | Income Taxes |
The Company and its subsidiaries are primarily comprised of partnerships and other “pass-through entities” not subject to income tax. As a pass-through entity, each member therein is responsible for income taxes related to income or loss based on their respective share of an entity’s income and expenses. Certain consolidated subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the U.S. (federal, state and local) jurisdictions as a result of their entity classification for tax reporting purposes.
The significant components of expense for income taxes consists of:
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Current: |
||||||||
| Federal |
$ | 10,709 | $ | 4,581 | ||||
| State |
2,931 | 1,265 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current income tax expense |
13,640 | 5,846 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Deferred: |
||||||||
| Federal |
(1,943 | ) | 920 | |||||
| State |
(400 | ) | 192 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total deferred income tax expense |
(2,343 | ) | 1,112 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total income tax expense |
$ | 11,297 | $ | 6,958 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following table reconciles the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the periods presented:
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Amount | Rate | Amount | Rate | |||||||||||||
| Income tax expense computed at U.S. federal statutory rates |
$ | 10,718 | 21.0 | % | $ | 9,398 | 21.0 | % | ||||||||
| Loss of partnerships and other pass-through entities |
(1,851 | ) | (3.6 | ) | (3,692 | ) | (8.2 | ) | ||||||||
| Nondeductible items |
37 | 0.1 | 30 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
| State income tax expense |
1,840 | 3.6 | 1,185 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||
| Other |
553 | 1.0 | 37 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Income tax expense at effective rate |
$ | 11,297 | 22.1 | % | $ | 6,958 | 15.6 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
F-41
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
| Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense |
$ | 671 | $ | 606 | ||||
| Unearned premiums |
7,772 | 5,797 | ||||||
| Capital loss carryforward |
1 | 31 | ||||||
| Net unrealized losses on investments |
118 | 351 | ||||||
| Other |
12 | 26 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total deferred tax assets |
8,574 | 6,811 | ||||||
| Valuation allowance |
— | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net deferred tax assets |
8,574 | 6,811 | ||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
| Deferred policy acquisition costs |
(5,272 | ) | (9,612 | ) | ||||
| Excess ceding commissions |
(3,971 | ) | (30 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Other |
(453 | ) | (402 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total deferred tax liabilities |
(9,696 | ) | (10,044 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net deferred tax liabilities |
$ | (1,122 | ) | $ | (3,233 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
At each balance sheet date, management assesses the need to establish a valuation allowance that reduces deferred income tax assets when it is more likely than not that all, or some portion, of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance would be based on all available information including the Company’s assessment of uncertain tax positions and projections of future taxable income and capital gain from each tax-paying component in each jurisdiction, principally derived from business plans and available tax planning strategies.
Management has reviewed all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining the need for a valuation allowance with respect to the gross deferred tax assets. In determining the manner in which available evidence should be weighted, management has determined that the need for a valuation allowance is not warranted at this time.
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company had no net operating loss carryforwards for tax purposes.
The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. There were no changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023. The Company recorded accrued interest and penalties of $120 related to an amended return filing during fiscal 2024 and did not recognize any interest or penalties during fiscal 2023 related to unrecognized tax benefits.
AIIG and its subsidiaries file a single consolidated United States partnership federal income tax return. AIIG and its subsidiaries are subject to routine examination by tax authorities in various jurisdictions. Tax years 2021 through 2024 are considered open for purposes of federal examination under statutes of limitations. There are no ongoing U.S. federal, state, or foreign tax audits or examinations as of the date of the issuance of these financial statements. The Company’s insurance subsidiary files a separate federal income tax return.
F-42
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
| 17. | Related Party Transactions |
The Company is a party to a management and financial advisory services agreement with a company owned by one of its members. The fees for financial advisory services are negotiated in good faith by both parties on a case-by-case basis. For financial oversight and monitoring services, the Company pays a fixed monthly fee under the terms of the agreement. During 2024 and 2023, the Company incurred fees under the agreement of $938, for both years, which is recorded within general and administrative expenses. There were no amounts payable at December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023, related to the agreement.
The Company incurs legal fees for legal services provided by law firms whose principals are members of the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company incurred legal fees for services totaling approximately $120 and $168, which is recorded within general and administrative expenses.
| 18. | Commitments and Contingencies |
Obligations under Multi-Year Reinsurance Contracts
The Company purchases reinsurance coverage to protect its capital and to limit its losses when certain major events occur. The Company’s reinsurance commitments generally run from June 1 of the current year to May 31 of the following year. From time to time, certain of the Company’s reinsurance agreements may be for periods longer than one year. Amounts payable for coverage during the current June 1 to May 31 contract period are recorded as reinsurance payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Multi-year contract commitments for future years are recorded at the beginning of the coverage period. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there are no multi-year reinsurance contract obligations.
Litigation
Lawsuits and other legal proceedings are filed against the Company from time to time. Many of these legal proceedings involve claims under insurance policies that the Company underwrites. The Company is also involved in various other legal proceedings and litigation unrelated to claims under the Company’s contracts, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues amounts resulting from claim-related legal proceedings in unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses during the period it determines an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and amounts can be estimated. Management believes that the resolution of these legal actions will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter.
Florida Insurance Guaranty Association
During 2022, a second order was issued to collect a 1.3% FIGA assessment policy surcharge for policies effective July 1, 2022, through June 30, 2023. In April 2023, the Office issued an order for the collection of a 1.0% FIGA assessment policy surcharge for policies effective October 1, 2023 through September 30, 2024. The order directed member insurance companies to collect policy surcharge amounts in advance and to remit those surcharge amounts to FIGA on a quarterly basis. The Company recorded an accrued liability totaling $1,195 and $319 in other liability and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 which represents the policy surcharge amounts collected, but unremitted to FIGA as of that date.
F-43
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
Profit Participation Plan
The Company has a PPP whereby certain key employees were granted the right to receive cash distributions from the Company based on specific participation ratios and hurdle values determined at the time of grant. The hurdle value is based on the Board of Director’s determination of the value of equity for the Company. The award agreement stipulates that cash distributions will only be made if the Company makes a cash distribution to unitholders and the equity value for the Company remains in excess of the hurdle value after the distribution to unitholders takes place. The distribution is also subject to Board approval.
As the payment for the participation plan is not certain until the board approves the payment amounts, the Company has determined that the liability and compensation cost will not be recognized until the date that the board declares the distributions effective each year. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there was no liability recorded related to PPP.
| 19. | Employee Benefit Plans |
The Company maintains a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company matches 100% of employees’ contributions to the plan up to 3% of employees’ salaries and 50% of employees’ contributions in excess of 3% up to 5%. The Company’s contributions to the plan on behalf of the participating employees were approximately $861 and $760 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
| 20. | Leases |
Operating lease cost was $2,159 and $2,157 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 and is included in other operating expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Short-term and variable lease cost was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
The following table provides supplemental Consolidated Balance Sheet information about the Company’s leases as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Operating leases: |
||||||||
| Right-of-use assets |
$ | 2,498 | $ | 4,500 | ||||
| Lease liability |
$ | 2,612 | $ | 4,641 | ||||
| Weighted-average remaining lease term: |
||||||||
| Operating leases |
1.18 years | 2.18 years | ||||||
| Weighted-average discount rate: |
||||||||
| Operating leases |
$ | 2.75 | % | $ | 2.70 | % | ||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information related to leases were as follows for the for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: |
||||||||
| Operating cash flows from operating leases |
$ | 2,184 | $ | 2,117 | ||||
F-44
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
The estimated future minimum payments of operating leases as of December 31, 2024 are as follows:
| Years ending |
Operating Leases |
|||
| 2025 |
$ | 2,245 | ||
| 2026 |
407 | |||
| 2027 |
— | |||
| 2028 |
— | |||
| 2029 |
— | |||
| Thereafter |
— | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total lease payments |
2,652 | |||
| Less: imputed interest |
(40 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Present value of lease liabilities |
$ | 2,612 | ||
|
|
|
|||
| 21. | Subsequent Events |
On February 18, 2025, the Company’s insurance subsidiary, AIIC, assumed approximately 9,227 policies from Citizens, representing approximately $18,227 in gross written premiums.
On February 20, 2025, the Company entered into a 152-month lease agreement for approximately 75,000 square feet of new office space, where the Company will gain access to office suites in phases beginning in the first half 2026. The Company will begin paying rent on the leased space in December 2026 and future minimum lease commitments amount to $45,724,460 over the lease term.
The Company performed an evaluation of subsequent events through March 25, 2025, the date the financial statements were issued, and determined there were no recognized or unrecognized subsequent events that would require an adjustment or additional disclosure in the financial statements as of December 31, 2024 other than the items listed above.
F-45
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit data, unless otherwise stated)
Schedules required to be filed under the provisions of Regulation S-X Article 7
F-46
Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Condensed Balance Sheets
| American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (in thousands) |
||||||||
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Assets |
||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 16,901 | $ | 8,300 | ||||
| Investment in subsidiaries |
142,081 | 110,960 | ||||||
| Intercompany note receivable |
28,173 | 22,821 | ||||||
| Other assets |
440 | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
$ | 187,595 | $ | 142,081 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Liabilities and members’ equity |
||||||||
| Liabilities: |
||||||||
| Intercompany note payable |
16,515 | — | ||||||
| Deferred revenue |
$ | 8,376 | $ | 6,676 | ||||
| Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
312 | 1,439 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities |
$ | 25,203 | $ | 8,115 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Temporary Members’ Equity: |
||||||||
| Class B units (27,900 authorized, issued and outstanding) |
— | — | ||||||
| Members’ equity: |
||||||||
| Class A units (93,000 authorized, issued and outstanding) |
$ | 10,287 | $ | 10,287 | ||||
| Class C units (2,000 authorized, issued and outstanding) |
— | — | ||||||
| Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) |
152,432 | 124,714 | ||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(327 | ) | (1,035 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total members’ equity |
162,392 | 133,966 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities and members’ equity |
$ | 187,595 | $ | 142,081 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-47
Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Condensed Statements of Operations
| American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (in thousands) |
||||||||
| Years ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Revenues: |
||||||||
| Net investment income |
$ | 190 | $ | 365 | ||||
| Management fees |
11,189 | 2,718 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total revenues |
11,379 | 3,083 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Expenses: |
||||||||
| Other operating expenses |
4,945 | 2,432 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total expenses |
4,945 | 2,432 | ||||||
| Income before income taxes and equity in net earnings of subsidiaries |
6,434 | 651 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Income tax expense |
— | — | ||||||
| Net income before equity in net earnings of subsidiaries |
6,434 | 651 | ||||||
| Equity in net income of subsidiaries |
33,308 | 37,146 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Consolidated net income |
$ | 39,742 | $ | 37,797 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-48
Schedule II – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
| American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (in thousands) |
||||||||
| Years ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Operating activities |
||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 6,434 | $ | 651 | ||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||
| Net realized losses |
— | — | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
| Intercompany note receivable |
(5,353 | ) | 5,664 | |||||
| Other assets |
(440 | ) | — | |||||
| Intercompany payables |
16,515 | — | ||||||
| Deferred revenue |
1,700 | 1,002 | ||||||
| Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
(1,127 | ) | — | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities |
17,729 | 7,317 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Financing activities |
||||||||
| Cash distributions to members |
(12,024 | ) | (1,837 | ) | ||||
| Distribution from Catstyle |
2,896 | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in financing activities |
(9,128 | ) | (1,837 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
8,601 | 5,480 | ||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year |
8,300 | 2,820 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year |
$ | 16,901 | $ | 8,300 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
||||||||
| Interest paid |
$ | — | $ | — | ||||
| Income taxes paid |
$ | — | $ | — | ||||
| 1. | Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation |
Organization and Description of the Company
American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (“AIIG” or the “Parent Company”, and together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the “Company”) was formed in 2006 as a Texas limited liability company. AIIG and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are engaged in the property and casualty insurance business. The Company’s subsidiaries include American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida (“AIIC”), a property and casualty insurance company domiciled in the state of Florida; American Integrity MGA, LLC (“AIMGA”), a Texas limited liability company operating as a managing general agency and functioning as a manager for the insurance subsidiary’s business; American Integrity Claims Services, LLC (“AICS”), a Texas limited liability company operating as a third-party administrator and providing insurance claims processing services; Pinnacle Insurance Consultants, LLC (“PIC”), a Nevada limited liability company operating as a licensed insurance agency in the state of Florida; and Pinnacle Analytics, LLC (“PA”), a Texas limited liability company performing limited reinsurance brokerage functions. During 2023, AIIG entered into an agreement with Artex SAC Limited, a Bermuda Licensed Segregated Accounts Company, to establish a Catstyle Segregated Account (Catstyle). Catstyle is a segregated account controlled by AIIG.
The accompanying condensed financial statements included the activity of AIIG and the equity basis of its consolidated subsidiaries. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements have been presented for the Parent Company only. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the
F-49
consolidated financial statements and related notes of AIIG and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.
The Parent Company generates revenues from earnings on investments and management fees. The management fees consist of monthly commission from its subsidiaries on the professional service rendered. The Parent Company also receives distributions of earnings from its subsidiaries. In applying the equity method to our consolidated subsidiaries, AIIG records the investment at cost and subsequently adjust for additional capital contributions, distributions and proportionate share of earnings or losses.
| 2. | Intercompany |
Intercompany Note Receivable
At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, AIIG had an intercompany receivable from its wholly-owned subsidiaries of $28,173 and $22,821, respectively. This balance consists of notes receivable from AIIC as well as intercompany receivable balances from AIIC and AICS which arose in the normal course of business.
Deferred Revenue
As part of the management agreement between AIIG and AIIC, AIIG performs various corporate services on behalf of AIIC, for which AIIC is charged a management fee. AIIC defers a portion of this management fee expense and as a result, AIIG defers the same portion of management fee revenue. This balance was $8,376 at December 31, 2024 and $6,676 at December 31, 2023.
| 3. | Subsequent Events |
The Parent Company performed an evaluation of subsequent events through March 25, 2025, the date the financial statements were issued, and determined there were no recognized or unrecognized subsequent events that would require an adjustment or additional disclosure in the financial statements as of December 31, 2024.
F-50
Schedule V—Valuation And Qualifying Accounts
The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 (in thousands):
| Description |
Beginning Balance |
Charged to Costs and Expenses |
Charged to Other Accounts |
Deductions | Ending Balance | |||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Expected credit losses related to premiums receivable |
$ | 2,617 | $ | 460 | $ | $ | $ | 3,077 | ||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Expected credit losses related to premiums receivable |
$ | 2,247 | $ | 370 | $ | $ | $ | 2,617 | ||||||||||||
F-51
6,875,000 Shares
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Common Stock
| (* in alphabetical order) | ||||
| Keefe, Bruyette & Woods* | Piper Sandler* | William Blair | ||
| A Stifel Company | ||||
| Citizens Capital Markets | Raymond James | |||
| Oppenheimer & Co. | ||||
Through and including (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
| Item 13. | Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with the registration of the Common Stock offered hereby. With the exception of the SEC Registration Fee, FINRA Filing Fee and NYSE listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.
| SEC Registration Fee |
$ | 20,578 | ||
| FINRA Filing Fee |
20,661 | |||
| NYSE listing fee |
325,000 | |||
| Accountants’ fees and expenses |
2,000,000 | |||
| Legal fees and expenses |
1,800,000 | |||
| Printing and engraving expenses |
400,000 | |||
| Transfer agent and registrar fees |
10,000 | |||
| Miscellaneous |
423,761 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 5,000,000 | ||
|
|
|
| Item 14. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.
Our Charter will provide that our directors and officers will not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. In addition, if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director or officer of the Company, will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Our Charter and Bylaws will provide that the Company will indemnify, and advance expenses to, any officer or director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.
We expect to obtain directors’ and officers’ insurance to cover our directors, officers and some of our employees for certain liabilities. In addition, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current and future directors and officers containing provisions that are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. The indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.
The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
II-1
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
| Item 15. | Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
During the past three years, the registrant has not issued any unregistered securities.
| Item 16. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) Exhibits
Exhibit Index
II-2
| * | Previously filed. |
| † | Management compensatory plan or contract. |
| Item 17. | Undertakings |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
| (1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
| (2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-3
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Tampa, State of Florida, on April 29, 2025.
| American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. | ||
| By: |
/s/ Robert Ritchie | |
| Name: |
Robert Ritchie | |
| Title: |
Chief Executive Officer | |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.
| Signature |
Title |
Date | ||
| /s/ Robert Ritchie Robert Ritchie |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
April 29, 2025 | ||
| /s/ Ben Lurie Ben Lurie |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
April 29, 2025 | ||
| /s/ David Clark David Clark |
Chairman and Director | April 29, 2025 | ||
II-4
Exhibit 1.1
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
[ ] Shares of Common Stock
Underwriting Agreement
[ ], 2025
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
Piper Sandler & Co.
As Representatives of the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto
c/o Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10019
c/o Piper Sandler & Co.
1251 Avenue of the Americas, 6th Floor
New York, New York 10020
Ladies and Gentlemen:
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [ ] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule 2 hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) propose to sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [ ] shares of Common Stock of the Company (collectively, the “Underwritten Shares”). In addition, the Selling Stockholders propose to sell, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [ ] shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares.” The Shares of Common Stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock.”
In connection with the offering contemplated by this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), the Company will engage in the transactions described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (each as defined below) under the caption “Corporate Contribution” (the “Corporate Contribution”). References herein to the Company include its predecessor American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC., a Texas limited liability company, prior to the Corporate Contribution.
The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:
1. Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-286524), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.
At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated [ ], 2025 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.
“Applicable Time” means [ ] [A/P].M., New York City time, on [ ], 2025.
2. Purchase of the Shares. (a) The Company agrees to issue and sell, and each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share of $[ ] (the “Purchase Price”) from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto and from each of the Selling Stockholders the number of Underwritten Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule 2 hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters from all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder.
In addition, each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule 2 hereto, to sell, the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall
2
have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from each Selling Stockholder the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares. If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Selling Stockholders by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make. Any such election to purchase Option Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Option Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact (as defined below). Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein, except to the extent that the date on which the Option Shares are to be delivered is the same date as the Closing Date, in which case such notice may be delivered one business day prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.
(b) The Company and the Selling Stockholders understand that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.
(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact or any of them (with regard to payment to the Selling Stockholders), to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, One Manhattan West, New York, New York 10001 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [ ], 2025, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date,” and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date.”
3
Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, as applicable. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.
(d) The Company and each Selling Stockholder acknowledge and agree that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company, the Selling Stockholders, or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and each shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company or the Selling Stockholders with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Representatives and the other Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company or the Selling Stockholders. Moreover, each Selling Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that, although the Representatives may be required or choose to provide certain Selling Stockholders with certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures in connection with the offering, the Representatives and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to any Selling Stockholder to participate in the offering, enter into a “lock-up” agreement, or sell any Shares at the price determined in the offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.
3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Selling Stockholders that:
(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company make no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.
4
(b) Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.
(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.
(d) Emerging Growth Company. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on either Section 5(d) of, or Rule 163B under, the Securities Act.
5
(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives (x) with entities that are qualified institutional buyers (“QIBs”) within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7), (a)(8), (a)(9), (a)(12), or (a)(13) under the Securities Act (“IAIs”) and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the Securities Act or (y) with entities that the Company reasonably believed to be QIBs or IAIs and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of Rule 163B under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.
6
(g) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, as applicable, and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby; and all disclosures included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (together with the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, the “Exchange Act”), and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.
(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock (other than as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), or any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
7
(i) Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and, to the extent such concept is applicable, in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and, to the extent such concept is applicable, are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement are the only subsidiaries of the Company.
(j) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, upon consummation of the Corporate Contribution, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock or equity interests of the Company or any such subsidiary (any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options); upon consummation of the Corporate Contribution, the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.
(k) Stock Options. There have been stock options or other equity awards granted, and there are no stock options or other equity awards currently outstanding, pursuant to any stock-based compensation plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
(l) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver, (i) this Agreement, (ii) all necessary documentation to effectuate the Corporate Contribution, and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby has been duly and validly taken.
8
(m) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(n) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder, have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
(o) Other Transaction Documents. The Registration Rights Agreement has to be entered into on or prior to the Closing Date, has been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
(p) Descriptions of the Transaction Documents. Each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(q) Descriptions of Regulatory Environment. The statements relating to legal matters, regulatory environment and legislative reform included in the Prospectus under the headings (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Comparability Between Periods—Florida Trends,” (B) “Industry” and (C) “Business—Regulation,” in each case fairly summarize such legal matters, regulatory environment and legislative reform in all material respects.
(r) No Violation or Default. The Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
9
(s) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(t) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.
(u) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such Actions are threatened or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (i) there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(v) Independent Accountants. Deloitte & Touche LLP, which has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.
10
(w) Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(x) Intellectual Property. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) The Company and its subsidiaries own or have the right to use all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, systems, procedures, proprietary or confidential information and all other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and, to the knowledge of the Company as proposed to be conducted in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any person; (iii) the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any written notice of any claim relating to the infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Intellectual Property; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property of the Company and its subsidiaries is not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person.
(y) No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers, suppliers or other affiliates of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.
(z) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof received by the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).
(aa) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.
11
(bb) Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation, modification or non-renewal would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(cc) Insurance Subsidiaries. Each subsidiary of the Company that is required to be organized and licensed as an insurance company (collectively, the “Insurance Subsidiaries”) is duly organized and licensed as required in its jurisdiction of organization and is duly licensed or authorized as required in each jurisdiction outside its jurisdiction of organization where it is required to be so licensed or authorized to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to be so licensed or authorized, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Insurance Subsidiaries have made all required filings (including statutory annual and quarterly statements and statutory balance sheets and income statements included therein, as applicable) under applicable insurance statutes in each jurisdiction where such filings are required, except for such filings the failure of which to make would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Insurance Subsidiaries has all other necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications (“Authorizations”), of and from all insurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective existing businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to have such Authorizations, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and no Insurance Subsidiary has received any notification from any insurance regulatory authority to the effect that any additional Authorizations are needed to be obtained by any Insurance Subsidiary in any case where it would reasonably be expected that the failure to obtain such additional Authorizations or the limiting of the writing of such business would result in a Material Adverse Effect, and, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no insurance regulatory authority having jurisdiction over any Insurance Subsidiary has issued any order or decree impairing, restricting or prohibiting (A) the payment of dividends by any Insurance Subsidiary to its parent, other than those restrictions applicable to insurance or reinsurance companies under such jurisdiction generally or (B) the continuation of the business of the Company or any of the Insurance Subsidiaries in all material respects as presently conducted, in each case except where such orders or decrees would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
12
(dd) Treaties, Contracts and Arrangements. To the knowledge of the Company, none of the Company nor any of its Insurance Subsidiaries has received any notice from any of the other parties to any reinsurance treaties, contracts, agreements or arrangements to which the Company or any Insurance Subsidiary is a party that such other party intends not to perform its obligations thereunder, except to the extent that such nonperformance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all material ceded reinsurance and retrocession treaties and contracts to which the Insurance Subsidiary is a ceding party, are in full force and effect and the Insurance Subsidiary is not in default or breach of any such treaties and contracts, except where such default or breach would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(ee) Insurance Reserving. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since December 31, 2024, neither the Company nor any of its Insurance Subsidiaries have made any material change in their respective insurance reserving practices.
(ff) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party.
(gg) Certain Environmental Matters. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice; (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending, or that is known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $300,000 or more will be imposed, (y) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (z) none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.
13
(hh) Compliance with ERISA. (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) that is maintained or contributed to by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance in all material respects with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) no “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company or any member of the Controlled Group would have any liability; (iv) the Company or any member of the Controlled Group has not incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from any “pension plan” or under Sections 412 or 4971 of the Code; and (v) no material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur, except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (v) hereof, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ii) Disclosure Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
(jj) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that are designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
14
respect to any differences. There are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls (it being understood that the Company is not required as of the date hereof to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (as defined below)). The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
(kk) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are generally maintained by similar situated companies and which the Company believes are reasonably adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.
(ll) Cybersecurity; Data Protection. The Company and its subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants. The Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards designed to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Personal Data”)) used in connection with their businesses, there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to the same, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person, nor any incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same. The Company and its subsidiaries are presently in material compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification.
(mm) No Unlawful Payments. None of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director, officer or employee of Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect
15
unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
(nn) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money-laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related to similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any government agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
(oo) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. Neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers or employees, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, the Crimea Region of Ukraine, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic and the disputed territories of Kherson and Zaporizhzhia and any other Covered Region of Ukraine identified pursuant to Executive Order 14065, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.
16
(pp) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.
(qq) No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.
(rr) No Registration Rights. No person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission of the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company.
(ss) No Stabilization. The Company nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.
(tt) Margin Rules. Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.
(uu) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
(vv) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.
(ww) Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans.
17
(xx) Status under the Securities Act. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
(yy) No Ratings. There are (and prior to the Closing Date, or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will be) no debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.
4. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders. Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Company that:
(a) Required Consents; Authority. All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney (the “Power of Attorney”) and the Custody Agreement (the “Custody Agreement”) hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained other than consents, approvals, authorizations, or orders as may have been obtained under the Securities Act or as may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA or under the blue sky laws or non-US laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Underwriters except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, or orders as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement (a “Selling Stockholder Material Adverse Effect”); and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.
(b) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated herein or therein will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property, right or asset of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, termination, modification, acceleration, lien, charge or encumbrance that would reasonably be expected to have a Selling Stockholder Material Adverse Effect.
18
(c) Title to Shares. Such Selling Stockholder will have, immediately prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, or has good and valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; and, upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by DTC, registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”))), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim”, within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.
(d) No Stabilization. Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.
(e) Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package, at the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that such Selling Stockholder makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof; provided further that the representations and warranties set forth in this subsection apply only to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Stockholder, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Stockholder consists of the name of such Selling Stockholder, the number of offered shares and the address and other information with respect to such Selling Stockholder (excluding percentages) which appear in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (the “Selling Stockholder Information”).
19
(f) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and Written Testing-the-Waters Communication. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A or Annex B hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Company and the Representatives.
(g) Registration Statement and Prospectus. As of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that such Selling Stockholder makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof; provided further that the representations and warranties set forth in this subsection apply only to such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information.
(h) Material Information. As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, that the sale of the Shares by such Selling Stockholder is not and will not be prompted by any material information concerning the Company which is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.
(i) No Unlawful Payments. Neither such Selling Stockholder nor any of its subsidiaries, if applicable, nor any director, or officer of such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of such Selling Stockholder, any employee, agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any
20
foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. Such Selling Stockholder and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
(j) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of such Selling Stockholder and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of such Selling Stockholder, threatened.
(k) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. Neither such Selling Stockholder nor any of its subsidiaries, if applicable, directors, or officers, nor, to the knowledge of such Selling Stockholder, any employee, agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any Sanctions, nor is such Selling Stockholder, any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country; and such Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. Since April 24, 2019, such Selling Stockholder and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.
(l) Organization and Good Standing. Such Selling Stockholder, to the extent such Selling Stockholder is an entity and not an individual, has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdictions of organization except where such failure to be in good standing would not be reasonably expected to have a Selling Stockholder Material Adverse Effect.
(m) ERISA. Such Selling Stockholder is not (i) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (iii) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plan or account under Section 3(42) of ERISA, 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101, or otherwise.
21
Each of the Selling Stockholders represents and warrants that the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholders hereunder have been, placed in custody under a Custody Agreement relating to such Shares, in the form heretofore furnished to you, duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder to Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company, as custodian (the “Custodian”), and that such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered Powers of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you, appointing the person or persons indicated in Schedule 2 hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder’s Attorneys-in-fact (the “Attorneys-in-Fact” or any one of them the “Attorney-in Fact”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.
Each of the Selling Stockholders agrees that the Shares held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement, are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable. Each of the Selling Stockholders agrees that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder, or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership, corporation or similar organization, by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or organization, or by the occurrence of any other event. If any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, corporation or similar organization should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, the Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement, and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event.
5. Further Agreements of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:
(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.
22
(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, if requested, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, four signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.
(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably objects.
(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which may be by electronic mail), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Company,
23
threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with applicable law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.
(f) Blue Sky Compliance. If required by the applicable law, the Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.
(g) Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will be deemed to comply with such requirement by furnishing such earnings statements on the Commission’s Electronic, Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) (or any successor system).
24
(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than the Shares to be sold hereunder.
The restrictions described above do not apply to (i) the issuance of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of this Agreement and described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the Closing Date and described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters; (iii) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of this Agreement and described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.
If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.
(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”
25
(j) No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.
(k) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange.
(l) Reports. For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on EDGAR.
(m) Record Retention. The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.
(n) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.
(o) Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.
6. Further Agreements of the Selling Stockholders. Each of the Selling Stockholders severally and not jointly covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:
(a) No Stabilization. Such Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.
(b) Tax Form. It will deliver to the Representatives prior to or at the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) in order to facilitate the Underwriters’ documentation of their compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated.
(c) Use of Proceeds. It will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to a subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.
26
7. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter hereby severally represents and agrees that:
(a) It has not and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that, solely as a result of use by such underwriter, would not trigger an obligation to file such free writing prospectus with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433 (other than a free writing prospectus permitted under clause (c)), (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such Underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).
(b) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period)
8. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.
(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers and each of the Selling Stockholders and their officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
27
(c) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(d) Officers’ Certificates. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, (x) a certificate from the Company signed by the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives on behalf of the Company and not in their personal capacities, (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the Company set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (c) above and (y) a certificate by or on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, (A) confirming that the representations of such Selling Stockholder set forth in Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof is true and correct and (B) confirming that the other representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in this agreement are true and correct, and that the such Selling Stockholder has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date.
(e) Comfort Letters and CFO Certificates. (i) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than two business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(ii) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
28
(f) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for the Company. Haynes and Boone LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives; and Meenan P.A.,
(g) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders. Haynes and Boone, LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Selling Stockholders, their written opinion dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(h) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and negative assurance letter, addressed to the Underwriters, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
(i) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and/or Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company or the sale of the shares by the Selling Stockholders; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company or the Sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders.
(j) Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.
(k) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.
(l) Corporate Contribution. Prior to or substantially concurrent with the issuance of the Underwritten Shares and payment therefor in accordance with this Agreement, the Transactions shall have been consummated in a manner consistent in all material respects with the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus.
29
(m) Lock-up Agreements. The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company, including the Selling Stockholders, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(n) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall has furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.
All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.
9. Indemnification and Contribution.
(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each Selling Stockholder, and each of their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in paragraph (b) below.
(b) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Selling Stockholders. Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, in proportion to the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the Company and each of their its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who
30
controls such Underwriter or the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in paragraph (c) below; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholders shall be liable only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission has been made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Pricing Disclosure Package in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; provided, further, that the liability under this subsection of the Selling Stockholders shall not exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds (after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts but before deducting expenses) received by the Selling Stockholders from the sale of Shares sold by them hereunder less any amounts such Selling Stockholder is obligated to pay under the contribution provisions of paragraphs (e) and (f) below.
(c) Indemnification of the Company and the Selling Stockholders. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of the Selling Stockholders to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession figures appearing in the [ ] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the [ ] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting.”
(d) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any
31
liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 7 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and expenses in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such reasonably incurred fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors and its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company and any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholders shall be designated in writing by the Attorneys-in-Fact or any one of them. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.
32
(e) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) or (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Stockholders or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(f) Limitation on Liability. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonably incurred legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint. Notwithstanding the
33
foregoing provisions, the liability of each Selling Stockholder to contribute pursuant to Section 9(e) shall be limited in the aggregate to an amount equal to the Selling Stockholder Proceeds minus any amounts that the Selling Stockholder is obligated to pay under Section 9(b). The Selling Stockholder’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and not joint.
(g) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.
10. Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above.
11. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
12. Defaulting Underwriter.
(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company and the Selling Stockholders may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company, counsel for the Selling Stockholders or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.
34
(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.
(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.
(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.
13. Payment of Expenses.
(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the costs of reproducing and distributing this Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt does not include any fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith); (iv) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as
35
the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (viii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA, provided that the fees and expenses pursuant to clauses (v) and (viii) shall not, in the aggregate, exceed $30,000; (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; and (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange.
(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company or the Selling Stockholders for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonably incurred out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby; provided that in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 10(c) hereto, the Company shall only reimburse the non-defaulting Underwriters.
14. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.
15. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters or the directors, officers, controlling persons or affiliates referred to in Section 7 hereof.
16. Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.
17. Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.
36
18. Miscellaneous.
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o:
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: General Counsel
Piper Sandler & Co.
1251 Avenue of the Americas, 6th Floor
New York, New York 10020
Attention: General Counsel
Notices to the Company shall be given to it at
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
5426 Bay Center Dr., Suite 600
Tampa, Florida 33609
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
(c) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and the Selling Stockholders waive any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in such courts. Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and each Selling Stockholder, as applicable, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Company and each Selling Stockholders, as applicable, is subject by a suit upon such judgment.
(d) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
37
(e) Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.
(i) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
(ii) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
As used in this Section 16(e):
“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).
“Covered Entity” means any of the following:
(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);
(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or
(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
38
(g) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
(h) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.
39
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.
| Very truly yours, | ||
| AMERICAN INTEGRITY INSURANCE GROUP, INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| AMERICAN INTEGRITY INSURANCE GROUP, LLC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| SELLING STOCKHOLDERS, acting severally | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule 2 to this Agreement | ||
[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]
| Accepted: As of the date first written above each for itself and on behalf of the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto. | ||
| KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| PIPER SANDLER & CO. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]
Schedule 1
| Underwriter |
Number of Shares | |||
| Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. |
[ | ] | ||
| Piper Sandler & Co. |
[ | ] | ||
| William Blair & Company, L.L.C. |
[ | ] | ||
| Raymond James Financial, Inc. |
[ | ] | ||
| Citizens JMP Securities, LLC. |
[ | ] | ||
| Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. |
[ | ] | ||
| Total |
||||
Sch. 1-1
Schedule 2
| Selling Stockholders: |
Number of |
Number of |
Sch. 2-1
Annex A
| a. | Pricing Information Provided Verbally |
Initial Public Offering Price Per Share: $[ ]
Number of Underwritten Shares: [ ]
Number of Option Shares: [ ]
| b. | Free Writing Prospectuses that are part of the Pricing Disclosure Package |
None.
| c. | Free Writing Prospectuses that are not part of the Pricing Disclosure Package |
Electronic Roadshow Presentation, dated [ ]
Annex A-1
Annex B
Written Testing-the-Waters Communications
Testing-the-Waters Presentation, dated [ ]
Annex B-1
Exhibit A
Testing the waters authorization (to be delivered by the issuer to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. in email or letter form):
In reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”) hereby authorizes Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. (the “Representatives”) and their respective affiliates and employees, to engage on behalf of the Issuer in oral and written communications with potential investors that are “qualified institutional buyers”, as defined in Rule 144A under the Act, or institutions that are “accredited investors”, within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the Issuer’s contemplated initial public offering (“Testing-the-Waters Communications”). A “Written Testing-the Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act.
The Issuer represents that it is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“Emerging Growth Company”) and agrees to promptly notify the Representatives in writing if the Issuer hereafter ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company while this authorization is in effect. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Issuer will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
Nothing in this authorization is intended to limit or otherwise affect the ability of the Representatives and their respective affiliates and employees, to engage in communications in which they could otherwise lawfully engage in the absence of this authorization, including, without limitation, any written communication containing only one or more of the statements specified under Rule 134(a) under the Act. This authorization shall remain in effect until the Issuer has provided to the Representatives a written notice revoking this authorization. All notices as described herein shall be sent by email to the attention of [ ] at [ ], with copies to [ ].
Ex A-1
Exhibit B
[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
Piper Sandler & Co.
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
Public Offering of Common Stock
, 20__
[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]
Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:
This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”) of ______ shares of \Common Stock, $___ par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated __________________, 2025 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a waiver dated __________________, 2025, with respect to ______shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co., L.L.C. hereby agree to waive the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective __________________, 2025; provided, however, that such waiver is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such waiver. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending waiver.
Except as expressly waived hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.
[Rest of page intentionally left blank]
Ex B-1
Very truly yours,
| KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| PIPER SANDLER & CO. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
cc: Company
[Signature Page to Waiver of Lock-Up]
Ex B-2
Exhibit C
[Form of Press Release]
[Company]
[Date]
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co., the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of shares of Common Stock, are waiving a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s Common Stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The waiver will take effect on ____________________, 20__, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.
This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Ex C-1
Exhibit D
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
____ __, 2025
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
Piper Sandler & Co.
As Representatives of the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting
Agreement
c/o Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10019
c/o Piper Sandler & Co.
1251 Avenue of the Americas, 6th Floor
New York, New York 10020
Re: American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. —- Public Offering
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that you, as representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule 2 of the Underwriting Agreement, providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”) of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, the undersigned will not, and will not cause any direct or indirect affiliate to, during the period beginning on the date of this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) and ending at the close of business 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may
Ex D-1
be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively with the Common Stock, the “Lock-Up Securities”), (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Lock-Up Securities provided that, to the extent the undersigned has demand and/or piggyback registration rights, the foregoing shall not prohibit the undersigned from notifying the Company privately that it is or will be exercising its demand and/or piggyback registration rights following the expiration of the Restricted Period and undertaking any preparations related thereto, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing precludes the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (whether by the undersigned or any other person) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise. The undersigned further confirms that it has furnished the Representatives, with the details of any transaction the undersigned, or any of its affiliates, is a party to as of the date hereof, which transaction would have been restricted by this Letter Agreement if it had been entered into by the undersigned during the Restricted Period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may:
(a) transfer the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities:
(i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes,
(ii) by will or intestacy,
(iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust (for purposes of this Letter Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin),
(iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests,
(v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above,
(vi) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities
Ex D-2
Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a distribution to partners, members or shareholders of the undersigned,
(vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement,
(viii) to the Company from an employee of the Company upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such employee,
(ix) as part of a sale of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the closing date for the Public Offering,
(x) to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement, and provided further that any such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights are held by the undersigned pursuant to an agreement or equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, each such agreement or plan which is described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or
(xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company (for purposes hereof, “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity)); provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Letter Agreement;
(xii) transfers, conversion, reclassification, redemption or exchange of Common Stock or such other securities to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Transactions, as described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus relating to the offering of the Shares;
Ex D-3
provided that (A) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii), such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and each donee, devisee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this Letter Agreement, (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (ix) and (x), no filing by any party (donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributer or distributee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Restricted Period referred to above) and (C) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(vii) and (viii) it shall be a condition to such transfer that no public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made and if any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock in connection with such transfer or distribution shall be legally required during the Restricted Period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer;
(b) exercise outstanding options, settle restricted stock units or other equity awards or exercise warrants pursuant to plans or other equity compensation arrangements described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that any Lock-Up Securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement;
(c) convert outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock or convertible securities into shares of Common Stock or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock; provided that any such shares of Common Stock or warrants received upon such conversion, shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement;
(d) establish trading plans pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Lock-Up Securities; provided that (1) such plans do not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Restricted Period and (2) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such trading plan and any public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act made by any person regarding the establishment of such plan during the Restricted Period shall include a statement that the undersigned is not permitted to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of securities under such plan during the Restricted Period in contravention of this Letter Agreement; and
(e) sell the Securities to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.
If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.
Ex D-4
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such announcement. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or that is to an immediate family member as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5) and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.
The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Securities and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Representatives may be required or choose to provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures to you in connection with the Public Offering, the Representatives and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to participate in the Public Offering, enter into this Letter Agreement, or sell any Shares at the price determined in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.
The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by [ ], 2025, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Class A Common Stock to be sold thereunder, (iii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, either the Company, on the one hand, or the Representatives, on the other hand, notifies the other in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, or (iv) the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC relating to the registration of shares of Common Stock to be offered in the Public Offering is withdrawn (and not promptly replaced with a successor registration statement) is withdrawn, the undersigned shall be automatically released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.
Ex D-5
This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Signatures transmitted by facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
[Signature Page to Follow]
Ex.D-6
Very truly yours,
| IF A NATURAL PERSON: | IF AN ENTITY: | |||||||
| By: | ||||||||
| (duly authorized signature) | (please print complete name of entity) | |||||||
| Name: | By: | |||||||
| (please print full name) | (duly authorized signature) | |||||||
| Name: | ||||||||
| (please print full name) | ||||||||
| Title: | ||||||||
| (please print full title) | ||||||||
| Address: | Address: | |||||||
| E-mail: | E-mail: | |||||||
Ex.D-7
Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
AMERICAN INTEGRITY INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
I, the undersigned, for the purpose of creating and organizing a corporation under the provisions of and subject to the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), certify as follows:
1. The name of the corporation is American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
2. The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 108 Lakeland Ave., Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19901. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is Capitol Services, Inc.
3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
4. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000. All shares shall be Common Stock par value $0.001 per share and are to be of one class.
5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator(s) of the Corporation are:
| Name |
Mailing Address | |
| David Clark | 1601 Elm St Suite 3500, Dallas, TX 75201 |
6. Unless and except to the extent that the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”) shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.
7. To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or to its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. No amendment to, modification of, or repeal of this Paragraph 7 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director or officer of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such amendment.
8. The Corporation shall indemnify, advance expenses, and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that the Covered Person, or a person for whom the Covered Person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except for claims for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of expenses not paid in full, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the board of directors of the Corporation. Any amendment, repeal, or modification of this Paragraph 8 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
9. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws without any action on the part of the stockholders; provided that any Bylaw adopted or amended by the board of directors, and any powers thereby conferred, may be amended, altered, or repealed by the stockholders.
10. The Corporation shall have the right, subject to any express provisions or restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or the Bylaws, from time to time, to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation in any manner now or hereafter provided by law, and all rights and powers of any kind conferred upon a director or stockholder of the Corporation by the Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereof are conferred subject to such right.
11. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or the Bylaws (as either may be amended or restated) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of Paragraph 11.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
2
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the DGCL, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby acknowledging, declaring, and certifying that the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation is my act and deed and that the facts herein stated are true, and have accordingly hereunto set my hand this 15th day of January, 2025.
| Incorporator | ||
| By | /s/ David Clark | |
| Name: | Sole Incorporator | |
3
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
AMERICAN INTEGRITY INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:
1. The name of the Corporation is “American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.”, and the original certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 15, 2025.
2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Certificate of Incorporation”) was duly adopted by the board of directors and the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141(f), 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
3. This Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation.
4. The text of the certificate of incorporation is hereby restated and amended to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I.
The name of the corporation is American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
ARTICLE II.
The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 108 Lakeland Ave., Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Capitol Services, Inc.
ARTICLE III.
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“DGCL”).
ARTICLE IV.
Section 4.1 Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred and ten million (110,000,000), consisting of the following two classes:
(a) One hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”); and
(b) Ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).
Section 4.2 Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, the authority
1
to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, exchange rights, voting powers, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking and purchase fund provisions), the redemption price or prices, restrictions on the issuance of shares of such series, the dissolution preferences and the rights in respect of any distribution of assets of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting any such series, and the designation thereof, or any of them and to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series so created (except where otherwise provided in a Preferred Stock Designation), subsequent to the issue of that series. In case the authorized number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall, unless otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation, resume the status as authorized, but undesignated Preferred Stock. There shall be no limitation or restriction on any variation between any of the different series of Preferred Stock as to the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof; and the several series of Preferred Stock may vary in any and all respects as fixed and determined by the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors or by a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, providing for the issuance of the various series of Preferred Stock.
Section 4.3 Number of Authorized Shares. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) without a separate vote of any holders of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, unless a separate vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto).
Section 4.4 Common Stock. The powers, preferences and rights of the Common Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:
(a) Voting Rights. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, all of the voting power of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.
(b) Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock out of the assets or funds of the Corporation that are by law available therefor, at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.
(c) Liquidation Rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and after making provisions for preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall be entitled, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. A consolidation, reorganization or merger of the Corporation with any other Person or Persons (as defined below), a conversion of the Corporation, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not be considered to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 4.4(c).
2
(d) Amendment to Preferred Stock Terms. Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or the DGCL.
ARTICLE V.
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the DGCL, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”). The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE VI.
Section 6.1 Ballot. Elections of directors (each such director, in such capacity, a “Director” and collectively the “Directors”) need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.
Section 6.2 Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors under specified circumstances, the number of Directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by a majority of the Whole Board of Directors. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board of Directors” shall mean the total number of authorized Directors (from time to time) whether or not there exist any vacancies. The number of Directors which shall constitute the Board shall initially be five.
Section 6.3 Terms of Office. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors, each Director, the Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes (each, a “Class”) as nearly equal in size as practicable, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, until the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029, at which time, a phase-in of a declassified Board of Directors shall begin. The term of office for the Class I Directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2026, the term of office for the Class II Directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2027, and the term of office for Class III Directors shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2028 with the members of each Class to hold office until their successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029, Directors succeeding those whose terms are then expired shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year following the year of their election. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2031 (the “Sunset Date”), the classification of the Board of Directors shall fully terminate, and all Directors shall be of one class and elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Director shall hold office until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of any change in the number of Directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion. No decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.
Section 6.4 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, retirement, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of Directors shall be filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the expiration of the term to which such Director shall have been appointed or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal.
3
Section 6.5 Removal. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors, the Board of Directors or any individual Director may be removed from office at any time with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class (provided that, after the Sunset Date, any individual Director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, in accordance with Section 141(k) of the DGCL).
Section 6.6 Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of Directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws.
Section 6.7 Preferred Directors. Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) applicable thereto. The number of Directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof, and the total number of Directors constituting the Whole Board of Directors shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional Directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the terms of office of all such additional Directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional Directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such Director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a Director) and the total authorized number of Directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.
ARTICLE VII.
Section 7.1 No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
Section 7.2 Special Meeting of Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, at any time only by or at the direction of (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors (if any) or (ii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, and shall not be called by any other person or persons.
ARTICLE VIII.
The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, adopt or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and to adopt any other provision authorized by the DGCL, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by Delaware Law, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage or vote may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, no provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article XI or Article XII may be altered, amended, changed or repealed in any respect without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Common Stock (and if Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class).
ARTICLE IX.
The Corporation is authorized to indemnify, and to advance expenses to, each current or former Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto) as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended. To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, no Director or officer
4
shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of his or her fiduciary duties as a Director or officer, as applicable. No amendment to, or modification or repeal of, this Article IX, or adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, or, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, adoption, modification or repeal.
ARTICLE X.
Section 10.1 Corporate Opportunity.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware and in accordance with Section 122(17) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), (i) the Corporation hereby renounces all interest and expectancy that it otherwise would be entitled to have in, and all rights to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that from time to time may be presented to any Director or stockholder who is not employed by the Corporation or its subsidiaries (each such Person, an “Exempt Person”); (ii) no Exempt Person will have any duty to refrain from (A) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries from time to time is engaged or proposes to engage or (B) otherwise competing, directly or indirectly, with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; and (iii) if any Exempt Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity both for such Exempt Person or any of his or her respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and for the Corporation or its subsidiaries, on the other hand, such Exempt Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to the Corporation or its subsidiaries and such Exempt Person or any of his or her respective Affiliates may take any and all such transactions or opportunities for itself or offer such transactions or opportunities to any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding sentence of this Section 10.1(a) shall not apply to any potential transaction or business opportunity that is expressly offered to a Director, executive officer or employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, solely in his or her capacity as a Director, executive officer or employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries.
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, no potential transaction or business opportunity may be deemed to be a corporate opportunity of the Corporation or its subsidiaries unless (i) the Corporation or its subsidiaries would be permitted to undertake such transaction or opportunity in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) the Corporation or its subsidiaries at such time have sufficient financial resources to undertake such transaction or opportunity, (iii) the Corporation or its subsidiaries have an interest or expectancy in such transaction or opportunity and (iv) such transaction or opportunity would be in the same or similar line of business in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries are then engaged or a line of business that is reasonably related to, or a reasonable extension of, such line of business.
Section 10.2 Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no stockholder and no Director will be liable to the Corporation or its subsidiaries or stockholders for breach of any duty solely by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Article X, except to the extent such actions or omissions are in breach of this Article X.
ARTICLE XI.
Section 11.1 Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL and the restrictions and limitations set forth therein.
Section 11.2 Interested Stockholder Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined below) at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act (as defined below) with any Interested Stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:
(a) prior to such time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;
5
(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, the Interested Stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the Interested Stockholder) those shares owned by (A) Persons who are Directors and also officers and (B) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
(c) at or subsequent to such time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.
Section 11.3 Definitions. As used in this Certificate of Incorporation, the following terms shall have the following meaning:
(a) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person and, for purposes of the definition of Affiliate “control,” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A Person who is the owner, of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article XI, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.
(b) “Associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a Director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of shares of voting stock of the Corporation; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person.
(c) “Business Combination” means (i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (A) with the Interested Stockholder, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation this Article XI is not applicable to the surviving entity; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, Transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation; (iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or Transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto); (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed,
6
pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (E) any issuance or Transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (C) through (E) of this subsection shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments); (iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or (v) or any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i) through (iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.
(d) “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “Person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock and/or any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation (if any) representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote; (ii) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated a transaction or series of related transactions for the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets; or (iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent, or are not converted into, voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; provided, however, that a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions immediately following which the beneficial owners of the Common Stock, Preferred Stock and/or any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
(e) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations.
(f) “Interested Stockholder” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the Affiliates and Associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this Article XI to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include: (u) the Sowell Related Parties (as defined below) or any of their current and future Affiliates (so long as such Affiliate remains an Affiliate) or Associates, including any investment funds managed, directly or indirectly, by Sowell (as defined below) or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of shares of capital stock of the Corporation; (w) any Person who acquires ownership of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly from a Sowell Related Party, and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Person who acquires voting stock of the Corporation through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market or pursuant to an underwritten public offering; (x) a stockholder that becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (A) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that such stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder and (B) would not, at any time within the three-
7
year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership or (y) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, however, that such Person specified in this clause (y) shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person. For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
(g) “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means, for purposes of this Article XI, a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates:
(i) beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly;
(ii) has (A) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such Person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more Persons; or
(iii) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in clause (B) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.
(h) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated association or other entity.
(i) “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations.
(j) “Sowell” means Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC
(k) “Sowell Related Parties” means Sowell and its Affiliates.
(l) “stock” means, for purposes of this Article XI, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.
(m) “Transfer” (and, with a correlative meaning, “Transferring”) means any sale, transfer, assignment, redemption or other disposition of (whether directly or indirectly, whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) (a) any interest (legal or beneficial) in any shares of capital of stock of the Corporation or (b) any equity or other interest (legal or beneficial) in any stockholder if substantially all of the assets of such stockholder consist solely of shares of capital stock of the Corporation; provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a Transfer:
(i) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with (A) actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, or (B) any other action of the stockholders permitted by this Certificate of Incorporation;
8
(ii) the pledge of shares of Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise voting control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a Transfer; or
(iii) entering into a support, voting, tender or similar agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) or tendering any shares in any tender or exchange offer for all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, in each case, in connection with a Change of Control transaction, sale of all or substantially all assets, or any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Corporation, whether effectuated through one transaction or series of related transactions, that, in each case, has been approved by the Board of Directors.
(n) “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference in this Article XI to a percentage or proportion of voting stock shall refer to such percentage or other proportion of the votes of such voting stock.
ARTICLE XII.
Section 12.1 Miscellaneous. If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any Person or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable), and the application of such provision to other Persons and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 12.2 Exclusive Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (i) the Court of Chancery (the “Chancery Court”) of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as any of the foregoing may be amended and/or restated from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Chancery Court; (D) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; and (ii) the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the courts in the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the provisions of clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.
9
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this Article XII. This provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by the Corporation, its officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional or entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering.
[Signature Page Follows]
10
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the DGCL, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby acknowledging, declaring, and certifying that the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation is my act and deed and that the facts herein stated are true, and have accordingly hereunto set my hand this ____ day of _________, 2025.
| AMERICAN INTEGRITY INSURANCE GROUP, INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | David Clark | |
| Title: | Chairman | |
11
Exhibit 3.3
BYLAWS OF AMERICAN INTEGRITY INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1.01 Offices. The address of the registered office of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be at 108 Lakeland Ave., Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19901. The Corporation may have other offices, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) from time to time shall determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
Section 1.02 Books and Records. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device, method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases); provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time, and, with respect to the stock ledger, the records so kept comply with Section 224 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.01 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication, as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting.
Section 2.02 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time, and place, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.
Section 2.03 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors and may not be called by any other person or persons. The only business which may be conducted at a special meeting shall be the matter or matters set forth in the notice of such meeting.
Section 2.04 Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken or are provided in accordance with applicable law. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of the adjourned meeting and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of the adjourned meeting.
Section 2.05 Notice of Meetings. Notice of the place, if any, date, hour, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), and means of remote communication, if any, of every meeting of stockholders shall be given by the Corporation not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the meeting (unless a different time is specified by law) to every stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Notices of special meetings shall also specify the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called. Notices of meetings to stockholders may be given in writing directed to the stockholder’s mailing address (or by electronic transmission directed to the stockholder’s
electronic mailing address, as applicable) as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice shall be given (i) if mailed, when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (ii) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at the stockholder’s address, or (iii) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address (unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be given by electronic transmission). Notice of any meeting need not be given to any stockholder who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of notice or who shall attend such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of the meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of the meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.
Section 2.06 List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of each stockholder no later than the tenth day before each meeting of the stockholders. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network if the information required to gain access to such list was provided with the notice of the meeting or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation for a period of ten days ending on the day before the meeting date. Except as provided by applicable law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger and the list of stockholders or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
Section 2.07 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), or these bylaws, at each meeting of the stockholders, a majority in voting power of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or series or classes or series entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders so present may, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.04, until a quorum shall be present or represented. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. At any such adjourned meeting at which there is a quorum, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting originally called.
Section 2.08 Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman of the Board’s absence or inability to act, the Executive Chairman, or, in the Executive Chairman’s absence or inability to act, the person whom the Chairman of the Board shall appoint, shall act as chair of, and preside at, the meeting. The secretary or, in the secretary’s absence or inability to act, the person whom the chair of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations, or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies, or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.
2
Section 2.09 Voting; Proxies.
(a) Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the election of directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the stockholders, at which a quorum is present, by the holders of stock entitled to vote in the election. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws, any matter, other than the election of directors, properly brought before any meeting of stockholders, at which a quorum is present, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter. Any matter, other than the election of directors, properly brought before any meeting of stockholders, at which a quorum is present and that requires a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter.
(b) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The authorization of a person to act as proxy may be documented, signed, and delivered in accordance with Section 116 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) provided that such authorization shall set forth, or be delivered with, information enabling the Corporation to determine the identity of the stockholder granting such authorization. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.
Section 2.10 Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders. The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, may, and shall if required by law, appoint one or more inspectors, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability. The inspectors shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of their duties. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxies, votes, or any revocation thereof or change thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.
Section 2.11 Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting. Any action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing or by electronic transmission setting forth the action to be so taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), its principal place of business, an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, or to an
3
information processing system designated by the corporation for receiving such consents in accordance with applicable law. Every consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 2.11, consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation as aforesaid. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action by the stockholders by less than unanimous consent shall, to the extent required by applicable law, be given to those stockholders as of the record date for the action by consent who have not consented and who would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the action had been taken at a meeting and the record date for the notice of the meeting were the record date for the action by consent.
Section 2.12 Fixing the Record Date.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote therewith at the adjourned meeting.
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting: (i) when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery (by hand, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested) to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
4
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 3.01 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, or applicable law, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and the management of the Corporation.
Section 3.02 Number; Term of Office. The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each director shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal.
Section 3.03 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors and any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors, shall be filled by the affirmative votes of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A director so elected shall be elected to hold office until the earlier of the expiration of the term of office of the director whom the director has replaced, a successor is duly elected and qualified, or the earlier of such director’s death, resignation, or removal.
Section 3.04 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by notice given either in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice by the Corporation or at such later time as is therein specified. A verbal resignation shall not be deemed effective until confirmed by the director in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.
Section 3.05 Removal. Except as prohibited by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the stockholders entitled to vote in an election of directors may remove any director from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power thereof.
Section 3.06 Fees and Expenses. Directors shall receive such fees and expenses as the Board of Directors shall from time to time prescribe.
Section 3.07 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such times and at such places, if any, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
Section 3.08 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and at such places, if any, as may be determined by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or Executive Chairman on at least 24 hours’ notice to each director given by one of the means specified in Section 3.11 hereof other than by mail or on at least three days’ notice if given by mail. Special meetings shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or Executive Chairman in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or more directors.
Section 3.09 Telephone Meetings. Board of Directors or Board of Directors committee meetings may be held by means of telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and be heard. Participation by a director in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 3.10 Adjourned Meetings. A majority of the directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn and reconvene such meeting to another time and place. At least 24 hours’ notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be given by one of the means specified in Section 3.11 hereof other than by mail, or at least three days’ notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
5
Section 3.11 Notices. Subject to Section 3.08, Section 3.10, and Section 3.12 hereof, whenever notice is required to be given to any director by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws, such notice shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, mail addressed to such director at such director’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, facsimile, email, or by other means of electronic transmission.
Section 3.12 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice to directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws, a waiver thereof, in writing signed by, or by electronic transmission by, the director entitled to the notice, whether before or after such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special Board of Directors or committee meeting need be specified in any waiver of notice.
Section 3.13 Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman of the Board’s absence, another director selected by the Board of Directors shall preside. The secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. If the secretary is absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an assistant secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 3.14 Quorum of Directors. Except as otherwise permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, or applicable law, the presence of a majority of the Board of Directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.15 Action by Majority Vote. Except as otherwise expressly required by these bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or by applicable law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.16 Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all directors or members of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and any consent may be documented, signed, and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of the DGCL. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee in accordance with applicable law.
Section 3.17 Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If a member of a committee shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting, the remaining member or members present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it to the extent so authorized by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, at all meetings of such committee, a majority of the then authorized members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter, and repeal rules and procedures for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules and procedures each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to this Article III.
6
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.01 Positions and Election. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors and shall include a chief exercutive officer, an executive chairman, a chief financial officer, a president, and any such other officers (including without limitation, a chairman of the Board of Directors, a treasurer, and a secretary) as the Board of Directors from time to time may determine. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect one or more vice chairs (who must be directors), and one or more vice presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries, and other officers. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such other duties and services as shall be assigned to or required of the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.02 Term. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at any time, with or without cause, by the majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors then in office. The removal of an officer shall be without prejudice to the officer’s contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of the officer’s resignation to the president or the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Should any vacancy occur among the officers, the position shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by appointment made by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.03 The President. The president shall have general supervision over the business of the Corporation and other duties incident to the office of president, and any other duties as may be from time to time assigned to the president by the Board of Directors and subject to the control of the Board of Directors in each case.
Section 4.04 Vice Presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to the vice president from time to time by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the president.
Section 4.05 The Secretary. The secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings, and shall perform like duties for committees when required. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the president. The secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to all documents requiring it and attest to the same.
Section 4.06 The Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may require it, an account of all the treasurer’s transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.
Section 4.07 Duties of Officers May Be Delegated. In case any officer is absent, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the president or the Board of Directors may delegate for the time being the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director.
Section 4.08 Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities
7
in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in any manner permitted under applicable law, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consents, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such proxies or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper. Any of the rights set forth in this Section 4.08 which may be delegated to an attorney or agent may also be exercised directly by the Chairman of the Board.
Section 4.09 Execution Authority. All contracts of the Corporation shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by (a) the chief executive officer, executive chairman, chief financial officer, president or any vice president, (b) such other officer or employee of the Corporation authorized in writing by the president, with such limitations or restrictions on such authority as the president deems appropriate, or (c) such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and, if required, the seal of the Corporation shall be thereto affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary.
ARTICLE V
STOCK CERTIFICATES AND THEIR TRANSFER
Section 5.01 Certificates Representing Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock. If shares are represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in the form, other than bearer form, approved by the Board of Directors. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles. Although any officer, transfer agent, or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent, or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.
Section 5.02 Transfers of Stock. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof, by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and, in the case of certificated shares, upon the surrender of the certificate thereof, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate or uncertificated shares shall be issued. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred. To the extent designated by the president or any vice president or the treasurer of the Corporation, the Corporation may recognize the transfer of fractional uncertificated shares, but shall not otherwise be required to recognize the transfer of fractional shares.
Section 5.03 Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.
Section 5.04 Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the allegedly lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
8
ARTICLE VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 6.01 Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise, as may be prescribed by law or custom or by the Board of Directors.
Section 6.02 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.
Section 6.03 Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed, or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person, or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.
Section 6.04 Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, unless otherwise provided by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 6.05 Conflict with Applicable Law or Certificate of Incorporation. These bylaws are adopted subject to any applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Whenever these bylaws may conflict with any applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, such conflict shall be resolved in favor of such law or the Certificate of Incorporation.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
Section 7.01 Amendments. These bylaws may be adopted, amended, or repealed or new bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors. The stockholders may make additional bylaws and may adopt, amend, or repeal any bylaws whether such bylaws were originally adopted by them or otherwise.
9
Exhibit 3.4
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
AMERICAN INTEGRITY INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
(Effective , 2025)
*****
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1.01. Registered Office. The address of the registered office of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).
Section 1.02. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
Section 1.03. Books. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.01. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication or held in person and by means of remote communication.
Section 2.02. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors and to transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance with these Bylaws.
Section 2.03. Special Meetings. A special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and may not be called by any other person. The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, respectively, subject to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 2.04. Conduct at Meetings. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall act as chairman of any meetings of stockholders. Only the Board of Directors may determine who shall act as chairman of any meeting of stockholders. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting. If the Secretary of the Corporation is not present, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors prior to the meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority in his or her discretion to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, including, without limitation, (a) convening the meeting, concluding the meeting and rescheduling, recessing or adjourning the meeting, regardless of whether a quorum is present, to a later date and time and at a place, if any, announced at the meeting, (b) announcing the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote, (c) imposing restrictions on the persons (other than stockholders of record of the Corporation or their duly appointed proxies) who may attend any such meeting, (d) establishing procedures for the dismissal of business not properly presented, (e) maintaining order at the meeting and safety of those present, (f) restricting entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement,
1
(g) limiting the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions, and the time allotted thereto, at any meeting of stockholders, (h) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting rules, regulations or procedures, (i) restricting the use of audio and video recording devices, cell phones and other electronic devices, (j) establishing rules, regulations or procedures for compliance with any state or local laws or regulations, including those concerning safety, health and security, (k) implementing procedures (if any) requiring attendees to provide the Corporation advance notice of their intent to attend the meeting and (l) establishing any rules, regulations or procedures as the chairman of the meeting may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication.
Section 2.05. Notice of Meetings; Waivers of Notice; Adjourned Meetings.
(a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“Delaware Law”), such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. Without limiting the manner by which notices of meetings otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any such notice may be given by electronic transmission in accordance with applicable law. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
(b) A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
(c) The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication) to another time or place, if any (whether or not a quorum is present), and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time thereof, place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, are provided in accordance with applicable law. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for notice of the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting. If, after the adjournment, the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.
Section 2.06. Quorum. Unless otherwise provided under the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws and subject to Delaware Law, the presence, in person or by means of remote communication (if applicable) or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of enough votes to otherwise leave less than a quorum. If a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by means of remote communication (if applicable) or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting, in the manner provided in Section 2.05(c), until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
2
Section 2.07. Voting.
(a) Unless otherwise provided by Delaware Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of capital stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder. Any share of capital stock of the Corporation held by the Corporation shall have no voting rights. Except as otherwise provided by Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in person or by means of remote communication (if applicable) or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter, voting as a single class, shall be the act of the stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, nominees for director shall be elected by a majority of votes cast at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present. For purposes of these Bylaws, a “majority of votes cast” shall mean that the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation voted “for” a nominee’s election exceeds the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation voted “against” such nominee’s election, with abstentions and broker non-votes not counted as votes cast either “for” or “against” such nominee’s election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a “contested election” of directors, nominees for director shall be elected by a plurality of votes cast by holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of these Bylaws, a “contested election” shall mean an annual or special meeting of the Corporation with respect to which (i) the Secretary of the Corporation receives a notice that a stockholder has nominated or intends to nominate a person for election to the Board of Directors in compliance with the requirements for stockholder nominees for director set forth in Section 2.10 of these Bylaws or under applicable law and (ii) such nomination has not been withdrawn by such stockholder on or prior to the tenth (10th) day before the Corporation first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders.
(b) If a nominee for director who is an incumbent director fails to receive a majority of votes cast and no successor has been elected at such meeting, the director shall promptly tender his or her resignation to the Board of Directors. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) shall consider the tendered resignation and recommend to the Board of Directors whether to accept it. The Board of Directors shall consider and act on the tendered resignation, taking into account the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s recommendation, within ninety (90) days following certification of the stockholder vote, and thereafter shall promptly disclose its decision whether to accept the director’s tendered resignation (and, if applicable, the reasons for rejecting the resignation) in a press release to be disseminated in the manner that the Corporation’s press releases typically are distributed. Any director who tenders his or her resignation pursuant to this provision shall not participate in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s recommendation or the decision of the Board of Directors with respect to his or her resignation. If such incumbent director’s resignation is not accepted by the Board of Directors, such director shall continue to serve until the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the Class (as defined below, subject to the declassification of the Board of Directors provided in the Certificate of Incorporation) to which such director stood expires and until his or her successor is duly elected, or his or her earlier resignation or removal. If a director’s resignation is accepted by the Board of Directors pursuant to these Bylaws, or if a nominee for director fails to receive a majority of votes cast and the nominee is not an incumbent director, then the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may fill any resulting vacancy pursuant to the provisions of these Bylaws or may decrease the size of the Board of Directors.
(c) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto authorized, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. The authorization of a person to act as proxy may be documented, signed, and delivered in accordance with Section 116 of Delaware Law, provided, that such authorization shall set forth, or be delivered with, information enabling the Corporation to determine the identity of the stockholder granting such authorization. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. No proxy shall be voted after one (1) year from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting proxies from other stockholders may use any proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for exclusive use of the Board of Directors.
(d) Shares abstaining from voting on a matter and broker non-votes will be counted for purposes of determining a quorum but will not count as votes cast.
Section 2.08. Actions Not Permitted by Written Consent. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, an action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may not be taken without a meeting, without prior notice or without a vote.
3
Section 2.09. Voting Lists. The officer or agent having charge of the transfer book for stock of the Corporation shall make a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares of stock held by each, available for inspection by any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of ten (10) days ending on the day before the meeting date, either (a) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive offices, or (b) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list was provided with the notice of the meeting. The original stock transfer books (or any duplicates thereof maintained by the Corporation) shall be the only evidence of the identity of the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.
Section 2.10. Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.
(a) Timely Notice. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for the election to the Board of Directors shall be considered and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations or such other business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any authorized committee thereof) or (iii) otherwise properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder (A) who is a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed or such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) at the time such notice of meeting is delivered, on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting of stockholders and through the time of such annual meeting of stockholders, (B) who is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose other business at an annual meeting of stockholders (other than a proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). In addition, any proposal of business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must be a proper matter for stockholder action. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii), a Proposing Stockholder (as defined below) must have given timely notice thereof pursuant to this Section 2.10, in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, even if such matter is already the subject of any notice to the stockholders or Public Disclosure (as defined below) from the Board of Directors. To be timely, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (x) not later than the Close of Business (as defined below) on the ninetieth (90th) day, nor earlier than the Close of Business on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day, in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, if such meeting is to be held on a day which is not more than thirty (30) days in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting or not later than seventy (70) days after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, and (y) with respect to any other annual meeting of stockholders, not later than the Close of Business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the Close of Business on the tenth (10th) day following the first date of Public Disclosure of the date of such meeting. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement (or Public Disclosure of such adjournment or postponement) of an annual meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
(b) Stockholder Nominations. For the nomination of any person or persons for election to the Board of Directors, a Proposing Stockholder’s timely notice to the Secretary of the Corporation (in accordance with the time periods for delivery of timely notice as set forth in this Section 2.10) shall set forth or include:
(i) the name, age, business address and residential address of each nominee proposed in such notice;
(ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee;
(iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned of record and directly or indirectly beneficially by each such nominee (if any) and the date or dates on which such shares were acquired;
(iv) such other information concerning each such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved) or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
4
(v) a completed questionnaire executed by the nominee regarding the background and qualification of such person to serve as a director, in the form to be provided by the Secretary (which form the Proposing Stockholder shall request from the Secretary of the Corporation in writing no less than ten (10) Business Days prior to providing notice of a nomination, and which the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such Proposing Stockholder within three (3) Business Days of receiving such request from the Proposing Stockholder);
(vi) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary of the Corporation upon written request within three (3) Business Days after receiving such request) executed by the nominee acknowledging that such person:
(A) consents to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected;
(B) intends to serve as a director for the full term for which such person is standing for election; and
(C) makes the following representations and undertakings: (1) that the director nominee has read and agrees to adhere to all applicable rules of any securities exchanges upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, the Corporation’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, the Corporation’s Related Party Transactions Policy, and any other of the Corporation’s policies or guidelines applicable to directors, including with regard to securities trading (which other policies and guidelines will be provided to such nominee within five (5) Business Days after the Secretary of the Corporation receives any written request therefor from such nominee), and will comply with all applicable fiduciary duties under Delaware Law, (2) that the director nominee is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any nomination or other business proposal, issue, or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (3) that the director nominee is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement, or indemnification that has not been disclosed to the Corporation in connection with such person’s nomination for director or service as a director, and (4) that the director nominee will provide facts, statements and other information in all communications with the Corporation and its stockholders that are or will be true and correct in all material respects and that do not and will not omit to state any fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading in all material respects;
(vii) as to the Proposing Stockholder and each Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below):
(A) the name, business address and residential address of the Proposing Stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and the name, business address and residential address of any Stockholder Associated Person;
(B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock that are directly or indirectly owned, specifying the type of ownership (beneficially and of record), by the Proposing Stockholder and by any Stockholder Associated Person, in each case as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of the class and number of such shares owned of record and beneficially by the Proposing Stockholder and by any Stockholder Associated Person as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the first date of Public Disclosure of the record date;
5
(C) a description of any material agreement, arrangement or understanding (written or oral) between such Proposing Stockholder, on the one hand, and any Stockholder Associated Person, on the other hand, related to (1) the nomination or other business proposed in the notice or (2) any subject matter that will be material in the Proposing Stockholder’s solicitation of stockholders (including, without limitation, matters of social, labor, environmental or governance policy);
(D) a description of any material agreement, arrangement or understanding (written or oral) between such Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and the director nominee, on the other hand, related to (1) the nomination or (2) any subject matter that will be material in the Proposing Stockholder’s solicitation of stockholders (including, without limitation, matters of social, labor, environmental or governance policy);
(E) a description of any material interest, direct or indirect (including any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), by security holdings or otherwise, of such Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof or in the proposed business or nomination to be brought before the meeting by the Proposing Stockholder, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Corporation securities where such Proposing Stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;
(F) the class or series, if any, and number of options, warrants, puts, calls, convertible securities, stock appreciation rights, or similar rights, obligations or commitments with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument, right, obligation or commitment shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation (each a “Derivative Security”), which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person;
(G) any material agreement, arrangement, understanding, or relationship, including any pledge, repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by the Proposing Stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, or that provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the price or value of any class or series or capital stock or other securities of the Corporation;
(H) a description of any other direct or indirect opportunity for the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person to profit or share in any profit (including any performance-based fees other than an asset-based fee) derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares or other securities of the Corporation or value of Derivative Securities;
(I) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship (1) pursuant to which the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares or other securities of the Corporation (other than any revocable proxy given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A) and (2) that the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person has with any stockholder of the Corporation (including the name and business address of such stockholder) with respect to how such stockholder will vote such stockholder’s shares in the Corporation at any meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders or take other action to financially support any proposed nominee or other business, or other action to be taken, by the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person;
(J) the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial and record owners) known by the Proposing Stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person to provide financial support in furtherance of the nomination or other business proposal submitted by the Proposing Stockholder, and to the extent known, the class or series and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholders;
6
(K) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Securities held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership, limited liability company or similar entity in which the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (1) is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partnership, or (2) is the manager, managing member or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in the manager or managing member of such limited liability company or similar entity;
(L) a description of all agreements, arrangements, and understandings between the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other Person(s) (including their name(s)) in connection with or related to the ownership or voting of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Securities;
(M) a representation that the Proposing Stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by means of remote communication (if applicable) or by proxy or cause a Qualified Representative (as defined below) of such Proposing Stockholder to appear in person or by means of remote communication (if applicable) at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice or to propose such other business, and an acknowledgement that, if the Proposing Stockholder (or a Qualified Representative of the Proposing Stockholder) does not appear to present the Proposing Stockholder’s nomination or other business proposal at such meeting, the Corporation need not present the Proposing Stockholder’s nomination or other business proposal for a vote at such meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation;
(N) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation;
(O) the date(s) of first contact between the Proposing Stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and the proposed nominee, on the other hand, with respect to the Corporation and any proposed nomination(s) of any person(s) (including the proposed nominee) for election as a director of the Corporation;
(P) any material equity interests (other than any equity interests held through any index fund) or any Derivative Security held by such Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person in any competitor of the Corporation that the Corporation may identify in Part I, Item 1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K or amendment thereto most recently filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in Item 8.01 of any Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission thereafter but prior to the tenth (10th) day before the deadline for a stockholder’s notice under Section 2.10 (each, a “Principal Competitor”);
(Q) any direct or indirect interest (other than solely as a result of ownership of securities of the Corporation) of the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person in any contract with any Principal Competitor (including any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);
(R) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three (3) years, and any other material relationships, between or among the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person was the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee was a director or executive officer of such registrant;
7
(S) any other information relating to the Proposing Stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in (1) a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such person as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved) or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or (2) a Schedule 13D filed pursuant to Rule 13d-1(a) under the Exchange Act or an amendment pursuant to Rule 13d-2(a) under the Exchange Act if such a statement were required to be filed under the Exchange Act by such Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation (regardless of whether such Person is actually required to file a Schedule 13D), including a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would be required to be disclosed by such Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to Item 5 or Item 6 of Schedule 13D;
(T) a complete and accurate description of any pending, or to the Proposing Stockholder’s knowledge, threatened, legal proceeding in which such Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a party or participant involving the Corporation or, to such Proposing Stockholder’s knowledge, involving any current or former officer, director, affiliate or associate of the Corporation;
(U) a statement of whether or not the Proposing Stockholder, its Qualified Representatives and/or any Stockholder Associated Person intend to solicit proxies with respect to such nomination or other business proposal and, if so, the name of each participant in such solicitation; and a statement: (1) confirming whether the Proposing Stockholder, its Qualified Representatives and/or any Stockholder Associated Person intends, or is part of a group that (x) in the case of a nomination, intend to solicit proxies or votes in support of such director nominees or nomination in accordance with Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act, including but not limited to delivering a proxy statement and form of proxy and soliciting at least the percentage of the voting power of all of the shares of the stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to elect the nominee, and (y) in the case of a business proposal, intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy and solicit at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal; and (2) whether or not any such Proposing Stockholder, its Qualified Representatives and/or any Stockholder Associated Person intend to otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such nomination or other business proposal;
(V) a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will provide the Corporation with the updates and supplements required by Section 2.10(d); and
(W) a representation that the Proposing Stockholder has complied with all applicable requirements of Delaware Law and the Exchange Act with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.10.
The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility and suitability of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee under the listing standards of each securities exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, any applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board of Directors in selecting nominees for election as a director and for determining and disclosing the independence of the Corporation’s directors, including those applicable to a director’s service on any of the committees of the Board of Directors, or the requirements of any other laws or regulations applicable to the Corporation. If requested by the Corporation, any supplemental information required under this paragraph shall be provided within ten (10) days after it has been requested by the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.10(b)(vii), the disclosures described in this Section 2.10(b)(vii) shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee holder who is a stockholder solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.
8
(c) Other Stockholder Proposals. For all business other than director nominations, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth, as to each matter the Proposing Stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, the following: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the text of any proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment); (iii) any other information relating to the Proposing Stockholder required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the proposal and pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (iv) all of the other information required by Section 2.10(b)(vii) above.
(d) Supplements and Updates.
(i) A Proposing Stockholder providing notice of a director nomination or other business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for the meeting, not later than five (5) Business Days after such record date and (B) in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, as applicable, not later than eight (8) Business Days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. Such update and supplement shall (A) be made only to the extent that information has changed in any material respect since the Proposing Stockholder’s prior submission and (B) clearly identify the information that has changed since the Proposing Stockholder’s prior submission. For the avoidance of doubt, any information provided pursuant to this Section 2.10(d) shall not be deemed to cure any deficiencies in a notice previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.10 and shall not extend the time period for the delivery of notice pursuant to this Section 2.10. If a Proposing Stockholder fails to provide any written update or supplement in accordance with this Section 2.10(d), the information as to which such written update or supplement relates may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 2.10.
(ii) If any information submitted pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be inaccurate in any material respect (as determined by the Board of Directors), such information shall be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 2.10. The Proposing Stockholder shall notify the Secretary of the Corporation in writing at the principal executive offices of the Corporation of any material inaccuracy or material change in any information submitted pursuant to this Section 2.10 (including if the Proposing Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person no longer intends to solicit proxies in accordance with the representation made pursuant to Section 2.10(b)(vii)(U)) within two (2) Business Days after becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change. Any such notification shall clearly identify the inaccuracy, it being understood that no such notification may cure any deficiencies or inaccuracies with respect to any prior submission by such Proposing Stockholder. Upon written request of the Secretary of the Corporation on behalf of the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof), the Proposing Stockholder shall provide, within five (5) Business Days after delivery of such request (or such earlier period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by such Proposing Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.10 and (B) a written affirmation of any information submitted by such Proposing Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.10 as of an earlier date. If the Proposing Stockholder fails to provide such written verification or affirmation within such period, the information as to which written verification or affirmation was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 2.10.
(e) Proxy Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, a Proposing Stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.10. Nothing in this Section 2.10 shall be deemed to (i) affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule thereto), or (ii) affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. This Section 2.10 shall not apply to a proposal proposed to be made by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of the stockholder’s intention to present the proposal at an annual or special meeting only pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and such proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such meeting.
9
(f) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware Law and as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any authorized committee thereof) or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner is the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.10 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, upon the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting through the date of such meeting, (B) who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and (C) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.10. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.10 shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting and not earlier than the Close of Business on the later of the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the date of Public Disclosure of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any notice time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
(g) Effect of Noncompliance.
(i) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, (A) no nominations shall be made or business shall be conducted at any annual or special meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10, and (B) unless otherwise required by law, if a Proposing Stockholder intending to propose business or make nominations at an annual or special meeting pursuant to this Section 2.10 does not comply with or provide the information required under this Section 2.10 to the Corporation promptly following the later of the record date or the first date of Public Disclosure of the record date, or the Proposing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed business or nominations, such business or nominations shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business or nominations may have been received by the Corporation.
(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.10, unless otherwise required by law, no stockholder shall solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than the Corporation’s nominees unless such stockholder has compiled with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act in connection with the solicitation of such proxies. If (A) any stockholder provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act and (B) such stockholder subsequently fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(2) or (3) under the Exchange Act (as determined by the Board of Directors or an officer designated thereby), then the Corporation shall disregard any proxies for any proposed nominees on the Corporation’s proxy card other than the Corporation’s nominees, notwithstanding that proxies in favor thereof may have been received by the Corporation. Upon request by the Corporation, if any stockholder provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act, such stockholder shall deliver to the Secretary of the Corporation, no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable meeting, reasonable evidence that the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) under the Exchange Act have been satisfied.
(iii) The Board of Directors (or an officer designated thereby) shall have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination has been made or other business has been proposed in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.10, and, if the Board of Directors or such officer determines that any nomination was not made or such other business was not proposed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.10, such nomination or such other proposed business shall not be considered at the meeting in question.
10
(h) Delivery. Any written notice, supplement, update or other information required to be delivered by a Proposing Stockholder to the Corporation pursuant to this Section 2.10 must be given by personal delivery, by overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation’s principal executive offices and shall be deemed not to have been delivered unless so given.
(i) Definitions.
(i) “affiliate” and “associate” each has its respective meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.
(ii) “beneficial owner” or “beneficially owned” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.
(iii) “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is closed.
(iv) “Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a Business Day.
(v) “Immediate Family” has the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.
(vi) “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, or a government or political subdivision thereof.
(vii) “Proposing Stockholder” means, collectively, any stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) giving the notice of director nomination or proposal of other business and, if the notice is given on behalf of a beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made or other business is proposed, such beneficial owner.
(viii) “Public Disclosure” shall mean a disclosure made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, The Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(ix) A “Qualified Representative” of a stockholder means a person that is a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or is authorized by a writing (A) executed by such stockholder, (B) delivered (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing is delivered) by such stockholder to the Corporation prior to the taking of the action taken by such person on behalf of such stockholder and (C) stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder with respect to the action to be taken.
(x) “Stockholder Associated Person” means, with respect to a Proposing Stockholder, (A) any Person who is a member of a “group” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) with such Proposing Stockholder, (B) any affiliate or associate of such Proposing Stockholder, (C) any “participant” (as defined in Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such Proposing Stockholder with respect to any proposed business or nominations, (D) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record by such Proposing Stockholder and (E) any proposed nominee of such Proposing Stockholder.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 3.01. General Powers. Except as otherwise provided by Delaware Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.02. Number, Election and Term of Office.
(a) The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively from time to time solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. As set forth in Article VI of the Certificate of Incorporation, the directors shall be divided into three (3) classes (each, a “Class”) as nearly equal in size as practicable, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, until the annual meeting of stockholders
11
to be held in 2029, at which time, a phase-in of a declassified Board of Directors shall begin as specified in the Certificate of Incorporation. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029, directors succeeding those whose terms are then expired shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year following the year of their election. Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2031, the classification of the Board of Directors shall fully terminate, and all directors shall be of one class elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.
(b) Any proposed nominee shall not be eligible for election as a director unless such person has, within ten (10) days following any reasonable request therefor from the Board of Directors or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, made himself or herself available for interviews by directors of the Corporation and/or other persons designated by the Board of Directors or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and provided answers during such interviews that were accurate and reasonably complete in all material respects with respect to, among other things, the information about such person included in the notice from the Proposing Stockholder described in Section 2.10 (if applicable), such person’s qualifications to serve as a director and other matters relating to such person’s candidacy or prospective service as a director of the Corporation.
Section 3.03. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws require a greater number, a majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise expressly required by Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat shall adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 3.04. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold its meetings at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a determination by the Board of Directors).
Section 3.05. Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting shall be held. Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 3.07 herein or in a waiver of notice thereof signed by any director who chooses to waive the requirement of notice.
Section 3.06. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice being given at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 3.07. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or upon written request of a majority of the Board of Directors. Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date of the meeting, or such shorter notice period as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the person or persons calling the meeting. Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting and, unless indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.
Section 3.08. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may
12
unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and permitted by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by Delaware Law to be submitted to the stockholders for approval; or (b) adopting, amending or repealing the Bylaws of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
Section 3.09. Committee Rules. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member is absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.
Section 3.10. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and any consent may be documented, signed, and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of Delaware Law. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee in accordance with applicable law.
Section 3.11. Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and be heard, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 3.12. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice, and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A verbal resignation shall not be deemed effective until confirmed by the director in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.
Section 3.13. Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall coincide with the term of the Class to which such director shall have been elected (subject to the declassification of the Board of Directors provided in the Certificate of Incorporation). If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in accordance with Delaware Law. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, when one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in the filling of the other vacancies.
Section 3.14. Removal. Any director may be removed from office as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 3.15. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and reimbursement of expenses.
Section 3.16. Preferred Stock Directors. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the resolutions applicable thereto adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, and such directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.13 and 3.14 of this Article III unless otherwise provided therein.
13
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.01. Positions and Appointment. The officers of the Corporation may include a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chairman, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and a Secretary, among others as the Board of Directors may appoint. In accordance with Section 4.01(f) of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, appoint other officers and delegate to any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint and remove the other officers referenced in Section 4.01(f) of these Bylaws. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person but no officer may act in more than one capacity when action of two or more officers is required. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, appoint two (2) persons to the same office, such that an officer position may be filled by two (2) individuals serving simultaneously, with the titles of such persons to be as designated by the Board of Directors. In case any officer is absent, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or the Board of Directors may delegate for the time being the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer.
(a) Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the “Chief Executive Officer”) shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall have, and exercise, direct charge of, and general supervision over, the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall be its chief policy making officer. He or she shall from time to time report to the Board of Directors all matters within his or her knowledge that the interests of the Corporation may require to be brought to its notice, and shall also have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be specifically assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all resolutions and orders of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, and in connection with the foregoing, shall be authorized to delegate to the other officers such of his or her powers and such of his or her duties as he or she may deem to be advisable. The Chief Executive Officer shall possess the power to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe.
(b) Chairman. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by an affirmative majority of the Board of Directors, may designate the Chairman of the Board of Directors as an executive officer of the Corporation (the “Chairman”). The Chairman shall report to the Board of Directors and shall have such other authority and duties as are specifically delegated by the Board of Directors to the Chairman. The Chairman may execute deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments that the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed and delivered, except in cases where the execution and delivery thereof shall be expressly delegated solely to another officer or delivery thereof shall be otherwise required by law to be executed and delivered by another person.
(c) President. The President of the Corporation (the “President”) shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall perform all duties incident to the office of a president in a corporation organized under Delaware Law. The President shall see that all resolutions and orders of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, and in connection with the foregoing, shall be authorized to delegate to the other officers such of his or her powers and such of his or her duties as he or she may deem to be advisable. The President may execute and deliver certificates for shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments that the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed and delivered, except in cases where the execution and delivery thereof shall be expressly delegated solely to another officer or delivery thereof shall be otherwise required by law to be executed and delivered by another person.
(d) Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation (the “Chief Financial Officer”) shall be the principal financial officer of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as generally pertain or are necessarily incident to his or her office and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
14
(e) Treasurer. The Treasurer of the Corporation (the “Treasurer”) shall have the custody of the Corporation’s funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or by any officer authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation. The Treasurer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as generally pertain or are necessarily incident to his or her office and shall perform such other duties as may be specifically assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Treasurer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors and may execute and deliver such documents, certificates and such other instruments that the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed and delivered, except in cases where the execution and delivery thereof shall be expressly delegated to another officer or as otherwise required by law to be executed and delivered by another person.
(f) Secretary. The Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”) shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for any committee when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and, when necessary, special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as generally pertain or are necessarily incident to his or her office, and he or she shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, then either the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.
(g) Other Officers; Delegation of Power. In addition to the officers enumerated in this Section 4.01, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, appoint such other officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall have the powers and duties assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint and to remove any such other officers and to prescribe their respective powers and duties.
Section 4.02. Term; Vacancies. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any vacancy in any office shall be filled in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine.
Section 4.03. Removal. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or by other officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer shall be without prejudice to such officer’s contract rights, if any.
Section 4.04. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors (or to an officer if the Board of Directors has delegated to such officer the power to appoint and to remove such officer). The resignation of any officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice, and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 4.05. Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation; provided, that compensation of some or all executive officers may be determined by a committee established for that purpose if so authorized by the Board of Directors or as required by applicable law or any applicable rule or regulation, including any rule or regulation of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are then listed for trading.
15
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 5.01. Certificates For Stock; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation may be represented by certificates; provided, that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock may be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of shares represented by certificates of the same class and series shall be identical. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by any two (2) authorized officers of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.
Section 5.02. Transfer Of Shares. Shares of the stock of the Corporation may be transferred on the record of stockholders of the Corporation by the holder thereof or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney upon surrender of a certificate therefor properly endorsed or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form, unless waived by the Corporation.
Section 5.03. Authority for Additional Rules Regarding Transfer. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of the stock of the Corporation, as well as for the issuance of new certificates in lieu of those which may be lost or destroyed, and may require of any stockholder requesting replacement of lost or destroyed certificates, bond in such amount and in such form as they may deem expedient to indemnify the Corporation, and/or the transfer agents, and/or the registrars of its stock against any claims arising in connection therewith.
Section 5.04. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
Section 5.05 Consideration for Shares. Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares of stock may be issued for such consideration, having in the case of shares with par value a value not less than the par value thereof, and to such persons, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The consideration may consist of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation including, but not limited to, cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed or other securities. Shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration has been paid, unless upon the face or back of each certificate issued to represent any partly paid shares of capital stock or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of partly paid uncertificated shares, there will have been set forth the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon up to and including the time said certificate representing certificated shares or said uncertificated shares are issued.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS
Section 6.01. General. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify and hold harmless any person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, against all expenses, liability and loss
16
(including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, have reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.
Section 6.02. Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify and hold harmless any person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under ERISA, and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 6.03. Indemnification Against Expenses. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 6.01 and 6.02 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
Section 6.04. Board Determinations. Any indemnification under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 6.01 and 6.02 hereof. Such determination shall be made with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination: (a) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum; (b) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum; (c) if there are no such disinterested directors, by independent counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors; or (d) by the stockholders.
Section 6.05. Advancement of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Corporation or, subject to Section 6.08 hereof, by an employee or agent of the Corporation, in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by law or in this Section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Corporation or persons serving at the request of the Corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.
17
Section 6.06. Nonexclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
Section 6.07. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, against any expense, liability or loss asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or this Article VI.
Section 6.08. Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer, grant rights to indemnification and rights to advancement of expenses to any current or former employee or agent of the Corporation with the same or lesser scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, current and former directors and officers of the Corporation.
Section 6.09. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VI, (a) references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued; (b) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; (c) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and (d) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.”
Section 6.10. Repeal or Modification of Indemnification. All rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses under this Article VI shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article VI is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of Delaware Law or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 7.01. Fixing the Record Date.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, that the Board of Directors may in its discretion or as required by law fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
18
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 7.02. Dividends. Subject to limitations contained in Delaware Law and the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 7.03. Year. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.
Section 7.04. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.
Section 7.05. Voting of Stock Owned by the Corporation. The Board of Directors may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, vote at and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation (except this Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold stock.
Section 7.06. Amendments. These Bylaws or any of them may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be made, by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon voting together as a single class. Unless a higher percentage is required by the Certificate of Incorporation as to any matter that is the subject of these Bylaws, all such amendments must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, or by a majority of the Board of Directors.
Section 7.07. Severability. To the extent any provision of these Bylaws is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of these Bylaws shall not be affected thereby, and in lieu of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of these Bylaws a provision as similar in terms to such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision as may be legal, valid and enforceable.
Section 7.08. Headings. Section or paragraph headings are inserted herein only for convenience of reference and shall not be considered in the construction of any provision hereof.
**********
19
Exhibit 4.1
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
by and among
AMERICAN INTERITY INSURANCE GROUP, INC.,
SOWELL INVESTMENTS HOLDING CO., LLC,
ROBERT C. RITCHIE
and
THE HOLDERS THAT ARE SIGNATORIES HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME
Dated as of [_______], 2025
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | ||||||
| Section 1. | Certain Definitions | 1 | ||||
| Section 2. | Registration Rights | 6 | ||||
| 2.1. Demand Registrations |
6 | |||||
| 2.2. Piggyback Registrations |
12 | |||||
| 2.3. Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement |
14 | |||||
| 2.4. Registration Procedures |
17 | |||||
| 2.5. Registration Expenses |
25 | |||||
| 2.6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights |
25 | |||||
| 2.7. Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities |
26 | |||||
| 2.8. No Required Sale |
26 | |||||
| 2.9. Indemnification |
27 | |||||
| 2.10. Limitations on Registration of Other Securities; Representation |
30 | |||||
| 2.11. No Inconsistent Agreements |
31 | |||||
| 2.12. Other Registration Rights |
31 | |||||
| Section 3. | Underwritten Offerings | 31 | ||||
| 3.1. Requested Underwritten Offerings |
31 | |||||
| 3.2. Piggyback Underwritten Offerings |
32 | |||||
| Section 4. | General | 32 | ||||
| 4.1. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities |
32 | |||||
| 4.2. Rule 144 and Rule 144A |
33 | |||||
| 4.3. Nominees for Beneficial Owners |
33 | |||||
| 4.4. Amendments and Waivers |
33 | |||||
| 4.5. Notices |
33 | |||||
| 4.6. Successors and Assigns |
34 | |||||
| 4.7. Entire Agreement |
35 | |||||
| 4.8. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Court Proceedings; Waiver of Jury Trial |
35 | |||||
| 4.9. Interpretation; Construction |
35 | |||||
| 4.10. Counterparts |
36 | |||||
| 4.11. Severability |
36 | |||||
| 4.12. Remedies |
36 | |||||
| 4.13. Further Assurances |
36 | |||||
| 4.14. Confidentiality |
36 | |||||
| 4.15. [Reserved] |
37 | |||||
| 4.16. Opt-Out Requests |
37 | |||||
| 4.17. Legend Removal |
38 | |||||
| Schedule A | Notices | |||||
| Exhibit A | Assumption Agreement | |||||
| Exhibit B | Joinder Agreement | |||||
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [______], 2025 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “Agreement”), by and among (i) American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), (ii) the Sowell Holders (as defined herein) and (iii) the Ritchie Holders (as defined herein).
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, the Company, the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders are parties to that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of [______], 2025 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Limited Liability Company Agreement”), establishing and setting forth their agreement with respect to certain rights and obligations associated with the ownership of shares of capital stock of the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Company has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to effect an IPO (as defined herein).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Additional Piggyback Rights” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(b).
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Company nor any Person controlled by the Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Holder.
“Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.
“Assumption Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders whereby a Permitted Transferee of a Holder who acquires Registrable Securities becomes a party to, and agrees to be bound, to the same extent as its transferor, by the terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, if the transferor of such shares was an Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder, such transferee will be subject to the same (except as otherwise provided in such Assumption Agreement) rights and obligations as such Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder.
“automatic shelf registration statement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or the State of Delaware, or is a day on which banking institutions located in the State of New York, the City of New York or the State of Delaware are authorized or required by Law or other governmental action to close.
“Claims” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.9(a).
“Common Stock” means all shares of common stock, par value $$0.001 per share, of the Company and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever which may be issued after the date hereof in respect of, or in exchange for, such shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to a of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, share exchange or conversion, consolidation or other reorganization.
“Common Stock Equivalents” means, with respect to the Company, all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject), shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any note or debt security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company).
“Company” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.
“Company Shelf Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).
“Company Shelf Underwriting” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).
“Company Underwritten Block Trade” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).
“Company Underwritten Block Trade Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).
“Confidential Information” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.14.
“Demand Exercise Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).
“Demand Registration” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).
“Demand Registration Request” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under such Act, as they may from time to time be in effect.
“Expenses” means any and all fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with Section 2, including, without limitation: (i) SEC, stock exchange, FINRA and all other registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or on any other U.S. or non-U.S. securities market on which the Common Stock is or may be listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of
2
compliance with state securities or “blue sky” Laws of any state or jurisdiction of the United States or compliance with the securities Laws of foreign jurisdictions and in connection with the preparation of a “blue sky” survey, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of outside “blue sky” counsel and securities counsel in foreign jurisdictions, (iii) word processing, printing and copying expenses, (iv) messenger and delivery expenses, (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vii) with respect to each registration or underwritten offering, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Participating Holders, together, in each case, with any local counsel, (viii) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit/review and/or “cold comfort” letter and updates thereof (including, without limitation, any such audits, reviews and cold-comfort letters relating to financial statements pursuant to Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X and Article 11 thereunder);) and fees and expenses of other Persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (ix) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter (but expressly excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, with respect to Registrable Securities of any Holder), (x) fees and expenses of any transfer agent or custodian, (xi) fees and expenses of any equity capital market advisors selected by the Sowell Holders or Ritchie Holders, (xii) any other fees and expenses customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, including fees and disbursements of underwriters (but expressly excluding any underwriting discounts and commission and transfer taxes, if any, with respect to Registrable Securities of any Holder) and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any filing with or review by FINRA and (xiii) expenses for securities Law liability insurance and, if any, rating agency fees.
“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state, provincial, county, municipal or other political instrumentality or subdivision thereof and any U.S. or non-U.S. entity or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or taxing functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, arbitrator or stock exchange.
“Holder” or “Holders” means (i) any Person (other than the Company) who is a signatory to this Agreement, (ii) any Person (other than the Company) who executes a Joinder Agreement, or (iii) any Permitted Transferee of Registrable Securities to which any Person who is a signatory to this Agreement shall assign or transfer any rights hereunder; provided, that such transferee has agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in respect of such Registrable Securities by executing an Assumption Agreement.
“Holder Representatives” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.14.
“Initiating Holders” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).
“IPO” means (i) the initial bona fide underwritten public offering and sale of Common Stock (or other equity securities of the Company) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4 or S-8 or any similar or successor forms) filed under the Securities Act.
3
“Joinder Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Sowell Holders whereby a Person who acquires Registrable Securities becomes a party to, and agrees to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, such Person may join this Agreement as a Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder.
“Law” means (i) any federal, state, local or foreign constitution, treaty, law, statute, code, regulation, ordinance, order, decree, rule or other requirement with similar effect of any Governmental Authority (including common or case law) and (ii) any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decision, ruling, decree or award of any Governmental Authority.
“Limited Liability Company Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.
“Litigation” means any claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, or governmental investigation, audit or inquiry.
“Manager” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(c).
“Minimum Threshold” means $10 million.
“Ritchie Holders” means (i) Mr. Robert C. Ritchie, (ii) any Person that executes a Joinder Agreement as a Ritchie Holder, (ii) any Affiliate of any such Person, and (iii) any successor or Permitted Transferee of any of the foregoing that executes an Assumption Agreement and is designated as a “Ritchie Holder.”
“Opt-Out Request” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.16.
“Participating Holders” means all Holders of Registrable Securities which are to be included in any registration or offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.
“Partner Distribution” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(iv).
“Permitted Transferee” means (i) with respect to an Sowell Holder, any Affiliate or another Sowell Holder to whom Registrable Securities are transferred by such Sowell Holder or Affiliate thereof and (ii) with respect to an Ritchie Holder, any Affiliate or another Ritchie Holder to whom Registrable Securities are transferred by such Ritchie Holder or Affiliate thereof, provided, in each case, that such transferee executes an Assumption Agreement.
“Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, trust, joint stock company, business trust, incorporated or unincorporated association or organization, joint venture, governmental authority or other legal entity of any nature whatsoever.
“Piggyback Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).
“Piggyback Shares” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a)(iii).
4
“Postponement Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b).
“Qualified Independent Underwriter” means a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121.
“Registrable Securities” means (i) any shares of Common Stock held by the Holders at any time (including those held as a result of, or issuable upon, the conversion or exercise of Common Stock Equivalents), whether now owned or acquired by the Holders at a later time, (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or with respect to the Common Stock referenced in clause (i) above by way of stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, share exchange or conversion, consolidation or other reorganization and (iii) any securities issued in replacement of or exchange for any securities described in clause (i) or (ii) above. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (B) such securities shall have been sold in compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 (or any successor provision thereto), (C) such securities have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of the securities, or (D) such securities have ceased to be outstanding. At such time that any Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities, the rights and obligations of such Holder and of the Company with respect to such Holder, other than those rights and obligations contained in Sections 2.9 and 4.14, shall terminate and have no further force or effect.
“Rule 144” and “Rule 144A” have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Section 4.2.
“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or such other federal agency which at such time administers the Securities Act.
“Section 2.3(a) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).
“Section 2.3(a)(x) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).
“Section 2.3(a) Block Trade Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).
“Section 2.3(b) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).
“Section 2.3(b)(x) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).
“Section 2.3(b) Block Trade Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).
“Section 2.3(c) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(c).
“Section 2.3(c)(x) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(c).
5
“Section 2.3(c) Block Trade Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(c).
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under such Act, as they may from time to time be in effect.
“Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).
“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).
“Shelf Underwriting” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).
“Shelf Underwriting Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).
“Shelf Underwriting Request” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).
“Sowell” means Sowell Investments Holding Co., LLC, a Texas limited liability company.
“Sowell Holders” means (i) Sowell, (ii) any Person that executes a Joinder Agreement as an Sowell Holder, (iii) any general or limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company having as an investment advisor, general partner, controlling equity holder or managing member (whether directly or indirectly) a Person who is an investment advisor, general partner, controlling equity holder or managing member (whether directly or indirectly) of any Person described in clause (i) or (ii) or an Affiliate of any such Person, and (iv) any successor or Permitted Transferee of any of the foregoing that executes an Assumption Agreement and is designated as an “Sowell Holder”; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this definition neither “Sowell Holders” nor Affiliates thereof shall include any portfolio company of Sowell.
“Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company on the date hereof and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company organized or acquired after the date hereof.
“Underwritten Block Trade” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).
“Underwritten Block Trade Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).
“Valid Business Reason” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b).
“WKSI” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).
Section 2. Registration Rights.
2.1. Demand Registrations.
(a) (i) Subject to Sections 2.1(b), 2.3 and 2.7, 180 days after the consummation of the IPO, at any time and from time to time each of the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders shall have the right to require the Company to file one (1) or more registration statements under the Securities Act covering all or any part of their and their respective Affiliates’ Registrable Securities by delivering a written request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable
6
Securities to be included in such registration and the intended method of sale or distribution thereof. Any such request by a Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)(i) is referred to herein as a “Demand Registration Request,” and the registration so requested is referred to herein as a “Demand Registration” (with respect to any Demand Registration, the Sowell Holder(s) making such demand for registration being referred to as the “Initiating Holders”). The Sowell Holders shall be entitled to request (and the Company shall be required to effect) two demand registrations every fiscal year. The Ritchie Holders shall be entitled to request (and the Company shall be required to effect) a single demand registration during the term of this Agreement. Any Demand Registration Request may request that the Company register Registrable Securities on an appropriate form, including a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act on Form S-3 (if the Company is eligible to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3) or Form S-1 (any such shelf registration statement on Form S-3 or Form S-1, a “Shelf Registration Statement”), and, if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, a “WKSI”), an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, an “automatic shelf registration statement”). The Company shall give written notice (the “Demand Exercise Notice”) of such Demand Registration Request (1) to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities (other than individuals), at least five (5) Business Days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act and (2) to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities that is an individual, no more than five (5) Business Days after the filing of the registration statement under the Securities Act (or, in the case of a request for the filing of an automatic shelf registration statement, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the filing of such registration statement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any Demand Exercise Notice, including until after filing a registration statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in a registration or an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed.
(ii) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration (x) the number of Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders requested to be included therein and (y) the number of Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Registrable Securities requested by such Holder in a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration pursuant to Section 2.2 within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Demand Exercise Notice.
(iii) The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) file with the SEC (no later than forty-five (45) days from the Company’s receipt of the applicable Demand Registration Request) and cause to be declared effective such registration under the Securities Act as soon as reasonably practicable (including, without limitation, by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act if so requested and if the Company is then eligible to use such a registration) of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, for distribution in accordance with the intended method of distribution and (y) if requested by the Initiating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.
7
(iv) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder seeking to effect or considering a distribution to, and registered resale by, its members, partners or other equity holders (a “Partner Distribution”), file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments, or include in the initial registration statement any disclosure or language, or include in any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any disclosure or language, and otherwise take any action, deemed necessary or advisable by such Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder to effect such Partner Distribution, including but not limited to the furnishing of any customary legal opinions, certificates or other documentation reasonably requested by the Company’s transfer agent.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a), the Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2.1(a) and the Shelf Underwriting and Underwritten Block Trade rights granted in Section 2.1(e) are subject, as applicable, to the following limitations: (i) the Company shall not be required to cause a registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) to be declared effective within a period of ninety (90) days after the effective date of any other registration of the Company filed pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor forms or forms filed in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan); (ii) each registration in respect of a Demand Registration Request made by any Initiating Holder must include, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities having an aggregate market value of at least the lesser of (a) the Minimum Threshold (based on the Registrable Securities included in such registration by all Holders participating in such registration) and (b) the market value of the Initiating Holder’s remaining Registrable Securities; and (iii) if the Board, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially and adversely interfere with any bona fide existing or potential material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization, merger, share exchange or other transaction or event involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any parent company or because the Company does not yet have appropriate financial statements of the Company or any acquired or to be acquired entities available for filing and cannot obtain such financial statements on an expedited basis without undue burden and expense (in each case, a “Valid Business Reason”), then (x) the Company may postpone filing a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists and (y) in case a registration statement has been filed relating to a Demand Registration Request, the Company may, to the extent determined in the good faith judgment of the Board to be reasonably necessary to avoid interference with any of the transactions described above, suspend use of or, if required by the SEC, cause such registration statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated or may postpone amending or supplementing such registration statement until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists (such period of postponement or withdrawal under this clause (iii), the “Postponement Period”). The Company shall give written notice to the Initiating Holders and any other Holders that have requested registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a)(ii) or 2.2 of its determination to postpone or suspend use of or withdraw a registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or suspension or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, the Company shall not be permitted to postpone or suspend use of or withdraw a registration statement after the expiration of any Postponement Period until twelve (12) months after the expiration of such Postponement Period.
8
If the Company shall give any notice of postponement or suspension or withdrawal of any registration statement pursuant to clause (iii) above, the Company shall not, during the Postponement Period, register any Common Stock, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any similar or successor forms). Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company that the Company has determined to suspend use of, withdraw or postpone amending or supplementing any registration statement pursuant to clause (iii) above, such Holder will discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement. If the Company shall have suspended use of or withdrawn a registration statement filed under Section 2.1(a)(i) (whether pursuant to clause (iii) above or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other Governmental Authority or court), the Company shall not be considered to have effected a Demand Registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have permitted use of such suspended registration statement or filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn. If the Company shall give any notice of suspension, withdrawal or postponement of a registration statement, the Company shall, not later than five (5) Business Days after the Valid Business Reason that caused such suspension, withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the date of the suspension, postponement or withdrawal), as applicable, permit use of such suspended registration statement or use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with this Section 2.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected a Demand Registration for purposes of this Agreement and such request shall not count as a Demand Registration Request under this Agreement), and following such permission or such effectiveness such registration shall no longer be deemed to be suspended, withdrawn or postponed pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 2.1(b) above.
(c) In connection with any Demand Registration (including any Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, whoever shall have initiating such Demand Registration, shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter(s) (any lead managing underwriter for the purposes of this Agreement, the “Manager”) in connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to such registration and each other managing underwriter for any such underwritten offering; provided that, in each case (other than in connection with an Underwritten Block Trade), each such underwriter is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(d) No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of Section 2.1(a) (i) if the registration statement relating thereto (x) does not become effective, (y) is not maintained effective for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date thereof (or, with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3, until all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have been sold or have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Securities) or such shorter period during which all Registrable Securities included in such registration statement have actually been sold (provided, however, that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period during which the Holders of Registrable Securities refrain from selling any securities included in such registration statement at the request of the Company or an underwriter of the Company), or (z) is subject to a stop order, injunction, or
9
similar order or requirement of the SEC during such period, (ii) if the method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten offering and any of the applicable Registrable Securities have not been sold pursuant thereto or (iii) if the conditions to closing specified in any underwriting agreement, purchase agreement or similar agreement entered into in connection with the offering relating to such request are not satisfied (other than as a result of a default or breach thereunder by the Sowell Holders or the Ritchie Holders) or are otherwise not waived by each of the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders.
(e) Upon a Demand Registration Request made in accordance with Section 2.1(a), at any time following such time as the Company shall have become eligible to file a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act, (i) the Company shall use its best efforts to file a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act and to effect and maintain in effect a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 in accordance with this Section 2.1(e) (including, if requested by a Sowell Holder, filing a replacement registration statement upon expiration of such Shelf Registration Statement), (ii) such Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for an offer to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale, from time to time, of all of those Registrable Securities that are requested to be registered on such Shelf Registration Statement and (iii) each of the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders shall have the right at any time and from time to time to elect (without limitation on the number of such elections) to sell pursuant to an underwritten offering Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement. Any of the Sowell Holders, subject to Section 2.7, may make such election to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering by delivering to the Company a written request (a “Shelf Underwriting Request”) for such underwritten offering specifying the number of Registrable Securities that such Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder desires to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “Shelf Underwriting”). As promptly as practicable, but no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “Shelf Underwriting Notice”) of such Shelf Underwriting Request to the Holders of record of other Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Registrable Securities”). The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in such Shelf Underwriting (x) the number of Shelf Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders requested to be included therein and (y) the number of Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities requested by such Holder in a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Underwriting pursuant to Section 2.2 within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Shelf Underwriting Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within twenty (20) days after the receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request), but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Shelf Underwriting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade or similar transaction or other transaction with a 2-day or less marketing period (collectively, “Underwritten Block Trade”) pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic shelf registration statement or through a take-down from an already effective Shelf Registration Statement, and, for the avoidance of doubt, if pursuant to the filing of an automatic shelf registration statement, the Company shall not be required to provide notice thereof to any other Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, such Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder only needs to notify (a “Underwritten Block Trade Notice”) the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade two (2)
10
Business Days prior to the day such Underwritten Block Trade is to commence, and, if applicable, the Company (or such Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder at its option) shall notify the other Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holder (in each case, if then a Holder of (i) Shelf Registrable Securities or (ii) Registrable Securities that may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement through the filing of a prospectus supplement), on the same day and such other Sowell Holders or Ritchie Holders, as applicable, must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e., one (1) Business Day prior to the date such offering is to commence), and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible, but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided, however, that the Sowell Holder(s) or Ritchie Holder(s) requesting such Underwritten Block Trade shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and counsel to the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement (including, if applicable, filing an automatic shelf registration statement), prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Underwritten Block Trade. In the event any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder requests such an Underwritten Block Trade, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 or in Section 2.2, no other Holder that is not a Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder shall have any right to notice of or to participate in such Underwritten Block Trade at any time. The Company shall, at the request of any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder requesting a Shelf Underwriting or an Underwritten Block Trade, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an automatic shelf registration statement, any post-effective amendment, and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such requesting Sowell Holder(s) (or Ritchie Holder(s), if applicable) to effect such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1(e), once a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement, the Sowell Holders may request, and the Company shall be required to facilitate, subject to Section 2.1(b), two Shelf Underwritings and Underwritten Block Trades, collectively, per fiscal year. The Ritche Holders may request, and the Company shall be required to facilitate, subject to Section 2.1(b), a single Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade during the term of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1(e), each Shelf Underwriting and Underwritten Block Trade must include, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities having an aggregate market value of at least the lesser of (a) the Minimum Threshold (based on the Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade by all Holders participating in such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade) and (b) the market value of the remaining Registrable Securities held by such Sowell Holder(s) or Ritchie Holder(s) requesting such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable.
(f) Any Initiating Holder may withdraw or revoke a Demand Registration Request (or Shelf Underwriting Request or Underwritten Block Trade Notice) delivered by such Initiating Holder at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Demand Registration (or the sale pursuant to such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade) and such Demand Registration (or Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade) shall have no further force or effect and such request shall not count as a Demand Registration Request (or Shelf Underwriting Request or Underwritten Block Trade) under this Agreement. The Company may, at its election, give written notice of such withdrawal or revocation to each Holder of record of Registrable Securities entitled to notice of such Demand Registration Request, Shelf Underwriting Request or Underwritten Block Trade Notice, as applicable, and thereupon will be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Demand Registration or sell any Registrable Securities in connection with such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable.
11
2.2. Piggyback Registrations.
(a) If the Company proposes or is required (pursuant to Section 2.1 or otherwise) to register any of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other stockholder under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor forms), the Company shall give written notice (the “Piggyback Notice”) of its intention to do so to the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders promptly after deciding to undertake such registration (and in no event more than five (5) Business Days thereafter). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any Piggyback Notice, including until after filing a registration statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in a registration or an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed. Upon the written request of any such Holder, made within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Piggyback Notice (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder in such registration and the intended method of sale or distribution thereof), the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.2(c), 2.2(f), 2.3 and 2.6 hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities, the Holders of which have so requested the registration thereof, to be registered under the Securities Act with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by the Holders (in accordance with the intended method of sale or distribution thereof) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered, including, if necessary, by filing with the SEC a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the registration statement filed by the Company or the prospectus related thereto. There is no limitation on the number of such piggyback registrations pursuant to the preceding sentence which the Company is obligated to effect. No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.2(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Section 2.1 hereof. If the Company proposes to sell any of its equity securities for its own account in an underwritten offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (a “Company Shelf Underwriting”), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, give written notice of such Company Shelf Underwriting (a “Company Shelf Notice”) to each Holder of record of Shelf Registrable Securities. In addition to any equity securities that the Company proposes to sell for its own account in such Company Shelf Underwriting, the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, include in such Company Shelf Underwriting the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Company Shelf Underwriting (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder in such offering) within five (5) days following the receipt of the Company Shelf Notice. If a Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder proposes to sell any of its Registrable Securities in a Shelf Underwriting, then the provisions set forth in Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such Shelf Underwriting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) if the Company wishes to sell any of its equity securities for its own account in an Underwritten Block Trade (a “Company Underwritten Block Trade”) pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic shelf registration statement or through a take-down from an already effective Shelf Registration Statement), and, for the avoidance of doubt, if pursuant to the filing of an automatic shelf registration statement, the Company shall not be required to provide notice thereof to any
12
Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 other than the Sowell Holders or Ritchie Holders, then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, the Company only needs to notify (a “Company Underwritten Block Trade Notice”) the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders (in each case, if then a Holder of (i) Shelf Registrable Securities or (ii) Registrable Securities that may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement through the filing of a prospectus supplement) of the Company Underwritten Block Trade two (2) Business Days prior to the day such Company Underwritten Block Trade is to commence and such Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e., one (1) Business Day prior to the date such Company Underwritten Block Trade is to commence), and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Company Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences), and (y) if an Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder wishes to engage in an Underwritten Block Trade pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, then the provisions set forth in Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such Underwritten Block Trade. In the event the Company proposes to effect a Company Underwritten Block Trade, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1 or in this Section 2.2, no Holder that is not an Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder shall have any right to notice of or to participate in such Company Underwritten Block Trade at any time. The Company shall, at the request of any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder requesting to participate in a Company Shelf Underwriting or Company Underwritten Block Trade, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an automatic shelf registration statement, any post-effective amendment, and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such requesting Sowell Holder(s) or Ritchie Holder(s) to effect such Company Shelf Underwriting or Company Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable.
(b) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3, 2.6 and 2.10, may elect to include in any registration or offering pursuant to demand registration rights by any Person or otherwise (other than in connection with an Underwritten Block Trade) (i) authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock held by the Company as treasury shares and (ii) any other shares of Common Stock which are requested to be included in such registration or offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback registration rights granted by the Company after the date hereof in accordance with this Agreement (“Additional Piggyback Rights”); provided, however, that, with respect to any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration, such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that (x) in the case of a Shelf Underwriting, such shares of Common Stock are registered on the applicable Shelf Registration Statement, and (y) it is pursuant to, and subject to, the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the Sowell Holders or Ritchie Holders.
(c) Other than in connection with a Demand Registration (or a Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), if, at any time after giving a Piggyback Notice (or a Company Shelf Notice or a Company Underwritten Block Trade Notice) and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration (or the sale pursuant to a Company Shelf Underwriting or Company Underwritten Block Trade), the Company shall determine for any reason not to register (or sell) or to delay registration (or sale) of such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Holder of record of Registrable Securities (except, in the case of a Company Underwritten Block Trade, then, only to the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders) and (i) in the case of a determination not to register
13
(or sell), shall be relieved of its obligation to register (or sell) any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration (or abandoned sale), without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities under Section 2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay such registration (or sale) of its equity securities, shall be permitted to delay the registration (or sale) of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering (or selling) such other equity securities.
(d) Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement or offering pursuant to this Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided, however, that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of any custody agreement with respect to such registration or offering or as otherwise required by the underwriters.
(e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments, or include in the initial registration statement any disclosure or language, or include in any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any disclosure or language, and otherwise take any action, deemed necessary or advisable by such Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder to effect such Partner Distribution, including but not limited to the furnishing of any customary legal opinions, certificates or other documentation reasonably requested by the Company’s transfer agent.
2.3. Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement.
(a) If any requested registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.1 (including a Shelf Underwriting) involves (x) an underwritten offering and the Manager of such offering shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Participating Holders, the Company or any other Persons exercising Additional Piggyback Rights exceeds the largest number (the “Section 2.3(a)(x) Sale Number”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders or (y) an Underwritten Block Trade and the number of securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Block Trade by the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders exceeds the number that are sold in any such Underwritten Block Trade (the “Section 2.3(a) Block Trade Sale Number” and, together with the Section 2.3(a)(x) Sale Number, the “Section 2.3(a) Sale Number”), the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such underwritten offering:
(i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders thereof (including pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2); provided, however, that if the number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering (including pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2), based on the number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by all Holders requesting inclusion;
14
(ii) second, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, any equity securities that the Company proposes to register or sell, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number; and
(iii) third, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities and equity securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that equity securities of the Company be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights (“Piggyback Shares”), based on the number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number.
(b) If any registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.2 (including a Company Shelf Underwriting) involves (x) an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company after the date hereof and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Company or any other Persons exercising Additional Piggyback Rights exceeds the largest number (the “Section 2.3(b)(x) Sale Number”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Company or (y) a Company Underwritten Block Trade and the number of securities requested to be included in such Company Underwritten Block Trade by the Company, the Sowell Holders or the Ritchie Holders exceeds the number that are sold in any such Company Underwritten Block Trade (the “Section 2.3(b) Block Trade Sale Number” and, together with the Section 2.3(b)(x) Sale Number, the “Section 2.3(b) Sale Number”), the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such underwritten offering:
(i) first, all equity securities that the Company proposes to register or sell for its own account;
(ii) second, to the extent that the number of equity securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2(a), based on the number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by all Holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number; and
15
(iii) third, to the extent that the number of equity securities and Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that equity securities of the Company be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.
(c) If any registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.2 involves (x) an underwritten offering that was initially requested by any Person(s) (other than a Holder) to whom the Company has granted registration rights in accordance with this Agreement and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Company, any Holders of Registrable Securities or such Person(s) exceeds the number (the “Section 2.3(c)(x) Sale Number”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Company or (y) a block trade that was initially requested by any Person(s) (other than a Holder) to whom the Company has granted registration rights in accordance with this Agreement and the number of securities requested to be included in such block trade by the Company, any Holders of Registrable Securities or any other Persons exceeds the number that are sold in any such block trade (the “Section 2.3(c) Block Trade Sale Number” and, together with the Section 2.3(c)(x) Sale Number, the “Section 2.3(c) Sale Number”), the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such underwritten offering:
(i) first, the equity securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among the Person(s) requesting the registration or offering and all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2(a), based on the aggregate number of equity securities of the Company or Registrable Securities, as applicable, then beneficially owned by each of the foregoing requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of equity securities of the Company or Registrable Securities, as applicable, then beneficially owned by all such Holders and Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number;
(ii) second, to the extent that the number of equity securities and Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that equity securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number; and
(iii) third, to the extent that the number of equity securities and Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated to equity securities the Company proposes to register or sell for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number.
16
(d) If, as a result of the proration provisions set forth in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 2.3, any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request to include Registrable Securities in such underwritten offering or the registration to which such underwritten offering relates or may reduce the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of any custody agreement with respect to such registration or offering and (y) such withdrawal or reduction shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal or reduction, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in such underwritten offering or the registration to which such withdrawal or reduction was made to the extent of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn or reduced.
2.4. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to effect or cause the registration of and/or participate in any offering or sale of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement (or use commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the same), the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:
(a) prepare and timely file all filings with the SEC and FINRA required for the effectiveness of the registration or the consummation of the offering, including preparing and filing with the SEC a registration statement (including all required exhibits and financial statements) on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, which registration statement (i) shall be selected by the Company (except as provided for in a Demand Registration Request), (ii) shall, in the case of a shelf registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Participating Holders thereof from time to time and (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable registration form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided, however, that as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or state “blue sky” Laws of any jurisdiction, or any free writing prospectus related thereto, the Company will furnish to counsel for the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, as applicable, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (excluding, unless otherwise expressly requested, copies of all exhibits thereto and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and reasonable comment of such counsel (including any objections to any information pertaining to any Participating Holder and its plan of distribution and otherwise to the extent necessary, if at all, to complete the filing or maintain the effectiveness thereof), and the Company shall make the changes reasonably requested by such counsel and shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto, any prospectus or supplement thereto or any free writing prospectus related thereto to which either (i) the Manager, if any, (ii) the Sowell Holder or (iii) the Ritchie Holders, as applicable, shall reasonably object; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be required to file any document with the SEC which in the view of the Company or its counsel contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading);
17
(b) (i) prepare and timely file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such registration statement, such prospectuses related thereto and such supplements thereto, such free writing prospectuses and such Exchange Act reports, in each case, in all material respects in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable, (x) as may be necessary to keep such registration statement continuously effective for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date thereof (or, with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3, until all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have been sold or have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Securities), (y) as may be reasonably requested by either (i) the Manager, if any, (ii) the Sowell Holders or (iii) the Ritchie Holders, if applicable, and (z) as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement and (ii) provide notice to such sellers of Registrable Securities and the Manager, if any, of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to a registration statement would be appropriate;
(c) furnish, without charge, to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by such registration statement such number of copies of such registration statement, each pre- and post-effective amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, each free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, and other documents, as such seller and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable Laws of each such registration statement (or amendment or supplement thereto), each such prospectus (or preliminary or summary prospectus or supplement thereto), each such free writing prospectus and each such other document by each such Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement);
(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or state “blue sky” Laws of such jurisdictions as any sellers of Registrable Securities or any managing underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such sellers or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions in accordance with the intended methods of disposition (including keeping such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect), except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (d), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;
18
(e) promptly notify each Participating Holder (that is not an individual) and each managing underwriter, if any: (i) when such registration statement, any pre- or post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, the prospectus related thereto or any supplement related thereto, or any free writing prospectus has been filed with the SEC and, with respect to such registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or state “blue sky” Laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in such registration statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, the prospectus related thereto or any supplement thereto, any document incorporated therein by reference or any free writing prospectus containing, in the case of the registration statement, an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading, and, in all other cases, an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which notice shall notify the Participating Holders only of the occurrence of such an event and shall provide no additional information regarding such event to the extent such information would constitute material non-public information); and (vi) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct in all material respects; and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), unless the Company has declared that a Postponement Period exists, the Company shall promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such registration statement, the prospectus related thereto or any supplement thereto or free writing prospectus and furnish to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of such supplement to or amendment of such registration statement, prospectus, prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus so that, as thereafter filed with the SEC or delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, as the case may be, such registration statement shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and such prospectus, prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(f) comply (and continue to comply) with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including, without limitation, maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) in accordance with the Exchange Act), and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within forty-five (45) days, or ninety (90) days if it is a fiscal year, after the end of such twelve month period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;
19
(g) (i) (A) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (B) if no similar securities are then so listed, to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with FINRA, and (ii) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;
(h) cause its senior management, officers, employees and independent public accountants to participate in, make themselves available, supply such information as may be reasonably requested and to otherwise facilitate and cooperate with, the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and, in the case of any underwritten offering, any other offering documentation (including participating in meetings, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions and rating agency presentations) taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs;
(i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement and, in the case of any underwritten offering, to the extent necessary, provide and enter into any reasonable agreements with a custodian for the Registrable Securities;
(j) in the case of any underwritten offering, enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement) and take such other actions as either (i) the underwriters or (ii) the Sowell Holders or Ritchie Holders, as applicable, shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
(k) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) obtain opinions from the Company’s counsel, including without limitation local and/or regulatory counsel, and a “cold comfort” letter, updates thereof and consents from the independent public accountants who have certified the financial statements of the Company (and/or any other financial statements, including financial statements pursuant to Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X and Article 11 thereunder) included or incorporated by reference in such registration statement, in each case, in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and “cold comfort” letters (including, in the case of such “cold comfort” letter, events subsequent to the date of such financial statements) delivered to underwriters in underwritten offerings, which opinions and letters shall be dated the dates such opinions and “cold comfort” letters are customarily dated and addressed to the underwriters and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to (a) the underwriters and to (b) the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, as applicable, and (ii) furnish to each Participating Holder upon its request and to each underwriter a copy of such opinions and letters addressed to such underwriter and each Participating Holder, as applicable, to the extent permitted by the Company’s counsel and independent public accountants;
20
(l) deliver promptly to counsel for the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, as applicable, and to each managing underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors relating to such registration statement, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by counsel for the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, as applicable, and by counsel for any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by (i) any such underwriter or (ii) the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, as applicable, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by counsel for the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, as applicable, counsel for an underwriter or any attorney, accountant or agent retained by the foregoing in connection with such registration statement;
(m) use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable;
(n) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of such registration statement and, if applicable, provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;
(o) use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available its senior management, employees and personnel for the preparation of and participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;
(p) promptly prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into such registration statement or the prospectus (after the initial filing of such registration statement), and prior to the filing or use of any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders as applicable, upon its request and to counsel for the underwriters, if any, upon its request and make the Company’s representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning the Participating Holders prior to the filing thereof as counsel for the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders as applicable, or counsel for the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request (provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be required to file any document with the SEC which in the view of the Company or its counsel contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading);
(q) furnish to counsel for the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders as applicable, upon its request, and to each managing underwriter upon its request, in each case, without charge, at least one conformed copy of such registration statement and any post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference, the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), any other prospectus and prospectus supplement filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) and any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith;
21
(r) cooperate with the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates or book-entry statements, as the case may be, not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and, in each case, cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the Participating Holders at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and, to the extent permitted by the Securities Act, to instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof (and, in the case of Registrable Securities registered on a Shelf Registration Statement, at the request of any Holder, to the extent permitted by the Securities Act, prepare and deliver certificates or book-entry statements, as the case may be, representing such Registrable Securities not bearing any restrictive legends and deliver or cause to be delivered an opinion or instructions to the transfer agent in order to allow such Registrable Securities to be sold from time to time);
(s) include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement if requested by any managing underwriter updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of such managing underwriter;
(t) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to make any such prohibition inapplicable;
(u) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Participating Holders or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods thereof;
(v) take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement;
(w) take all reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration or offering covered by Sections 2.1 or 2.2 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, will not conflict with a related prospectus, prospectus supplement or related documents and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
22
(x) in connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, be misleading;
(y) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriters; and
(z) use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the managing underwriters and the Participating Holders and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of any applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq, or any other national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are or are to be listed.
To the extent the Company is a WKSI at the time any Demand Registration Request is submitted to the Company, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold in compliance with the SEC rules. If the automatic shelf registration statement expires, at or prior to such expiration, the Company shall promptly upon the request of any Sowell Holder or Ritchie refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities that remain outstanding thereunder. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.
If the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Holders do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.
The Company may require that each Participating Holder as to which any registration or offering is being effected (i) furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the sale or distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request, provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration or offering and shall be used only in connection with such registration or offering and (ii) provide any underwriters participating in the sale or distribution of such securities such
23
information as the underwriters may request and execute and deliver any agreements, certificates or other documents as the underwriters may request. Each Participating Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as reasonably practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished to the Company by such Participating Holder or of the occurrence of any event that would cause (i) any registration statement to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any prospectus or free writing prospectus to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, in each case, to furnish to the Company, as promptly as practicable, any additional information required to correct and update the information previously furnished by such Holder such that (x) such registration statement shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (y) such prospectus or free writing prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4, such Holder will discontinue such Holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended registration statement, prospectus, prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4 and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the registration statement, prospectus, prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each Participating Holder covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended registration statement, prospectus, prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4. The period(s) during which the Holders are required to discontinue disposition of securities pursuant to this paragraph shall not exceed forty-five (45) days with respect to any one such period, or ninety (90) days during any period of three hundred sixty (360) days with respect to multiple such periods.
The Company agrees not to file or make any amendment to any registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, any prospectus, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, that refers to any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder (or any of their respective Affiliates) covered thereby by name, or otherwise identifies any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder (or any of their respective Affiliates), without the consent of the applicable Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder, as the case may be (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If any such registration statement or comparable statement under state “blue sky” Laws refers to any Holder (or any of its Affiliates) by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to request the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company.
24
To the extent that any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (1) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 2.9 shall be applicable to the benefit of the Sowell Holders or Ritchie Holders, as applicable, in their role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a Holder and (2) the Sowell Holders or Ritchie Holders, as applicable, shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to the Sowell Holders or Ritchie Holders, as applicable.
2.5. Registration Expenses.
(a) The Company shall pay all Expenses with respect to any registration or offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, whether or not a registration statement becomes effective or the offering is consummated.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with state “blue sky” Laws of each state in which the offering is made and (y) in connection with any underwritten offering hereunder, each Participating Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, pro rata with respect to payments of discounts and commissions in accordance with the number of shares sold in the offering by such Participating Holder.
2.6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights. In the case of any registration or underwritten offering under Sections 2.1 or 2.2, if the Company has determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all securities to be included in such registration or underwritten offering shall be subject to such underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such registration or underwritten offering unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided therein and timely completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, certificates and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney, if any) which must be executed in connection therewith; provided, however, that, subject to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, all such documents shall be consistent in all material respects with the provisions hereof and (ii) provides such other information to the Company or the underwriter as may be necessary to register or sell such Person’s securities.
25
2.7. Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities.
(a) Each Holder agrees (whether or not such Holder can participate in any such offering), (i) to the extent requested by a managing underwriter of any underwritten offering effected pursuant to Section 2.1 (including any Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed ninety (90) days from the pricing date of such offering or such shorter period as the managing underwriter shall agree to, and (ii) to the extent requested by a managing underwriter of any underwritten offering effected by the Company for its own account (including any offering in which one or more Holders is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights under Section 2.2), not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, which period shall not exceed ninety (90) days from the pricing date of such offering or such shorter period as the managing underwriter shall agree to. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver customary lock-up agreements for the benefit of the underwriters when requested by the managing underwriter with such form and substance as the managing underwriter shall reasonably determine. The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, purchased or otherwise acquired from the Company (other than in a public offering) at any time to agree, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its officers, directors and beneficial holders of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock to agree, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten offering) during the period referred to in the first sentence of this clause (a).
(b) The Company hereby agrees, to the extent requested by a managing underwriter of any underwritten offering effected pursuant to Section 2.1 (including any Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), Section 2.2 (including any Company Shelf Underwriting or Company Underwritten Block Trade), not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten offering or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor forms which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed ninety (90) days from the pricing date of such offering or such shorter period as the managing underwriter shall agree; and the Company shall so provide in any registration rights agreements hereafter entered into with respect to any of its securities.
2.8. No Required Sale. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement. A Holder is not required to include any of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement, is not required to sell any of its Registrable Securities which are included in any effective registration statement, and, subject to Section 2.7, may sell any of its Registrable Securities in any manner in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and applicable Law (including pursuant to Rule 144) even if such Registrable Securities are already included on an effective registration statement.
26
2.9. Indemnification.
(a) In the event of any registration or offer and sale of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will (without limitation as to time), and hereby agrees to, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Participating Holder, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns (and the directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns thereof), each other Person who participates as a seller (and its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns), underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each officer, director, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliate, consultant, representative, successor, assign or partner of such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such seller or any such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter and each director, officer, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliate, consultant, representative, successor, assign or partner of such controlling Person, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, suits or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, “Claims”), insofar as such Claims arise out of, are based upon, relate to or are in connection with (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the information conveyed by the Company or any underwriter to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (iv) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common Law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to any action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such offering of Registrable Securities, and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such registration statement or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any document incorporated by reference therein or in any free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.
27
(b) Each Participating Holder (and, if the Company requires as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.2, any underwriter and Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any) shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.9), to the extent permitted by Law, the Company, its officers who signed the applicable registration statement and its directors, each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their directors, officers, stockholders, fiduciaries, managing directors, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns or general and limited partners and respective controlling Persons with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Participating Holder or underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, specifically for use therein, and each such Participating Holder, underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, shall reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the aggregate amount which any such Participating Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.9 (including pursuant to indemnity, contribution or otherwise) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim; provided, further, that such Participating Holder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such registration statement or prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, such Participating Holder has furnished in writing to the Company information expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein or free writing prospectus which corrected or made not misleading information previously furnished to the Company. The Company and each Participating Holder hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such Participating Holders to the contrary, for all purposes of this Agreement, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus, are statements specifically relating to (i) the beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock by such Participating Holder and its Affiliates as disclosed in the section of such document entitled “Selling Stockholders” or “Principal and Selling Stockholders” or other documents thereof and (ii) the name, address and other information with respect to such Participating Holder that appears in the table and corresponding footnotes describing such Participating Holder in the section of such document entitled “Selling Stockholders” or “Principal and Selling Stockholders” or other documents
28
thereof. If any additional information about such Holder or the plan of sale or distribution (other than for an underwritten offering) is required by Law to be disclosed in any such document, then such Holder shall not unreasonably withhold its agreement referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.
(c) Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Participating Holder with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any applicable securities and state “blue sky” Laws.
(d) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 2.9, but the failure of any indemnified party to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially and actually prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof (as required above), the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such Claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that: (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within twenty (20) days after receiving notice from such indemnified party that the indemnified party believes it has failed to do so; or (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party or which may conflict with or be different from those available to another indemnified party with respect to such Claim; or (iii) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have made a conclusion described in clause (ii) or (iii) above) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
29
(e) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable, unenforceable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 2.9(a), (b) or (c), then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable to such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such Claim. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable Law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if any contribution pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.9(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.9(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) to contribute any amount greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.9(b) and (c). In addition, no Holder of Registrable Securities or any Affiliate thereof shall be required to pay any amount under this Section 2.9(e) unless such Person or entity would have been required to pay an amount pursuant to Section 2.9(b) if it had been applicable in accordance with its terms.
(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to Law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party.
(g) The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 2.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.
2.10. Limitations on Registration of Other Securities; Representation. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of each of the Sowell Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights.
30
2.11. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent in any material respects with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement.
2.12. Other Registration Rights. The Company represents and warrants that no person, other than a holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any securities of the Company for sale or to include such securities of the Company in any Registration Statement filed by the Company for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person. Further, the Company represents and warrants that this Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreement with similar terms and conditions and in the event of a conflict between any such agreement or agreements and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail..
Section 3. Underwritten Offerings.
3.1. Requested Underwritten Offerings. If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration or offering requested under Section 2.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall (i) be satisfactory in form and substance to each of the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, (ii) contain terms not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement in any material respect, unless otherwise agreed by (1) each of the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders and (2) the underwriters for such underwritten offering, and (iii) contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements. Any Participating Holder shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at its option, require (unless otherwise agreed by (i) the underwriters and (ii) the Sowell Holders) that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a Participating Holder for inclusion in any registration statement or prospectus. Unless otherwise agreed by (i) the underwriters and (ii) each of the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, each Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in any registration statement or prospectus and its intended method of sale or distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement for indemnity, contribution or otherwise shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such underwriting agreement and in no event shall relate to anything other than information about such Participating Holder specifically provided by such Participating Holder for use in any registration statement or prospectus.
31
3.2. Piggyback Underwritten Offerings. In the case of a registration or offering pursuant to Section 2.2, if the Company shall have determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all of the Participating Holders’ Registrable Securities to be included in such registration or offering shall be subject to such underwriting agreement. Any Participating Holder may, at its option, require (unless otherwise agreed by (i) the underwriters and (ii) each of the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders) that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a Participating Holder for inclusion in any registration statement or prospectus. Unless otherwise agreed by (i) the underwriters and (ii) each of the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, each Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in any registration statement or prospectus and its intended method of sale or distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement for indemnity, contribution or otherwise shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such underwriting agreement and in no event shall relate to anything other than information about such Participating Holder specifically provided by such Participating Holder for use in any registration statement or prospectus.
Section 4. General.
4.1. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Company agrees that it shall not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of shares of Common Stock which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of any Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in any registration or offering contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration or offering. Subject to the foregoing, the Company agrees that it will take all reasonable steps necessary to effect a combination or subdivision of shares of Common Stock if in the reasonable judgment of (i) each of the Sowell Holders and Ritchie Holders, as applicable, or (ii) the managing underwriter for the offering, such combination or subdivision would enhance the marketability of the Registrable Securities. Each Holder agrees with the Company to take all actions reasonably necessary, to permit the Company to carry out the intent of the preceding sentence. In any event, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Registrable Securities, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company, any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, share exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) or any Subsidiary or parent company of the Company which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution for Registrable Securities and shall be appropriately adjusted for any dividends, stock splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date hereof.
32
4.2. Rule 144 and Rule 144A. If the Company shall have filed a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act in respect of the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, the Company covenants that (i) so long as it remains subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1)(i) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“Rule 144”)) or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales by such Holder under Rule 144, Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“Rule 144A”), or any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC, and (ii) subject to Section 2.7, it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144, (B) Rule 144A, (C) Regulation S under the Securities Act or (D) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
4.3. Nominees for Beneficial Owners. If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (or any determination of any number or percentage of shares constituting Registrable Securities held by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement); provided, however, that the Company shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such beneficial ownership.
4.4. Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or any Holder unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company, the Sowell Holders and, solely with respect to their enumerated rights hereunder, the Ritchie Holders. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar). No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other or future exercise of any such right, power or privilege.
4.5. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) if personally delivered, on the date of delivery, (ii) if delivered by express courier service of national standing (with charges prepaid), on the Business Day following the date of delivery to such courier service, (iii) if deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid, on the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date of such deposit or (iv) if via e-mail communication, on the date of delivery. All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below and to any other recipient at the email address or address indicated on Schedule A hereto and to any subsequent holder of securities subject to this Agreement at such email address or address as indicated in the Company’s records, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated by the party to receive such notice:
33
if to the Company, to:
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
Attention: Mr. Ben Lurie
Email: [ ]
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Haynes and Boone, LLP
2801 N. Harwood St. Suite 2300
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Matthew L. Fry, Esq.; Logan J. Weissler, Esq.
Email: matt.fry@haynesboone.com; logan.weissler@haynesboone.com
if to the Sowell Holders, to:
c/o Sowell Investment Holdings Co., LLC
1601 Elm St Suite 3500
Dallas, TX 75201
Attention: [ ]
Email: [ ]
If to the Ritchie Holders, to:
Robert C. Ritchie
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
Attention: Robert. C. Ritchie
Email: [ ]
4.6. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders. This Agreement may not be assigned by any Holder without the consent of the Company; provided, that any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Permitted Transferee without the consent of the Company provided, further, that any assigning Holder and the applicable assignee each executes and delivers to the Company an Assumption Agreement;
34
and provided, further, that the assigning Holder shall not be liable for any obligations hereunder of the assignee, other than with respect to any assignee that is an Affiliate of the assigning Holder. Upon any such permitted assignment, such assignee shall have and be able to exercise and enforce all rights of the assigning Holder which are assigned to it (to the extent set forth in the Assumption Agreement) and, to the extent such rights are assigned, any reference to the assigning Holder shall be treated as a reference to the assignee (to the extent set forth in the Assumption Agreement).
4.7. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Limited Liability Company Agreement and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form part hereof constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
4.8. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Court Proceedings; Waiver of Jury Trial(a) . This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws (excluding conflict of laws rules and principles) of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, including all matters of construction, validity and performance. Any Litigation against any party to this Agreement arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought in any federal or state court located in the County of New Castle in the State of Delaware, and each of the parties hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for the purpose of any such Litigation. A final judgment in any such Litigation shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. To the extent that service of process by mail is permitted by applicable Law, each party irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such Litigation in such courts by the mailing of such process by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at its address for notices provided for herein. Each party irrevocably agrees not to assert (a) any objection which it may ever have to the laying of venue of any such Litigation in any federal or state court located in the County of New Castle in the State of Delaware, and (b) any claim that any such Litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS.
4.9. Interpretation; Construction.
(a) The table of contents and headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”
(b) The parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
35
4.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by portable document format (PDF or similar format) or DocuSign signatures and in any number of separate counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same agreement.
4.11. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.
4.12. Remedies. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that each party hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, without the posting of any bond, and, if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at Law. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by Law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
4.13. Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
4.14. Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees that any non-public information which such Holder may receive relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries or parent company or relating to any proposed registration or offering pursuant to this Agreement (including any notice thereof) (the “Confidential Information”) will be held strictly confidential and will not be disclosed by it to any Person without the express written permission of the Company for the period in which it owns shares of Common Stock and for two (2) years thereafter; provided, however, that the Confidential Information may be disclosed (i) in the event of any compulsory legal process or to comply with any applicable Law, subpoena or other similar legal process or in connection with any filings that the Holder may be required to make with any regulatory authority; provided, however, that in the event of compulsory legal process, unless prohibited by applicable Law or that process, each Holder agrees (A) to give the Sowell Holders, the Ritchie Holders and the Company prompt notice thereof and to cooperate with the Company, the Ritchie Holders and the Sowell Holders in securing a protective order in the event of compulsory disclosure and (B) that any disclosure made pursuant
36
to public filings will be subject to the prior reasonable review of the Company, the Sowell Holders and the Ritchie Holders, (ii) to any foreign or domestic governmental or quasi-governmental regulatory authority, including without limitation, any stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over such party, (iii) (x) to each Holder’s Affiliates or to its or its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, partners, beneficiaries, accountants, lawyers and other professional advisors and current or prospective lenders (or other sources of debt financing) for use relating solely to management of the investment or administrative purposes with respect to such Holder and (y) to current or prospective limited partners, investors or other holders of equity in any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder to the extent such information is required to be provided or is customarily provided to current limited partners, investors or holders of equity of any such Holder or any Affiliate thereof (collectively, “Holder Representatives”); provided, that such Holder shall be liable for any breach of this Section 4.14 by such Holder Representative who has received Confidential Information from such Holder, (iv) to a bona fide proposed transferee of securities of the Company held by a Holder in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, that such Holder informs the proposed transferee of the confidential nature of the information and the proposed transferee agrees in writing to comply with the restrictions in this Section 4.14 and delivers a copy of such writing to the Company, (v) by any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder, in the course of its normal reporting activities to its investors, and current and prospective partners, equity holders and beneficiaries with respect to the following types of Confidential Information related to the investment by such Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder, as applicable, in shares of Common Stock: (1) the cost and value of such Sowell Holder’s or Ritchie Holder’s shares of Common Stock and (2) a general description of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including their respective names and industry and information regarding their respective businesses, financial conditions and results of operations; provided, that this clause (v) shall not be deemed to permit any Sowell Holder or Ritchie Holder to make any disclosure of Confidential Information (including the name of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) by way of a press release or otherwise, and (vi) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that prior to such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information).
4.15. [Reserved].
4.16. Opt-Out Requests. Each Holder of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to elect to not receive any notice that the Company or any other Holders are otherwise required to deliver pursuant to this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written statement signed by such Holder that it does not want to receive any notices hereunder (an “Opt-Out Request”); in which case, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company or other Holders shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any notice or other information required to be provided to Holders hereunder to the extent that the Company or such other Holders reasonably expect such notice or information would result in a Holder acquiring material non-public information within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated under the Exchange Act. An Opt-Out Request may state a date on which it expires or, if no such date is specified, shall remain in effect indefinitely. A Holder who previously has given the Company an Opt-Out Request may revoke such request at any time, and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Holder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Requests.
37
4.17. Legend Removal. The restrictive legend on any Registrable Securities covered by this Agreement shall be removed if (i) such Registrable Securities are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, (ii) (A) a registration statement covering the resale of such Registrable Securities is effective under the Securities Act and the applicable holder of such Registrable Securities delivers to the Company a representation letter agreeing that such Registrable Securities will be sold under such effective registration statement, or (B) six months after the date of this Agreement, such Holder has held such shares for at least six months and is not, and has not been in the preceding three months, an Affiliate of the Company (as defined in Rule 144), and such holder or permitted assignee provides to the Company any other information the Company deems reasonably necessary to deliver to the transfer agent an instruction to so remove such legend, (iii) such Registrable Securities may be sold by the holder thereof free of restrictions pursuant to Rule 144(b) under the Securities Act or (iv) such Registrable Securities are being sold, assigned or otherwise transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; provided, that with respect to clause (iii) or (iv) above, the holder of such Registrable Securities has provided all necessary documentation and evidence (which may include an opinion of counsel) as may reasonably be required by the Company to confirm that the legend may be removed under applicable securities law. The Company shall cooperate with the applicable holder of Registrable Securities covered by this Agreement to effect removal of the legend on such shares pursuant to this Section 5.01(b) as soon as reasonably practicable after delivery of notice from such holder that the conditions to removal are satisfied (together with any documentation required to be delivered by such holder pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence). The Company shall bear all direct costs and expenses associated with the removal of a legend pursuant to this Section 4.17.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
38
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
| THE COMPANY: | ||
| American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
| SOWELL HOLDERS: | ||
| [__] | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
| RITCHIE HOLDERS: | ||
| [__] | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
Schedule A
Notices
| Holder Name |
Email Address and Address | |||
| Sowell Holders | ||||
| 1. | [ ] | [ ] | ||
| Ritchie Holders | ||||
| 1. | [ ] | [ ] | ||
Exhibit A
FORM OF ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
This Assumption Agreement (this “Assumption Agreement”) is made as of [_____], by and among [_____] (the “Transferring Holder”) and [_____], a Permitted Transferee of the Transferring Holder (the “New Holder”), in accordance with that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [_____] (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other Holders party thereto.
WHEREAS, the Agreement requires the New Holder, as a condition to the assignment of the Transferring Holder’s rights and obligations under the Agreement, to become a party to the Agreement by executing this Assumption Agreement;
WHEREAS, this Assumption Agreement has been entered into to record and effect the admission of the New Investor as a “Holder” and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] for the purpose of the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, upon the New Holder signing this Assumption Agreement, the Agreement will be deemed to be amended to include the New Holder as a Holder and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] under the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Party to the Agreement. By execution of this Assumption Agreement, the Transferring Holder hereby assigns to the New Holder, and the New Holder hereby accepts and assumes, all of the rights and obligations that the Transferring Holder has in and to the Agreement. By execution of this Assumption Agreement, the New Holder hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement and to be bound by, and subject to, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement that are applicable to, and assignable under the Agreement by, the Transferring Holder, in the same manner as if such undersigned New Holder were an original signatory to the Agreement and named as a Holder and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] under the Agreement. By execution of this Assumption Agreement, the Company hereby consents to and confirms its acceptance of the New Holder as a Holder and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] under the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that (x) the shares of Common Stock acquired by the New Holder shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” under the Agreement, and (y) the New Holder shall be subject to the terms of the Agreement applicable to it as a Holder and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] thereunder. Execution and delivery of this Assumption Agreement by the New Holder shall also constitute execution and delivery by the New Holder of the Agreement, without further action of any party.
2. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement unless otherwise noted.
Exhibit A
3. Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgements of the New Holder. The New Holder hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company as follows:
a. Authorization. The New Holder has all requisite power and authority and has taken all action necessary in order to duly and validly approve the New Holder’s execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Assumption Agreement. This Assumption Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the New Holder and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the New Holder, enforceable against the New Holder in accordance with its terms.
b. Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery of this Assumption Agreement by the New Holder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not require the New Holder to file any notice, report or other filing with, or to obtain any consent, registration, approval, permit or authorization of or from, any governmental or regulatory authority of the United States, any State thereof or any foreign jurisdiction, and do not constitute a material breach or violation of, or a material default under, any provision of any mortgage, lien, lease, agreement, license, instrument, law, regulation, order, arbitration, award, judgment or decree to which the New Holder is a party or by which the New Holder’s property is bound, in any such case which could prevent, materially delay or materially burden the transactions contemplated by this Assumption Agreement.
c. No Conflict. The New Holder is not under any obligation or restriction, nor shall it assume any such obligation or restriction, that does or would materially interfere or conflict with the performance of its obligations under this Assumption Agreement.
d. Notice Under the Agreement. The New Holder’s address details for notices under the Agreement are set forth on the signature page hereto.
4. Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute and deliver any further instruments or perform any acts which are or may become necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Assumption Agreement.
5. Governing Law. This Assumption Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.
6. Counterparts. This Assumption Agreement may be executed in counterparts, including by electronic transmission, each of which will be deemed an original hereof but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
7. Entire Agreement. This Assumption Agreement, the Agreement and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form part hereof contain the entire understanding, whether oral or written, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior agreement between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof. Except as herein provided, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
Exhibit A
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties have executed this Assumption Agreement as of the date first above written.
| TRANSFERRING HOLDER | ||
| [_____] | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| NEW HOLDER | ||
| [_____] | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| Notice Address: [_____] | ||
| [_____] | ||
| [_____] | ||
| Attn: [_____] | ||
| Email: [_____] | ||
| Accepted and Agreed to as of the date first written above: | ||
| COMPANY | ||
| American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
Exhibit B
FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT
This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of [_____], by and among [_____] (the “New Investor”) and [_____], a [_____] [corporation] (the “Company”).
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Joinder Agreement, [[_____] (the “Seller”) / the Company] and the New Investor are entering into that certain [Subscription Agreement], dated as of the date hereof (the “[Subscription Agreement]”), pursuant to which the New Investor is acquiring from the [Seller / Company] [_____] [newly issued] shares of Common Stock as set forth therein;
WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the [Subscription Agreement], the New Investor is required to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [_____] (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among the Company and the stockholders of the Company party thereto;
WHEREAS, this Joinder Agreement has been entered into to record and effect the admission of the New Investor as a “Holder” and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] for the purpose of the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, upon the New Investor signing this Joinder Agreement, the Agreement will be deemed to be amended to include the New Investor as a Holder and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] under the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Party to the Agreement. By execution of this Joinder Agreement, the New Investor hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement and to be bound by, and subject to, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement in the same manner as if such undersigned New Investor were an original signatory to the Agreement and named as a Holder and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] thereunder. By execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Company hereby consents to and confirms its acceptance of the New Investor as a Holder and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] under the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that (x) the shares of Common Stock sold to the undersigned New Investor pursuant to the [Subscription Agreement] shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” under the Agreement, and (y) the New Investor shall be subject to the terms of the Agreement applicable to it as a Holder and [“Sowell Holder”] [“Ritchie Holder”] thereunder. Execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement by the New Investor shall also constitute execution and delivery by the New Investor of the Agreement, without further action of any party.
2. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement unless otherwise noted.
Exhibit B
3. Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgements of the New Investor. The New Investor hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company as follows:
a. Authorization. The New Investor has all requisite power and authority and has taken all action necessary in order to duly and validly approve the New Investor’s execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Joinder Agreement. This Joinder Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the New Investor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the New Investor, enforceable against the New Investor in accordance with its terms.
b. Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement by the New Investor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not require the New Investor to file any notice, report or other filing with, or to obtain any consent, registration, approval, permit or authorization of or from, any governmental or regulatory authority of the United States, any State thereof or any foreign jurisdiction, and do not constitute a material breach or violation of, or a material default under, any provision of any mortgage, lien, lease, agreement, license, instrument, law, regulation, order, arbitration, award, judgment or decree to which the New Investor is a party or by which the New Investor’s property is bound, in any such case which could prevent, materially delay or materially burden the transactions contemplated by this Joinder Agreement.
c. No Conflict. The New Investor is not under any obligation or restriction, nor shall it assume any such obligation or restriction, that does or would materially interfere or conflict with the performance of its obligations under this Joinder Agreement.
d. Notice Under the Agreement. The New Investor’s address details for notices under the Agreement are set forth on the signature page hereto.
4. Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute and deliver any further instruments or perform any acts which are or may become necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Joinder Agreement.
5. Governing Law. This Joinder Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.
6. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts, including by electronic transmission, each of which will be deemed an original hereof but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
7. Entire Agreement. This Joinder Agreement, the Agreement and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form part hereof contain the entire understanding, whether oral or written, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior agreement between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof. Except as herein provided, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
[Signature Pages Follow]
Exhibit B
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first above written.
| COMPANY | ||
| [_____] | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| NEW INVESTOR | ||
| [_____] | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| Notice Address: [_____] | ||
| [_____] | ||
| [_____] | ||
| Attn: [_____] | ||
| Email: [_____] | ||
Exhibit 5.1
April 29, 2025
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
| Re: | American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. |
Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-286524
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-286524 (the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), initially filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on April 14, 2025, as thereafter amended or supplemented, relating to the proposed registration by the Company of 6,875,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”), including 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company (the “Company Shares”), 625,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold by the selling stockholders (the “Selling Stockholders”) identified in the Registration Statement (the “Selling Stockholder Shares”) following their issuance in exchange for units of American Integrity Insurance Company, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the “Contribution”) and up to 1,031,250 additional shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders to cover the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, if any (the “Over-Allotment Option” and, together with the Selling Stockholder Shares, the “Secondary Shares”) granted by the Selling Stockholders to the several underwriters (the “Underwriters”) named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be entered into by and among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters. The Company Shares and Secondary Shares are collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”
In rendering the opinion set forth herein, we have examined the originals, or photostatic or certified copies, of (i) the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement and to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, which will become effective prior to the sale of any Shares (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), (ii) the amended and restated bylaws of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement to be adopted by the board of directors of the Company prior to the sale of any Shares (the “Bylaws”), (iii) certain resolutions related to the filing of the Registration Statement, the authorization and issuance of the Shares and related matters, (iv) the Registration Statement and all exhibits thereto, (v) the form of Underwriting Agreement in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement, (vi) a certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof, and (vii) such other records, documents and instruments as we deemed relevant and necessary for purposes of the opinion stated herein.
We have relied upon such certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials and statements and information furnished by officers of the Company with respect to the accuracy of material factual matters contained therein which were not independently established by us. In such examination we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as photostatic or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.
We have not considered, and express no opinion herein as to, the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as currently in effect.
In rendering the opinion set forth herein, we have assumed that, at the time of the issuance of the Company Shares and the sale of the Secondary Shares, (i) the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments) will have become effective and will remain effective, (ii) no stop order of the Commission preventing or suspending the use of the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement will have been issued, (iii) the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement and any required prospectus supplement will have been delivered to the purchaser of the Shares as required in accordance with applicable law, (iv) the resolutions referred to above will not have been modified or rescinded, (v) the Company will receive consideration for the issuance of the Company Shares that is at least equal to the par value of the Common Stock, (vi) the Contribution shall have been completed and (vii) the Underwriting Agreement will have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the parties thereto (other than the Company) and will be enforceable obligations of the parties thereto (other than the Company).
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that upon payment and delivery in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement approved by the Pricing Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that upon the Contribution, the Secondary Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We further consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we are not admitting that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.
| Very truly yours, |
| /s/ Haynes and Boone, LLP |
Exhibit 10.7
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of _______, 2025 (the “Effective Date”) and is entered into by and between [___________] (“Executive”) and American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). The Company and Executive shall be referred to herein as the “Parties.”
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as [_________] (“[_______]”) and Executive desires to serve the Company in such capacity;
WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to set forth in writing the terms and conditions of their agreement and understandings with respect to Executive’s employment by the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company for the period and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY EXECUTIVE
A. Position and Responsibilities. During the Term (defined below), the Company shall employ Executive as [________]. Executive shall report directly to the Company’s [Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)] [Board of Directors (the “Board”)]. Executive shall also have such other duties and responsibilities that are commensurate with his position as specifically delegated to him from time to time by [the CEO] [the Board].
B. Performance. During the Term, Executive shall devote on a full-time basis substantially all of Executive’s business time to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business and interests of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC (the “Company Group”), and shall exercise reasonable best efforts to perform Executive’s duties in a diligent, trustworthy, good faith and business-like manner, all for the purpose of advancing the business of the Company Group. During the Term, Executive shall act in a manner consistent with Executive’s position. During the Term, without the prior written consent of the Board, Executive (i) shall not be employed with any other entity, (ii) shall not serve as a member of any board of directors or similar governing body of any Person other than a member of the Company Group or (iii) shall not serve as a trustee of, or in any other similar capacity with, any present or future agency or organization, except in each case of clauses (i)-(iii), that without the consent of the Board, Executive may (a) engage in such civic, religious, trade or industry group activities as
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 1 |
Executive determines (and may hold board, trustee and similar positions in connection with the foregoing) and (b) Executive may serve on the board of directors or similar governing bodies for up to two non-competitive companies, provided that such activities described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) do not materially interfere with Executive’s duties to the Company Group (whether individually or in the aggregate), create a conflict of interest or otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement. [In addition, and notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit or otherwise impede Executive from engaging in the Permitted Activity (as defined in Exhibit A), subject to the terms of this Agreement, including Exhibit A, and only to the extent that the Permitted Activity in no way violates the terms of this Agreement, including Article IV herein, or any other agreement by and between Executive and any member of the Company Group.]1
C. Compliance. During the Term, Executive shall act in accordance with high business and ethical standards. During the Term, Executive shall comply with the written policies, codes of conduct, codes of ethics and written manuals of the Company Group (collectively, the “Policies”), in each case, which are applicable to Executive and which shall be provided in writing to Executive from time to time.
D. Representations. Executive represents and warrants to the Company Group that Executive (i) is not violating and will not violate any contractual, legal, or fiduciary obligations or burdens to which Executive is subject by entering into this Agreement or by providing services for the Company Group; (ii) is under no contractual, legal, or fiduciary obligation or burden that will interfere with Executive’s ability to perform services for the Company Group; (iii) is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party; and (iv) has no previous convictions under any law, disputes with regulatory agencies, or other similar circumstances, in any case, that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company Group. Executive shall not disclose in an unauthorized manner to the Company Group or induce the Company Group to use in an unauthorized manner any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.
ARTICLE II.
COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES
As compensation for all services Executive will perform for the Company Group during the Term, the Company will pay Executive, and Executive shall accept as full compensation, the following:
A. Compensation. Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual salary in the amount of $[________] (“Base Salary”), payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and prorated for any partial years of employment. Executive’s Base Salary may be increased, but not decreased, from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion, provided that Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed for increase no less frequently than annually.
| 1 | Insert only for David Clark and Ben Lurie. |
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 2 |
B. Bonus. With respect to each calendar year during the Term, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual performance-based bonus pursuant to the terms of the applicable annual bonus plan established by the Company (the “Annual Bonus”). Any earned Annual Bonus with respect to any calendar year during the Term shall be paid to Executive between January 1st and March 15th of the immediately following calendar year, provided that, except as provided in Article III.B(ii) and Article III.B(iii), Executive is employed by the Company on the date such Annual Bonus is paid. Executive’s target Annual Bonus with respect to each calendar year during the Term shall be [___]% of Executive’s Base Salary. The payment of any Annual Bonus shall be subject to all federal, state and withholding taxes, social security deductions and other general withholding obligations. Award of an Annual Bonus with respect to a particular calendar year does not guarantee the award of an Annual Bonus in any subsequent calendar year.
C. Equity Awards. With respect to each calendar year during the Term, commencing with the calendar year beginning January 1, 2026, provided that Executive is employed by the Company on the applicable date of grant, Executive shall receive annual long-term incentive awards under the Company’s long-term equity incentive plan (the “LTIP”) on such terms and conditions as the Board and the Compensation Committee of the Board shall determine in their sole discretion. All awards granted to Executive under the LTIP shall be subject to and governed by the terms and provisions of the LTIP as in effect from time to time and the award agreements evidencing such awards.
D. Expenses. The Company agrees that, during Executive’s employment, it will reimburse Executive for out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in connection with Executive’s performance of Executive’s services hereunder, upon the presentation by Executive of an itemized accounting of such expenditures, with supporting receipts, provided that Executive submits such expenses for reimbursement within ninety (90) days of the date such expenses were incurred in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy. Reimbursements shall be in compliance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies.
E. Vacation. Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation pursuant to the Company’s standard written policies, as may be amended by the Company from time to time in its sole discretion. Vacation shall be taken at such times and intervals as shall be determined by Executive, subject to the reasonable business needs of the Company.
F. Benefits. Executive may participate in any group health insurance plan, retirement plan, disability plan, group life plan, and any other benefit or welfare program or policy that is made generally available, from time to time, to other employees of the Company, on a basis consistent with such participation and subject to the terms of the plan documents, as such plans may be modified, amended, terminated, or replaced from time to time by the Company, in its sole discretion.
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 3 |
ARTICLE III.
TERM; TERMINATION
A. Term of Employment. The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect for three (3) years following the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”), unless earlier terminated by any Party in accordance with Article III.B. Upon the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional, successive one (1) year terms (each, a “Renewal Term” and together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless either Party delivers written notice to the other Party not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term of such Party’s intention not to renew this Agreement.
B. Termination. Any Party may terminate Executive’s employment at any time during the Term upon sixty (60) days’ written notice of termination (the “Notice Period”), except that the Company need not provide advance notice for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause pursuant to Article III.B(i) (except as otherwise provided therein). The date of Executive’s termination shall be (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death; or (ii) the date stated in the notice of termination. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, the Company shall pay Executive (i) any unpaid Base Salary earned and accrued through the date of termination (payable in the normal course or such earlier time required by applicable law); (ii) any accrued but unused vacation through the date of termination (payable at the time of the payment described in clause (i) above); (iii) vested benefits in accordance with the Company Group’s employee benefit plans; and (iv) any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred prior to such termination, to be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s business expense reimbursement policy (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).
(i) Termination for Cause by the Company or Resignation by Executive without Good Reason. If, at any time during the Term the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause (defined below) or Executive voluntarily resigns without Good Reason (defined below), the Company may, in its sole discretion, shorten or eliminate the Notice Period and determine the date of termination without any obligation to pay Executive any additional compensation other than the Accrued Obligations, and without triggering a termination of Executive’s employment without Cause.
(ii) Termination Without Cause by the Company or Resignation by Executive for Good Reason. If, at any time during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns his employment for Good Reason, the Company Group shall have no further liability or obligation to Executive under this Agreement for compensation or employee benefits, but the Company shall pay or provide the following amounts to Executive: (x) the Accrued Obligations; and (y) subject to Executive’s continued compliance with Article IV of this Agreement and the execution and timely return by Executive of a release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit [A][B] (the “Release”), which shall be executed and delivered by Executive within thirty (30) days after Executive’s termination of employment and which shall be irrevocable, (1) an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (a) Executive’s Base Salary as of immediately prior to such termination of employment (without giving effect to
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 4 |
any reduction that would or did give rise to Good Reason) and (b) Executive’s target Annual Bonus opportunity as of immediately prior to such termination of employment (without giving effect to any reduction (or any Base Salary reduction) that would or did give rise to Good Reason) (the “Severance Pay”), payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practice over the twenty-four (24) month period immediately following the termination date (the “Severance Period”), (2) a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of the cost of Executive’s and Executive’s eligible dependents’ COBRA premiums for the coverage in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment (the “COBRA Payments”), and (3) the Prior Year Bonus (the Severance Pay, the COBRA Payments and the Prior Year Bonus, collectively, the “Severance Benefits”). The first installment of the Severance Pay and the lump sum payment of the COBRA Payments shall be provided on the first payroll date after the effective date of the Release, provided that the first installment of the Severance Pay shall include a catch-up for any payments that would have been made prior to such first installment had the Release been effective on the date of Executive’s termination of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent required by Code Section 409A, if the timing of when Executive executes the Release (regardless of when Executive actually executes the Release) could result in the payment of any portion of the Severance Benefits commencing in more than one calendar year, then all portions of the Severance Benefits that otherwise would have been paid in such first calendar year instead shall be paid on the first day of the immediately following calendar year (with all remaining installments to be paid as if no such delay had occurred). In the event Executive fails to comply with the terms of Article IV or does not timely execute and return (or revokes) the Release, no amount shall be payable to Executive pursuant to this Article III.B(ii) (other than the Accrued Obligations).
(iii) Termination Due to Death or Disability. If, at any time during the Term, Executive’s employment is terminated due to his death or Disability (defined below), the Company Group shall have no further liability or obligation to Executive for compensation or employee benefits under this Agreement, except that the Company shall pay or provide (a) the Accrued Obligations; (b) the Prior Year Bonus; and (c) accelerated vesting (and for restricted stock units and similar awards, accelerated settlement) of all equity and equity-based awards (provided that any performance-based award shall be settled assuming the target level of performance was achieved, unless prior to such termination, a higher level of performance was certified by the Compensation Committee of the Board, in which case settlement shall occur at such higher level of achievement). All amounts that may be due to Executive under this Article III.B(iii) shall be paid to Executive or to Executive’s heirs, estate, legal representatives, and assignees, as may be appropriate. Settlement of any restricted stock units and similar awards under clause (c) shall be made as soon as administratively practicable but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the date of such termination of employment.
(iv) Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) “Affiliate” of any Person means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person.
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 5 |
(b) “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) an act or acts of theft of material property, embezzlement or fraud by Executive, regardless of whether it relates to the Company Group; (ii) a willful or material misrepresentation by Executive that relates to the Company Group and has (or would be reasonably expected to have) a materially adverse impact on the Company Group; (iii) any violation by Executive of any fiduciary duties owed by Executive to the Company Group; (iv) Executive’s conviction of, or pleading nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony (other than a traffic infraction); (v) Executive’s material breach of the Company’s written code of conduct and business ethics or other material written policy or procedure applicable to Executive in effect from time to time relating to personal conduct, which Executive failed to cure within ten (10) calendar days after receiving written notice from the Board specifying the alleged violation; (vi) Executive’s continued and willful refusal to substantially perform Executive’s responsibilities to the Company under this Agreement, after written demand for substantial performance has been given by the Board that specifically identifies how Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s responsibilities, which Executive failed to cure within ten (10) calendar days after receiving written notice from the Board specifying the alleged failure or refusal; or (vii) a material breach by Executive of this Agreement or any other agreement to which Executive and any member the Company Group are parties, which Executive failed to cure within ten (10) calendar days after receiving written notice from the Board specifying the alleged breach.
(c) “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.
(d) “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
(e) “Disability” means that Executive has become eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under the long-term disability policy of the Company Group then covering Executive.
(f) “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, responsibilities, title or duties; (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary; (iii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; (iv) a relocation of Executive’s primary office location to a distance of more than fifty (50) miles from its location as of the Effective Date (provided that such relocation materially increases Executive’s commute); or (v) the Company provides a notice of non-renewal to Executive pursuant to Article III.A. Executive shall give the Company written notice within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the event or events alleged to constitute Good Reason of an intent to terminate his employment for Good Reason and specifying the reasons for such alleged Good Reason and provide the Company with thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Executive to remedy the alleged action(s) giving rise to the Good Reason event. In the event the Company does not timely cure the violation, if Executive does not terminate Executive’s employment within fifteen (15) days following the last day of the cure period, the occurrence of the violation shall not subsequently serve as Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to resign for Good
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 6 |
Reason under clause (v) above, Executive must provide written notice of resignation to the Company within twenty (20) days after Executive’s receipt of the Company’s notice of non-renewal (the “Non-Renewal Notice”), and the Company shall have five (5) days following its receipt of written notice from Executive of his intent to terminate his employment for Good Reason to rescind its Non-Renewal Notice (if the Company does not so timely rescind the Non-Renewal Notice, Executive’s resignation for Good Reason shall be effective automatically on the date immediately prior to the expiration of the Term).
(g) “Person” means a natural person or any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, unincorporated organization, trust, estate, governmental entity, or other entity.
(h) “Prior Year Bonus” means the Annual Bonus payable with respect to the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year in which Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, to the extent unpaid prior to such termination of employment, and to be paid at the same time as if no such termination of employment had occurred.
C. Survival. Executive’s post-termination obligations in Article IV shall continue as provided in this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV.
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
A. Confidentiality.
(i) Confidential Information. During Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group, the Company Group shall provide Executive otherwise prohibited access to certain trade secrets and confidential information which is not known to the Company Group’s competitors or within the Company Group’s industry generally, which was developed by the Company Group over a long period of time and/or at its substantial expense, and which is of great competitive value to the Company Group, and access to the Company Group’s customers and clients. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company Group, including, but not limited to, the following: all documents or information, in whatever form or medium, concerning or relating to any of the Company Group’s operations; processes; products; services; programming standards; business practices; policies; strategies; training manuals; principals; vendors; suppliers; customers and potential customers; contractual relationships; regulatory status; research; development; know-how; technical data; designs; formulas; software; product construction and product specifications; product, methods, and techniques; plans for research or future products; improvements; discoveries; interpretations, and analyses; production information; database schemas or tables; infrastructure; development tools or techniques; marketing methods; finances; business plans; marketing and sales plans and strategies; budgets; financial information and data; pricing and pricing strategies; costs; customer and client lists and profiles; customer and client nonpublic personal information; supplier lists; business records; audits; management methods and information; reports, recommendations and conclusions; information regarding the names, contact information, skills and compensation of employees and contractors; and other business
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 7 |
information disclosed or made available to Executive by the Company Group, either directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or by drawings or observation, that is not known to the public or any of the Company Group’s competitors or within the Company Group’s industry generally, which was developed by the Company Group and/or at its expense, and which is of value to the Company Group. Confidential Information prepared or compiled by Executive during the Term and/or the Company Group or furnished to Executive during Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company Group, and none of such Confidential Information or copies thereof, shall be retained by Executive following his termination of employment with the Company. Executive acknowledges that the Company Group does not voluntarily disclose Confidential Information, but rather takes precautions to prevent dissemination of Confidential Information beyond those employees such as Executive entrusted with such information. Executive further acknowledges that the Confidential Information: (i) is entrusted to Executive because of Executive’s position with the Company Group; and (ii) is of such value and nature as to make it reasonable and necessary for Executive to protect and preserve the confidentiality and secrecy of the Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information is a valuable, special, and a unique asset of the Company Group, the disclosure of which could cause substantial injury and loss of profits and goodwill to the Company Group.
(ii) No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Confidential Information is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Company Group and, as such, is a special and unique asset of the Company Group, and that any unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized use of any Confidential Information by Executive will cause irreparable harm and loss to the Company Group. Executive understands and acknowledges that each and every component of the Confidential Information (i) has been developed by the Company Group at significant effort and expense and is sufficiently secret to derive economic value from not being generally known to other parties, and (ii) constitutes a protectable business interest of the Company Group. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company Group owns the Confidential Information. Executive agrees not to dispute, contest, or deny any such ownership rights either during or after Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group. Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information. Executive agrees that during the period of Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group and after his termination from employment for any reason, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, disclose to any unauthorized person or use for Executive’s own account any Confidential Information without the CEO’s or the Board’s prior written consent. Throughout Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group and thereafter: (i) Executive shall hold all Confidential Information in the strictest confidence, take all reasonable precautions to prevent its inadvertent disclosure to any unauthorized person, and follow all Company Group policies protecting the Confidential Information; and (ii) Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, utilize, disclose or make available to any other person or entity, any of the Confidential Information, other than in the proper performance of Executive’s duties. Further, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, use the Company Group’s Confidential Information to: (1) call upon, solicit business from, attempt to conduct business with, conduct business with, interfere with or divert business away from any customer, client, service provider, supplier or vendor of the Company Group with whom or which the Company Group conducted business; and/or (2) recruit, solicit, hire or attempt to recruit, solicit, or hire, directly or by assisting others, any persons employed by any member of the Company Group.
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 8 |
(iii) Return of Property and Information. Promptly after the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason or by earlier request by the CEO or the Board, Executive shall return and deliver to the Company Group any and all Confidential Information, software, devices, cell phones, personal data assistants, credit cards, data, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, materials, equipment, computers, hard drives, papers, books, records, documents, memoranda, manuals, e-mail, electronic or magnetic recordings or data, including all copies thereof, which belong to the Company Group or relate to the Company Group’s business and which are in Executive’s possession, custody or control, whether prepared by Executive or others. If at any time after termination of Executive’s employment Executive determines that Executive has any Confidential Information in Executive’s possession or control, Executive shall promptly return to the Company Group all such Confidential Information in Executive’s possession or control, including all copies and portions thereof.
(iv) No Interference. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Executive may disclose Confidential Information when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, by any governmental agency having authority over Executive or the business of the Company Group or by any administrative body or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with jurisdiction to order Executive to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. The Parties agree that nothing in this Agreement is intended to interfere with Executive’s right to (a) discuss Executive’s employment terms or conditions; (b) report possible violations of federal, state or local law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity charged with the enforcement of any laws; (c) make other disclosures that are protected under applicable law, including Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act and the whistleblower provisions of federal, state or local law or regulation; (d) file a claim or charge with any federal, state or local government agency or entity; or (e) testify, assist, or participate in an investigation, hearing, or proceeding conducted by any federal, state or local government or law enforcement agency, entity or court. In making or initiating any such reports or disclosures, Executive need not seek the CEO’s or the Board’s prior authorization and is not required to notify the Company Group of any such reports or disclosures.
(v) Defend Trade Secrets Act. Executive is hereby notified that 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b)(1) states: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(a) is made—(1) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Accordingly, Executive has the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of Law. Executive also has the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b).
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 9 |
B. Non-Competition. Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group and for a period of twenty-four (24) months after Executive’s employment with a member of the Company Group terminates for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), other than in connection with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties for the Company Group, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, either individually or as a principal, partner, stockholder, manager, agent, consultant, contractor, distributor, employee, lender, investor, or as a director or officer of any corporation or association, or in any other manner or capacity whatsoever, (i) control, manage, operate, establish, take steps to establish, lend money to, invest in, solicit investors for, or otherwise provide capital to, or (ii) become employed by, join, perform services for, consult for, do business with or otherwise engage in any Competing Business within the Restricted Area. For purposes of this Agreement, given the scope of Confidential Information to be provided to Executive and job duties to be performed by Executive, “Restricted Area” means the State of Florida, and any other geographic area for which Executive performed any services, or about which Executive received Confidential Information during his employment with any member of the Company Group. For purposes of this Agreement, “Competing Business” means any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity that is competing or that is preparing to compete with the Company Group with respect to the sale and provision of residential insurance coverage in the State of Florida.
Notwithstanding the restrictions contained herein, Executive may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any Competing Business traded on any national securities exchange, provided that Executive is not a controlling person of, or member of a group that controls such business, and provided further that Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own two percent (2%) or more of any class of securities of such business or have the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such business and is not involved in the management of such business. The restrictions contained in this Agreement also shall not limit or restrict Executive from investing in a private equity fund, venture capital fund, mutual fund or other investment similar to any of the foregoing, in each case, that has an interest in a Competing Business, provided that such investment is passive and Executive does not participate in the management or operations of any such fund or portfolio company thereof that is engaged in a Competing Business. Additionally, Executive may, after his employment with the Company Group terminates, become employed or engaged with a Competing Business in the Restricted Area during the Restricted Period if Executive does not perform the same or similar services for the Competing Business as Executive provided for the Company Group during Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group, and Executive is employed or engaged by the Competing Business in a manner that the Company Group’s Confidential Information would not be used by Executive to assist or further the Competing Business (Executive must provide such Competing Business with a copy of this Agreement and, if requested, such Competing Business must provide the Company Group written assurances to the reasonable satisfaction of the CEO and the Board that Executive’s employment or engagement with such Competing Business will comply with Article IV prior to Executive beginning employment or engagement with such Competing Business).
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 10 |
C. Non-Solicitation.
(i) Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, other than in connection with Executive’s duties under this Agreement, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, manager, agent, employee, consultant, officer, director, stockholder, partner, investor or lender or in any other capacity, and whether personally or through any Person, (x) solicit business from, attempt to conduct business with, or conduct business with, any client or customer of the Company Group, in connection with any product or service lines offered by the Company Group, and who or which: (A) Executive called on, serviced, did business with, or had contact with during his employment with any member of the Company Group; or (B) Executive received Confidential Information about; or (y) interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, the relationship between any member of the Company Group and any of their respective clients or customers.
(ii) Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, other than in connection with Executive’s duties under this Agreement, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, manager, agent, employee, consultant, officer, director, stockholder, partner, investor or lender or in any other capacity, and whether personally or through any other Person, solicit, interfere with, induce or attempt to solicit, interfere with or induce, engage or hire, on behalf of Executive or any other Person, any employee of the Company Group or any person who was employed by any member of the Company Group within the preceding twelve (12) months, or is or was a consultant to the Company Group during the preceding twelve (12) months; provided, however that the foregoing shall not (A) prevent Executive or any Person associated with Executive from placing general solicitations for hiring online, on job boards or in any other medium, provided that such general solicitation is not specifically targeted at any employee of the Company Group or (B) apply to consultants (other than consultants who are individual natural persons or single-member LLCs or sole proprietorships) who typically service multiple clients simultaneously (e.g., accountants, attorneys, etc.).
D. Mutual Non-Disparagement. Executive agrees that the Company Group’s goodwill and reputation are assets of great value to the Company Group which have been obtained and maintained through great costs, time and effort. Therefore, Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment and after the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not in any way disparage, libel or defame the Company Group, its business or business practices, its products or services, or its employees, officers or directors. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined by the courts. The Company agrees that during Executive’s employment and after the termination of Executive’s employment, the Company shall direct each member of the Board to not, and the Company will not direct or authorize any other person to, disparage, libel or defame Executive. A violation or threatened violation of this prohibition may be enjoined by the courts. The rights afforded the parties under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by law. Nothing in this provision shall prohibit (i) Executive, any member of the Board or any other person from making truthful statements in good faith in connection with any litigation, arbitration, governmental proceeding or similar proceeding, to defend or prosecute any claim or to the extent required by applicable law, legal process, subpoena, court order or similar requirement; (ii) Executive from engaging in any criticism or other statements made internally within the Company Group on a need-to-know basis, and provided such criticism or other statement is not presented in a disruptive or insubordinate
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 11 |
manner, concerning the Company Group’s or any employee’s or other service provider’s performance or nonperformance; and (iii) any named executive officer or member of the Board from engaging in any criticism or other statements made internally within the Company Group on a need-to-know basis concerning Executive’s performance or nonperformance of Executive’s duties or responsibilities for the Company Group.
E. Works.
(i) Definition of Work Product. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Work Product” shall mean, collectively, all work product, information, inventions, original works of authorship, ideas, know-how, processes, designs, computer programs, photographs, illustrations, developments, trade secrets and discoveries, including improvements thereto, and all other intellectual property, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, that Executive conceives, creates, develops, makes, reduces to practice, or fixes in a tangible medium of expression, either alone or with others.
(ii) Assignment of Work Product. Executive hereby assigns and shall be deemed to have assigned to the Company Group or its designee upon creation, all of Executive’s right, title, and interest in and to any and all Work Product conceived, created, developed, made, reduced to practice, or fixed in a tangible medium of expression, in any case, during the period of Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group, whether prior to or following the Effective Date, that (a) relates in any manner to the previous, existing or contemplated business, work, or investigations of the Company Group; (b) is or was suggested by, has resulted or will result from, or has arisen or will arise out of any work that Executive has done or may do for or on behalf of the Company Group; (c) has resulted or will result from or has arisen or will arise out of any materials or information that may have been disclosed or otherwise made available to Executive as a result of duties assigned to Executive by the Company Group; or (d) has been or will be otherwise made through the use of the Company Group’s time, information, facilities, or materials, even if conceived, created, developed, made, reduced to practice, or fixed during other than working hours. Executive shall, both during and after Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group, sign all documents and otherwise assist the Company Group, or its designee, at the Company Group’s expense, to secure the Company Group’s rights in Work Product.
F. Tolling. If Executive violates any of the restrictions contained in this Article IV, the Restricted Period with respect to such restriction shall be suspended and shall not run in favor of Executive from the time of the commencement of any violation until the time when Executive is no longer in violation of such provision; the period of time in which Executive is in breach shall be added to the Restricted Period.
G. Remedies. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Article IV of this Agreement, in view of the nature of the Company Group’s business and Executive’s position with the Company Group, are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company Group’s legitimate business interests and that any violation of Article IV of this Agreement would result in irreparable injury to the Company Group. In the event of a breach by Executive of Article IV of this Agreement, Executive immediately forfeits any unpaid Severance Payments from the date of such
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 12 |
breach, and the Company Group shall be entitled to (i) cease payment of any unpaid Severance Payments and (ii) recover any Severance Payments paid to Executive from the date of such breach. In addition, the Company Group shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and injunctive relief restraining Executive from the commission of any breach or threatened breach, in addition to damages, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. If a bond is required to secure such equitable relief, the Parties agree that a bond not to exceed $1,000 shall be sufficient and adequate in all respects to protect the rights and interests of the Parties. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach or threatened breach of this Article IV but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages and reasonable attorneys’ fees from Executive, Executive’s agents, any future employer of Executive, and any person that conspires or aids and abets Executive in a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement. A Dispute, as defined in Article V, under this Article IV, is not subject to the Dispute Resolution provisions in Article V.
H. Reasonableness. Executive hereby represents to the Company Group that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article IV. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article IV are fair and reasonable in light of (i) the nature and wide geographic scope of the operations of the Company Group’s business; (ii) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the business; and (iii) the amount of compensation, trade secrets and Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group. It is the desire and intent of the Parties that the provisions of Article IV be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, whether now or hereafter in effect and therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Executive and the Company Group hereby waive any provision of applicable law that would render any provision of Article IV invalid or unenforceable.
I. Reformation. The Company Group and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions set forth in Article IV are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in Article IV would cause irreparable injury to the Company Group. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses but acknowledges that Executive shall receive Confidential Information and trade secrets, as well as sufficiently high remuneration and other benefits as an employee of the Company Group to justify such restrictions. If any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the Parties intend for the restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Company Group and Executive intend to make this provision enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal.
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 13 |
J. No Previous Restrictive Agreements. Executive represents that, except as disclosed in writing to the Company Group, Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. Executive further represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and Executive’s work duties for the Company Group do not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group. Executive shall not disclose to the Company Group or induce the Company Group to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.
ARTICLE V.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any other agreement between Executive and any member of the Company Group, Executive’s employment, or Executive’s relationship with the Company Group or any of its predecessors or successors (any such matter, a “Dispute”), except for any Dispute arising under Article IV of this Agreement:
(i) The parties to such Dispute shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such Dispute through negotiation between individuals with the authority to settle the Dispute on behalf of the parties (each, an “Authorized Decision Maker”). To this end, each such party shall cause an Authorized Decision Maker to consult and negotiate with an Authorized Decision Maker of the other party, and the parties shall attempt to reach a resolution satisfactory to both parties, recognizing that their mutual interests may not be aligned (and that each such party shall be entitled to reasonably seek to promote such party’s own interests in such resolution).
(ii) If the parties to a Dispute do not resolve such Dispute within thirty (30) days of the first negotiation between Authorized Decision Makers, then upon written notice by either party to the other, the Dispute shall be submitted to non-binding mediation to be administered in Tampa, Florida, by the American Arbitration Association or its successor (the “AAA”) (or another mediator upon the mutual agreement of Executive and the applicable member of the Company Group). Such mediation session shall take place within sixty (60) days of the date of receipt of the written request for mediation. If the parties are not able to agree regarding the identity of the mediator within twenty (20) days from the party’s delivery of the mediation demand to the other party, the AAA shall appoint a neutral mediator upon written request to the AAA by either party.
(iii) In the event the applicable member of the Company Group and Executive are unable to resolve any Dispute pursuant to Article V.A.(i) or (ii) above, the parties shall resolve such Dispute by binding arbitration under the Employment Arbitration rules of the AAA then in effect, and in accordance with applicable law, including the Federal Arbitration Act and the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, but subject to the following agreed provisions and except where applicable federal or state law requires otherwise. Subject to legal privileges, the arbitrator shall have the power to permit discovery as allowed under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitration shall be conducted in Tampa, Florida, and the proceedings shall be kept strictly confidential by the parties, their respective attorneys and the arbitrators. Notice of papers or processes relating to any arbitration proceeding, or for the confirmation of award and entry of judgment on an award may be served on each of the parties by registered or certified mail.
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 14 |
The arbitrator shall be selected by agreement of the parties; but if no agreement can be reached, the arbitrator shall be appointed pursuant to the procedures of the AAA. The arbitrator shall be of good reputation and character and have legal expertise relating to the Dispute. The applicable member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and Executive, on the other hand, shall each pay one-half of the arbitrator’s expenses. Each party shall pay its own legal expenses, except where prohibited by law. The arbitrator shall have no authority to consolidate the claims of other employees into a class action or otherwise fashion, consider, preside over, or award relief to any form of a representative, collective, or class proceeding. The arbitrator shall provide a written opinion supporting his/her conclusions, including detailed findings of fact and conclusions of law. Such findings of fact shall be final and binding on the parties. The arbitrator may award damages and/or permanent injunctive relief, but in no event shall the arbitrator have the authority to award punitive or exemplary damages, except where authorized by statute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article V, the applicable member of the Company Group and Executive may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce the covenants set forth in Article IV. If proper notice of any hearing has been given, the arbitrator shall have full power to proceed to take evidence or to perform any other acts necessary to arbitrate the matter in the absence of any party who fails to appear. If any portion of this Agreement is at any time deemed to be in conflict with any applicable statute, rule, regulation or ordinance, such portion shall be deemed to be modified or altered to conform thereto or, if that is not possible, to be omitted from this Agreement, and the invalidity of any such portion shall not affect the force, effect and validity of the remaining portion hereof.
B. Cooperation. After the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive agrees to reasonably cooperate and provide reasonable assistance, at the request of the Company Group, in any and all investigations or other legal proceedings which involve any matters for which Executive worked on or had responsibility during Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group. This includes but is not limited to testifying (and preparing to testify) as a witness in any proceeding or otherwise providing information or reasonable assistance to the Company Group in connection with any investigation, claim or suit, and cooperating with the Company Group regarding any investigation, litigation, claims or other disputed items involving the Company Group that relate to matters within the knowledge or responsibility of Executive. Specifically, Executive agrees (i) to provide truthful testimony to any court, agency or other adjudicatory body in any matter covered by this Article V.B; and (ii) to provide the Company Group with prompt notice of contact or subpoena received by Executive from any non-governmental adverse party as to matters relating to the Company Group; provided however, the Company Group shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in providing the cooperation required by this Article V.B (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees for Executive’s own counsel, to the extent such expenses are pre-approved by the Board in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this Article V.B to the contrary, (i) all cooperation required by this Article V.B shall be provided remotely unless remote cooperation is not possible or reasonably practical, (ii) any cooperation required by this Article V.B shall be provided at times that are mutually convenient to Executive and the Company Group, (iii) cooperation under this Article V.B shall not take up more than a de minimis amount of Executive’s time and (iv) Executive is not required to provide cooperation under this Article V.B. in any matter that is adverse to Executive.
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 15 |
C. No Mitigation; No Set Off. Executive is under no obligation or duty to seek employment or work following his termination of employment with the Company, and in no event shall any payments or benefits to be provided to Executive from any member of the Company Group following Executive’s termination of employment be reduced or offset by any amounts earned by Executive from another employer or otherwise following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.
D. Headings. The paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall in no way or manner be construed as a part of this Agreement.
E. Severability. In the event that any court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision in this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions shall not be affected or invalidated and shall remain in full force and effect.
F. Reformation. In the event any court of competent jurisdiction holds any restriction in this Agreement to be unreasonable and/or unenforceable as written, the court may reform this Agreement to make it enforceable, and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as reformed by the court.
G. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties, and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements, understanding or representations between the Parties pertaining to or concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group. The Parties have voluntarily agreed to define their rights, liabilities and obligations relating to or arising out of Executive’s employment with any member of the Company Group exclusively in contract (except for statutory obligations) pursuant to the express terms and provisions of this Agreement and any other written agreement signed by any member of the Company Group and Executive. No oral statements or prior written material relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that is not specifically incorporated in this Agreement shall be of any force and effect, and no changes in or additions to this Agreement shall be recognized, unless incorporated in this Agreement by written amendment, such amendment to become effective on the date stipulated in it. Any amendment to this Agreement must be signed by all parties to this Agreement.
H. Disclaimer of Reliance. Except for the specific representations expressly made by the Company in this Agreement or a written agreement specifically signed by Executive and any member of the Company Group, Executive specifically disclaims that Executive is relying upon or has relied upon any communications, promises, statements, inducements, or representation(s) that may have been made, oral or written, regarding the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of Executive’s employment, any compensation or benefits to which Executive may be entitled. Executive represents that Executive relied solely and only on Executive’s own judgment in making the decision to enter into this Agreement.
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 16 |
I. No Fiduciary Relationship by the Company Group. This Agreement does not create, nor shall it be construed as creating, any principal and agent, trust, or other fiduciary duty or special relationship running from the Company Group to Executive.
J. Waiver. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver as to succeeding breaches. The failure of either Party to insist in any one or more instances upon performance of any terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of future performance of any such term, covenant or condition but the obligations of either Party with respect thereto shall continue in full force and effect. The breach by one Party to this Agreement shall not preclude equitable relief, injunctive relief or the obligations in Article IV.
K. Modification; Counterparts. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and Executive, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of such provisions or affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or any provision hereof. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, whether or not all signatories appear on these counterparts, and each counterpart shall be deemed an original for all purposes.
L. Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Further, to the extent applicable, each member of the Company Group shall be deemed a third-party beneficiary and may enforce the applicable rights and obligations under this Agreement. Neither party may assign this Agreement to a third party without the prior written consent of the other party, provided that the Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, without Executive’s consent to any successor to the Company’s business in connection with an internal restructuring or internal reorganization.
M. Certain Excise Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “disqualified individual” (as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), and the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments and benefits which Executive has the right to receive from the Company or any of its Affiliates or other payor, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then such payments and benefits shall be either (a) reduced (but not below zero) so that the present value of such total payments and benefits shall be one dollar ($1.00) less than three times Executive’s “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) and so that no portion of such amounts and benefits received by Executive shall be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or (b) paid in full, whichever produces the better net after-tax position to Executive (taking into account any applicable excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and any other applicable taxes). The reduction of payments and benefits, if applicable, shall be made by reducing, first, payments or benefits to be paid in cash in the order in which such payment or benefit would be paid or provided (beginning with such payment or benefit that would be made last in time and continuing, to the extent necessary, through to such payment or benefit that would be made first in time) and, then, reducing any benefit to be provided in-kind in a similar order, and then reducing equity or equity-based benefits (reduced in the order of highest value to lowest value under Code Section
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 17 |
280G). The determination as to whether any such reduction in the amount of the payments and benefits provided hereunder is necessary (or whether Executive would be subject to such excise tax) shall be made at the expense of the Company by a firm of independent accountants, a law firm, or other valuation specialist selected by the Board in good faith prior to the consummation of the applicable change in control transaction, and the applicable independent accountants, law firm, or other valuation specialist shall consider the value, if any, of Executive’s restrictive covenants (including the non-competition restrictions set forth herein) as part of its analysis as may be appropriate under Section 280G of the Code. If a reduced payment or benefit is made or provided and through error or otherwise that payment or benefit, when aggregated with other payments and benefits used in determining if a “parachute payment” exists, exceeds one dollar ($1.00) less than three times Executive’s base amount, then Executive shall immediately repay such excess to the Company upon notification that an overpayment has been made. Nothing in this Article V.M. shall require the Company to provide a gross-up payment to Executive with respect to Executive’s excise tax liabilities under Section 4999 of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that no stock of the Company or its applicable Affiliates is readily tradable on an established securities market or otherwise (within the meaning of Section 280G) as of immediately prior to an applicable transaction that constitutes a “change in ownership or control” for purposes of Section 280G of the Code, the Company shall submit to a vote of stockholders for approval the portion of the payments and benefits payable to Executive that equal or exceeds three times the Executive’s “base amount” (the “Excess Parachute Payments”) in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1; provided, that Executive has first, in Executive’s sole discretion, executed a customary waiver of such Excess Parachute Payments (the Company makes no guarantee regarding the outcome of any such vote). If such stockholder approval is obtained in accordance with Section 280G of the Code, then the payments and benefits shall not be subject to reduction as described above.
N. Clawback. To the extent required by Company policy, applicable law, government regulation or any applicable securities exchange listing standards, amounts paid or payable under this Agreement or under the LTIP or any incentive plan of the Company Group shall be subject to the provisions of any applicable clawback policies or procedures adopted by the Company Group and applicable to executives of the Company Group generally, including pursuant to applicable law, government regulation or applicable securities exchange listing requirements, which clawback policies or procedures may provide for forfeiture and/or recoupment of amounts paid or payable under this Agreement or under the LTIP or any incentive plan of the Company Group in the event of material misstatements, financial restatements, other bad acts (or inaction), or other events or occurrences consistent with any government regulation or securities exchange listing requirement. The Company Group reserves the right, without the consent of Executive, to adopt any such clawback policies and procedures that are consistent with the immediately preceding sentence, including such policies and procedures applicable to this Agreement and under the LTIP or any incentive plan of the Company Group with retroactive effect.
O. Section 409A. This Agreement is intended to be interpreted and applied so that the payments and benefits set forth herein shall either be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) or shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A. In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement or otherwise which constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 18 |
the meaning of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or elsewhere to the contrary, a termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A upon or following a termination of Executive’s employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or elsewhere to the contrary, if on Executive’s termination of employment, Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, any payments or benefits that are payable as the result of a termination of Executive’s employment under any arrangement that constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (whether under this Agreement, any other plan, program, payroll practice or any equity grant) and which do not otherwise qualify under the exemptions under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1 (including without limitation, the short-term deferral exemption and the permitted payments under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)) and that otherwise would have been paid within six (6) months following such termination of employment, shall be delayed and paid or provided to Executive in a lump sum (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) on the earlier of (x) the date which is six (6) months and one day after Executive’s separation from service for any reason other than death, and (y) the date of Executive’s death (but not earlier than such payments or benefits would have been made absent this provision), and any remaining payments and benefits shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for such payment or benefit. With respect to any expense reimbursement benefit or in-kind benefit provided pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, (1) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to Executive during any calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to Executive in any other calendar year, (2) the reimbursements for expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made promptly, but in all events on or before the last day of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred, and (3) the right to payment or reimbursement hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. Each payment under this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.
P. Indemnification. Executive shall be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses for acts and omissions that occurred during Executive’s employment or other service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (whether occurring before, on, or after, the Effective Date) in accordance with the terms of the Company’s (or as applicable, its subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’) by-laws and other governing documents (unless such action or omission was not taken or made by Executive in good faith). In addition, during the Term and for at least six (6) years thereafter, the Company shall maintain a directors & officers insurance policy providing for market levels of coverage (or higher), and shall cause Executive to be an insured under such policy with respect to actions and omissions that occurred during Executive’s employment or other service with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates (whether occurring before, on, or after, the Effective Date). The Company’s obligations under this Article V.P. shall survive the termination of the Term and the termination of Executive’s employment.
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 19 |
Q. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to any conflicts of law provision that would result in the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.
{Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank. Signature Page Follows.}
| EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT | Page 20 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first set forth above, to be effective as of the Effective Date.
| EXECUTIVE: | ||
| [_____________] | ||
| THE COMPANY: | ||
| AMERICAN INTEGRITY INSURANCE | ||
| GROUP, INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
{Signature Page to Employment Agreement}
[Exhibit A
Permitted Activity
The Parties agree that during the Term, Executive may continue to provide consulting services to Sowell & Co. (the “Permitted Activity”) at the same levels and in the same manner as Executive provided such services immediately prior to the Effective Date.]2
| 2 | Insert only for David Clark and Ben Lurie. |
EXHIBIT A TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
Exhibit [A] [B]
Release
(see attached)
EXHIBIT A TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.8
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL ADVISORY AGREEMENT
This FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL ADVISORY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), effective as of [ ] (the “Effective Date”), is made and entered into by and between American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and James Sowell Company, L.P. (“Sowell”) Terms used in this Amendment with initial capital letters that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in that certain Management and Financial Advisory Agreement entered into as of June 22, 2006 (the “Agreement”).
WHEREAS, Section 2 of the Agreement provides that the term of the Agreement shall continue from time to time until cancelled by mutual agreement of the Company and Sowell; and
WHEREAS, the Company and Sowell desire to terminate the Agreement as of the Effective Date and resolve any and all claims that Sowell may have with respect to payment pursuant to the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement, the Company and Sowell hereby amend the Agreement as follows:
1. Section 2 of the Agreement is amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following new Section:
2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall continue from time to time until May 15, 2025 (the “Termination Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 3(f) (Payment Upon Termination) shall survive until all amounts have been fully paid pursuant thereto and the provisions of Section 5 (Indemnification), Section 6 (Confidential Information), Section 7 (Governing Law; Choice of Forum), Section 11 (Mutual Non-Disparagement) and Section 12 (Mutual Release) (collectively, referred to herein as the “Surviving Provisions”) shall survive indefinitely after the Termination Date.
2. Section 3 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following new subsection 3(f) to the end of Section 3:
(f) Payments Upon Termination – In lieu of any other amounts that may be due and payable pursuant to this Section 3, on the Termination Date, the Company shall pay Sowell $3,000,000 in one lump sum payment. In addition, upon termination of this Agreement, the Company shall reimburse Sowell for any expenses in accordance with Section 4 that were incurred prior to the Termination Date. The Company and Sowell agree that other than the amounts described in this Section 3(f), Sowell shall not be entitled to any additional compensation or payments pursuant to this Agreement.
3. The Agreement is amended by adding the following new Sections 11 and 12 immediately following Section 10 of the Agreement:
11. Mutual Non-Disparagement.
(a) Sowell agrees that the Company’s goodwill and reputation are assets of great value to the Company, which have been obtained and maintained through great costs, time and effort. Therefore, Sowell agrees that after termination of this Agreement, Sowell shall direct each member of its board of directors and management to not, and Sowell will not direct or authorize any other person to, in any way disparage, libel or defame the Company, its business or business practices, its products or services, or its employees, officers or directors.
(b) The Company agrees that Sowell’s goodwill and reputation are assets of great value to Sowell, which have been obtained and maintained through great costs, time, and effort. Therefore, the Company agrees that after the termination of this Agreement, the Company shall direct each member of the Company’s board of directors to not, and the Company will not direct or authorize any other person to, disparage, libel or defame Sowell, its business or business practices, its products or services, or its employees, officers or directors.
(c) A violation or threatened violation of the prohibitions set forth in this Section 11 may be enjoined by the courts. The rights afforded the parties under this Section 11 are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by law. Nothing in this provision shall prohibit Sowell, the Company, or any other person from making truthful statements in good faith in connection with any litigation, arbitration, governmental proceeding or similar proceeding, to defend or prosecute any claim or to the extent required by applicable law, legal process, subpoena, court order or similar requirement.
12. Mutual Release.
(a) Company Release. The Company fully and irrevocably releases and discharges Sowell from any and all actions, causes of action, suits, debts, sums of money, attorneys’ fees, costs, accounts, covenants, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, claims, grievances, arbitrations, and demands whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in equity, by contract (express or implied), in tort, or pursuant to statute, or otherwise arising or existing on, or at any time prior to, the Termination Date. The Company’s release shall not apply to (i) any of Sowell’s obligations or any breach arising under the Surviving Provisions after the Termination Date, or (ii) any of Sowell’s actions or omissions in Sowell’s capacity as a service provider to the Company prior to the Termination Date that could give rise to a claim of fraud or gross negligence.
(b) Sowell Release. Sowell fully and irrevocably releases and discharge the Company from any and all actions, causes of action, suits, debts, sums of money, attorneys’ fees, costs, accounts, covenants, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, claims, grievances, arbitrations, and demands whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in equity, by contract (express or implied), in tort, or pursuant to statute, or otherwise arising or existing on, or at any time prior to, the Termination Date. Sowell’s release shall not apply to any of the Company’s obligations or any breach arising under the Surviving Provisions after the Termination Date.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank;
Signature Page Follows.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.
| American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC | ||
| By: |
| |
| Name: |
| |
| Title: |
| |
| James Sowell Company, L.P. | ||
| By: |
| |
| Name: |
| |
| Title: |
| |
| Address: |
| |
|
| ||
Exhibit 16.1
April 29, 2025
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street NE
Washington, DC 20549
We have read the disclosures under the caption “Change in Independent Auditor” included in American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.’s Form S-1 dated April 29, 2025, and have the following comments:
| 1. | We agree with the statements made in the first sentence of the first paragraph, the first sentence of the fourth paragraph, and in the fifth and sixth paragraphs. |
| 2. | We have no basis on which to agree or disagree with the remaining statements. |
| Yours truly, |
| /s/ Deloitte & Touche, LLP |
| Dallas, TX |
| April 29, 2025 |
Exhibit 16.2
April 29, 2025
United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
We have read the statements in or under the “Change in Independent Auditor” section in the Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the change of independent auditors of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries. We agree with all statements pertaining to Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. as independent auditor for American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries.
We have no basis to agree or disagree with statements not pertaining to Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. as independent auditor for American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries.
| Sincerely, |
| /s/ Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. |
| Thomas Howell Ferguson P.A. |
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
| Subsidiary |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation | |
| American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC | Texas | |
| American Integrity Insurance Company of Florida, Inc. | Florida | |
| American Integrity MGA, LLC | Texas | |
| American Integrity Claims Services, LLC | Texas | |
| Pinnacle Analytics, LLC | Texas | |
| Pinnacle Insurance Consultants, LLC | Nevada |
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. of our report dated March 25, 2025, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of American Integrity Insurance Group, LLC and our report dated February 7, 2025, with respect to the financial statement of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in this registration statement.
/s/ Forvis Mazars, LLP
Tampa, Florida
April 29, 2025
Exhibit 99.1
April 29, 2025
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
Consent to Reference in Proxy Statement/Prospectus
In connection with the filing by American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.
| Sincerely, |
| /s/ Robert Ritchie |
| Robert Ritchie |
Exhibit 99.2
April 29, 2025
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
Consent to Reference in Proxy Statement/Prospectus
In connection with the filing by American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.
| Sincerely, |
| /s/ Steven Smathers |
| Steven Smathers |
Exhibit 99.3
April 29, 2025
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
Consent to Reference in Proxy Statement/Prospectus
In connection with the filing by American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.
| Sincerely, |
| /s/ Ernest N. Csiszar |
| Ernest N. Csiszar |
Exhibit 99.4
April 29, 2025
American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc.
5426 Bay Center Drive, Suite 600
Tampa, FL 33609
Consent to Reference in Proxy Statement/Prospectus
In connection with the filing by American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of American Integrity Insurance Group, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.
| Sincerely, |
| /s/ Steven B. Mathis |
| Steven B. Mathis |